0% found this document useful (0 votes)

162 views312 pages

Programer's Manual For ANSYS PDF

Uploaded by

Amine Bou

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

0% found this document useful (0 votes)

162 views312 pages

Programer's Manual For ANSYS PDF

Uploaded by

Amine Bou

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

You are on page 1/ 312

Programmer's Manual for

ANSYS

ANSYS Release 11.0

002328
January 2007

ANSYS, Inc. and

ANSYS Europe,
Ltd. are UL
registered ISO
9001:2000
Companies.
ANSYS, Inc.
Southpointe
275 Technology Drive
Canonsburg, PA 15317
[email protected]
http://www.ansys.com
(T) 724-746-3304
(F) 724-514-9494
Copyright and Trademark Information
2007 SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use, distribution or duplication is prohibited.

ANSYS, ANSYS Workbench, AUTODYN, CFX, FLUENT and any and all ANSYS, Inc. brand, product, service and feature names, logos and slogans are registered
trademarks or trademarks of ANSYS, Inc. or its subsidiaries located in the United States or other countries. ICEM CFD is a trademark used by ANSYS, Inc.
under license. All other brand, product, service and feature names or trademarks are the property of their respective owners.

Disclaimer Notice
THIS ANSYS SOFTWARE PRODUCT AND PROGRAM DOCUMENTATION INCLUDE TRADE SECRETS AND ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY PRODUCTS
OF ANSYS, INC., ITS SUBSIDIARIES, OR LICENSORS.The software products and documentation are furnished by ANSYS, Inc., its subsidiaries, or affiliates
under a software license agreement that contains provisions concerning non-disclosure, copying, length and nature of use, compliance with exporting
laws, warranties, disclaimers, limitations of liability, and remedies, and other provisions.The software products and documentation may be used, disclosed,
transferred, or copied only in accordance with the terms and conditions of that software license agreement.
ANSYS, Inc. and ANSYS Europe, Ltd. are UL registered ISO 9001:2000 Companies.

U.S. Government Rights

For U.S. Government users, except as specifically granted by the ANSYS, Inc. software license agreement, the use, duplication, or disclosure by the United
States Government is subject to restrictions stated in the ANSYS, Inc. software license agreement and FAR 12.212 (for non DOD licenses).

Third-Party Software
See the online documentation in the product help files for the complete Legal Notice for ANSYS proprietary software and third-party software.The ANSYS
third-party software information is also available via download from the Customer Portal on the ANSYS web page. If you are unable to access the third-
party legal notices, please contact ANSYS, Inc.

Published in the U.S.A.

Table of Contents
Preface ...................................................................................................................................................... xvii
I. Guide to Interfacing with ANSYS ............................................................................................................. 1
1. Format of Binary Data Files ............................................................................................................... 3
1.1. What Are ANSYS Binary Files? ...................................................................................................... 3
1.1.1. Conventions Used to Describe Binary Files .......................................................................... 3
1.1.2. The Standard Header for ANSYS Binary Files ........................................................................ 3
1.2. Format of the Results File ............................................................................................................ 4
1.2.1. Nomenclature .................................................................................................................... 4
1.2.2. Standard ANSYS File Header ............................................................................................... 5
1.2.3. Results File Format ............................................................................................................. 5
1.3. Description of the Reduced Displacement File ........................................................................... 21
1.3.1. Standard ANSYS File Header ............................................................................................. 21
1.3.2. RDSP File Format .............................................................................................................. 21
1.4. Description of the Reduced Complex Displacement File ............................................................. 25
1.4.1. Standard ANSYS File Header ............................................................................................. 25
1.4.2. RFRQ File Format .............................................................................................................. 25
1.5. Description of the Modal Results File ......................................................................................... 29
1.5.1. Standard ANSYS File Header ............................................................................................. 29
1.5.2. MODE File Format ............................................................................................................ 29
1.6. Description of the Element Matrices File .................................................................................... 32
1.6.1. Standard ANSYS File Header ............................................................................................. 32
1.6.2. EMAT File Format .............................................................................................................. 32
1.7. Description of the Substructure Matrices File ............................................................................. 36
1.7.1. Standard ANSYS File Header ............................................................................................. 37
1.7.2. SUB File Format ................................................................................................................ 37
1.8. Description of the Component Mode Synthesis Matrices (CMS) File ............................................ 41
1.8.1. Standard ANSYS File Header ............................................................................................. 41
1.8.2. CMS File Format ............................................................................................................... 41
1.9. Description of the Triangularized Stiffness File ........................................................................... 43
1.9.1. Standard ANSYS File Header ............................................................................................. 43
1.9.2.TRI File Format .................................................................................................................. 43
1.10. Description of the Full Stiffness-Mass File ................................................................................. 46
1.10.1. Standard ANSYS File Header ........................................................................................... 46
1.10.2. FULL File Format ............................................................................................................. 46
2. Accessing Binary Data Files ............................................................................................................. 53
2.1. Accessing ANSYS Binary Files .................................................................................................... 53
2.1.1. Access Routines to Results and Substructure Files ............................................................. 53
2.1.2. Characteristics of ANSYS Binary Files ................................................................................. 54
2.1.3. Viewing Binary File Contents ............................................................................................ 55
2.1.4. Abbreviations .................................................................................................................. 55
2.1.5. binini (Initializing Buffered Binary I/O Systems) ................................................................. 55
2.1.6. Function sysiqr (Retrieving the Status of a File) .................................................................. 55
2.1.7. Function biniqr8 (Retrieving System-Dependent Parameters) ............................................ 56
2.1.8. Function binset (Opening a Blocked Binary File or Initializing Paging Space) ...................... 57
2.1.9. Subroutine bintfo (Defining Data for a Standard ANSYS File Header) .................................. 57
2.1.10. Subroutine binhed (Writing the Standard ANSYS File Header) ......................................... 58
2.1.11. Subroutine binrd8 (Reading Data from a Buffered File) .................................................... 59
2.1.12. Subroutine binwrt8 (Writing Data to a Buffered File) ....................................................... 59
2.1.13. Subroutine exinc4 (Decoding an Integer String into a Character String) ........................... 60
2.1.14. Subroutine inexc4 (Coding a Character String into an Integer String) ............................... 60

2.1.15. Subroutine binclo (Closing or Deleting a Blocked Binary File) .......................................... 60

2.1.16. Subroutine largeIntGet (Converting Two Integers into a Pointer) ..................................... 61
2.2. Demonstration Routines ........................................................................................................... 61
2.2.1. Program bintst (Demonstrates Dumping a Binary File and Copying It for Comparison Pur-
poses) ...................................................................................................................................... 61
2.2.1.1. Common Variables: ................................................................................................. 61
2.2.2. Subroutine bintrd (Demonstrates Printing a Dump of File Contents) .................................. 62
2.2.3. Subroutine bintwr (Demonstrates Copying Binary File Contents) ....................................... 62
2.2.4. Program wrtsub (Demonstrates Writing an ANSYS Substructure File) ................................. 63
2.2.5. Program rdsubs (Demonstrates Reading a Substructure File) ............................................. 63
2.2.6. Program rdfull (Demonstrates Reading and Reformatting the .FULL File) ........................... 63
2.2.7. Program ResRdDemo (Demonstrates Reading a Results File) ............................................. 64
2.2.8. Program ResWrDemo (Demonstrates Writing a Results File) ............................................... 64
2.3. Results File Access Routines ...................................................................................................... 64
2.3.1. Overview of the Routines ................................................................................................. 64
2.3.2. ResRdBegin (Opening the File and Retrieving Global Information) ..................................... 65
2.3.3. ResRdGeomBegin (Retrieving Global Geometry Information) ............................................ 66
2.3.4. ResRdType (Retrieving Element Types) .............................................................................. 66
2.3.5. ResRdReal (Retrieving Real Constants) .............................................................................. 66
2.3.6. ResRdCsys (Retrieving Coordinate Systems) ...................................................................... 67
2.3.7. ResRdNode (Retrieving Nodal Coordinates) ...................................................................... 67
2.3.8. ResRdElem (Retrieving Elements) ..................................................................................... 67
2.3.9. ResRdSolBegin (Retrieving Result Set Location) ................................................................. 68
2.3.10. ResRdDisp (Retrieving Nodal Solution) ............................................................................ 68
2.3.11. ResRdRfor (Retrieving Reaction Solution) ........................................................................ 68
2.3.12. ResRdFix (Retrieving Applied Nodal Constraints) ............................................................. 68
2.3.13. ResRdForc (Retrieving Applied Nodal Loads Solution) ..................................................... 69
2.3.14. ResRdEstr (Retrieving Element Solutions) ........................................................................ 69
3. Using CDREAD and CDWRITE .......................................................................................................... 71
3.1. Using the CDREAD Command ................................................................................................... 71
3.1.1. Tips for Reading Files with CDREAD .................................................................................. 72
3.2. Using the CDWRITE Command .................................................................................................. 72
3.2.1. Customizing Degree of Freedom Labels: the /DFLAB Command ........................................ 73
3.3. Coded Database File Commands ............................................................................................... 74
3.3.1. CE Command ................................................................................................................... 74
3.3.2. CP Command ................................................................................................................... 75
3.3.3. CMBLOCK Command ........................................................................................................ 75
3.3.4. EBLOCK Command ........................................................................................................... 75
3.3.5. EDCADAPT Command ...................................................................................................... 76
3.3.6. EDCGEN Command .......................................................................................................... 77
3.3.7. EDCURVE Command ........................................................................................................ 78
3.3.8. EDDRELAX Command ...................................................................................................... 78
3.3.9. EDLCS Command ............................................................................................................. 79
3.3.10. EDLOAD Command ........................................................................................................ 79
3.3.11. EDPREAD Command ...................................................................................................... 80
3.3.12. EDWELD Command ........................................................................................................ 81
3.3.13. EN Command ................................................................................................................. 82
3.3.14. LOCAL Command ........................................................................................................... 82
3.3.15. M Command .................................................................................................................. 83
3.3.16. MPDATA Command ........................................................................................................ 83
3.3.17. MPTEMP Command ........................................................................................................ 83
3.3.18. N Command ................................................................................................................... 83

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
vi Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Programmer's Manual for ANSYS

3.3.19. NBLOCK Command ........................................................................................................ 84

3.3.20. R Command ................................................................................................................... 85
3.3.21. RLBLOCK Command ....................................................................................................... 85
3.3.22. SECBLOCK Command ..................................................................................................... 85
3.3.23. SFBEAM Command ........................................................................................................ 86
3.3.24. SFE Command ................................................................................................................ 87
4. ANSYS Graphics File Format ........................................................................................................... 89
4.1. Modifying ANSYS Graphics Files ................................................................................................ 89
4.2. Pixmap Format for Graphic Display Files .................................................................................... 89
4.3. Neutral Graphics File Format ..................................................................................................... 90
4.3.1. Characters the Graphics File Uses ...................................................................................... 90
4.3.2. Graphics File Directives .................................................................................................... 91
4.3.2.1. Parameter Types for Graphics File Directives ............................................................. 91
4.3.2.2. Directive Descriptions .............................................................................................. 92
4.3.2.3. Color Specification .................................................................................................. 93
4.4. Decoding a Graphics File: an Example ........................................................................................ 94
4.4.1. The Example Command Stream ........................................................................................ 95
4.4.2. Example Graphics File Contents ........................................................................................ 95
II. Guide to ANSYS User Programmable Features ..................................................................................... 99
5. Using User Programmable Features (UPFs) .................................................................................. 101
5.1. What Are UPFs? ....................................................................................................................... 101
5.2. What You Should Know Before Using UPFs ............................................................................... 102
5.3. Planning Your UPFs ................................................................................................................. 103
5.4. Studying the ANSYS User Routines .......................................................................................... 103
5.5. Programming in Languages Other than FORTRAN ................................................................... 103
5.6. Developing UPFs: a Suggested Strategy ................................................................................... 103
5.7. Include Decks ......................................................................................................................... 104
5.8. Linking User Routines ............................................................................................................. 105
5.9. Compiling and Linking UPFs on UNIX Systems ......................................................................... 105
5.10. Compiling and Linking UPFs on Windows Systems ................................................................. 106
5.11. Activating UPFs ..................................................................................................................... 107
5.12. Running Your Custom Executable .......................................................................................... 108
5.13. Verifying Your Routines ......................................................................................................... 108
5.14. Debugging Commands ......................................................................................................... 109
5.14.1. Tracking the Path of Program Logic ............................................................................... 109
5.14.2. Debugging Elements and Solutions .............................................................................. 109
5.14.2.1. Solution Debug Format ........................................................................................ 109
5.14.2.2. Element Debug Format ........................................................................................ 110
5.14.2.3. General Debug Format ......................................................................................... 111
5.15. Other Useful Commands ....................................................................................................... 111
5.16. Generating Output ................................................................................................................ 112
5.17. Reading Large Data Files More Rapidly .................................................................................. 112
6. UPF Routines and Functions ......................................................................................................... 113
6.1. Creating a New Element .......................................................................................................... 113
6.1.1. Creating a New Element via the User-Defined Element API .............................................. 114
6.1.1.1. Subroutine UserElem (Writing Your Own Elements) ................................................ 115
6.1.1.2. Subroutine ElemGetMat (Calling the ANSYS Standard Structural Material Library) .... 123
6.1.2. Creating a New Element by Directly Accessing the ANSYS Database ................................ 126
6.1.2.1. Input and Output Abbreviations ............................................................................ 126
6.1.2.2. User Routines ........................................................................................................ 127
6.1.2.3. Subroutine uec100 (Defining Characteristics of the usr100 Routine) ........................ 127
6.1.2.3.1. Subroutines uec101 through uec105 ............................................................. 128

6.1.2.4. Subroutine uex100 (Overriding Element Characteristic Defaults) ............................ 128

6.1.2.4.1. Subroutines uex101 through uex105 ............................................................. 128
6.1.2.5. Subroutine uel100 (Computing Element Matrices, Load Vectors, and Results) .......... 128
6.1.2.5.1. Subroutines uel101 through uel105 .............................................................. 129
6.1.2.6. Subroutine uep100 (Printing Output for User Elements in POST1 via
PRESOL,ELEM) ................................................................................................................. 129
6.1.2.6.1. Subroutines uep101 through uep105 ............................................................ 130
6.1.2.7. Subroutine usertr (Adjusting the Nodal Orientation Matrix) .................................... 130
6.1.2.8. Subroutine userac (Accessing Element Information) ............................................... 130
6.2. Supporting Subroutines for Element Creation .......................................................................... 131
6.2.1. Subroutine nminfo (Returning Element Reference Names) .............................................. 131
6.2.2. Subroutine svgidx (Fetching the Index for Saved Variables) ............................................. 131
6.2.3. Subroutine svrget (Fetching Saved Variable Data for an Element) ..................................... 132
6.2.4. Subroutine svrput (Writing an Element's Saved Variable Set) ........................................... 132
6.2.5. Subroutine svpidx (Writing the Saved Variable Element Index to a File) ............................ 133
6.2.6. Subroutine mreuse (Determining Which Element Matrices Can Be Reused) ...................... 133
6.2.7. Subroutine subrd (Reading Element Load Data for a Substructure Generation Run) ......... 134
6.2.8. Subroutine subwrt (Writing an Element Load Vector to a File for a Substructure Generation
Run) ....................................................................................................................................... 135
6.2.9. Subroutine rvrget (Fetching Real Constants for an Element) ............................................ 135
6.2.10. Subroutine propev (Evaluating a Group of Material Properties) ...................................... 135
6.2.11. Subroutine prope1 (Evaluating One Material Property) .................................................. 136
6.2.12. Subroutine pstev1 (Evaluating Material Properties for 1-D Elements) ............................. 137
6.2.13. Subroutine tbuser (Retrieving User Table Data) .............................................................. 137
6.2.14. Subroutine plast1 (Updating an Element's Plastic History) ............................................. 137
6.2.15. Subroutine plast3 (Updating an Element's Plastic History, 4 or 6 components) ................ 138
6.2.16. Subroutine creep1 (Updating an Element's Creep History) ............................................. 139
6.2.17. Subroutine creep3 (Updating an Element's Creep History, 3-D Elements) ....................... 139
6.2.18. Subroutine swell1 (Updating an Element's Swelling History) .......................................... 140
6.2.19. Subroutine swell3 (Updating an Element's Swelling History, 3-D Elements) .................... 140
6.2.20. Function elLenPsvrBuf (Determining additional ESAV Record for Plasticity) .................... 141
6.2.21. Function nlget (Retrieving Material Nonlinear Property Information) ............................. 141
6.2.22. Subroutine usereo (Storing Data in the nmisc Record) ................................................... 142
6.2.23. Subroutine eldwrtL (Writing Element Data to a File) ...................................................... 142
6.2.24. Subroutine eldwrnL (Writing Element Nonsummable Miscellaneous Data to the Results
File) ........................................................................................................................................ 143
6.2.25. Subroutine trrot (Computing the Rotation Vector) ......................................................... 143
6.2.26. Subroutine rottr (Computing the Transformation Matrix) ............................................... 143
6.2.27. Subroutine xyzup3 (Updating an Element's 3-D Nodal Coordinates) .............................. 144
6.2.28. Subroutine updrot (Updating the Rotation Pseudovector) ............................................. 144
6.2.29. Subroutine tmpget (Defining Current Temperature Loads) ............................................ 144
6.2.30. Subroutine prsget (Defining Current Pressure Loads) ..................................................... 145
6.2.31. Subroutine cnvget (Defining Current Convection Loads) ............................................... 145
6.2.32. Subroutine hgnget (Defining Current Heat Generation Loads) ....................................... 146
6.2.33. Subroutine prinst (Computing principal stress and stress intensity) ............................... 146
6.3. Routines for Modifying and Monitoring Existing Elements ....................................................... 146
6.3.1. Subroutine userfd (Computing the Complex Load Vector for Frequency Domain Logic) .... 147
6.3.2. Subroutine userou (Storing User-Supplied Element Output) ............................................ 148
6.3.3. Subroutine useran (Modifying Orientation of Material Properties) ................................... 149
6.3.4. Subroutine usanly (Modifying Orientation of Material Properties and Stresses of Layers) ... 149
6.3.5. Subroutine userrc (Performing User Operations on COMBIN7 and COMBIN37 Paramet-
ers) ......................................................................................................................................... 150

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
viii Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Programmer's Manual for ANSYS

6.3.6. Function userpe (Calculating Rotation Caused by Internal Pressure) ................................ 150
6.3.7. Subroutine UElMatx (Accessing Element Matrices and Load Vectors) ............................... 151
6.3.8. Subroutine UTHICK (Getting User-defined Initial Thickness) ............................................. 151
6.3.9. Subroutine USTRESS (Getting User-defined Initial Stress) ................................................. 152
6.3.10. Subroutine UsrFictive (Providing User-defined Fictive Temperature Relationship) ........... 152
6.3.11. Subroutine UsrViscEl (Performs Viscoelastic Computation) ............................................ 153
6.3.12. Subroutine usrsurf116 (Modifying SURF151 and SURF152 Film Coefficients and Bulk
Temperatures) ........................................................................................................................ 154
6.3.13. Subroutine User116Cond (Computes the conductance coefficient for FLUID116) ........... 155
6.3.14. Subroutine User116Hf (Computes the film coefficient for FLUID116) .............................. 155
6.3.15. Subroutine Us_Surf_Str (Captures surface stresses) ....................................................... 156
6.3.16. Subroutine usflex (Computes the flexibility factor for PIPE16, PIPE17, PIPE18, and
PIPE60) ................................................................................................................................... 156
6.3.17. Subroutine UsrShift (Calculates pseudotime time increment) ........................................ 157
6.4. Routines for Customizing Material Behavior ............................................................................. 157
6.4.1. Subroutine usermat (Writing Your Own Material Models) ................................................ 157
6.4.2. Subroutine userpl (Writing Your Own Plasticity Laws) ...................................................... 160
6.4.3. Subroutines usercreep and usercr (Defining Viscoplastic/Creep Material Behavior) .......... 161
6.4.3.1. Creep Subroutine usercreep .................................................................................. 162
6.4.3.2. Creep Subroutine usercr ........................................................................................ 163
6.4.4. Subroutine usersw (Writing Your Own Swelling Laws) ..................................................... 164
6.4.5. Subroutine UserHyper (Writing Your Own Hyperelasticity Laws) ...................................... 165
6.4.6. Subroutine uservp (Updating Nonlinear Strain History for Materials) ............................... 166
6.4.7. Subroutine userck (Checking User-Defined Material Data) ............................................... 167
6.4.8. Subroutine usermc (Controlling Hygrothermal Growth) .................................................. 167
6.4.9. Subroutine usrfc6 (Defining Custom Failure Criteria) ....................................................... 168
6.4.10. Subroutines usrfc1 through usrfc5 ................................................................................ 168
6.4.11. Subroutine UserVisLaw (Defining Viscosity Laws) .......................................................... 168
6.4.12. Supporting Function egen ............................................................................................ 169
6.5. Routines for Customizing Loads .............................................................................................. 170
6.5.1. Subroutine usrefl (Changing Scalar Fields to User-Defined Values) ................................... 170
6.5.2. Subroutine userpr (Changing Element Pressure Information) ........................................... 171
6.5.3. Subroutine usercv (Changing Element Face Convection Surface Information) .................. 171
6.5.4. Subroutine userfx (Changing Element Face Heat Flux Surface Information) ...................... 172
6.5.5. Subroutine userch (Changing Element Face Charge Density Surface Information) ............ 173
6.6. Running ANSYS as a Subroutine .............................................................................................. 174
6.7. Defining Your Own Commands ............................................................................................... 174
6.7.1. Function user01 ............................................................................................................. 175
6.7.2. Function user02 (Demonstrates Offsetting Selected Nodes) ............................................ 176
6.7.3. Function user03 (Demonstrates Using ANSYS Memory) ................................................... 177
6.7.4. Function user04 ............................................................................................................. 179
6.7.5. Functions user05 through user10 ................................................................................... 181
6.8. Supporting Subroutines .......................................................................................................... 181
6.8.1. Function GetRForce (Getting Nodal Reaction Force values) .............................................. 181
6.8.2. Function GetStackDisp (Getting Current Displacement Values) ........................................ 181
6.8.3. Subroutine ElResultStrt (Getting Load Data from Analysis Results) ................................... 182
6.8.4. Subroutine ElResultGet (Getting Results Values at Selected Points) .................................. 182
6.8.5. Subroutine ElInterp (Finding Element Coordinates) ......................................................... 183
6.9. Access at the Beginning and End of Various Operations ........................................................... 183
6.10. Creating Your Own Optimization Routine .............................................................................. 184
6.10.1. Linking a Custom Optimization Program to ANSYS ........................................................ 185
6.10.2. Subroutine userop (Defining a Custom Optimization Routine) ....................................... 185

6.10.3. Structuring Your Input .................................................................................................. 187

6.11. Memory Management Routines ............................................................................................ 188
6.11.1. Using the Memory Management Routines .................................................................... 188
6.11.2. Function fAnsMemAlloc (Allocating Space and Returning a Pointer) .............................. 189
6.11.3. Subroutine fAnsMemFree (Deallocating Space) ............................................................ 189
6.12. Parameter Processing Routines .............................................................................................. 190
6.12.1. Subroutine pardim (Creating a Dimensioned Parameter) ............................................... 190
6.12.2. Function parevl (Finding and Evaluating a Parameter) ................................................... 190
6.12.3. Subroutine pardef (Adding a Parameter) ....................................................................... 190
6.13. Miscellaneous Useful Functions ............................................................................................. 192
6.13.1. Using Function RunCommand ...................................................................................... 192
6.13.2. Using the /UNDO Command ........................................................................................ 192
6.13.3. Using the /HOLD command ......................................................................................... 192
7. Accessing the ANSYS Database ..................................................................................................... 195
7.1. Inputs and Outputs for Database Access Routines .................................................................... 195
7.2. Types of Database Access Routines .......................................................................................... 195
7.3. Routines for Selecting and Retrieving Nodes and Elements ...................................................... 195
7.3.1. ndnext Function (Getting the Next Node Number) .......................................................... 195
7.3.2. ndprev Function (Getting the Number of the Previous Selected Node) ............................ 196
7.3.3. ndnxdf Function (Getting the Number of the Next Defined Node) ................................... 196
7.3.4. ndsel Function (Selecting, Unselecting, Deleting, or Inverting a Node) .............................. 196
7.3.5. elnext Function (Getting the Number of the Next Element) ............................................. 197
7.3.6. elprev Function (Getting the Number of the Previous Selected Element) ......................... 197
7.3.7. elnxdf Function (Getting the Number of the Next Defined Element) ................................ 197
7.3.8. elsel Subroutine (Selecting, Unselecting, Deleting, or Inverting an Element) ..................... 197
7.4. Node Information Routines ..................................................................................................... 198
7.4.1. ndinqr Function (Getting Information About a Node) ...................................................... 198
7.4.2. getnod Function (Getting a Nodal Point) ......................................................................... 199
7.4.3. putnod Function (Storing a Node) .................................................................................. 199
7.4.4. ndgall Function (Getting the XYZ/Rotation Coordinates Vector for a Node) ...................... 199
7.4.5. ndspgt Subroutine (Getting the Nodal Solution for a Node of an Element) ....................... 200
7.5. Element Attribute Routines ..................................................................................................... 200
7.5.1. elmiqr Function (Getting Information About an Element) ................................................ 200
7.5.2. elmget Function (Getting an Element's Attributes and Nodes) ......................................... 201
7.5.3. elmput Subroutine (Storing an Element) ......................................................................... 202
7.5.4. etyiqr Function (Getting a Data Item About an Element Type) .......................................... 202
7.5.5. etyget Function (Getting Information About an Element Type) ........................................ 203
7.5.6. etyput Subroutine (Storing Element Type Data) ............................................................... 203
7.5.7. echrtr Subroutine (Getting Information About Element Characteristics) ........................... 203
7.5.8. etysel Subroutine (Selecting, Unselecting, Deleting, or Inverting an Element Type) ........... 204
7.5.9. mpinqr Function (Getting Information About a Material Property) ................................... 204
7.5.10. mpget Function (Getting a Material Property Table) ...................................................... 205
7.5.11. mpput Subroutine (Storing a Material Property Table) ................................................... 206
7.5.12. mpdel Subroutine (Deleting a Material Property Table) .................................................. 206
7.5.13. rlinqr Function (Getting Information About a Real Constant Set) .................................... 206
7.5.14. rlget Function (Getting Real Constant Data) .................................................................. 207
7.5.15. rlsel Subroutine (Selecting or Deleting a Real Constant Set) ........................................... 207
7.5.16. csyiqr Function (Getting Information About a Coordinate System) ................................. 208
7.5.17. csyget Function (Getting a Coordinate System) ............................................................. 208
7.5.18. csyput Subroutine (Storing a Coordinate System) .......................................................... 209
7.5.19. csydel Subroutine (Deleting a Coordinate System) ........................................................ 209
7.5.20. userac Subroutine (Demonstrates Use of Element Attribute Routines) ........................... 209

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
x Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Programmer's Manual for ANSYS

7.6. Coupling and Constraint Routines ........................................................................................... 209

7.6.1. cpinqr Function (Getting Information About a Coupled Set) ............................................ 209
7.6.2. cpget Function (Getting a Coupled Set) .......................................................................... 210
7.6.3. cpput Subroutine (Storing a Coupled Set) ....................................................................... 210
7.6.4. cpsel Subroutine (Selecting or Deleting a Coupled Set) ................................................... 211
7.6.5. ceinqr Function (Getting Information About a Constraint Equation Set) ........................... 211
7.6.6. ceget Function (Getting an Constraint Equation) ............................................................. 211
7.6.7. ceput Subroutine (Storing a Constraint Equation) ............................................................ 212
7.6.8. cesel Subroutine (Deleting or Selecting a Constraint Equation) ........................................ 212
7.7. Nodal Loading Routines .......................................................................................................... 212
7.7.1. disiqr Function (Getting a Information About Constraints) ............................................... 212
7.7.2. disget Function (Getting a Constraint from the Database) ............................................... 213
7.7.3. disput Subroutine (Storing a Constraint at a Node) .......................................................... 213
7.7.4. disdel Subroutine (Deleting a Constraint at a Node) ........................................................ 213
7.7.5. foriqr Function (Getting Information About Nodal Loads) ................................................ 214
7.7.6. forget Function (Getting a Constraint from the Database) ................................................ 214
7.7.7. forput Subroutine (Storing a Nodal Load at a Node) ........................................................ 214
7.7.8. fordel Subroutine (Deleting a Nodal Load at a Node) ....................................................... 215
7.7.9. ntpiqr Function (Getting Information About a Nodal Temperature) .................................. 215
7.7.10. ntpget Function (Getting a Specified Nodal Temperature) ............................................. 216
7.7.11. ntpput Subroutine (Storing a Nodal Temperature) ......................................................... 216
7.7.12. ntpdel Subroutine (Deleting a Nodal Temperature) ....................................................... 216
7.7.13. nhgiqr Function (Getting Information About Nodal Heat Generations) .......................... 216
7.7.14. nhgget Function (Getting a Nodal Heat Generation) ...................................................... 217
7.7.15. nhgput Subroutine (Storing Nodal Heat Generation) ..................................................... 217
7.7.16. nhgdel Subroutine (Deleting a Nodal Heat Generation) ................................................. 217
7.7.17. nfuiqr Function (Getting Information About Nodal Fluences) ......................................... 217
7.7.18. nfuget Function (Getting a Nodal Fluence) .................................................................... 218
7.7.19. nfuput Subroutine (Storing a Nodal Fluence) ................................................................. 218
7.7.20. nfudel Subroutine (Deleting a Nodal Fluence) ............................................................... 218
7.7.21. ndciqr Function (Getting Information About Nodal Current Densities) ........................... 219
7.7.22. ndcget Function (Getting a Nodal Current Density) ....................................................... 219
7.7.23. ndcput Subroutine (Storing a Nodal Current Density) .................................................... 219
7.7.24. ndcdel Subroutine (Deleting a Nodal Current Density) .................................................. 219
7.7.25. nvdiqr Function (Getting Information About Nodal Magnetic Virtual Displacements) ..... 220
7.7.26. nvdget Function (Getting a Nodal Magnetic Virtual Displacement) ................................ 220
7.7.27. nvdput Subroutine (Storing a Nodal Virtual Displacement) ............................................ 220
7.7.28. nvddel Subroutine (Deleting a Nodal Virtual Displacement) ........................................... 221
7.8. Element Loading Routines ...................................................................................................... 221
7.8.1. epriqr Function (Getting Information About Element Pressure/Convection) ..................... 221
7.8.2. eprget Function (Getting an Element Face Pressure) ........................................................ 221
7.8.3. eprput Subroutine (Storing an Element Face Pressure) .................................................... 222
7.8.4. eprdel Subroutine (Deleting an Element Pressure/Convection) ........................................ 222
7.8.5. ecviqr Function (Getting Information About Element Convections) ................................. 222
7.8.6. ecvget Function (Getting an Element Face Convection) ................................................... 223
7.8.7. ecvput Subroutine (Storing an Element Face Convection) ................................................ 223
7.8.8. ecvdel Subroutine (Deleting a Convection on an Element) .............................................. 224
7.8.9. etpiqr Function (Getting Information About Element Temperatures) ................................ 224
7.8.10. etpget Function (Getting an Element Temperature) ....................................................... 225
7.8.11. etpput Subroutine (Storing an Element Temperature) ................................................... 225
7.8.12. etpdel Subroutine (Deleting an Element Temperature) .................................................. 225
7.8.13. ehgiqr Function (Getting Information About Element Heat Generation) ......................... 226

7.8.14. ehgget Function (Getting an Element Heat Generation) ................................................ 226

7.8.15. ehgput Subroutine (Storing an Element Heat Generation) ............................................. 227
7.8.16. ehgdel Subroutine (Deleting an Element Heat Generation) ............................................ 227
7.8.17. efuiqr Function (Getting Information About Element Fluences) ..................................... 227
7.8.18. efuget Function (Getting an Element Fluence) .............................................................. 228
7.8.19. efuput Subroutine (Storing an Element Fluence) ........................................................... 228
7.8.20. efudel Subroutine (Deleting an Element Fluence) .......................................................... 228
7.8.21. edciqr Function (Getting Information About Element Current Densities) ........................ 228
7.8.22. edcget Function (Getting Element Current Densities) .................................................... 229
7.8.23. edcput Subroutine (Storing an Element Current Density) ............................................... 229
7.8.24. edcdel Subroutine (Deleting an Element Current Density) ............................................. 229
7.8.25. evdiqr Function (Getting Information About Element Virtual Displacements) ................. 230
7.8.26. evdget Function (Getting an Element Virtual Displacement) .......................................... 230
7.8.27. evdput Subroutine (Storing an Element Virtual Displacement) ....................................... 230
7.8.28. eimiqr Function (Getting Information About Element Impedances) ............................... 231
7.8.29. eimget Function (Getting an Element Face Impedance) ................................................. 231
7.8.30. eimput Subroutine (Storing an Element Impedance) ..................................................... 231
7.8.31. eimdel Subroutine (Deleting an Element Impedance) .................................................... 232
7.8.32. esfiqr Function (Getting Information About Element Surface Stress Data) ...................... 232
7.8.33. esfget Function (Getting Element Surface Stress Data) ................................................... 232
7.8.34. esfput Subroutine (Storing Element Surface Stress Data) ............................................... 233
7.8.35. esfdel Subroutine (Deleting an Element's Surface Stress Data) ....................................... 233
7.8.36. efsdel Subroutine (Deleting a Flagged Surface on an Element) ...................................... 233
7.8.37. efsget function (Getting Element Face Flagged Surfaces) ............................................... 233
7.8.38. efsiqr function (Getting Information About Flagged Surfaces) ....................................... 234
7.8.39. efsput Subroutine (Storing an Element Face Flagged Surface) ........................................ 234
7.9. Results Information Routines ................................................................................................... 234
7.9.1. dspiqr Function (Getting Information About Nodal Results) ............................................. 234
7.9.2. dspget Function (Getting a Nodal Result from the Database) ........................................... 235
7.9.3. dspput Subroutine (Storing a Constraint at a Node) ......................................................... 235
7.9.4. dspdel Subroutine (Deleting a Result at a Node) .............................................................. 235
7.9.5. emsiqr Function (Getting Information About an Element's Miscellaneous Summable
Data) ...................................................................................................................................... 236
7.9.6. emsget Function (Getting an Element's Miscellaneous Summable Data) .......................... 236
7.9.7. emsput Subroutine (Storing an Element's Miscellaneous Summable Data) ....................... 236
7.9.8. emsdel Subroutine (Deleting an Element's Miscellaneous Summable Data) ..................... 237
7.9.9. enfiqr Function (Getting Information About Element Nodal Forces) ................................. 237
7.9.10. enfget Function (Getting an Element's Nodal Forces) ..................................................... 237
7.9.11. enfput Subroutine (Storing an Element's Nodal Forces) ................................................. 237
7.9.12. enfdel Subroutine (Deleting an Element's Nodal Forces) ................................................ 238
7.9.13. ensiqr Function (Getting Information About an Element's Nodal Stresses) ...................... 238
7.9.14. ensget Function (Getting an Element's Nodal Stresses) .................................................. 238
7.9.15. ensput Subroutine (Storing Nodal Stresses at an Element) ............................................. 239
7.9.16. ensdel Subroutine (Deleting an Element's Nodal Stresses) ............................................. 240
7.9.17. engiqr Function (Getting Information About an Element's Energies) .............................. 240
7.9.18. engget Function (Getting an Element's Energies) .......................................................... 240
7.9.19. engput Subroutine (Storing an Element's Energies and Volume) .................................... 241
7.9.20. engdel Subroutine (Deleting an Element's Energies) ..................................................... 241
7.9.21. egriqr Function (Getting Information About an Element's Nodal Gradients) ................... 241
7.9.22. egrget Function (Getting an Element's Nodal Gradients) ............................................... 242
7.9.23. egrput Subroutine (Storing an Element's Nodal Gradients) ............................................ 242
7.9.24. egrdel Subroutine (Deleting an Element's Nodal Gradients) ........................................... 242

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
xii Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Programmer's Manual for ANSYS

7.9.25. eeliqr Function (Getting Information About an Element's Nodal Elastic Strains) .............. 242
7.9.26. eelget Function (Getting an Element's Nodal Elastic Strains) .......................................... 243
7.9.27. eelput Subroutine (Storing an Element's Nodal Elastic Strains) ....................................... 243
7.9.28. eeldel Subroutine (Deleting an Element's Nodal Elastic Strains) ..................................... 244
7.9.29. epliqr Function (Getting Information About an Element's Nodal Plastic Strains) ............. 244
7.9.30. eplget Function (Getting an Element's Nodal Plastic Strains) .......................................... 245
7.9.31. eplput Subroutine (Storing an Element's Nodal Plastic Strains) ...................................... 245
7.9.32. epldel Subroutine (Deleting an Element's Nodal Plastic Strains) ..................................... 246
7.9.33. ecriqr Function (Getting Information About an Element's Nodal Creep Strains) .............. 246
7.9.34. ecrget Function (Getting an Element's Nodal Creep Strains) ........................................... 246
7.9.35. ecrput Subroutine (Storing an Element's Nodal Creep Strains) ....................................... 247
7.9.36. ecrdel Subroutine (Deleting an Element's Nodal Creep Strains) ...................................... 248
7.9.37. ethiqr Function (Getting Information About an Element's Nodal Thermal Strains) ........... 248
7.9.38. ethget Function (Getting an Element's Nodal Thermal Stresses) ..................................... 248
7.9.39. ethput Subroutine (Storing an Element's Nodal Thermal Stresses) .................................. 249
7.9.40. ethdel Subroutine (Deleting an Element's Thermal, Initial, and Swelling Strains) ............. 250
7.9.41. euliqr Function (Getting Information About an Element's Euler Angles) ......................... 250
7.9.42. eulget Function (Getting an Element's Nodal Euler Angles) ............................................ 250
7.9.43. eulput Subroutine (Storing an Element's Euler Angles) .................................................. 251
7.9.44. euldel Subroutine (Deleting an Element's Euler Angles) ................................................. 251
7.9.45. efxiqr Function (Getting Information About Element Fluxes) .......................................... 251
7.9.46. efxget Function (Getting an Element Flux) .................................................................... 252
7.9.47. efxput Subroutine (Storing an Element's Fluxes) ............................................................ 252
7.9.48. efxdel Subroutine (Deleting Element Fluxes) ................................................................. 252
7.9.49. elfiqr Function (Getting Information About Element Local Forces) ................................. 252
7.9.50. elfget Function (Getting an Element Local Force) ........................................................... 253
7.9.51. elfput Subroutine (Storing an Element's Local Forces) .................................................... 253
7.9.52. elfdel Subroutine (Deleting Element Local Forces) ......................................................... 253
7.9.53. emniqr Function (Getting Information About Element Miscellaneous Non-summable
Data) ...................................................................................................................................... 254
7.9.54. emnget Function (Getting an Element's Miscellaneous Non-summable Data) ................ 254
7.9.55. emnput Subroutine (Storing an Element's Miscellaneous Non-summable Data) ............. 254
7.9.56. emndel Subroutine (Deleting an Element's Miscellaneous Non-summable Data) ........... 255
7.9.57. ecdiqr Function (Getting Information About Element Current Densities) ........................ 255
7.9.58. ecdget Function (Getting an Element Current Density) .................................................. 255
7.9.59. ecdput Subroutine (Storing an Element's Current Densities) .......................................... 255
7.9.60. ecddel Subroutine (Deleting Element Current Densities) ............................................... 256
7.9.61. enliqr Function (Getting Information About Element Nonlinear Tables) .......................... 256
7.9.62. enlget Function (Getting Element Nonlinear Tables) ...................................................... 256
7.9.63. enlput Subroutine (Storing an Element's Nonlinear Tables) ............................................ 257
7.9.64. enldel Subroutine (Deleting Element Nonlinear Tables) ................................................. 257
7.9.65. ehciqr Function (Getting Information About Calculated Element Heat Generations) ....... 257
7.9.66. ehcget Function (Getting a Calculated Element Heat Generation) .................................. 258
7.9.67. ehcput Subroutine (Storing an Element's Calculated Heat Generations) ......................... 258
7.9.68. ehcdel Subroutine (Deleting Element Calculated Heat Generations) .............................. 258
8. Subroutines for Users' Convenience ............................................................................................. 259
8.1. Input and Output Abbreviations .............................................................................................. 259
8.2. General Subroutines ............................................................................................................... 259
8.2.1. dptoch Subroutine (Retrieve Eight Characters From a Double Precision Variable) ............. 259
8.2.2. wrinqr Function (Obtain Information About Output) ....................................................... 259
8.2.3. erinqr Subroutine (Obtaining Information from the Errors Common) ............................... 260
8.2.4. TrackBegin Subroutine (Beginning Tracking for a Subroutine Call) ................................... 261

8.2.5. TrackEnd Subroutine (Ending Tracking for a Subroutine Call) ........................................... 262
8.2.6. erhandler Subroutine (Displaying ANSYS Errors) .............................................................. 262
8.2.7. intrp Subroutine (Doing Single Interpolation) ................................................................. 263
8.2.8. tranx3 Subroutine (Processing Geometry for 3-D Line Elements) ...................................... 263
8.2.9. systop Subroutine (Stopping an ANSYS Program Run) ..................................................... 264
8.3. Vector Functions ..................................................................................................................... 264
8.3.1. vdot Function (Computing the Dot Product of Two Vectors) ............................................ 264
8.3.2. vsum Function (Summing Vector Components) .............................................................. 264
8.3.3. vmax Function (Retrieving the Maximum Vector Value at a Given Location) ..................... 265
8.3.4. lastv Function (Retrieving the Position of the Last Nonzero Term in a Double Precision
Vector) ................................................................................................................................... 265
8.3.5. izero Function (Setting an Integer Vector to Zero) ............................................................ 265
8.3.6. imove Function (Assigning Equal Values to Two Integer Vectors) ...................................... 265
8.3.7. vzero Subroutine (Initializing a Vector to Zero) ................................................................ 265
8.3.8. vmove Subroutine (Moving One Vector into Another) ..................................................... 266
8.3.9. vimove Subroutine (Moving One Vector into Another Incrementally) ............................... 266
8.3.10. vinit Subroutine (Assigning a Scalar Constant to a Vector) .............................................. 266
8.3.11. viinit Subroutine (Assigning a Scalar Constant to a Vector Incrementally) ....................... 266
8.3.12. vapb Subroutine (Setting a Vector to Sum of Two Vectors) ............................................. 267
8.3.13. vapb1 Subroutine (Combining Two Vectors in One) ....................................................... 267
8.3.14. vapcb1 Subroutine (Multiplying a Vector to a Constant) ................................................ 267
8.3.15. vamb Subroutine (Gets a Third Vector by Subtracting One Vector from Another) ............ 267
8.3.16. vamb1 Subroutine (Subtracting One Vector from Another) ............................................ 267
8.3.17. vmult Subroutine (Multiplying a Vector by a Constant) .................................................. 268
8.3.18. vmult1 Subroutine (Multiplying a Vector by a Constant) ................................................ 268
8.3.19. vcross Subroutine (Defining a Vector via a Cross Product) .............................................. 268
8.3.20. vnorme Subroutine (Normalizing a Three-Component Vector) ....................................... 268
8.3.21. vnorm Subroutine (Normalizing a Vector to Unit Length) ............................................... 269
8.3.22. ndgxyz Function (Getting the X,Y,Z Vector for a Node) ................................................... 269
8.3.23. ndpxyz Subroutine (Storing X,Y,Z for a Node) ................................................................ 269
8.4. Matrix Subroutines .................................................................................................................. 270
8.4.1. maxv Subroutine (Multiplying a Vector by a Matrix) ......................................................... 270
8.4.2. maxv1 Subroutine (Multiplying a Vector by a Matrix) ....................................................... 270
8.4.3. matxv Subroutine (Multiplying a Vector by a Full Transposed Matrix) ............................... 270
8.4.4. matxv1 Subroutine (Multiplying a Vector by a Full Transposed Matrix) ............................. 271
8.4.5. matxb Subroutine (Transposing a matrix) ....................................................................... 271
8.4.6. maat Subroutine (Changing a Matrix Value via Addition, Multiplication, and Transposi-
tion) ....................................................................................................................................... 271
8.4.7. matsym Subroutine (Filling the Upper Triangle from the Lower Triangle) .......................... 272
8.4.8. mctac Subroutine (Transposing a symmetric matrix) ....................................................... 272
8.4.9. tran Subroutine (Transposing a matrix) ........................................................................... 272
8.4.10. symeqn Subroutine (Solving Simultaneous Linear Equations) ........................................ 273
A. Creating External Commands in UNIX .............................................................................................. 275
A.1. Tasks in Creating an External Command .................................................................................. 275
A.1.1. Creating Compatible Code ............................................................................................. 275
A.1.2. Creating a Shared Library ............................................................................................... 276
A.1.3. Creating an External Table File ........................................................................................ 277
A.1.4. Setting the ANSYS_EXTERNAL_PATH Environment Variable ............................................. 278
A.1.5. Using External Commands ............................................................................................. 278
A.1.6. Checking External Command Status ............................................................................... 278
A.1.7. Resetting External Commands ....................................................................................... 278
B. Creating External Commands in Windows ........................................................................................ 279

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
xiv Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Programmer's Manual for ANSYS

B.1. Tasks in Creating an External Command .................................................................................. 279

B.1.1. Creating Compatible Code ............................................................................................. 279
B.1.2. Creating a New Project .................................................................................................. 280
B.1.3. Creating an External Definition File ................................................................................. 280
B.1.4. Creating a Shared Library ............................................................................................... 280
B.1.5. Creating an External Table File ........................................................................................ 280
B.1.6. Setting the ANSYS_EXTERNAL_PATH Environment Variable ............................................. 281
B.1.7. Using External Commands .............................................................................................. 281
B.1.8. Checking External Command Status ............................................................................... 282
B.1.9. Resetting External Commands ........................................................................................ 282
Index ........................................................................................................................................................ 283

List of Figures
4.1. Display Format for Z-buffered Graphics ................................................................................................. 90
4.2. Example Display of a Graphics File ......................................................................................................... 95

List of Tables
6.1. ANSYS Exit Codes ................................................................................................................................ 174

Part I - Guide to Interfacing with ANSYS

This guide describes a group of utilities as well as a set of Fortran 90 routines that you can use to directly
access the ANSYS database.You can also use these capabilities to access data in any of the binary files that
ANSYS writes or uses.
Part II - Guide to ANSYS User Programmable Features
ANSYS provides a set of Fortran 90 functions and routines that are available to extend or modify the program's
capabilities. Using these routines requires relinking the ANSYS program, resulting in a custom version of
ANSYS. ANSYS provides an external commands capability which you can use to create shared libraries
available to ANSYS (either from ANSI standard C or Fortran 90).You can use this feature to add custom ex-
tensions to ANSYS without the need to rebuild the ANSYS executable.

In addition, you can find the ANSYS Parametric Design Language Guide (APDL) as part of the ANSYS online docu-
mentation.This guide was designed for ANSYS users that have some programming skills and wish to tap the
power of the ANSYS Parametric Design Language (APDL) to increase the productivity. APDL is a scripting language
that is very similar to Fortran 90.The guide describes how to define parameters (variables), how to create macro
programs using APDL, how to use APDL for simple user interaction, how to encrypt an APDL macro, and how to
debug an APDL macro.

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. xvii
Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
xviii Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Part I, Guide to Interfacing with ANSYS
Chapter 1: Format of Binary Data Files
1.1. What Are ANSYS Binary Files?
The ANSYS program writes several binary files to store data during an analysis.These files are named Job-
name.ext, where Jobname is the name of the analysis that caused the file to be generated and .ext is an
extension indicating the type of data in the file. ANSYS-written binary files include the following:

The following results files, in which the ANSYS program stores the results of solving finite element analysis
problems:
Jobname.RST A structural or coupled-field analysis
Jobname.RTH A thermal analysis
Jobname.RMG A magnetic analysis
Jobname.RFL A FLOTRAN analysis
The Jobname.MODE file, storing data related to a modal analysis
The Jobname.RDSP file, storing data related to a reduced transient analysis.
The Jobname.RFRQ file, storing data related to a reduced harmonic analysis
The Jobname.EMAT file, storing data related to element matrices
The Jobname.SUB file, storing data related to substructure matrices
The Jobname.TRI file, storing the triangularized stiffness matrix
The Jobname.FULL file, storing the full stiffness-mass matrix

The files listed above cover almost all users' needs, although there are others. For more information, see the Basic
Analysis Guide.

1.1.1. Conventions Used to Describe Binary Files

In the information describing the binary file formats:

Record ID is the identifier for this record. Not all records will have identifiers; they're indicated only for
records whose record pointers are stored in a header.
Type indicates what kind of information this record stores.
Number of records indicates how many records of this description are found here.
Record length indicates the number of items stored in the record.

In some record descriptions, actual variable names used may appear in the record contents area.

1.1.2. The Standard Header for ANSYS Binary Files

Each of the ANSYS program's binary files contains a standard, 100-integer file header that describes the file
contents.The header contains the items listed below, always in the order shown:

Item 1 The file number

Item 2 The file format.This item has a value of 1 if the file is small format, -1 if large
format.
Item 3 The time, in compact form (i.e., 130619 is 13:06:19)

Item 4 The date, in compact form (i.e., 20041023 is 10/23/2004)

Item 5 The units of measurement used.The value of this item is as follows:

0 for user-defined units

1 for SI units
2 for CSG units
3 for U. S. Customary units (feet)
4 for U. S. Customary units (inches)

Item 10 The ANSYS release level in integer form ("X.X" in character form)
Item 11 The date of the ANSYS release
Items 12-14 The machine identifier in integer form (three four-character strings)
Items 15-16 The Jobname in integer form (two four-character strings)
Items 17-18 The ANSYS product name in integer form (two four-character strings)
Item 19 The ANSYS special version label in integer form (one four-character string)
Items 20-22 The user name in integer form (three four-character strings)
Items 23-25 The machine identifier in integer form (three four-character strings)
Item 26 The system record size
Item 27 The maximum file length
Item 28 The maximum record number
Items 31-38 The Jobname (eight four-character strings)
Items 41-60 The main analysis title in integer form (20 four-character strings)
Items 61-80 The first subtitle in integer form (20 four-character strings)
Item 95 The split point of the file
Items 97-98 LONGINT of filesize at write

1.2. Format of the Results File

The next few pages describe the format of the ANSYS results file. (In the following tables, records with a record
ID containing an asterisk (*) are those you can read and store into the ANSYS database via the LDREAD command.)

Note: The pointers in the solution data headers are relative , not absolute pointers. For example, the 12th item
in the solution data header will be relative to a position in the Data Set Index (ptrESL = DSI (i) + ptrESL).

This section explains the contents of the results file; that is, those files with the following extensions:

.rfl .brfl
.rmg .brmg
.rst .brst
.rth .brth
.lnn

1.2.1. Nomenclature
A load case contains the results for an instance in an analysis. A load case is defined by a load step number and
a substep number. A load case is also categorized by a cumulative iteration number and time (or frequency)
values. A load case is identified by all three methods in the results file.

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
4 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
1.2.3. Results File Format

The results file does not have to contain all the load cases of an analysis.

A data set is used in this chapter to designate a load case.

For a complex analysis, there will be two data sets for each load case.The first data set contain the real solution
and the second contains the imaginary solution.

1.2.2. Standard ANSYS File Header

See Section 1.1.2: The Standard Header for ANSYS Binary Files for a description of this set. File number (Item 1) is
12.

1.2.3. Results File Format

*comdeck,fdresu
c *** copyright(c) 2006 SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
c *** ansys, inc

c description of results file

c --- used for the following files:
c .rfl .brfl
c .rmg .brmg
c .rst .brst
c .rth .brth
c .lnn(lxx)

LONGINT resufpL
integer resubk, resuut, resuLong, resuSpare(3)
common /fdresu/ resufpL, resubk, resuut, resuLong, resuSpare

c common variable descriptions *

co resufpL file position on file resu
co resubk block number for file resu (usually 6)
co resuut file unit for file resu (0 if not open) FUN12
co resuLong 0, old 32 bit integer form 1, 64 bit form (8.1)

c See fddesc for documentation of how binary files are stored.

c file format

c recid tells the identifier for this record. Not all records will have
c identifiers -- they are only indicated for those records whose
c record pointers are stored in a header.

c type tells what kind of information is stored in this record:

c i - integer
c dp - double precision
c cmp - complex

c nrec tells how many records of this description are found here

c lrec tells how long the records are (how many items are stored)

c recid type nrec lrec contents

c --- i 1 100 standard ANSYS file header (see binhed for

c details of header contents)

c --- i 1 40 .RST FILE HEADER

c 12, maxn, nnod,resmax,numdof,

c maxe, nelm, kan, nsets,ptrend,
c ptrDSI,ptrTIM,ptrLSP,ptrELM,ptrNOD,
c ptrGEO,ptrCYC,CMSflg, csEls, units,
c nSector,csCord,ptrEnd8,ptrEnd8,fsiflag,
c pmeth,noffst,eoffst,nTrans,ptrTRAN,
c kLong, csNds,cpxrst,extopt,nlgeom,

c 0, 0, 0, 0, 0

c each item in header is described below:

c fun12 - unit number (resu file is 12)

c maxn - maximum node number of the model
c nnod - the actual number of nodes used in
c the solution phase
c resmax - the maximum number of data sets
c allowed on the file (defaults to
c 1000; minimum allowed is 10)
c numdof - number of DOFs per node
c maxe - maximum element number of the
c finite element model
c nelm - number of finite elements
c kan - analysis type
c nsets - number of data sets on the file
c ptrend - pointer to the end of the file
c ptrDSI - pointer to the data steps index
c table
c ptrTIM - pointer to the table of time values
c for a load step
c ptrLSP - pointer to the table of load step,
c substep, and cumulative iteration
c numbers
c ptrELM - pointer to the element equivalence
c table
c ptrNOD - pointer to the nodal equivalence
c table
c ptrGEO - pointer to the beginning of
c geometry information
c ptrCYC - pointer to the table of cyc sym
c nodal-diameters at each load step
c CMSflg - CMS results flag: 0-non cms, >0-cms
c units - unit system used
c = 0 - user defined units
c = 1 - SI (MKS)
c = 2 - CSG
c = 3 - U.S. Customary, using feet
c = 4 - U.S. Customary, using inches
c = 6 - MPA
c = 7 - uMKS
c nSector - number of sectors for cyclic sym
c csCord - Cyclic symmetry coordinate system
c csEls - Cyclic sym # eles in master sector
c ptrEnd8 23,24 64 bit file length
c fsiflag - FSI analyis flag
c pmeth - p-method analyis flag
c noffst - node offset used in writing file
c eoffst - elem offset used in writing file
c nTrans - number of SE transformation vects
c ptrTRAN - pointer to SE transformation vects
c kLong - 1, 64 bit integer form
c csNds - Cyclic sym # nds in master sector
c cpxrst - complex results flag (0-no, 1-yes)
c extopt - mode extraction option
c nlgeom - NLGEOM key

c --- i 1 numdof
Degrees of freedom per node
c DOF reference numbers are:
c UX = 1, UY = 2, UZ = 3, ROTX= 4, ROTY= 5, ROTZ= 6, AX = 7, AY = 8
c AZ = 9, VX =10, VY =11, VZ =12 ****** 13-18 are spares **********
c **************** PRES=19, TEMP=20, VOLT=21, MAG =22, ENKE=23, ENDS=24
c EMF =25, CURR=26, SP01=27, SP02=28, SP03=29, SP04=30, SP05=31, SP06=32
c (curdof(i),i=1,numdof)

c NOD i 1 nnod Nodal equivalence table. This table equates

c the number used for storage to the actual
c node number
c (Back(i),i=1,nnod)

c ELM i 1 nelm Element equivalence table. The ANSYS program

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
6 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
1.2.3. Results File Format

c stores all element data in the numerical

c order that the SOLUTION processor solves the
c elements. This table equates the order
c number used to the actual element number

c DSI i 1 2*resmax Data sets index table. This record contains

c the record pointers for the beginning of
c each data set. The first resmax records are
c the first 32 bits of the index, the second
c resmax records are the second 32 bits. To
c create the 64 bit pointer, use:
c LONGPTR = largeIntGet (first,second)
c Read the solution data header as follows:
c call bioBasePut (nblk,LONGPTR)
c loc = bioiqr (nblk,12)
c call biord (nblk,loc,...
c The rest of the file reading continues to use
c the ptrXXX's that are in the headers.

c TIM dp 1 resmax Time/freq table. This record contains the

c time (or frequency) values for each data
c set.

c LSP i 1 3*resmax Data set identifiers. This record contains

c the load step, substep, and cumulative
c iteration numbers for each data set.

c TRAN dp nTran 25 Substructure transformation vectors

c GEO i 1 40 Geometry data header(was 20 in 32 bit vers)

c 0,maxety, maxrl, ndnod, nelm,

c maxcsy,ptrETY,ptrREL,ptrNOD,ptrCSY,
c ptrEID, 0, 0, 0, 0,
c ptrMAS,csysiz,elmsiz,etysiz, rlsiz,
c ptrETYL, ptrRELL,
c ptrCSYL, ptrNODL, ptrEIDL,
c ptrMASL, 0, 0, 0,
c 0, 0, 0, 0, 0

c each item in header is described below:

c 0 - position not used

c maxety - the maximum element type reference
c number in the model
c maxrl - the maximum real constant reference
c number in the model
c ndnod - the number of defined nodes in the
c model
c nelm - the number of defined elements in
c the model
c maxcsy - the maximum coordinate system
c reference number in the model
c ptrETY - pointer to the element type index
c table
c ptrREL - pointer to the real constant
c index table
c ptrNOD - pointer to the nodal point
c locations
c ptrCSY - pointer to the local coordinate
c system index table
c ptrEID - pointer to the element index
c table
c ptrMAS - pointer to the diagonal mass matrix
c csysiz - the number of items describing a
c local coordinate system (usually
c 24)
c elmsiz - the maximum number of nodes that a
c defined element may have
c etysiz - the number of items describing an
c element type(=IELCSZ from echprm.inc)
c rlsiz - the maximum number of items

c defining a real constant (0, if no

c real constants are defined)
c ptrETYPL - 64 bit pointer to TYPE
c ptrRELL - 64 bit pointer to REAL
c ptrCSYL - 64 bit pointer to CSYS
c ptrNODL - 64 bit pointer to NODES
c ptrEIDL - 64 bit pointer to ELEMENTS

c ETY i 1 maxety The element types index table. This record

c contains record pointers for each element
c type description. (Relative to ptrETYPL
c for 64 bit version)

c --- i numety etysiz Element type description. Each of these

c records is pointed to by a record pointer
c given in the record labeled ETY. See
c routines echprm and elccmt for a complete
c description of the items stored here.

c These items are typically stored into the

c IELC array, and are used to determine the
c element type characteristics at runtime.
c The following items are typically of
c interest:
c * Item 1 - element type reference number
c * Item 2 - element routine number
c * Items 3-14 - element type option keys
c (keyopts)
c * Item 34 - DOF/node for this element
c type. This is a bit mapping
c of the DOF/node.
c * Item 61 - number of nodes for this
c element type (nodelm)
c * Item 63 - number of nodes per element
c having nodal forces, etc.
c (nodfor)
c * Item 94 - number of nodes per element
c having nodal stresses, etc.
c (nodstr). This number is the
c number of corner nodes for
c higher-ordered elements.

c REL i 1 maxrl Real constants index table. The record

c contains record pointers for each real
c constant set. (Relative to ptrRELL for
c 64 bit version)

c --- dp numrl varies Element real constant data. These records

c contain real constant data used for the
c elements. (See the ANSYS Elements Reference
c manual for values for a specific element.)
c Each of these records is pointed to by a
c record pointer given in the record labeled
c REL. The length of these records varies for
c each element type (actual length is returned
c from routine BINRD8).

c CSY i 1 maxcsy Coordinate systems index table. This record

c contains the record pointers for each
c coordinate system set. The ANSYS program
c writes coordinate systems only if local
c coordinate systems were defined. If a local
c system was defined, the predefined global
c systems 1 to 2 also will be written. The
c global Cartesian system 0 will never be
c written. (Relative to ptrCSYSL for 64
c bit version)

c --- dp numcsy csysiz Coordinate system description. These

c records contain coordinate system data for
c each coordinate system defined. Each of
c these records is pointed to by a record

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
8 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
1.2.3. Results File Format

c pointer given in the record labeled SYS.

c The items stored in each record:

c * Items 1-9 are the transformation matrix.

c * Items 10-12 are the coordinate system
c origin (XC,YC,ZC).
c * Items 13-14 are the coordinate system
c parameters (PAR1, PAR2).
c * Items 16-18 are the angles used to define
c the coordinate system.
c * Items 19-20 are theta and phi singularity
c keys.
c * Item 21 is the coordinate system type
c (0, 1, 2, or 3).
c * Item 22 is the coordinate system reference
c number.

c NOD dp 1 7*ndnod This group contains the node number and

c coordinates (in the order
c Node,X,Y,Z,THXY,THYZ,THZX) for each node.
c (32 bit version)

c NOD dp ndnod 7 (64 bit version)

c Node,X,Y,Z,THXY,THYZ,THZX for each node
c Nodes are in node number order

c EID i 1 nelm Element descriptions index table. This

c record contains the record pointers for each
c element description. (LONGINT (2*nelm) for
c 64 bit version, relative to ptrEIDL).
c The order of the elements is the same as
c the order in the element equivalence table.

c --- i nelm 10+nodelm Element descriptions. Each of these records

c is pointed to by a record pointer given in
c the record labeled EID. The length of these
c records varies for each element (actual
c length is returned from routine BINRD8).
c nodelm shown here is the number of nodes for
c this element. Its value is defined in the
c element type description record.

c The items stored in each record:

c mat, type, real, secnum, esys,
c death,solidm, shape, elnum, 0,
c NODES

c each item is described below:

c mat - material reference number

c type - element type number
c real - real constant reference number
c secnum - section number
c esys - element coordinate system
c death - death flag
c = 0 - alive
c = 1 - dead
c solidm - solid model reference
c shape - coded shape key
c elnum - element number
c NODES - node numbers defining the element.
c (See the ANSYS Elements Reference
c for nodal order of an element).

c MAS dp 1 nnod*numdof Diagonal mass matrix.

c The solution information is stored starting at this point in the file.

c The remaining records on the file are repeated as a group nsets times
c (once for each data set). Item nsets is defined in the file header.

c Each set of data is pointed to by a record pointer given in the record

c labeled DSI.

c --- i 1 200 Solution data header. (was 100 in 32 bit)

c pv3num, nelm, nnod, mask, itime,

c iter,ncumit, nrf,cs_LSC, nmast,
c ptrNSL,ptrESL, ptrRF,ptrMST, ptrBC,
c rxtrap, mode, isym, kcmplx,numdof,
c DOFS,
c positions 51-70 - title,
c positions 71-90 - stitle1,
c dbmtim,dbmdat,dbfncl,soltim,soldat,
c ptrOND,ptrOEL,nfldof,ptrEXA,ptrEXT
c 101-102 ptrEXA (was in 99)
c 103-104 ptrEXT (was in 100)
c 105-106 ptrNSL (was in 11)
c 107-108 ptrRF (was in 13)
c 109-110 ptrMST (was in 14)
c 111-112 ptrBC (was in 15)
c 113-114 ptrTRF (was in EXT 125)
c 115-116 ptrOND (was in 96)
c 117-118 ptrOEL (was in 97)
c 119-120 ptrESL (was in 12)
c 131-132 ptrVSL (was in EXT 196)
c 133-134 ptrASL (was in EXT 197)
c 139 numRotCmp
c 141-142 ptrRCM
c 143 nNodStr
c 145-146 ptrNODSTR

c each item in header is described below:

c pv3num - current solu set number

c nelm - number of elements
c nnod - number of nodes
c mask - bitmask for the existence of
c several records. If a bit is set
c here, it indicates that the
c corresponding record exists on the
c file.
c The items in the bitmask that
c correspond to each record are shown
c in the record descriptions below.
c itime - loadstep
c iter - iteration number
c ncumit - cumulative iteration number
c nrf - number of reaction forces
c cs_LSC - cyclic symmetry count of the
c load step for this SOLVE
c nmast - number of masters
c ptrNSL - pointer to nodal solution
c ptrESL - pointer to element solution
c ptrRF - pointer to reaction forces
c ptrMST - pointer to the masters
c ptrBC - pointer to the boundary conditions
c rxtrap - key to extrapolate integration
c point results to nodes
c = 0 - move
c = 1 - extrapolate unless active
c non-linear
c = 2 - extrapolate always
c mode - mode number of harmonic loading
c (for cyclic symmetry: this is cs_LSF
c = first load step for this SOLVE)
c isym - symmetry for harmonic loading
c (for cyclic symmetry: this is cs_LSL
c = last load step for this SOLVE)
c kcmplx - complex key
c = 0 - real
c = 1 - imaginary

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
10 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
1.2.3. Results File Format

c numdof - number of DOFs/nodes for this data

c set
c DOFS - DOF/node reference numbers (numdof
c values)
c title - main title (in integer form)
c stitle1- 1st subtitle (in integer form)
c dbmtim - time (in compact form) when the
c database was last modified
c dbmdat - date (in compact form) when the
c database was last modified
c dbfncl - number of times that the database
c was modified
c soltim - time (in compact form) when the
c solution for this data set was done
c soldat - date (in compact form) when the
c solution for this data set was done
c ptrOND - pointer to the ordered node list
c (load case files only)
c ptrOEL - pointer to the ordered element list
c (load case files only)
c nfldof - number of extra Flotran DOFs/nodes
c for this data set
c ptrEXA - pointer to header extension for
c FLOTRAN DOF/extra DOF list.
c ptrEXT - pointer to header extension
c numRotCmp - number of rotating components
c ptrRCM - pointer to RCM
c nNodStr - 0, no nodal component stresses
c 1, one set (TOP for shells)
c 2, two sets (TOP,BOT for shells)
c 3, three sets (TOP,BOT,MID)
c ptrNODSTR pointer to nodal component str
c
c Note: ptrXXX are relative to ptrDSI

c --- dp 1 100 Solution header - double precision data

c timfrq,lfacto,lfactn,cptime, tref,
c tunif, tbulk, volbase, tstep, 0.0,
c velocity-acceleration-center of gravity
c terms (positions 11-28)
c if pmeth=0: load data (positions 51-100)
c if pmeth=1: p convergence values
c (positions 31-100)

c each item is described below:

c timfrq - time value (or frequency value,

c for a modal or harmonic analysis)
c lfacto - the "old" load factor (used in
c ramping a load between old and new
c values)
c lfactn - the "new" load factor
c cptime - elapsed cpu time (in seconds)
c tref - the reference temperature
c tunif - the uniform temperature
c tbulk - Bulk temp for FLOTRAN film coefs.
c VolBase - Initial total volume for VOF
c tstep - Time Step size for FLOTRAN analysis
c 0.0 - position not used

c positions 11-13
-Linear acceleration terms
c positions 14-16
- Angular velocity
c positions 17-19
- Angular acceleration
c positions 20-22
- Angular velocity about
c the center of gravity
c positions 23-25 - Angular acceleration
c about the center of
c gravity
c positions 26-28 - Center of gravity
c location

c if pmeth=1:
c positions 31-100 - P convergence values
c if pmeth=0:
c positions 51-100 - Load data

c position 53 - Convergence key (if 1,

c substep converged)

c EXA i 1 64 Header extension (if ptrEXA=ptrEXT, then

c ptrEXA is unused.)
c positions 1-32 - current extra Flotran
c DOFs for this set
c positions 33-64 - current extra Flotran
c DOF labels for this set

c Extra Flotran DOF reference numbers are:

c DENS= 1, VISC= 2, EVIS= 3, COND= 4, ECON= 5, LMD1= 6, LMD2= 7, LMD3= 8
c LMD4= 9, LMD5=10, LMD6=11, EMD1=12, EMD2=13, EMD3=14, EMD4=15, EMD5=16
c EMD6=17, PTOT=18, TTOT=19, PCOE=20, MACH=21, STRM=22, HFLU=23, HFLM=24
c YPLU=25, TAUW=26, SPHT=27, CMUV=28
c *************************** 29-32 are spares *************************

c EXT i 1 200 Header extension

c positions 1-32 - current DOF for this
c result set
c positions 33-64 - current DOF labels for
c this result set
c positions 65-84 - The third title, in
c integer form
c positions 85-104 - The fourth title, in
c integer form
c positions 105-124 - The fifth title, in
c integer form
c position 125 - ptrTRF- pointer to FLOTRAN
c previous time step DOF vals
c position 126 - trnvar- #dof in FLOTRAN
c prev time st DOF vals.
c (Note 2 old steps saved,
c thus #DP is 2*trnvar*nNode)
c position 127 - numvdof, number of velocity
c items per node (ANSYS
c transient)
c position 128 - numadof, number of
c acceleration items per
c node (ANSYS transient)
c position 131-133 - position of velocity
c in DOF record
c (ANSYS transient)
c position 134-136 - position of acceleration
c in DOF record
c (ANSYS transient)
c position 137-142 - velocity and
c acceleration labels
c (ANSYS transient)
c position 143 - number of stress items
c (6 or 11); a -11 indicates
c to use principles directly
c and not recompute (for PSD)
c position 144-146 - position of rotational
c velocity in DOF record
c (ANSYS transient)
c position 147-149 - position of rotational
c accel. in DOF record
c (ANSYS transient)
c position 150-155 - rotational velocity and
c acceleration labels
c (ANSYS transient)
c position 160 - ptrDMI (J Integral results)
c position 161 - nContours
c if pmeth=1:
c positions 164-200 - p convergence specs

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
12 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
1.2.3. Results File Format

c * NSL dp 1 nnod*Sumdof The DOF solution for each node in the nodal
c coordinate system. The DOF order is the
c same as shown above in the DOF number
c reference table. The nodal order is the
c same order given above in the nodal
c equivalence table. If a DOF for a node
c isn't valid, a value of 2.0**100 is used.
c Note 1: Sumdof = numdof + nfldof.
c Note 2: If, upon reading of this record,
c there is less than nnod*Sumdof items in the
c record, then only a selected set of nodes
c were output. Another record follows
c (integer, less than nnod long) which
c contains the list of nodes for which DOF
c solutions are available.
c (bit 10 (PDBN) in mask)

c VSL dp 1 nnod*numvdof The velocity solution for each node in the

c nodal coordinate system. The description
c for the DOF solution above also applies
c here.
c ANSYS transient. (bit 27 (PDVEL) in mask)

c ASL dp 1 nnod*numadof The acceleration solution for each node in

c the nodal coordinate system. The
c description for the DOF solution above
c also applies here.
c ANSYS transient. (bit 28 (PDACC) in mask)

c RF i 1 nrf Reaction force DOFs. This index is

c calculated as (N-1)*numdof+DOF, where N is
c the position number of the node in the
c nodal equivalence table, and DOF is the DOF
c reference number.
c (bit 11 (PDBR) in mask)

c * --- dp 1 nrf Reaction forces. The force values are

c ordered according to the DOF order shown
c above in the DOF number reference table.
c (bit 11 (PDBR) in mask)

c MST i 1 nmast Master DOF list. This index is calculated

c as (N-1)*numdof+DOF, where N is the
c position number of the node in the nodal
c equivalence table, and DOF is the DOF
c reference number.
c (bit 4 in mask)

c BC i 1 40 Boundary condition index table.

c (bit 23 (PDBBC) in mask)
c numdis,ptrDIX,ptrDIS,numfor,ptrFIX,
c ptrFOR, 0, 0, 0, 0,
c 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
c 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
c 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
c 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
c 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
c 0, 0, 0, 0, 0

c each item is described below:

c numdis - number of nodal constraints

c ptrDIX - pointer to the table of nodes
c having nodal constraints
c ptrDIS - pointer to nodal constraint values
c numfor - number of nodal input force
c loadings
c ptrFIX - pointer to the table of nodes
c having nodal forces
c ptrFOR - pointer to nodal force values

c positions 7-40 are unused.

c DIX i 1 numdis Nodal constraint DOF. This index is

c calculated as N*32+DOF, where N is the node
c number and DOF is the DOF reference number.
c Values are in the same order as the DOF
c number reference table.

c DIS dp 1 4*numdis Nodal constraints. This record contains

c present and previous values (real and
c imaginary) of the nodal constraints at each
c DOF.

c FIX i 1 numfor Nodal input force DOFs. This index is

c calculated as N*32+DOF, where N is the node
c number and DOF is the DOF reference number.
c Values are in the same order as the DOF
c number reference table.

c FOR dp 1 4*numfor Nodal forces. This record contains present

c and previous values (real and imaginary) of
c the nodal input force loadings at each DOF.

c TRF dp 1 28*nnod Two displacement result sets for transient

c solution in FLOTRAN
c (bit 24 (PDTRFL) in mask)

c OND i 1 nnod Ordered node list. This record exists for

c a load case file only.

c OEL i 1 nelm Ordered element list. This record exists

c for a load case file only.

c ESL i 1 2*nelm Element solutions index table. This record

c contains pointers to each element solution.
c The order of the elements is the same as
c the order in the element equivalence table.
c (bit 12 (PDBE) in mask)

c RCM dp 1 6*numRotCmp Angular velocities (3) and angular

c accelerations (3) of components.

c DMI dp 1 3+nContours Crack ID, Contour ID, TipNode, J Integral

c values

c The solution information for each individual element is stored starting

c at this point in the file. The next 23 records on the file are
c repeated as a group nelm times (once for each element). Item nelm is
c defined in the file header.

c --- i 1 25 Individual element index table.

c ptrEMS,ptrENF,ptrENS,ptrENG,ptrEGR,
c ptrEEL,ptrEPL,ptrECR,ptrETH,ptrEUL,
c ptrEFX,ptrELF,ptrEMN,ptrECD,ptrENL,
c ptrEHC,ptrEPT,ptrESF, 0,ptrETB,
c ptrECT,ptrEXY,ptrEBA,ptrESV, 0
c (Relative to ptrESL for 64 bit version)

c each item is described below:

c ptrEMS - pointer to misc. data

c ptrENF - pointer to nodal forces
c ptrENS - pointer to nodal stresses
c ptrENG - pointer to volume and energies
c ptrEGR - pointer to nodal gradients
c ptrEEL - pointer to elastic strains
c ptrEPL - pointer to plastic strains
c ptrECR - pointer to creep strains
c ptrETH - pointer to thermal strains
c ptrEUL - pointer to euler angles
c ptrEFX - pointer to nodal fluxes

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
14 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
1.2.3. Results File Format

c ptrELF - pointer to local forces

c ptrEMN - pointer to misc. non-sum values
c ptrECD - pointer to element current
c densities
c ptrENL - pointer to nodal nonlinear data
c ptrEHC - pointer to calculated heat
c generations
c ptrEPT - pointer to element temperatures
c ptrESF - pointer to element surface
c stresses
c ptrETB - pointer to ETABLE items(post1 only
c ptrECT - pointer to contact data
c ptrEXY - pointer to integration point
c locations
c ptrEBA - pointer to back stresses
c ptrESV - pointer to state variables
c 0 - position not used

c Note! If ptrXXX is negative, then all

c |ptrXXX| items are zero and are not on
c the file.

c EMS dp 1 varies Element summable miscellaneous data. The

c contents and number of data items is
c element-dependent. For a list of what's
c available, see the SMISC item in the
c description of the ETABLE command in the
c ANSYS Commands Reference.

c ENF dp 1 varies Element nodal forces. This record contains

c the forces at each node, in the same DOF
c order as the DOF number reference table.
c For static, damping, and inertia forces, a
c set of forces will be repeated (as
c appropriate). Number of data items stored
c in this record can be calculated as
c follows: nodfor*NDOF*M, where NDOF is the
c number of DOFs/node for this element,
c nodfor is the number of nodes per element
c having nodal forces (defined in element
c type description record), and M may be 1,
c 2, or 3. For a static analysis, M=1 only.
c For a transient analysis, M can be 1, 2,
c or 3.

c ENS dp 1 varies Element nodal component stresses. This

c record contains the stresses at each corner
c node, in the order SX,SY,SZ,SXY,SYZ,SXZ,S1,
c S2,S3,SI,SIGE. Nodal order corresponds to
c the connectivity defined in the element
c description. Stresses can be nodal values
c extrapolated from the integration points or
c values at the integration points moved to
c the nodes. If an element is nonlinear,
c integration point values always will be
c written. (See item rxtrap in the solution
c header for the setting.) An element is
c considered nonlinear when either plastic,
c creep, or swelling strains are present.
c
c Definition of common terms referred here
c and in subsequent EEL, EPL, ECR, ETH,
c ENL, EUL and EPT sections:
c
c nodstr - number of nodes per element
c having stresses, strains, etc.
c For higher-order elements, nodstr
c equals to the number of corner
c nodes (e.g., for 20-noded SOLID186,
c nodstr = 8).
c nodfor - number of nodes per element
c having nodal forces, etc.

c ncomp - number of solution items per node

c ncomp = 11 for ENS record
c 7 for EEL record
c 7 for EPL record
c 7 for ECR record
c 8 for ETH record
c 10 for ENL record
c NL - number of layers in layered
c elements
c
c * For solid elements or layered solid elements
c with KEYOPT(8)=0, the record contains
c stresses at each corner node, and
c the number of items in this record is
c nodstr*ncomp.
c * For shell elements or layered shell elements
c with KEYOPT(8)=0, the record contains
c stresses at each corner node (first
c at the bottom shell surface, then the top
c surface), and the number of items in this
c record is 2*nodstr*ncomp.
c * For layered elements SHELL91, SHELL99,
c SOLID46, and SOLID191 with KEYOPT(8) = 0,
c if failure criteria were used, the record
c contains additional stresses at each corner
c nodes (first the bottom surface, then the
c top surface) of the layer with the largest
c failure criteria. Therefore, the total number
c of items is 4*nodstr*ncomp for SHELL91 and
c SHELL99, and 2*nodstr*ncomp for SOLID46 and
c SOLID191.
c * For layered elements (with KEYOPT(8)=1),
c stresses for each layer are at each
c corner node (first at the bottom surface, then
c at the top surface), and the number of
c items in this record is NL*2*nodstr*ncomp for
c layered shells and NL*nodstr*ncomp for
c layered solid elements.
c * For layered shell elements with KEYOPT(8)=2,
c the record contains stresses for each layer
c at each corner node (first at the bottom
c surface, then the top, and finally the middle
c surface). Therefore, the number of items
c in this record is NL*3*nodstr*ncomp.
c * For layered membrane elements (SHELL181,
c SHELL281, SHELL208, and SHELL209 with
c KEYOPT(1)=1 and KEYOPT(8)=1), the record
c contains stresses for each layer at each
c corner node, and the number of items in
c this record is NL*nodstr*ncomp.
c * For beam elements, the contents and number
c of data items is element-dependent. See
c the Output Data section for the particular
c element in the ANSYS Elements Reference.
c
c ENG dp 1 11 Element volume and energies.

c volume,senergy,aenergy,kenergy,coenergy,
c incenergy,0.0,0.0,thenergy,0.0,0.0

c each item is described below:

c volume - element volume

c senergy - element energy associated with
c the stiffness matrix
c aenergy - artificial hourglass energy
c kenergy - kinetic energy
c coenergy - co-energy (magnetics)
c incenergy- incremental energy (magnetics)
c 0.0 - position not used
c 0.0 - position not used
c thenergy - thermal dissipation energy

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
16 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
1.2.3. Results File Format

c (see ThermMat, shell131/132 only)

c 0.0 - position not used
c 0.0 - position not used

c EGR dp 1 varies Element nodal field gradients. This record

c contains the gradients at each corner node
c in the order X,Y,Z. Nodal order
c corresponds to the connectivity defined in
c the element description. If this is a
c coupled-field analysis, the data is stored
c in the following order (as available):
c fluid, thermal (TEMP), electric (VOLT), and
c magnetic (AZ). Gradients can be nodal
c values extrapolated from the integration
c points or values at the integration points
c moved to the nodes. See item rxtrap in the
c solution header for the setting. The
c number of items in this record is
c nodstr*3*N, where N can be 1, 2, 3, or 4
c (depending on the coupled-field
c conditions).

c NOTE: nodstr is defined in the element type

c description record.

c EEL dp 1 varies Element nodal component elastic strains.

c This record contains strains in the order
c X,Y,Z,XY,YZ,XZ,EQV. Elastic strains can be
c can be nodal values extrapolated from the
c integration points or values at the
c integration points moved to the nodes. If
c an element is nonlinear, integration point
c values always will be written. See item
c rxtrap in the solution header for the
c setting. An element is considered
c nonlinear when either plastic, creep, or
c swelling strains are present. For beam
c elements, see item LEPEL in the description
c in the Output Data section for the
c particular element in the ANSYS Elements
c Reference.
c
c NOTE: See ENS record section for more details
c on record content and length.
c

c EPL dp 1 varies Element nodal component plastic strains.

c This record contains strains in the order
c X,Y,Z,XY,YZ,XZ,EQV.
c Plastic strains are always values at the
c integration points moved to the nodes. For
c beam elements, see item LEPPL in the
c Output Data section for the particular
c element in the ANSYS Elements Reference.
c
c NOTE: See ENS record section for more details
c on record content and length.
c

c ECR dp 1 varies Element nodal component creep strains.

c This record contains strains in the order
c X,Y,Z,XY,YZ,XZ,EQV.
c Creep strains are always values at the
c integration points moved to the nodes. For
c beam elements, see item LEPCR in the
c Output Data section for the particular
c element in the ANSYS Elements Reference.
c
c NOTE: See ENS record section for more details
c on record content and length.
c

c ETH dp 1 varies Element nodal component thermal strains.

c This record contains strains in the order
c X,Y,Z,XY,YZ,XZ,EQV plus the element
c swelling strain. Thermal
c strains can be nodal values extrapolated
c from the integration points or values at
c the integration points moved to the nodes.
c If the element in nonlinear, integration
c point data always will be written. (An
c element is considered nonlinear when either
c plastic, creep, or swelling strains are
c present.) See item rxtrap in the solution
c header for the setting. For beam elements,
c see item LEPTH in the description of the
c Output Data section for the particular
c element in the ANSYS Elements Reference.
c
c NOTE: See ENS record section for more details
c on record content and length.
c

c EUL dp 1 varies Element Euler angles. This record contains

c the Euler angles (THXY,THYZ,THZX).

c * For lower-order elements, angles are

c at the centroid and the number of items
c in this record is 3.
c * For higher-order elements, angles
c are at each corner node and the number of
c items in this record is nodstr*3.
c * For layered shells, higher-order layered
c solid elements, and layered SOLSH190 and
c SOLID185, angles are at each corner node,
c plus the layer orientation angle for each
c layer. The number of items in this record is
c (nodstr*3)+NL.
c * For other lower-order layered solid elements,
c Euler angles are at the centroid, plus
c the layer orientation angle for each layer.
c Therefore, the number of items in this record
c is 3 + NL.
c
c NOTE: See ENS record section for definition of
c terms NL and nodstr.

c EFX dp 1 varies Element nodal field fluxes. This record

c contains the fluxes at each corner node in
c the order X,Y,Z. If this is a
c coupled-field analysis, the flux data is
c stored in the following order: thermal,
c electric, magnetic. Nodal order
c corresponds to the connectivity defined in
c the element description. Fluxes can be
c nodal values extrapolated from the
c integration points or values at the
c integration points moved to the nodes.
c See item rxtrap in the solution header for
c the setting. The number of items in this
c record is nodstr*3*N, where N can be 1, 2,
c or 3 depending on the coupled-field
c conditions.

c NOTE: nodstr is defined in the element type

c description record.

c * ELF dp 1 varies Element nodal coupled-field forces. This

c record lists the forces at each node in the
c order X,Y,Z. For most elements, the number
c of items in this record is nodfor*3.
c However, for the PLANE53 element, the
c number of items in this record is either
c nodfor*3 or nodstr*3. (See the description

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
18 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
1.2.3. Results File Format

c of KEYOPT(7) for PLANE53 in the ANSYS

c Elements Reference.) NOTE: nodfor and
c nodstr are defined in the element type
c description record.

c NOTE: nodstr is defined in the element type

c description record.

c EMN dp 1 varies Element nonsummable miscellaneous data.

c The contents and number data items for this
c record is element-dependent. See the
c description for item NMISC of the ETABLE
c command in the ANSYS Commands Reference.

c * ECD dp 1 3 Element current densities. This record

c contains the calculated current densities
c in the order X,Y,Z.

c ENL dp 1 varies Element nodal nonlinear data. This record

c stores nonlinear data at each corner node
c in the order SEPL, SRAT, HPRES, EPEQ, PSV,
c PLWK, CRWK, and ELENG followed by 2 spares.

c each item is described below:

c SEPL - equivalent stress parameter
c SRAT - stress ratio
c HPRES - hydrostatic pressure
c EPEQ - accumulated equivalent plastic
c strain
c PSV - plastic state variable
c PLWK - plastic strain energy density(work)
c CRWK - creep strain energy density (work)
c ELENG - elestic strain energy density

c * See ENS record section for details on

c solid and shell elements.
c * For beam elements, the contents and
c number of data items in this record is
c element-dependent. See the description
c of item NLIN in the Output Data section
c for the particular element in the ANSYS
c Elements Reference.

c * EHC dp 1 1 Element heat generation. This record

c stores the calculated heat generation.

c EPT dp 1 varies Element structural nodal temperatures.

c * For solid elements and SHELL41, the

c record contains nodal temperatures at
c each node and the number of items in this
c record is nodfor.
c * For shell elements, except SHELL41 and
c SHELL91, the record contains nodal
c temperatures at each corner node for the
c top surface and the bottom surface. The
c number of items in this record is
c nodstr*2.
c * For SHELL91 and SOLID191, the record
c contains nodal temperatures at each
c corner node for the bottom of the bottom
c layer, and each succeeding interlayer
c surface up to the top of the top layer.
c The number of items in this record is
c (NL+1)*nodstr.
c * For layered shell elements SHELL181,
c SHELL281, SHELL208, SHELL209, and layered
c solid elements SOLID185, SOLID186,
c and SOLSH190, the record contains
c temperatures for each layer at each
c corner node (first at the bottom layer
c surface, then the top). Therefore, the number

c of items in this record is NL2nodstr for

c layered shells and NL*nodstr for layered
c solid elements.
c * For layered membrane elements (SHELL181,
c SHELL281, SHELL208, and SHELL209 with
c KEYOPT(1)=1), the record contains
c temperatures for each layer at each
c corner node. Therefore, the number of items
c in this record is NL*nodstr.
c * For beam elements, the contents and
c number of data items in this record is
c element-dependent. See the description
c of item LBFE in the Output Data section
c for the particular element in the ANSYS
c Elements Reference.

c NOTE: See ENS record section for definition

c of terms NL, nodstr, and nodfor.

c ESF dp 1 nsurf*19 Element surface stresses. The

c length of this record is nsurf*19 where
c nsurf is the number of surfaces that have
c surface stress information. The stress
c information is simply repeated in the
c format shown below for each surface.

c * For 2d elements:

c facenm, area, temp, press, eppar,

c epper, epz, 0.0d0, spar, sper,
c sz, 0.0d0, 0.0d0, 0.0d0, s1,
c s2, s3, sint, seqv

c * For 3d elements:

c facenm, area, temp, press, epx,

c epy, epz, epxy, sx, sy,
c sz, sxy, 0.0d0, 0.0d0, s1,
c s2, s3, sint, seqv

c * For axisymmetric elements:

c facenm, area, temp, press, eppar,

c epper, epz, epsh, spar, sper,
c sz, 0.0d0, 0.0d0, ssh, s1,
c s2, s3, sint, seqv

c each item is described below:

c facenm - face number

c area - face area
c temp - face temperature
c press - face pressure
c epx - strain parallel to face
c epy - strain parallel to face
c epz - strain perpendicular to face
c epxy - shear strain
c eppar - strain parallel to face
c epper - strain perpendicular to face
c epsh - torsion shear strain
c sx - stress parallel to face
c sy - stress parallel to face
c sz - stress perpendicular to face
c sxy - shear stress
c spar - stress parallel to face
c sper - stress perpendicular to face
c ssh - torsion shear stress
c s1 - S(1)
c s2 - S(2)
c s3 - S(3)
c sint - S(INT)
c seqv - S(EQV)

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
20 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
1.3.2. RDSP File Format

c 0.0d0 - position not used

c EXY dp 1 varies Element integration point coordinates

c The length of the record is numint*3, where
c numint is the number of integration points.
c Even two-dimensional elements use the 3.
c They are output only if requested with the
c OUTRES,loci command.
c Applicable only to element types 2,42,45,
c 82,92,95, and 180 to 187, 190, 208, and 209.

c EBA dp 1 varies Element structural nodal back stresses

c Record has the same form as the plastic
c strains. They are output if the form of
c plasticity is kinematic hardening and the
c plastic strains are requested.
c Applicable only to element types 2,42,45,
c 82,92,95, and 180 to 187.

c ESV dp 1 varies Element state variable record. Exists only

c if written by user in usermat or usercreep.

c records marked with * to the left of the record id can be read and stored
c into database with "ldread" command.

c *** Nodal Component Stresses (unused)

c NODSTR dp 1 6*nnod Nodal component stresses (TOP for shells)

c (nNodStr > 0)
c dp 1 6*nnod BOT nodal component stresses for shells
c (nNodStr > 1)
c dp 1 6*nnod MID nodal component stresses for shells
c (nNodStr > 2)

1.3. Description of the Reduced Displacement File

This section explains the content of the reduced displacement file (jobname.rdsp).

1.3.1. Standard ANSYS File Header

See Section 1.1.2: The Standard Header for ANSYS Binary Files for a description of this set. File number (Item 1) is
10.

1.3.2. RDSP File Format

*comdeck,fdrdsp
c *** copyright(c) 2006 SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
c *** ansys, inc

c description of reduced displacement file

character*8 RDSPNM
parameter (RDSPNM='rdsp ')

LONGINT rdspfpL, rdspfp

integer rdspbk, rdsput
common /fdrdsp/ rdspfpL, rdspbk, rdsput
equivalence (rdspfp,rdspfpL)

c write: lnfrcl,lnfrin,lnfrwr
c write: rdtrcl,rdtrin,rdtrwr
c read: rdtrrs,rdtrs

c common variable descriptions *

co rdspfpL file position on file rdsp
co rdspbk block number for file rdsp

co rdsput file unit for file rdsp

c See fddesc for documentation of how binary files are stored.

c
c ********** file format **********

c recid tells the identifier for this record. Not all records will have
c identifiers -- they are only indicated for those records whose
c record pointers are stored in the second file header.

c type tells what kind of information is stored in this record:

c i - integer
c dp - double precision
c cmp - complex

c nrec tells how many records of this description are found here

c lrec tells how long the records are (how many items are stored)

c recid type nrec lrec contents

c --- i 1 100 standard ANSYS file header (see binhed for

c details of header contents)

c --- i 1 40 .RDSP FILE HEADER

c
c fun10, nmrow, nmatrx, nmode, numdof,
c maxn, wfmax, lenbac, ngaps, ncumit,
c kan, nres, ndva, 0, 0,
c 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
c ptrDOF, ptrDNC, ptrSTF, ptrMAS, ptrDMP,
c ptrFRQ, ptrDSP,ptrSTFh,ptrMASh,ptrDMPh,
c ptrFRQh,ptrDSPh, ptrDVA,ptrDVAh, 0,
c 0, 0, 0, 0, 0

c each item in header is described below:

c fun10 - unit number (rdsp file is 10)

c nmrow - number of rows/columns in matrices
c nmatrx - number of reduced matrices on the
c file
c nmode - number of modes extracted during
c modal analysis (or nmrow if reduced
c method)
c numdof - number of dofs per node
c maxn - maximum node number
c wfmax - maximum wavefront
c lenbac - number of nodes
c ngaps - number of gaps
c ncumit - total number of iterations done
c during analysis
c kan - analysis type
c = 5 for reduced transient analysis
c nres - number of residual vectors used
c ndva - length of DVA
c 0 - position not used
c 0 - position not used
c 0 - position not used
c 0 - position not used
c 0 - position not used
c 0 - position not used
c 0 - position not used
c ptrDOF - pointer to degree of freedom set
c ptrDNC - pointer to nodal constraints
c ptrSTF - pointer to the reduced stiffness
c ptrMAS - pointer to the reduced mass matrix
c ptrDMP - pointer to the reduced damping
c matrix or mode shapes
c ptrFRQ - pointer to the frequencies
c ptrDSP - pointer to the calculated
c displacements
c ptrSTFh- High part of reduced stiffness ptr

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
22 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
1.3.2. RDSP File Format

c ptrMASh- High part of reduced mass ptr

c ptrDMPh- High part of reduced damping ptr
c ptrFRQh- High part of frequency ptr
c ptrDSPh- High part of displacement ptr
c ptrDVA - pointer to modal disp, velo and acc
c ptrDVAh- High part of modal disp, velo and acc
c 0 - position not used
c 0 - position not used
c 0 - position not used
c 0 - position not used
c 0 - position not used
c 0 - position not used

c --- i 1 numdof
Degrees of freedom per node
c (curdof(i),i=1,numdof)
c dof reference numbers are:
c UX = 1, UY = 2, UZ = 3, ROTX= 4, ROTY= 5, ROTZ= 6, AX = 7, AY = 8
c AZ = 9, VX =10, VY =11, VZ =12 ****** 13-18 are spares **********
c **************** PRES=19, TEMP=20, VOLT=21, MAG =22, ENKE=23, ENDS=24
c EMF =25, CURR=26 ********* 27-32 are spares *************************

c --- i 1 lenbac This table equates the actual node number to

c the number used for storage.
c (Back(i),i=1,lenbac)

c --- dp 1 10 Time information:

c dtime, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
c 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, timend

c each item is described below:

c
c dtime - the time increment
c 0.0 - position not used
c 0.0 - position not used
c 0.0 - position not used
c 0.0 - position not used
c 0.0 - position not used
c 0.0 - position not used
c 0.0 - position not used
c 0.0 - position not used
c timend - the final time of the analysis

c DOF i 1 nmrow Degree of freedom set used

c The DOFs are calculated as (N-1)*numdof+DOF,
c where N is the position number of the node in
c the nodal equivalence table and DOF is the
c DOF reference number given above.

c If the analysis uses the reduced method, the

c original DOF order (see next record) is
c rearranged so that DOFs having nodal
c constraints are listed first.
c
c If the analysis uses the mode superposition
c method (using the reduced mode extraction
c technique), the DOF order is the same as the
c original order (see next record).
c (l(i),i=1,nmrow)

c --- i 1 nmrow+1 Original reduced set of DOFs used.

c The DOFs are calculated as (N-1)*numdof+DOF,
c where N is the position number of the node in
c the nodal equivalence table and DOF is the
c DOF reference number given above.

c If the analysis uses the reduced method, the

c original DOF order, plus the number of nodal
c constraints (nbcdsp), is stored.

c If the analysis uses the mode superposition

c method (using the reduced mode extraction
c technique), this record matches the previous

c record. The nmrow+1 entry will be zero.

c (lorig(i),i=1,nmrow),nbcdsp

c DNC i 1 nbcdsp This record is present only if the analysis

c uses the reduced method and nbcdsp > 0 (see
c record at ptrDOF). These numbers are the
c positions in the previous record of dofs with
c a nodal constraint. These are nodal
c constraints only on nodes that also are
c masters.
c (na(i),i=1,nbcdsp)

c STF dp nmrow nmrow Reduced stiffness matrix. Each row of the

c matrix is stored as a record. The matrix is
c present only if nmatrx > 0 and analysis is
c not using mode superposition method (using
c the subspace mode extraction method). Row
c order is the same as the DOF order in record
c at ptrDOF.
c (ak(i,j),i=1,nmrow)

c MAS dp nmrow nmrow Reduced mass matrix. Each row of the matrix
c is stored as a record. The matrix is present
c only if nmatrx > 1 and analysis is not using
c mode superposition method (using the subspace
c extraction technique). Row order is the same
c as the DOF order in record at ptrDOF.
c (am(i,j),i=1,nmrow)

c DMP dp varies varies Reduced damping matrix or mode shapes.

c If the analysis uses the reduced method,

c each record will be nmrow items in length.
c The reduced damping matrix is present only
c if nmatrx > 2. There will be nmrow records of
c this type stored here. Row order is the same
c as the DOF order in record at ptrDOF.

c If the analysis uses the mode superposition

c method (using the reduced mode extraction
c technique), each record will be nmode items
c in length. These records contain mode shapes
c (eigenvectors) of the frequencies
c (eigenvalues) actually used in the harmonic
c analysis. There will be nmode records of this
c type stored here, with the first N records
c containing the mode shapes and the other
c records containing zeros, where N is the
c number of modes actually used in the harmonic
c analysis. Order corresponds to the DOF order
c given in record at ptrDOF.

c If the analysis uses the mode superposition

c method (using the subspace mode extraction
c technique), this record will not be present.
c (psi(i,j),i=1,nmrow) (or ac)

c FRQ dp 1 nmrow Frequencies extracted from the modal

c analysis. This record is present only if the
c analysis uses the mode superposition method.
c The first nmode values are the frequencies
c extracted from the modal analysis. The
c remaining values have no meaning.
c (freq(i),i=1,nmrow)

c *** The next 2 records are repeated (as a pair) until the time value
c *** equals the value of timend. The number of iterations is stored as
c *** ncumit. (see above records that deal with time)

c DSP dp 1 nmrow+5 Calculated displacements

c The first nmrow entries are the displacements
c in the same order as the original set of DOFs

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
24 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
1.4.2. RFRQ File Format

c (see record AFTER ptrDOF). For the last five

c entries:
c 1. Time for these displacements
c 2. Load step number
c 3. Substep number
c 4. Cumulative iteration number
c 5. Scale factor (zero if the analysis uses
c the reduced method).
c (u(i),i=1,nmrow),time,itime,iter,ncumit,
c scale
c Note: If, upon reading of this record, there
c is less than nmrow+5 items in the record,
c then only a selected set of nodes were
c output. Another record follows (integer, less
c than lenbac long) which contains the list of
c nodes for which DOF solutions are available.

c --- dp 1 ngaps Gap restoring forces. The order of these

c forces corresponds to the node position order
c given in record at ptrDNC. This record is
c present only if ngaps > 0.
c (fgaps(i),i=1,ngaps)

c *** The next 3 records are kept for possible restart using mode superposition
c *** method. They are overwritten upon restarting. They are written once (last
c *** loadstep).

c DVA dp 1 ndva+5 Calculated modal displacements

c The first ndva entries are the modal
c displacements. For the last five
c entries:
c 1. Time for these displacements
c 2. Load step number
c 3. Substep number
c 4. Cumulative iteration number
c 5. Scale factor (zero if the analysis uses
c the reduced method).
c (um(i),i=1,ndva),time,itime,iter,ncumit,
c scale

c --- dp 1 ndva Calculated modal velocities

c (vm(i),i=1,ndva)

c --- dp 1 ndva Calculated modal accelerations

c (am(i),i=1,ndva)

1.4. Description of the Reduced Complex Displacement File

This section explains the content of the reduced complex displacement file (jobname.rfrq).

1.4.1. Standard ANSYS File Header

See Section 1.1.2: The Standard Header for ANSYS Binary Files for a description of this set. File number (Item 1) is
10.

1.4.2. RFRQ File Format

*comdeck,fdrfrq
c *** copyright(c) 2006 SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
c *** ansys, inc

c description of reduced complex displacement file

character*8 RFRQNM
parameter (RFRQNM='rfrq ')

LONGINT rfrqfpL, rfrqfp

integer rfrqbk, rfrqut

common /fdrfrq/ rfrqfpL, rfrqbk, rfrqut

equivalence (rfrqfp,rfrqfpL)

c write: harmcl,harmin,harmwr
c write: hrfrcl,hrfreq
c read: harstr

c common variable descriptions *

co rfrqfpL file position on file rfrq
co rfrqbk block number for file rfrq
co rfrqut file unit for file rfrq

c See fddesc for documentation of how binary files are stored.

c
c ********** file format **********

c recid tells the identifier for this record. Not all records will have
c identifiers -- they are only indicated for those records whose
c record pointers are stored in the second file header.

c type tells what kind of information is stored in this record:

c i - integer
c dp - double precision
c cmp - complex

c nrec tells how many records of this description are found here

c lrec tells how long the records are (how many items are stored)

c recid type nrec lrec contents

c --- i 1 100 standard ANSYS file header (see binhed for

c details of header contents)

c --- i 1 40 .RFRQ FILE HEADER

c
c fun10, nmrow, nmatrx, nmode, numdof,
c maxn, wfmax, lenbac, 0, ncumit,
c kan, 0, 0, 0, 0,
c 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
c ptrDOF, ptrDNC, ptrSTF, ptrMAS, ptrDMP,
c ptrFRQ, ptrDSP,ptrSTFh,ptrMASh,ptrDMPh,
c ptrFRQh,ptrDSPh, 0, 0, 0,
c 0, 0, 0, 0, 0

c each item in header is described below:

c fun10 - unit number (rfrq file is 10)

c nmrow - number of rows/columns in matrices
c nmatrx - number of reduced matrices on file
c nmode - number of modes extracted during
c modal analysis (or nmrow if reduced
c method)
c numdof - number of dofs per node
c maxn - maximum node number
c wfmax - maximum wavefront
c lenbac - number of nodes
c 0 - position not used
c ncumit - total number of iterations done
c during analysis
c kan - analysis type
c = 6 - reduced harmonic
c 0 - position not used
c 0 - position not used
c 0 - position not used
c 0 - position not used
c 0 - position not used
c 0 - position not used
c 0 - position not used
c 0 - position not used
c 0 - position not used
c ptrDOF - pointer to degree of freedom set

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
26 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
1.4.2. RFRQ File Format

c used in model
c ptrDNC - pointer to nodal constraints
c ptrSTF - pointer to the reduced stiffness
c matrix
c ptrMAS - pointer to the reduced mass matrix
c ptrDMP - pointer to the reduced damping
c matrix or mode shapes
c ptrFRQ - pointer to the frequencies
c ptrDSP - pointer to the calculated
c displacements
c ptrSTFh- High part of STF pointer
c ptrMASh- High part of MAS pointer
c ptrDMPh- High part of DMP pointer
c ptrFRQh- High part of FRQ pointer
c ptrDSPh- High part of DSP pointer
c 0 - position not used
c 0 - position not used
c 0 - position not used
c 0 - position not used
c 0 - position not used
c 0 - position not used
c 0 - position not used
c 0 - position not used

c --- i 1 lenbac This table equates the actual node number to

c the number used for storage.
c (Back(i),i=1,lenbac)

c --- dp 1 10 Unused record. contents:

c 1.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
c 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0

c DOF i 1 nmrow Degree of freedom set used

c The DOFs are calculated as (N-1)*numdof+DOF,
c where N is the position number of the node in
c the nodal equivalence table and DOF is the
c DOF reference number given above.

c If the analysis uses the reduced method, the

c --- i 1 nmrow+1 Original reduced set of DOFs used.

c The DOFs are calculated as (N-1)*numdof+DOF,
c where N is the position number of the node in
c the nodal equivalence table and DOF is the
c DOF reference number given above.

c If the analysis uses the reduced method, the

c original DOF order, plus the number of nodal
c constraints (nbcdsp), is stored.

c If the analysis uses the mode superposition

c method (using the reduced mode extraction
c technique), this record matches the previous
c record. The nmrow+1 entry will be zero.
c (lorig(i),i=1,nmrow),nbcdsp

c DNC i 1 nbcdsp This record is present only if the analysis

c STF dp nmrow nmrow Reduced stiffness matrix. Each row of the

c DMP dp varies varies Reduced damping matrix or mode shapes.

c If the analysis uses the reduced method,

c If the analysis uses the mode superposition

c method (using the subspace mode extraction
c technique), this record will not be present.
c (psi(i,j),i=1,nmrow) (or ac)

c FRQ dp 1 nmrow Frequencies extracted from the modal analysis.

c This record is present only for analyses using
c the mode superposition method (using the
c reduced mode extraction technique).
c (freq(i),i=1,nmrow)

c DSP cmp ncumit nmrow+5 Calculated complex displacements

c The first nmrow entries are the displacements
c in the same order as the original set of DOFs
c (see record AFTER ptrDOF). For the last five
c entries:
c Real part Imag part
c 1. frequency for these frequency increment
c values
c 2. load step number substep number
c 3. cumulative iteration zero
c number

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
28 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
1.5.2. MODE File Format

c 4. zero zero
c 5. scale factor zero
c (zero if the
c analysis uses the
c reduced method)
c (cvs(i),i=1,nmrow),(freq,delf),
c (itime,itter),(ncumit,0.0),(0.0,0.0),
c (fscale,0.0)
c Note: If, upon reading of this record, there
c is less than nmrow+5 items in the record,
c then only a selected set of nodes were
c output. Another record follows (integer, less
c than lenbac long) which contains the list of
c nodes for which DOF solutions are available.

1.5. Description of the Modal Results File

This section explains the content of the modal results file (jobname.mode).

1.5.1. Standard ANSYS File Header

See Section 1.1.2: The Standard Header for ANSYS Binary Files for a description of this set. File number (Item 1) is
9.

1.5.2. MODE File Format

*comdeck,fdmode
c *** copyright(c) 2006 SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
c *** ansys, inc.

c description of modal result file

c *** mpg fdmode < modspc romstr lire_freq_mode lire_nb_mode: mode file desc

character*8 MODENM
parameter (MODENM='mode ')
LONGINT modefpL, modefp
integer modebk, modeut

common /fdmode/ modefpL, modebk, modeut

equivalence (modefp,modefpL)

c common variable descriptions *

co modefpL file position on file mode
co modebk block number for file mode
co modeut file unit for file mode

c See fddesc for documentation of how binary files are stored.

c
c ********** file format **********

c recid tells the identifier for this record. Not all records will have
c identifiers -- they are only indicated for those records whose
c record pointers are stored in the second file header.

c type tells what kind of information is stored in this record:

c i - integer
c dp - double precision
c cmp - complex

c nrec tells how many records of this description are found here

c lrec tells how long the records are (how many items are stored)

c recid type nrec lrec contents

c --- i 1 100 standard ANSYS file header (see binhed for

c details of header contents)

c --- i 1 60 .MODE FILE HEADER

c
c fun09, nmrow, nmatrx, nmode, numdof,
c maxn, wfmax, lenbac, 0, nontp,
c lumpms, extopt, SvCode, kan, ldstep,
c numitr, expbeg, expend, nspect, nSPdat,
c ptrRDF, ptrFRQ, ptrPRT, ptrSHP, ptrLOD,
c ptrSTF, ptrMAS, ptrDMP, ptrCOF, ptrDCF,
c ptrLPM, ptrSP1,ptrSHPh,ptrLODh,ptrSTFh,
c ptrMASh,ptrDMPh,ptrLPMh,ptrSP1h,ptrIRHSl,
c ptrIRHSh,PowerDyn, 0, 0, 0,
c 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
c 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
c 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
c each item in header is described below:

c fun09 - unit number (mode file is 9)

c nmrow - number of rows/columns in matrices
c (maxn*numdof). If extopt = 0, nmrow
c is the number of rows in the
c reduced matrices and the number of
c master degrees of freedom.
c nmatrx - number of reduced matrices on the
c file (applies only if extopt=0)
c nmode - number of modes extracted
c numdof - number of dof per node
c maxn - maximum node number (If extopt = 3
c or 4, the actual number of nodes is
c referenced.)
c wfmax - maximum wavefront (Does not apply
c if extopt = 3 or 4.)
c lenbac - number of nodes
c 0 - position not used
c nontp - number of equations on the .TRI
c file (Does not apply if extopt =
c 0.)
c lumpms - lumped mass key
c = 0 - default matrix type
c = 1 - lumped
c (Does not apply if extopt = 3 or
c 4.)
c extopt - mode extraction method
c = 0 - reduced
c = 1 - subspace
c = 3 - unsymmetric Lanczos
c = 4 - damped Lanczos
c = 6 - block Lanczos
c = 7 - QR damped
c = 8 - AMLS
c SvCode - Solver assembly code
c = 0 Frontal assembly (SV_ANSYS)
c = 1 Symbolic assembly (SV_CASI)
c kan - analysis type
c = 1 - buckling
c = 2 - modal
c ldstep - load step number
c numitr - total number of cumulative
c iterations done during analysis
c (Does not apply if extopt = 3 or
c 4.)
c expbeg - beginning of the frequency range of
c interest
c expend - end of the frequency range of
c interest
c nspect - number of spectra
c nSPdat - number of data items per spectrum
c ptrRDF - pointer to reduced degree of
c freedom set used in model
c ptrFRQ - pointer to the frequencies

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
30 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
1.5.2. MODE File Format

c ptrPRT - pointer to the participation

c factors
c ptrSHP - pointer to the mode shapes
c (eigenvectors)
c ptrLOD - pointer to the load vectors
c ptrSTF - pointer to the reduced stiffness
c matrix
c ptrMAS - pointer to the reduced mass matrix
c ptrDMP - pointer to the reduced damping
c matrix
c (if extopt=7 : pointer to the modal
c damping matrix)
c ptrCOF - pointer to the mode coefficients
c ptrDCF - pointer to the modal damping
c coefficients
c ptrLPM - pointer to the diagonal mass vector
c ptrSP1 - pointer to the the spectrum data
c ptrIRHSl,h - pointer to imaginary part of RHS vector
c PowerDyn - PowerDynamics key (currently only set in subout.F)
c = 0 Subspace, Block Lanczos, etc... methods
c = 1 Powerdynamics method
c 0 - position not used
c 0 - position not used
c 0 - position not used
c 0 - position not used
c 0 - position not used
c 0 - position not used

c --- i 1 numdof
Degrees of freedom per node
c DOF reference numbers are:
c UX = 1, UY = 2, UZ = 3, ROTX= 4, ROTY= 5, ROTZ= 6, AX = 7, AY = 8
c AZ = 9, VX =10, VY =11, VZ =12 ****** 13-18 are spares **********
c **************** PRES=19, TEMP=20, VOLT=21, MAG =22, ENKE=23, ENDS=24
c EMF =25, CURR=26 ********* 27-32 are spares *************************
c (curdof(i),i=1,numdof)

c --- i 1 lenbac Nodal equivalence table

c This table equates the number used for
c storage to the actual node number.
c (Back(i),i=1,lenbac)

c RDF i 1 nmrow Reduced set of degrees of freedom used.

c This record is present only if extopt = 0
c The DOFs are calculated as (N-1)*NUMDOF+DOF,
c where N is position number of the node in
c the nodal equivalence table and DOF is the
c DOF reference number given above
c (l(i),i=1,nmrow) (if nmatrx>0)

c FRQ dp 1 nmode Frequencies (eigenvalues). Frequencies are

c complex if extopt=3 or 4. Numbers stored are
c the squares of the natural circular
c frequencies (w**2, where w=radians/time).
c You can obtain the natural frequencies, f
c (in cycles/time), using the equation f=w/2pi
c (freq(i),i=1,nmode)

c PRT dp 1 nmode Participation factors. Factors are complex

c if EXTOPT=3 or 4.
c (pfact(i),i=1,nmode)

c COF dp 1 nmode Mode coefficients

c (modecf(i),i=1,nmode)

c DCF dp 1 nmode Modal damping coefficients

c (dampmd(i),i=1,nmode)

c SHP dp nmode nmrow Mode shapes (eigenvectors). Mode shapes are

c complex if extopt=3 or 4. If extopt=0, the
c mode shape order corresponds to the DOF list
c stored at position ptrRDF. If extopt does
c not equal 0, the order corresponds to the

c nodal equivalence table

c (psi(i,j),i=1,nmrow)

c LOD dp 1 nmrow Load vector. This record is present only if

c extopt=0 or 1.
c (f(i),i=1,nmrow)

c IRHS dp 1 nmrow Imaginary Load vector. This record is present

c only if extopt = 6.

c LPM dp 1 nmrow Lumped mass vector. This record is present

c only if lumpms=1 and nmatrix=0. It is a
c vector containing the mass at each node in
c the system.
c (mass(i),i=1,nmrow)

c STF dp nmrow nmrow Reduced stiffness matrix. Each row of the

c matrix is stored as a record. The matrix is
c present only if nmatrx > 0. Row order is the
c same as the DOF order stored at position
c ptrRDF.
c (ak(i,j),i=1,nmrow)

c MAS dp nmrow nmrow Reduced mass matrix. Each row of the matrix
c is stored as a record. The matrix is present
c only if nmatrx > 1. Row order is the same as
c the DOF order stored at position ptrRDF.
c (am(i,j),i=1,nmrow)

c DMP dp nmrow nmrow Reduced damping matrix. Each row of the

c matrix is stored as a record. The matrix is
c present only if nmatrx > 2. Row order is the
c same as the DOF order stored at position
c ptrRDF.
c (ac(i,j),i=1,nmrow)

c for each spectrum (nspect records):

c SP1 dp 1 nmode Mode coeff for this spectra
c --- dp 1 nmode Modal damping values
c --- dp 1 130 svcom: freqtb, etc.
c --- dp 1 20 misc. spectra data

1.6. Description of the Element Matrices File

This section explains the content of the element matrices file (jobname.emat).

1.6.1. Standard ANSYS File Header

See Section 1.1.2: The Standard Header for ANSYS Binary Files for a description of this set. File number (Item 1) is
2.

1.6.2. EMAT File Format

*comdeck,fdemat
c *** copyright(c) 2006 SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
c *** ansys, inc.

c description of element matrix file

c
c *** mpg fdemat.inc < eoelem elostr eofini outelm elfini EmatAssemble sffini
c eqprep sfform elstrt slvstr: emat file description
c
character*8 EMATNM
parameter (EMATNM='emat ')

LONGINT ematfpL, ematfp

integer ematbk, ematut
common /fdemat/ ematfpL, ematbk, ematut

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
32 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
1.6.2. EMAT File Format

equivalence (ematfp,ematfpL)

c common variable descriptions *

co ematfpL file position on file emat
co ematbk block number for file emat
co ematut file unit for file emat

c See fddesc for documentation of how binary files are stored.

c
c ********** file format **********

c recid tells the identifier for this record. Not all records will have
c identifiers -- they are only indicated for those records whose
c record pointers are stored in the second file header.

c type tells what kind of information is stored in this record:

c i - integer
c dp - double precision
c cmp - complex

c nrec tells how many records of this description are found here

c lrec tells how long the records are (how many items are stored)

c recid type nrec lrec contents

c --- i 1 100 standard ANSYS file header (see binhed for

c details of header contents)

c --- i 1 40 .EMAT FILE HEADER

c
c fun02, nume, numdof, lenu, lenbac,
c maxn, 0, 0, nodref, lumpm,
c kygst, kygm, kycd, kygss, kygaf,
c kygrf, 0, 0, 0, 0,
c ptrElmh,ptrFSTh,ptrLSTh,ptrBITh,ptrEHDh,
c ptrIDXh, numCE,maxLeng, ptrCEl, ptrCEh,
c ptrDOF, ptrBAC,ptrELMl,ptrFSTl,ptrLSTl,
c ptrBITl,ptrEHDl,ptrIDXl,ptrendH,ptrendL

c each item in header is described below:

c fun02 - unit number (emat file is 2)

c nume - number of elements
c numdof - number of dofs per node
c lenu - total DOFs of model
c lenbac - number of nodes
c maxn - maximum node number
c 0 - position not used
c 0 - position not used
c nodref - actual number of nodes referenced
c lumpm - lumped mass key
c = 0 - default matrix type
c = 1 - lumped
c kygst - global stiffness matrix calculate
c key
c = 0 - do not calculate
c = 1 - calculate
c kygm - global mass matrix calculate key
c = 0 - do not calculate
c = 1 - calculate
c kycd - global damping matrix calculate key
c = 0 - do not calculate
c = 1 - calculate
c kygss - global stress stiffening matrix
c calculate key
c = 0 - do not calculate
c = 1 - calculate
c kygaf - global applied force vector
c calculate key
c = 0 - do not calculate
c = 1 - calculate

c kygrf - global restoring force vector

c calculate key (Newton-Raphson only)
c = 0 - do not calculate
c = 1 - calculate
c 0 - position not used
c 0 - position not used
c 0 - position not used
c 0 - position not used

c ptrELMh- Highpointer to element equivalence

c table
c ptrFSTh- High pointer to first element at a
c DOF table
c ptrLSTh- High pointer to last element at a
c DOF table
c ptrBITh- High pointer to dof bits
c ptrEHDh- High pointer to the start of the
c element matrices
c ptrIDXh- High pointer to element matrices
c index table

c numCE - number of internal CEs

c maxLeng- maximum length of any internal CE
c ptrCEl - low pointer to internal CE list
c ptrCEh - high pointer to internal CE list
c ptrDOF - pointer to degrees of freedom per
c node used in model
c ptrBAC - pointer to nodal equivalence table

c ptrELMl- Low pointer to element equivalence

c table
c ptrFSTl- Low pointer to first element at a
c DOF table
c ptrLSTl- Low pointer to last element at a
c DOF table
c ptrBITl- Low pointer to dof bits
c ptrEHDl- Low pointer to the start of the
c element matrices
c ptrIDXl- Low pointer to element matrices
c index table

c ptrendH- High pointer to end of file

c ptrendL- Low pointer to end of file

c Note: the analysis type sets the global calculate keys.

c --- dp 1 20 Time information

c
c timval, timinc, frqval, timbeg, timend,
c 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
c 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
c 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,

c each item is described below:

c timval - the current time

c timinc - the time increment
c frqval - the current frequency (from a
c harmonic analysis)
c timbeg - the start time for the analysis
c timend - the end time for the analysis
c 0.0 - position not used
c 0.0 - position not used
c 0.0 - position not used
c 0.0 - position not used
c 0.0 - position not used
c 0.0 - position not used
c 0.0 - position not used
c 0.0 - position not used
c 0.0 - position not used
c 0.0 - position not used
c 0.0 - position not used

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
34 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
1.6.2. EMAT File Format

c 0.0 - position not used

c 0.0 - position not used
c 0.0 - position not used
c 0.0 - position not used

c DOF i 1 numdofDegrees of freedom per node

c DOF reference numbers are:
c UX = 1, UY = 2, UZ = 3, ROTX= 4, ROTY= 5, ROTZ= 6, AX = 7, AY = 8
c AZ = 9, VX =10, VY =11, VZ =12 ****** 13-18 are spares **********
c **************** PRES=19, TEMP=20, VOLT=21, MAG =22, ENKE=23, ENDS=24
c EMF =25, CURR=26 ********* 27-32 are spares *************************
c (curdof(i),i=1,numdof)

c BAC i 1 lenbac Nodal equivalence table. This table equates

c the number used for storage to the actual
c node number
c (Back(i),i=1,lenbac)

c ELM i 1 nume Element equivalence table. The ANSYS program

c stores all element data in the numerical
c order that the SOLUTION processor solves the
c elements. This table equates the order
c number used to the actual element number
c (Order(i),i=1,nume)

c FST i 1 lenu First element at a DOF table. This record

c signifies the first element encountered at a
c particular DOF.
c (First(i),i=1,lenu)

c LST i 1 lenu Last element at a DOF table. This record

c signifies the last element encountered at a
c particular DOF.
c (Last(i),i=1,lenu)

c BIT i 1 lenu Bits set at a DOF table. This record

c has bits for constraints, forces, etc.
c (DofBits(i),i=1,lenu) (added at 10.0)

c IDX i 1 2*nume Element index table. This record specifies

c the file location for the beginning of the
c data for each element.
c (index(i),i=1,nume) Low part of pointer
c (index(i),i=1,nume) High part of pointer

c The records at the end of the file store element information and get written
c as a set for each element(nume sets of these records will appear on the file
c at this point) ptrEHD indicates the beginning of the element data.

c If substructure matrices are written to the EMAT file, they are written in a
c different format than is shown here. This alternate format is not documented
c at this time, as it is likely to change in the future.

c EHD i 1 10 Element matrix header

c
c stkey, mkey, dkey, sskey, akey,
c nrkey, ikey, 0, 0, nmrow

c each item in header is described below:

c stkey - stiffness matrix key

c = 0 - matrix not present
c = 1 - matrix present
c mkey - mass matrix key
c = 0 - matirx not present
c = 1 - matrix present
c dkey - damping matrix key
c = 0 - matrix not present
c = 1 - matrix present
c sskey - stress stiffening matrix key

c = 0 - matrix not present

c = 1 - matrix present
c akey - applied load vector key
c = 0 - vector not used
c = 1 - vector used
c nrkey - newton-raphson(restoring) load
c vector key (for nonlinear analyses)
c = 0 - vector not used
c = 1 - vector used
c ikey - imaginary load vector key
c (for complex analyses)
c = 0 - vector not used
c = 1 - vector used
c 0 - position not used
c 0 - position not used
c nmrow - numbers/columns in matrices. If the
c number is negative, the matrices
c will be written in lower triangular
c form.

c --- i 1 nmrow DOF index table. This record specifies the

c DOF locations of this element matrix in
c relation to the global matrix. The index is
c calculated as (N-1)*NUMDOF+DOF, where N is
c the position number of the node in the nodal
c equivalence table and DOF is the DOF
c reference number given above

c --- dp varies varies Element matrices. This record is repeated

c for each stiffness, mass, damping, and
c stress stiffening matrix. If the matrix is
c diagonal, the length of the records will be
c nmrow. If the matrix is unsymmetric, the
c length of the records will be nmrow*nmrow.
c If the matrix is symmetric, only the lower
c triangular terms are written and the length
c of the records will be (nmrow)*(nmrow+1)/2.

c --- dp 1 2*nmrow Element force vectors. This record contains

c both the applied force vector and the
c (restoring or imaginary) load vector.
c
c
c *************** Internal CE information ***********************
c The following records repeat numCE times... one for each internal
c CE created during solution... these are stored here for the psolve
c command, such as the case of a prestressed nonlinear modal analysis
c
c CE i 3 numCE First part is the CE number, the second part is
c the number of terms in this internal CE, and
c the third part is the external element number
c of the element that created this internal CE
c
c --- i nTerms numCE integer info (list of node*32 + dof)
c
c --- dp nTerms numCE dp info (list of coefficients including constant term)
c
c
c kygst global stiffness matrix calculate key
c kygm global mass matrix calculate key
c kygd global damping matrix calculate key
c kygss global stress stiffening matrix calculate key
c kygaf global applied force matrix calculate key
c kygrf global restoring force matrix calculate key

1.7. Description of the Substructure Matrices File

This section explains the contents of the substructure matrices file (jobname.sub).

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
36 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
1.7.2. SUB File Format

1.7.1. Standard ANSYS File Header

See Section 1.1.2: The Standard Header for ANSYS Binary Files for a description of this set. File number (Item 1) is
8.

1.7.2. SUB File Format

*comdeck,fdsub
c *** copyright(c) 2006 SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
c *** ansys, inc

c description of substructure matrix file

character*8 SUBNM
parameter (SUBNM='sub ')
LONGINT subfpL, lenSubL
integer subbk, subut
common /fdsub/ subfpL, lenSubL, subbk, subut

c write: matout
c read:

c common variable descriptions *

co subfpL file position on file sub
co subbk block number for file sub
co subut file unit for file sub
co lenSubL length of sub file (saved for slvdta.F)

c See fddesc for documentation of how binary files are stored.

c
c ********** file format **********

c recid tells the identifier for this record. Not all records will have
c identifiers -- they are only indicated for those records whose
c record pointers are stored in the second file header.

c type tells what kind of information is stored in this record:

c i - integer
c dp - double precision
c cmp - complex

c nrec tells how many records of this description are found here

c lrec tells how long the records are (how many items are stored)

c recid type nrec lrec contents

c --- i 1 100 standard ANSYS file header (see binhed

c for details of header contents)

c HED i 1 60 .SUB FILE HEADER (FULL MATRICES)

c
c 8, nmrow, nmatrx, nedge, numdof,
c maxn, wfmax, lenbac, nnod, kunsym,
c kstf, kmass, kdamp, kss, nvect,
c nWorkL, lenU1, sesort, lenlst,ptrLodL,
c ntrans, ptrMtx, ptrXFM, ptrHED, name1,
c name2, 0, 0, name3, name4,
c ptrDOF, ptrDST, ptrBAC, ptrTIT, ptrNOD,
c ptrXYZ, ptrEDG, ptrGDF, thsubs, ptrPOS,
c ptrORG, stfmax,ptrLodH, nmodes, keydim,
c cmsMethod, name5, name6, name7, name8,
c nvnodes,ptrCTXM, nWorkh, ptrCG, 0,
c 0, 0, 0, 0, 0

c HED i 1 60 .SUB FILE HEADER (SPARSE MATRICES)

c
c 9, nEqn, nmatrx, , numdof,
c maxn, , lenbac, nnod, kunsym,
c kstf, kmass, kdamp, , nvect,

c nTermL, , , ,ptrLodL,
c ,ptrMtxL, , ptrHED, name1,
c name2, , , name3, name4,
c ptrDOF, , ptrBAC, ptrTIT, ptrNOD,
c ptrXYZ, , , thsubs, ,
c , stfmax,ptrLodH, , ,
c , name5, name6, name7, name8,
c , , nTermH,ptrMtxH,ptrColL,
c ptrColH,ptrCofL,ptrCofH, 0, 0

c each item in header is described below:

c fun08 - unit number (full sub file is 8)

c (sparse substructure file is 9)
c nmrow - number of rows in matrices (also
c number of dofs in substructure)
c nmatrx - number of matrices on file
c nedge - number of edges for outline
c numdof - number of dofs per node
c maxn - maximum node number of complete
c model presently in database
c wfmax - maximum wavefront of substruct.
c during generation pass
c lenbac - number of nodes defining
c substructure during the
c generation pass
c nnod - number of unique nodes in the
c substructure having DOFs, and
c which define this substructure
c during the use pass. Also, the
c number of nodes having master
c DOFs.
c kunsym - unsymmetric matrix key
c = 0 - symmetric
c = 1 - unsymmetric
c kstf - stiffness matrix present key
c = 0 - matrix is not on file
c = 1 - matrix is on file
c kmass - mass matrix present key
c = 0 - matrix is not on file
c = 1 - matrix is on file
c =-1 - Lumped mass vestor (Sparse only)
c kdamp - damping matrix present key
c = 0 - matrix is not on file
c = 1 - matrix is on file
c kss - stress stiffening matrx present
c = 0 - matrix is not on file
c = 1 - matrix is on file
c nvect - number of load vectors
c (at least 1 is required)
c nWorkL,H - BCS workspace length (only for
c bacsub)
c nTermL,H - Number of terms in sparse matrix
c lenU1 - length of intermediate transformation
c vector
c sesort - DOF set sort key
c = 0 - numbers are not sorted
c = 1 - numbers are sorted in
c ascending order
c lenlst - maximum length of DOF set for
c this substructure (maxn*numdof)
c ptrLod - pointer to the start of the load
c vectors (see also ptrLodh)
c ntrans - transformed key
c = 0 - substructure has not been
c transformed
c > 0 - substructure copied
c from another substructure,
c via either SESSYM or SETRAN
c ptrMtxL,H - pointer to the start of the
c substructure matrices (iDiagL for
c sparse matrices)

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
38 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
1.7.2. SUB File Format

c ptrXFM - pointer to the substructure

c transformations
c ptrHED - pointer to the SUB file header
c name1 - first four characters of the
c substructure file name, in
c integer form
c name2 - second four characters of the
c substructure file name, in
c integer form
c name3 - third four characters of the
c substructure file name, in
c integer form
c name4 - fourth four characters of the
c substructure file name, in
c integer form
c ptrDOF - pointer to the DOF/node list
c ptrDST - pointer to the local DOF set
c ptrBAC - pointer to the nodes comprising
c the substructure
c ptrTIT - pointer to the title
c ptrNOD - pointer to the unique nodes
c defining the substructure
c ptrXYZ - pointer to the coordinates of the
c unique nodes
c ptrEDG - pointer to the substructure edges
c ptrGDF - pointer to the global DOF set
c ptrCG - pointer to the element mass information
c thsubs - thermal key
c = 0 - structural
c = 1 - thermal
c ptrPOS - pointer to the sorted substructure
c DOF set to the original
c ptrORG - pointer to the DOF set of the model
c during the generation pass
c stfmax - maximum diagonal stiffness term
c (packed into an integer)
c ptrLodh- High 32 bits of 64 bit pointer
c nmodes - number of modes used to generate
c CMS s.e.
c keydim - dimensionality key
c = 1 - axisymmetric
c = 2 - 2-D
c = 3 - 3-D
c cmsMethod - component mode synthesis method
c name5 - fifth four characters of the
c substructure file name, in integer
c form
c name6 - sixth four characters of the
c substructure file name, in integer
c form
c name7 - seventh four characters of the
c substructure file name, in integer
c form
c name8 - eighth four characters of the
c substructure file name, in integer
c form
c nvnodes - number of virtual nodes that contain
c the modal coordinates
c ptrCTXM - coordinate transformation
c ptrColL,H - pointer to the iCol sparse matrix
c array
c ptrCofL,H - pointer to the of the
c sparse matrix Sk(1:nTerm),
c Sm(1:nTermL),Sc(1:nTermL),
c Ss(1:nTermL) Each matrix is a
c single large record

c note: name1/2/3/4/5/6/7/8 are the

c inexc4 representation of the
c 32 character filename.
c name1/2/5/6/7/8 will be "0"
c for pre rev 5.2 files - cwa

c Note: If ntrans > 0, records from position ptrDOF to ptrGDF will be

c identical to the data for the copied substructure.

c XFM dp 1 125 Substructure transformations (5*25 double

c precisions). This record has meaning only
c if ntrans > 0. You can define up to five
c levels of transformations, with 25 variables
c in each level. Up to the first seven
c variables are used as follows:
c
c If the substructure was transferred (via the
c SETRAN command):
c 1st variable - 1.0
c 2nd variable - nodal increment
c 3rd variable - reference number of
c coordinate system where substructure will
c be transferred
c 4th variable - reference number of
c coordinate system where substructure is
c presently defined
c 5th variable - x coordinate increment
c 6th variable - y coordinate increment
c 7th variable - z coordinate increment

c If the substructure used symmetry (via the

c SESYMM command):
c 1st variable - 2.0
c 2nd variable - nodal increment
c 3rd variable - number of coordinate
c component to be used in operation
c = 1 - x coordinate
c = 2 - y coordinate
c = 3 - z coordinate
c 4th variable - reference number of
c coordinate system to be used for symmetry
c operation
c CTXM dp 1 250 Substructure transformations

c DOF i 1 numdof
Degrees of freedom per node (Global)
c (curdof(i),i=1,numdof)
c DOF reference numbers are:
c UX = 1, UY = 2, UZ = 3, ROTX= 4, ROTY= 5, ROTZ= 6, AX = 7, AY = 8
c AZ = 9, VX =10, VY =11, VZ =12 ****** 13-18 are spares **********
c **************** PRES=19, TEMP=20, VOLT=21, MAG =22, ENKE=23, ENDS=24
c EMF =25, CURR=26 ********* 27-32 are spares *************************

c DST i 1 nmrow This record contains degrees of freedom for

c this substructure of the unique nodes, as
c used with this substructure, in ascending
c order. This index is calculated as
c (N-1)*numdof+DOF, where N is the node number
c and DOF is the DOF reference number given
c above
c (lsort(i),i=1,nmrow)

c POS i 1 nmrow This record stores the positions of the

c local DOF set in relation to the generated
c DOF set. (lposit(i),i=1,nmrow)

c ORG i 1 nmrow DOF set of the model as defined during the

c generation pass. This index is calculated as
c (N-1)*NUMDOF+DOF, where N is the position
c number of the node in the nodal equivalence
c table and DOF is the DOF reference number
c given above
c (lorig(i),i=1,nmrow)

c BAC i 1 lenbac This group describes nodes that defined the

c substructure during the generation pass of
c the analysis. Nodal data is stored in arrays

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
40 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
1.8.2. CMS File Format

c equal to the number of used or referenced

c nodes. This table equates the number used
c for storage to the actual node number.
c (Back(i),i=1,lenbac)

c TIT i 1 20 Substructure title (converted to integers -

c see inexc4)

c NOD i 1 nnod This record describes unique nodes defining

c the substructure for the use pass of the
c analysis. These are also the nodes having
c master degrees of freedom.
c (node(i),i=1,nnod)

c XYZ dp nnod 6 This record describes the coordinates of a

c unique node, in the order X, Y, Z, THXY,
c THYZ, and THZX. Nodal order corresponds to
c that of the node list given above
c (xyzang(j,i),j=1,6)

c EDG dp nedge 6 This record contains beginning and ending

c locations (X1,Y1,Z1,X2,Y2,Z2 coordinates) of
c a straight line comprising an edge of the
c substructure.

c GDF i 1 nmrow This record describes global degrees of

c freedom of the unique nodes in ascending
c order, as used during the analysis use pass.
c This index is calculated as (N-1)*32+DOF,
c where N is the node number and DOF is the
c DOF reference number given above
c (l(i),i=1,nmrow) (sorted)

c CG dp 1 10 total mass,CGx,CGy,CGz,6 moments of inertia

c The substructure matrices are written at this position in the file. One row
c of each matrix is written to the file at a time. i.e. the first row of each
c matrix is written, then the second row of each matrix, etc. this pattern
c continues until all nmrow rows of each matrix have been written to the file.

c MAT dp 1 nmrow Row of the stiffness matrix, if nmatrx > 0.

c (ak(i,j),i=1,nmrow)
c --- dp 1 nmrow Row of the mass matrix, if nmatrx > 1.
c (am(i,j),i=1,nmrow)
c --- dp 1 nmrow Row of the damping matrix, if nmatrx > 2.
c (ac(i,j),i=1,nmrow)
c --- dp 1 nmrow Row of the stress stiffening matrix, if
c nmatrx > 3.
c (gs(i,j),i=1,nmrow)

c LOD dp nvect nmrow This record contains the load vectors.

c (f(i),i=1,nmrow)

1.8. Description of the Component Mode Synthesis Matrices (CMS) File

This section explains the contents of the CMS matrices file (jobname.cms).

1.8.1. Standard ANSYS File Header

See Section 1.1.2: The Standard Header for ANSYS Binary Files for a description of this set. File number (Item 1) is
8.

1.8.2. CMS File Format

*comdeck,fdcms
c --- description of cms(component modal synthesis) transformation file

character*8 CMSNM
parameter (CMSNM='cms ')
LONGINT cmsfpL, cmsfp
integer cmsbk, cmsut

common /fdcms/ cmsfpL, cmsbk, cmsut

equivalence (cmsfp,cmsfpL)

c --- common variable desciption -----------------------------------------------

co cmsfp file position on file mode
co cmsbk block number for file mode
co cmsut file unit for file mode

c --- See fddesc for documentation of how binary files are stored. -------------
c
c --- file format
c recid tells the identifier for this record. Not all records will have
c identifiers -- they are only indicated for those records whose
c record pointers are stored in the second file header.
c
c --- type tells what kind of information is stored in this record:
c i - integer
c dp - double precision
c cmp - complex
c
c --- nrec tells how many records of this description are found here
c
c --- lrec tells how long the records are (how many items are stored)
c
c ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
c recid type nrec lrec contents

c --- i 1 100 standard ANSYS file header (see binhed for

c details of header contents)

c --- i 1 40 .CMS FILE HEADER

c
c fun45, neqn , nirfm, nnorm, ncstm,
c 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
c 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
c 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
c 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
c 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
c ptrIRFS,ptrNORS,ptrCSTS, 0,ptrIRFL,
c ptrNORL,ptrCSTL, 0, 0, 0,

c each item in header is described below:

cc fun45 - unit number
c neqn - number of equation in BCS
c nirfm - number of inertia relief modes
c nnorm - number of normal modes
c ncstm - number of constraint modes
c > 0 available in file
c < 0 NA in file
c ptrIRFS,ptrIRFL - pointer to inertia relief modes
c ptrNORS,ptrNORL - pointer to normal modes
c ptrCSTS,ptrCSTL - pointer to constraint modes
c
c 0 - position not used

c --- i 1 neqn BCS to ANS mapping (lBCStoANS(i), i= 1,neqn)

c
c NOR dp nnorm neqn Normal Modes
c
c IRF dp nirfm neqn Inertia Relief Modes
c
c CST dp ncstm neqn Constraint Modes

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
42 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
1.9.2.TRI File Format

1.9. Description of the Triangularized Stiffness File

This section explains the contents of the triangularized stiffness file (jobname.tri).

1.9.1. Standard ANSYS File Header

See Section 1.1.2: The Standard Header for ANSYS Binary Files for a description of this set. File number (Item 1) is
11.

1.9.2. TRI File Format

*comdeck,fdtri
c *** copyright(c) 2006 SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
c *** ansys, inc
c
c
c ********** description of triangularized stiffness file **********
c
c *** mpg fdtri.inc < stff10 slvstr romstr modstr: tri file description
c
character*8 trinm, TriName
parameter (trinm='tri ',TriName='Tri Bufr')

LONGINT trifp
integer tribk, triut
common /fdtri/ trifp, tribk, triut

c open: slvstr subspc

c write: eqsol,eqclos,lfout,cfout subtri
c read: stff10,bacfil subfwd,subbac
c close: bacfil,svkan2 subspc
c
c ********** common variable descriptions ***********
co trifp file position on file tri (LONGINT)
co tribk block number for file tri
co triut file unit for file tri
c
c See fddesc for documentation of how binary files are stored.
c
c The TRI file is generated for static and reduced[modal,harmonic,transient,
c substructure] analyses
c
c ********** file format **********
c
c recid tells the identifier for this record. Not all records will have
c identifiers -- they are only indicated for those records whose
c record pointers are stored in the second file header.
c
c type tells what kind of information is stored in this record:
c i - integer
c dp - double precision
c cmp - complex
c
c nrec tells how many records of this description are found here
c
c lrec tells how long the records are (how many items are stored)
c
c recid type nrec lrec contents
c
c --- i 1 100 standard ANSYS file header (see binhed for
c details of header contents)
c
c --- i 1 20 .TRI FILE HEADER
c
c fun11, nontp, nmast, 1, kan,
c wfmax, lenbac, numdof, ptrMST, ptrend,
c lumpm, keyuns, ptrMS1, ptrMS2, ptrEN1,
c ptrEN2, 0, 0, ptrTRI, 0

c
c each item in header is described below:
c
c fun11 - unit number (tri file is 11)
c nontp - number of equations on file
c nmast - number of master dofs
c 1 - position not used, always = 1
c kan - analysis type
c wfmax - maximum wavefront
c lenbac - number of nodes
c numdof - number of degrees of freedom (DOF)
c per node
c ptrMST - 32 bit pointer to the master dof
c list, only here for backward
c compatibility. Do not use if
c ptrMS1 or ptrMS2 are non-zero
c ptrend - 32 bit pointer to the end of file
c only here for backward
c compatibility. Do not use if
c ptrEN1 or ptrEN2 are non-zero
c lumpm - lumped mass key
c = 0 - default matrix type
c = 1 - lumped
c keyuns - unsymmetric key
c = 0 - the matrix is not unsymmetric
c = 1 - the matrix is unsymmetric
c ptrMS1,
c ptrMS2 - These two values are two halves of
c a 64 bit pointer that points to the
c master dof list
c ptrEN1,
c ptrEN2 - These two values are two halves of
c a 64 bit pointer that points to the
c end of file
c 0 - position not used
c 0 - position not used
c ptrTRI - pointer to the beginning of the
c triangularized matrix data
c 0 - position not used
c
c --- i 1 numdof
Degrees of freedom per node
c DOF reference numbers are:
c UX = 1, UY = 2, UZ = 3, ROTX= 4, ROTY= 5, ROTZ= 6, AX = 7, AY = 8
c AZ = 9, VX =10, VY =11, VZ =12 ****** 13-18 are spares **********
c **************** PRES=19, TEMP=20, VOLT=21, MAG =22, ENKE=23, ENDS=24
c EMF =25, CURR=26 ********* 27-32 are spares *************************
c (curdof(i),i=1,numdof)
c
c --- i 1 lenbac Nodal equivalence table. This table equates
c the number used for storage to the actual
c node number
c (Back(i),i=1,lenbac)
c
c TRI At this point in the file, the triangularized matrix information is
c stored. The info is written row by row, and there are two different
c storage options for writing a row. If the row being written does not
c have a constraint equation associated with it, then two records are
c written to describe the row. If the row being written has a constraint
c equation associated with it, then five records are written to describe
c the row. Both formats are shown below. These groupings of two or five
c records per row will be written a total of nontp times (to include all
c rows)
c
c The next two descriptions show the format for a row that does not have a
c constraint equation associated with it:
c
c --- dp/cmp 1 varies A row of the triangularized matrix.
c
c If keyuns=0, this record will contain the
c non-diagonal terms of this column, the
c diagonal term itself, the normalized F
c term, followed by the reciprocal of the row

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
44 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
1.9.2.TRI File Format

c pivot.
c
c If keyuns=1, this record will contain the
c non-diagonal terms of this column, the
c diagonal term itself, the normalized F
c term, the reciprocal of the row pivot,
c followed by the non-diagonal terms of this
c row.
c
c The length of this record will vary (actual
c length is returned from routine BINRD8). If
c kan=3, this record contains complex
c information, otherwise it contains double
c precision information.
c (ktri(i),i=1,n),vload,diag (symmetric)
c (ktri(i),i=1,n),vload,diag,(utri(i),i=1,n)
c (unsymmetric)
c
c --- i 1 varies Triangular matrix row indices. The first
c item signifies what term in the row belongs
c to the pivot. The second term signifies what
c DOF is being eliminated, and the remaining
c items signify the new DOFs being introduced
c (if any). The length of this record will
c vary (actual length is returned from routine
c BINRD8).
c (lll(i),i=1,m)
c
c The next five descriptions show the format for a row that has a constraint
c equation associated with it.
c
c --- dp 1 2 A flag record, indicating that constraint
c equations are being stored, and the storage
c is as shown here. Both values are TINY.
c
c --- dp 1 varies Coefficients of the constraint equation.
c The length of this record will vary (actual
c length is returned from routine BINRD8).
c (coeff(i),i=1,n+2)
c
c --- dp/cmp 1 varies A row of the triangularized matrix.
c
c If keyuns=0, this record will contain the
c non-diagonal terms of this column, the
c diagonal term itself, the normalized F
c term, followed by the reciprocal of the row
c pivot.
c
c If keyuns=1, this record will contain the
c non-diagonal terms of this column, the
c diagonal term itself, the normalized F
c term, the reciprocal of the row pivot,
c followed by the non-diagonal terms of this
c row.
c
c The length of this record will vary (actual
c length is returned from routine BINRD8). If
c kan=3, this record contains complex
c information, otherwise it contains double
c precision information.
c (ktri(i),i=1,n),vload,diag (symmetric)
c (ktri(i),i=1,n),vload,diag,(utri(i),i=1,n)
c (unsymmetric)
c
c --- i 1 varies Triangular matrix row indices. The first
c item signifies what term in the row belongs
c to the pivot. The second term signifies what
c DOF is being eliminated, and the remaining
c items signify the new DOFs being introduced
c (if any). The length of this record will
c vary (actual length is returned from routine
c BINRD8).

c (lll(i),i=1,m)
c
c --- i 1 2 This record indicates the end of the 5
c record storage for this row. It is included
c for situations when the file is being read
c from the bottom up. Its contents:
c
c -cenum, n
c
c cenum - the constraint equation number for
c the constraint equation stored
c above
c n - the length of a row of the matrix
c being written
c
c MST i 1 nmast This record is present only if nmast > 0.
c or This index is calculated as
c MS1, (N-1)*NUMDOF+DOF, where N is the position
c MS2 number of the node in the nodal equivalence
c table, and DOF is the DOF reference number
c given above

1.10. Description of the Full Stiffness-Mass File

This section explains the contents of the full file (jobname.full).

1.10.1. Standard ANSYS File Header

See Section 1.1.2: The Standard Header for ANSYS Binary Files for a description of this set. File number (Item 1) is
4.

1.10.2. FULL File Format

*comdeck,fdfull
c *** copyright(c) 2006 SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
c *** ansys, inc.

c description of full stiffness-mass file

c *** mpg fdfull.inc < stff10 slvstr: full file description

character*8 FULLNM
parameter (FULLNM='full ')

c *** NOTE: if this variable is changed in the future it should be

c *** updated in spdefines.h also for symbolic assembly (jrb)
integer FULLHDLEN
parameter (FULLHDLEN=60)

LONGINT fullfpL, fullfp

integer fullbk, fullut, wrLdstep, wrSbstep, wrEqiter
common /fdfull/ fullfpL, fullbk, fullut,
x wrLdstep,wrSbstep,wrEqiter
equivalence (fullfp,fullfpL)

c common variable descriptions *

co fullfpL file position on file full
co fullbk block number for file full
co fullut file unit for file full

c file format (except for extopt=3,4)

c See fddesc for documentation of how binary files are stored.

c file format

c recid tells the identifier for this record. Not all records will have
c identifiers -- they are only indicated for those records whose

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
46 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
1.10.2. FULL File Format

c record pointers are stored in the second file header.

c type tells what kind of information is stored in this record:

c i - integer
c dp - double precision
c cmp - complex

c nrec tells how many records of this description are found here

c lrec tells how long the records are (how many items are stored)

c recid type nrec lrec contents

c --- i 1 100 standard ANSYS file header (see binhed for

c details of header contents)

c --- i 1 60 .FULL FILE HEADER

c
c fun04, neqn, nmrow, nmatrx, kan,
c wfmax, lenbac, numdof,jcgtrmL,jcgtrmH,
c lumpm, jcgeqn, jcgtrm, keyuns, extopt,
c keyse, sclstf, nxrows,ptrIDXl,ptrIDXh,
c ncefull,ncetrm,ptrENDl,ptrENDh, 0,
c 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
c 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
c 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
c 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
c 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
c 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
c 0, 0, 0, 0, 0

c NOTE: If fun04 > 0, then the file was created with frontal assembly
c If fun04 < 0, then the file was created with symbolic assembly;see below
c for its format

c -------------------------- frontal assembled file --------------------------

c each item in header is described below:

c fun04 - unit number (full file is 4)

c neqn - number of equations on file
c nmrow - number of rows in matrices
c nmatrx - number of matrices on file
c kan - analysis type
c wfmax - maximum wavefront
c lenbac - number of nodes
c numdof - number of dofs per node
c jcgtrmL,jcgtrmH - number of coefficients
c lumpm - lumped mass key
c = 0 - default matrix type
c = 1 - lumped
c jcgeqn - number of jcg equations
c jcgtrm - pre-8.1 this is the number of
c coefficients in sparse jcg
c storage (otherwise this value
c must be 0 and jcgtrmL,jcgtermH
c must be used)
c keyuns - unsymmetric key
c = 0 - no unsymmetric matrices on
c file
c = 1 - there is at least one
c unsymmetric matrix on file
c extopt - mode extraction method
c = 0 - reduced
c = 1 - lumped
c = 3 - unsymmetric Lanczos
c = 4 - damped Lanczos
c = 6 - block Lanczos
c keyse - superelement key; set if at least
c one superelement
c sclstf - scale factor for matrices
c nxrows - the maximum rank for this solution

c ptrIDXl- pointer to the matrix row indices.

c ptrIDXh- high part of row index pointer
c ncefull- Number of constraint equations on
c the full file
c ncetrm - Total number of terms in the
c constraint equations
c ptrENDl- Low part of 64 bit end of file ptr
c ptrENDh- High part of 64 bit end of file ptr
c 0 - position not used

c --- i 1 numdof
Degrees of freedom per node
c DOF reference numbers are:
c UX = 1, UY = 2, UZ = 3, ROTX= 4, ROTY= 5, ROTZ= 6, AX = 7, AY = 8
c AZ = 9, VX =10, VY =11, VZ =12 ****** 13-18 are spares **********
c **************** PRES=19, TEMP=20, VOLT=21, MAG =22, ENKE=23, ENDS=24
c EMF =25, CURR=26 ********* 27-32 are spares *************************
c (curdof(i),i=1,numdof)

c --- i 1 lenbac Nodal equivalence table. This table equates

c the number used for storage to the actual
c node number
c (Back(i),i=1,lenbac)

c NOTE: The next five records are repeated as a group neqn times.
c When the matrices get written, one row of each matrix is written to the file
c at a time. i.e. the first row of each matrix is written, then the second row
c of each matrix, etc. this pattern continues until all the rows of each
c matrix have been written to the file. If kan=3, the matrix rows will be
c complex valued, otherwise they will be double precision values.

c IDX i 1 varies Matrix row indices. The first

c item signifies what term in the row belongs
c to the pivot. The second term signifies what
c DOF is being eliminated, and the remaining
c items signify the new DOFs being introduced
c (if any). The length of this record will
c vary (actual length is returned from routine
c BINRD8)
c (lll(i),i=1,m)

c --- i 1 varies A second level of indexing for the

c matrix. Indicates positions and
c values of terms to be reduced. The length of
c this record will vary (actual length is
c returned from routine BINRD8)
c (index(i),i=1,n) for compressed rows

c --- dp/cmp 1 varies Stiffness matrix.

c If keyuns=0, this record will contain the

c non-diagonal terms of this column, the
c diagonal term itself, followed by the
c normalized F term.

c If keyuns=1, this record will contain the

c non-diagonal terms of this column, the
c diagonal term itself, the non-diagonal terms
c of this row, followed by the normalized F
c term.

c If lumpm = 1, then the mass for this node is

c located after the F term. The length of
c this record will vary (actual length is
c returned from routine BINRD8)
c (krow(i),i=1,n),vload,(mass) (symmetric)
c (n-1 column) diag (n-1 row) load (dmass)
c (unsymmetric)

c --- dp/cmp 1 varies Mass matrix. This record exists only if

c nmatrix > 1.

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
48 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
1.10.2. FULL File Format

c If keyuns=0, this record will contain the

c non-diagonal terms of this column, the
c diagonal term itself, followed by the
c normalized F term.

c If keyuns=1, this record will contain the

c non-diagonal terms of this column, the
c diagonal term itself, followed by the
c non-diagonal terms of this row.

c The length of this record will vary (actual

c length is returned from routine BINRD8)
c (mrow(i),i=1,n) (symmetric)
c (n-1 column) diag (n-1 row) (unsymmetric)
c
c If lumpms=1, this record contains one double
c array with diag values

c --- dp/cmp 1 varies Damping matrix. This record exists only if

c nmatrx > 2.

c If keyuns=0, this record will contain the

c non-diagonal terms of this column, the
c diagonal term itself, followed by the
c normalized F term.

c If keyuns=1, this record will contain the

c non-diagonal terms of this column, the
c diagonal term itself, followed by the
c non-diagonal terms of this row.

c The length of this record will vary (actual

c length is returned from routine BINRD8)
c (ceqn(i),i=1,n) (symmetric)
c (n-1 column) diag (n-1 row) (unsymmetric)

c -------------------------- symbolic assembled file --------------------------

c --- i 1 60 .FULL FILE HEADER

c
c fun04, neqn, nmrow, nmatrx, kan,
c wfmax, lenbac, numdof, ntermKl, ntermKh,
c lumpm, nmrow, ntermK, keyuns, extopt,
c keyse, sclstf, nxrows, ptrSTFl, ptrSTFh,
c ncefull, ntermMh, ptrENDl, ptrENDh,ptrIRHSl,
c ptrIRHSh, ptrMASl, ptrMASh, ptrDMPl, ptrDMPh,
c ptrCEl, ptrCEh, nNodes, ntermMl, ntermDl,
c ptrDOFl, ptrDOFh, ptrRHSl, ptrRHSh, ntermDh,
c ngMaxNZ,ptrNGPHl,ptrNGPHh,minKdiag,maxKdiag,
c minMdiag,maxMdiag,minDdiag,maxDdiag, ngTerml,
c ngTermh,ngTermCl,ngTermCh, 0, 0,
c 0, 0, 0, 0, 0

c each item in header is described below:

c fun04 - negative of the unit number (-4)

c neqn - number of equations on file
c nmrow - number of active DOF (neqn-BC)
c nmatrx - number of matrices on file
c kan - analysis type
c wfmax - maximum row size
c lenbac - number of nodes
c numdof - number of dofs per node
c ntermKl,ntermKh - number of terms in Stiffness
c matrix
c lumpm - lumped mass key
c = 0 - default matrix type
c = 1 - lumped
c ntermK - pre-8.1 this is the number of terms
c in Stiffness matrix (otherwise this
c value must be 0 and ntermKl,ntermKh
c must be used)

c keyuns - unsymmetric key

c = 0 - no unsymmetric matrices on
c file
c = 1 - there is at least one
c unsymmetric matrix on file
c extopt - mode extraction method
c = 0 - reduced
c = 1 - lumped
c = 3 - unsymmetric Lanczos
c = 4 - damped Lanczos
c = 6 - block Lanczos
c = 7 - QRdamped
c = 8 - AMLS (not implemented)
c = 9 - PCG Lanczos
c keyse - superelement key; set if at least
c one superelement
c sclstf - maximum absolute stiffness matrix term
c nxrows - the maximum rank for this solution
c ptrSTFl,h - pointer to Stiffness matrix
c ncefull - number of CE+CP equations
c ptrENDl - low part of 64 bit end of file ptr
c ptrENDh - high part of 64 bit end of file ptr
c ptrIRHSl,h - pointer to imaginary RHS (F)
c ptrMASl,h - pointer to Mass matrix
c ptrDMPl,h - pointer to Damping matrix
c ptrCEl,h - pointer to Gt and g matrices
c nNodes - number of internal Nodes
c considered by symbolic assembly
c ntermMl,h - number of terms in Mass matrix
c ntermDl,h - number of terms in Damping matrix
c ptrDOFl,h - pointer to DOF info
c ptrRHSl,h - pointer to RHS (F)
c ngMaxNZ - maximum number of nodes per nodal
c block in nodal graph structure
c ptrNGPHl,h - pointer to vectors needed for
c nodal graph structure
c minKdiag - minimum absolute stiffness matrix
c diagonal term
c maxKdiag - maximum absolute stiffness matrix
c diagonal term
c minMdiag - minimum absolute mass matrix
c diagonal term
c maxMdiag - maximum absolute mass matrix
c diagonal term
c minDdiag - minimum absolute damping matrix
c diagonal term
c maxDdiag - maximum absolute damping matrix
c diagonal term
c ngTerml,h - total number of nonzeroes in nodal graph
c (expanded graph based value)
c ngTermCl,h - total number of nonzeroes in nodal graph
c (compressed graph based value)
c 0 - position not used

c --- i 1 numdof
Degrees of freedom per node
c DOF reference numbers are:
c UX = 1, UY = 2, UZ = 3, ROTX= 4, ROTY= 5, ROTZ= 6, AX = 7, AY = 8
c AZ = 9, VX =10, VY =11, VZ =12 ****** 13-18 are spares **********
c **************** PRES=19, TEMP=20, VOLT=21, MAG =22, ENKE=23, ENDS=24
c EMF =25, CURR=26 ********* 27-32 are spares *************************

c --- i 1 lenbac Nodal equivalence table. This table equates

c the number used for storage to the actual
c node number

c Stiffness Matrix. The next two records are repeated as a group neqn times.

c STF i 1 varies Matrix row indices. The last item

c corresponds to the diagonal. The
c length of this record will vary (actual
c length is returned from routine BINRD8)

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
50 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
1.10.2. FULL File Format

c --- dp/cmp 1 varies Matrix terms

c If keyuns=0, this record will contain the

c terms before the diagonal.

c If keyuns=1, this record will contain the

c the entire row.
c
c Load Vector

c RHS dp/cmp 1 neqn Load vector terms.

c Imaginary part of Load Vector

c IRHS dp 1 neqn Imaginary load vector terms.

c DOF information

c DOF i 1 nNodes Nodal extent vector. Number of DOFs at

c each node

c --- i 1 neqn DOF vector. If negative, this DOF

c constrained

c --- i 1 neqn DOFs with imposed values

c --- dp/cmp 1 varies Imposed values

c Mass Matrix.
c if lumpm = 0:
c The next two records are repeated as a group neqn times.

c MAS i 1 varies Matrix row indices. The last item

c corresponds to the diagonal. The
c length of this record will vary (actual
c length is returned from routine BINRD8)

c --- dp 1 varies Matrix terms

c if lumpm = 1:
c --- dp 1 neqn Matrix diagonals

c Damping Matrix. The next two records are repeated as a group neqn times.

c DMP i 1 varies Matrix row indices. The last item

c corresponds to the diagonal. The
c length of this record will vary (actual
c length is returned from routine BINRD8)

c --- dp 1 varies Matrix terms

c G matrix if ncefull > 0.

c CE i 1 ncefull List of slave DOFs

c --- dp 1 ncefull g vector (constant terms)

c --- dp 1 ncefull imaginary g vector (constant terms). This

c vector only exists for harmonic analyses.
c (Antype == 3).

c --- i 1 4 Header; 1=nRows, 2=nRows, 3=1, 4=0

c --- i 1 nRows Vector of 1's

c --- i 1 nRows Number of non-zero terms in each row

c Repeat for each row:

c --- i 1 varies Column indices

c --- dp 1 varies Column values

c Nodal graph vectors

c NGPH i 1 nNodes number of nonzeroes for each node

c Repeat for each node

c i 1 varies Index vector.

c Meaning of K11, K12, and G matrices:

c Given
c [K]{x} = {F}
c subject to the constraints
c {x1} = [G]{x2} + {g}
c where {x1} are the slave DOFs, {x2} the master DOFs

c This results in
c [K*]{x2} = {F*}
c where
c [K*] = [G]'[K11][G] + [G]'[K12] + [K21][G] + [K22]
c {F*} = [G]'{f1} + {f2} - [G]'[K11]{g} - [K21]{g}

c complex version of {F*} decomposed into, we assume G' is always real

c and g could be complex denoted as g' == (g,gx) :
c G' K11' g' = G' (K11,M11)*(g,gx)
c = G' [K11*g - M11*gx, M11*g + K11*gx]

c K21' g' = (K21,M21)(g,gx)

c = (K21*g- M21*gx, K21*gx + M21*g)

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
52 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Chapter 2: Accessing Binary Data Files
2.1. Accessing ANSYS Binary Files
The following section explains the routines you need to read, write, or modify an ANSYS binary file.This collection
of routines (called BINLIB) resides on your ANSYS distribution media.The BINLIB library is in the dynamic link
library \Program Files\Ansys Inc\V110\ANSYS\custom\misc\<platform>\binlib.dll (on
Windows systems (where <platform> is a directory that uniquely identifies the hardware platform version))
or the shared library /ansys_inc/v110/ansys/customize/misc/<platform>/libbin.so on UNIX
systems (libbin.sl on HP systems).

Your distribution media also includes sample FORTRAN source files which employ the BINLIB library:

bintrd.F The bintrd subroutine reads and prints the contents of an ANSYS binary file
bintwr.F The bintwr subroutine copies an ANSYS binary file to a new file
bintst.F The bintst program calls the bintwr and bintrd subroutines as an example of
how to use the binlib library to print the contents of a file, copy the original file
to a new file, and then print the contents of the new file. Routine bintst has no
inputs or outputs. It requires use of the bintcm common. (For more information,
see the descriptions of the bintrd and bintwr routines later in this chapter.)

These files reside in the subdirectory \Program Files\Ansys Inc\V110\ANSYS\custom\misc\<plat-

form> (on Windows systems) or /ansys_inc/v110/ansys/customize/misc (on UNIX systems).To
compile and link the BINTST program, a makefile procedure has been provided in the \Program
Files\Ansys Inc\V110\ANSYS\custom\misc\<platform> subdirectory on windows or run the
bintst.link procedure in the /ansys_inc/v110/ansys/customize/misc subdirectory on UNIX.

2.1.1. Access Routines to Results and Substructure Files

Demonstration programs for reading and writing ANSYS results and substructure files are included on the install-
ation media:

ResRdDemo
ResWrDemo
rdsubs
wrtsub
rdfull

On Windows systems:

The FORTRAN source for these programs is located in \Program Files\Ansys Inc\V110\ANSYS\cus-
tom\misc and the files are named ResRdDemo.F, ResWrDemo.F, rdsubs.F, wrtsub.F, and rdfull.F.

To link these demonstration programs, use the \Program Files\Ansys Inc\V110\ANSYS\cus-

tom\misc\<platform>\rdrwrt.bat procedure file and specify the program that you want to build on
the command line. Valid command line options are ResRdDemo, ResWrDemo, rdsubs, wrtsub, rdfull,
and userprog. For example, to build the program to read a results file, type:
\Program Files\Ansys Inc\V110\ANSYS\custom\misc\<platform>\rdrwrt ResRdDemo

Appropriate files will then be copied from \Program Files\Ansys Inc\V110\ANSYS\cus-

tom\misc\<platform> to your working directory, compiled, and linked.The resulting executable will also
be placed in your current working directory.

Use the userprog command line option when writing your own customized program, naming the routine
userprog.F.The resulting executable will be named userprog.exe. When userprog is used, no files are
copied from \Program Files\Ansys Inc\V110\ANSYS\custom\misc\<platform> to your working
directory.

These files will be loaded onto your system only if you performed a custom installation and chose to install the
customization tools.

On UNIX systems:

The FORTRAN source for these programs is located in /ansys_inc/v110/ansys/custom/misc and the
files are named ResRdDemo.F, ResWrDemo.F, rdsubs.F, wrtsub.F, and rdfull.F.

To link these demonstration programs, use the /ansys_inc/v110/ansys/custom-

ize/misc/rdrwrt.link procedure file and specify the program that you want to build on the command
line. Valid command line options are ResRdDemo, ResWrDemo, rdsubs, wrtsub, rdfull, and userprog.
For example, to build the program to read a results file, type:
/ansys_inc/v110/ansys/customize/misc/rdrwrt.link ResRdDemo

Appropriate files will then be copied from /ansys_inc/v110/ansys/customize/misc to your working

directory, compiled, and linked.The resulting executable will also be placed in your current working directory.
Procedure files are available in the /ansys_inc/v110/ansys/bin directory to run these programs, once
linked.The procedure files are named ResRdDemo110, ResWrDemo110, rdsubs110, wrtsub110, and rd-
full110.

Use the userprog command line option when writing your own customized program, naming the routine
userprog.F.The resulting executable will be named userprog.e110. When userprog is used, no files
are copied from /ansys_inc/v110/ansys/customize/misc to your working directory.The procedure
file is named userprog110.

These files will be loaded onto your system only if you performed a custom installation and chose to install the
customization tools.

2.1.2. Characteristics of ANSYS Binary Files

Before accessing ANSYS binary files, you need to know certain file characteristics:

1. An ANSYS binary file is a direct access, unformatted file.You read or write a record by specifying (as a
number) what location to read or write.
2. Before the ANSYS program actually writes data to a file on a disk, it uses buffers to store data in memory
until those buffers become full. A block number designates these buffers. Most access routines use this
block number.
3. By default, ANSYS files are external files.The standardized "external" format the files use enables you to
transport them across different computer systems.
4. In addition to file names, ANSYS uses file numbers to identify the files. File handles and other information
are associated with the file numbers.

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
54 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
2.1.6. Function sysiqr (Retrieving the Status of a File)

5. Some binary files contain data values that point to the start of certain data (for example, the start of the
data steps index table record). Both the ANSYS program and external binary files access routines use
these pointers to locate data on the various binary files.
6. All data is written out as 32-bit integers. Double-precision data and pointers, therefore, take up two integer
words.To create a 64-bit pointer from the two 32-bit integers, use the function largeIntGet.

2.1.3. Viewing Binary File Contents

To view the contents of certain ANSYS binary files, you issue the command /AUX2 or choose menu path Utility
Menu>File>List>Binary Files or Utility Menu>List>File>Binary Files. (You can do so only at the Begin level.)
The ANSYS program then enters its binary file dumping processor, AUX2, and dumps the binary file record by
record.

AUX2 does not use the data pointers discussed in item 5 above. It uses record numbers to locate the binary file
data to dump. Although the information that AUX2 provides includes the pointer, using the pointer alone will
not get you that information.To get it, you must correlate the pointer and the record number by trial and error.

2.1.4. Abbreviations
The input and output for the routines discussed in this chapter are described with the following abbreviations:

Type of variable is one of the following:

int - integer
dp - double-precision
log - logical (true or false)
char - character
Size of variable is one of the following:

sc - scalar variable
ar(n) - array of size n
Intent of variable is one of the following:

in - input only
out - output only
inout - both an input and an output variable

2.1.5. binini (Initializing Buffered Binary I/O Systems)

*deck,binini
subroutine binini (iott)
c *** primary function: initialize buffered binary i/o system
c --- This routine is intended to be used in standalone programs.
c --- This routine should not be linked into the ANSYS program.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c iott (int,sc,in) - output unit number for error output

c output arguments: none

2.1.6. Function sysiqr (Retrieving the Status of a File)

*deck,sysiqr

function sysiqr (nunit,fname,lname_in,inqr_in)

c *** primary function: do a file system inquire (system dependent)

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c nunit (int,sc,in) - fortran unit number (used only for inqr='O')
c fname (chr,sc,in) - name of file
c lname_in (int,sc,in) - length of file name (characters, max=50)
c inqr_in (chr,sc,in) - character key for information requested
c = 'E' - return whether file exists
c sysiqr = 1 - file exists
c = 0 - file does not exist
c < 0 - error occured
c = 'O' - return whether file is open
c sysiqr = 1 - file is open
c = 0 - file is closed
c < 0 - error occured
c = 'N' - return unit number of file
c sysiqr > 0 - unit number for file
c = 0 - file not assigned to a unit
c < 0 - error occured

c output arguments:
c sysiqr (int,func,out) - the returned value of sysiqr is based on
c setting of inqr

2.1.7. Function biniqr8 (Retrieving System-Dependent Parameters)

*deck,biniqr8
function biniqr8 (nblk,key)
c *** primary function: get data about a block i/o buffer
c --- This routine is intended to be used in standalone programs.
c --- This routine should not be linked into the ANSYS program.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c nblk (int,sc,in) - the block number for the inquiry
c or zero (see below)
c key (int,sc,in) - key for information requested
c nblk = 0 - return information about system/file
c key = 1 - return system block size
c = 2 - return number of integers per dp
c = 3 - return filename length
c 5 = return integers per LONG
c nblk > 0 - return information about this block
c key = 1 - return fortran unit number
c = 2 - return number of blocks in file
c = 3 - return length of page (32 bit words)
c = 4 - return open status
c 0 - file close
c 1 - file open
c = 5 - return file format
c 0 - internal format
c 1 - external format
c = 6 - return read/write status
c 0 - both read & write
c 1 - read
c 2 - write
c = 7 - return current position on file
c = 8 - return maximum length of file
c (in words)
c = 9 - return starting word for this page
c in buffer

c output arguments:
c biniqr (int,func,out) - the returned value of biniqr is based on

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
56 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
2.1.9. Subroutine bintfo (Defining Data for a Standard ANSYS File Header)

c setting of nblk and key

2.1.8. Function binset (Opening a Blocked Binary File or Initializing Paging Space)

*deck,binset
function binset (nblk,nunit,ikeyrw,istart,paglen,npage,
x pname,nchar,kext,Buffer4)
c *** primary function: initialize paging space for a blocked binary file.
c binset should be used to open a blocked file
c before binrd8 or binwrt8 are used. binclo should
c be used to close the file.
c --- This routine is intended to be used in standalone programs.
c --- This routine should not be linked into the ANSYS program.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c nblk (int,sc,in) - block number (1 to BIO_MAXFILES max)
c nunit (int,sc,in) - fortran unit number for the file
c (if 0, bit bucket)
c ikeyrw (int,sc,in) - read/write flag
c = 0 - both read & write
c = 1 - read
c = 2 - write
c = 9 - read only
c istart (int,sc,in) - starting location in buffer array
c usually 1 for nblk=1, paglen*npage+1
c for nblk=2,etc.
c paglen (int,sc,in) - page length in integer*4 words for external
c files
c paglen should always be a multiple of
c 512 words for efficiency
c npage (int,sc,in) - number of pages (1 to BIO_MAXBLOCKS max)
c pname (chr,ar(*),in) - name of the file
c nchar (int,sc,in) - number of characters in the file name(not
c used)
c kext (int,sc,in) - no longer used, always external format
c Buffer4 (i4, ar(*),inout) - work array for paging, should be
c dimensioned to paglen*npage*nblk (max)

c output arguments:
c binset (int,func,out) - error status
c = 0 - no error
c <>0 - error occurred
c Buffer4 (i4, ar(*),inout) - work array for paging

2.1.9. Subroutine bintfo (Defining Data for a Standard ANSYS File Header)

*deck,bintfo
subroutine bintfo (title,jobnam,units,code)
c *** primary function: set information necessary for binhed
c --- This routine is intended to be used in standalone programs.
c --- This routine should not be linked into the ANSYS program.

c
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c typ=int,dp,log,chr,dcp siz=sc,ar(n) intent=in,out,inout
c
c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c title (chr*80,ar(2),in) - main title and 1st subtitle
c jobnam (chr*8,sc,in) - jobname
c units (int,sc,in) - units
c = 0 - user defined units
c = 1 - SI (MKS)
c = 2 - CSG

c = 3 - U.S. Customary, using feet

c = 4 - U.S. Customary, using inches
c = 6 - MPA
c = 7 - uMKS
c code (int,sc,in) - code defining 3rd party vendor
c (contact ANSYS, Inc. for code assignment)
c
c output arguments:
c none
c

2.1.10. Subroutine binhed (Writing the Standard ANSYS File Header)

*deck,binhed
subroutine binhed (nblk,nunit,filpos,buffer)
c *** primary function: put standard header on a binary file, all
c permanent binary files should have this header
c *** secondary functions: return the first data position
c --- This routine is intended to be used in standalone programs.
c --- This routine should not be linked into the ANSYS program.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c nblk (int,sc,in) - block number of open binary file
c (as defined with subroutine binset)
c nunit (int,sc,in) - the unit number for this file
c buffer (int,ar(*),inout) - work array for paging, should be the
c same array as used in binset

c output arguments:
c filpos (int,sc,out) - the position after the header
c buffer (int,ar(*),inout) - work array for paging

c ANSYS standard header data description (100 words)

c loc no. words contents
c 1 1 fortran unit number
c 2 2 file format
c = 0 - internal format
c = 1 - external format
c 3 1 time in compact form (ie 130619 is 13:06:19)
c 4 1 date in compact form (ie 19981023 is 10/23/1998)
c 5 1 units
c = 0 - user defined units
c = 1 - SI (MKS)
c = 2 - CSG
c = 3 - U.S. Customary, using feet
c = 4 - U.S. Customary, using inches
c = 6 - MPA
c = 7 - uMKS
c 6 1 User_Linked
c 10 1 revision in text format ' 5.0' (inexc4)
c 11 1 date of revision release for this version
c 12 3 machine identifier - 3 4-character strings
c 15 2 jobname - 2 4-character strings
c 17 2 product name - 2 4-character strings
c 19 1 special version label - 1 4-character string
c 20 3 user name - 3 4-character strings
c 23 3 machine identifier - 3 4-character strings
c 26 1 system record size at file write
c 27 1 maximum file length
c 28 1 maximum record number
c 31 8 jobname - 8 4-character strings
c 41 20 main title - 20 4-character strings
c 61 20 first subtitle - 20 4-character strings
c 95 1 split point of file
c NOTE: Split files are not support by binlib!
c 97-98 2 LONGINT of file size at write

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
58 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
2.1.12. Subroutine binwrt8 (Writing Data to a Buffered File)

2.1.11. Subroutine binrd8 (Reading Data from a Buffered File)

*deck,binrd8
subroutine binrd8 (nblk,LongLocL,leng,ivect,kbfint,Buffer4)

c buffer read routine

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c nblk (int,sc,in) - block number. see fd___(i.e. fdtri for tri
c
c (as defined with subroutine bioset)
c LongLocL(LONG,sc,inout)- location in integer*4 words of the startin
c position on the file.
c leng (int,sc,inout) - number of words to read into ivect. (must be
c less or equal to dimension given to ivect in
c the calling routine). if ivect is to be used
c as integers, use as is. if ivect is to be
c used for double precision numbers, it must be
c increased by multiplying it by INTPDP.
c if negative, skip record and do not return
c data(results).
c data(results).
c Buffer4 (i4, ar(*),inout) - work array for paging, should be the
c same array as used in binset

c output arguments:
c LongLocL(LONG,sc,inout)- location in integer*4 words of the current
c position on the file. It is updated after
c each read operation
c leng (int,sc,inout) - tells you how many items it actually read(in
c integer words).
c if zero, end of file(error case)
c ivect (int,ar(*),out) - results (can be either integer or double
c precision in the calling routine)
c kbfint (int,sc,out) - key for type(used only for AUX2 dump)
c = 0 double precision data
c > 0 integer data(usually the same as leng)
c Buffer4 (i4,ar(*),inout) - work array for paging

Versions of binrd8/binwrt8 exist without the "8" suffix (binrd/binwrt) that take a regular integer for the
second argument.These subroutines, therefore, cannot address large files where the file position exceeds 2**31.
Use the binrd8/binwrt8 versions for any new programs.

2.1.12. Subroutine binwrt8 (Writing Data to a Buffered File)

*deck,binwrt8
subroutine binwrt8 (nblk,LongLocL,leng,ivect,kbfint,Buffer4)
c *** primary function: buffer write routine
c --- This routine is intended to be used in standalone programs.
c --- This routine should not be linked into the ANSYS program.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c nblk (int,sc,in) - block number. see fd___(i.e. fdtri for tri
c
c LongLocL(LONG,sc,inout)- location in integer words of the starting
c position on the file.
c leng (int,sc,in) - number of words to read from ivect. (must be
c less or equal to dimension given to ivect in
c the calling routine). if ivect is to be used
c as integers, use as is. if ivect is to be
c used for double precision numbers, it must be
c increased by multiplying it by INTPDP.
c ivect (int,ar(*),in) - data to be written onto the file(can be either

c integer or double precision in the calling

c routine)
c kbfint (int,sc,in) - key for type(used only for AUX2 dump)
c = 0 double precision data
c > 0 integer data(usually the same as leng)
c Buffer4 (int,ar(*),inout) - work array for paging, should be the
c same array as used in binset on this
c block

c output arguments:
c LongLocL(LONG,sc,inout)- location in integer words of the current
c position on the file. It is updated after
c each write operation
c ivect (int,ar(*),out)- vector containing record to be written
c Buffer4 (int,ar(*),inout) - work array for paging

2.1.13. Subroutine exinc4 (Decoding an Integer String into a Character String)

*deck,exinc4
subroutine exinc4 (ichext,chin,n)
c primary function: decode externally formatted integer versions of 4-character
c strings to plain 4-character strings (used to convert data
c from externally formatted files to data for interally
c formatted files)
c
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c input arguments:
c ichext (int,ar(n),in) - externally formatted integer form of
c 4-character strings
c n (int,sc,in) - number of strings to convert
c
c output arguments:
c chin (char,ar(n),out) - strings in character form
c

2.1.14. Subroutine inexc4 (Coding a Character String into an Integer String)

*deck,inexc4
subroutine inexc4 (chin,ichext,n)
c primary function: encode plain 4-character strings into externally formatted
c integer versions of 4-character strings (used to convert
c data from internally formatted files to data for
c externally formatted files)
c
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c input arguments:
c chin (char,ar(n),in) - strings in character form
c n (int,sc,in) - number of strings to convert
c
c output arguments:
c ichext (int,ar(n),out) - externally formatted integer form of
c 4-character strings
c

2.1.15. Subroutine binclo (Closing or Deleting a Blocked Binary File)

*deck,binclo
subroutine binclo (nblk,pstat,Buffer4)
c *** primary function: close a blocked file, every block/file opened with

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
60 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
2.2.1. Program bintst (Demonstrates Dumping a Binary File and Copying It for Comparison Purposes)

c binset should be closed with binclo

c *** secondary function: the file can be deleted by specifying 'D' in pstat
c --- This routine is intended to be used in standalone programs.
c --- This routine should not be linked into the ANSYS program.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c nblk (int,sc,in) - the block number to close
c (as defined with subroutine binset)
c pstat (chr,sc,in) - keep or delete flag
c = 'K' - keep file
c = 'D' - delete file
c Buffer4 (int,ar(*),inout) - work array for paging, should be the
c same array as used in binset

c output arguments:
c Buffer4 (int,ar(*),inout) - work array for paging

2.1.16. Subroutine largeIntGet (Converting Two Integers into a Pointer)

*deck,largeIntGet
function largeIntGet (small,large)

c primary function: Convert two short integers into a long integer

c object/library: res

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c small (int,sc,in) - least significant part
c large (int,sc,in) - most significant part

c output arguments:
c largeIntGet (LONGINT,sc,out) - 64 bit integer

2.2. Demonstration Routines

The demonstration routines demonstrate several ways to use the binary file access routines provided with ANSYS.
The programs described below (all available on your distribution media; see Section 2.1: Accessing ANSYS Binary
Files for their location) demonstrate other tasks that the binary access routines can do.

2.2.1. Program bintst (Demonstrates Dumping a Binary File and Copying It for Comparison
Purposes)
The bintst program dumps a binary file with the name file.rst to the screen. It then takes that file, copies
it to a new file, file2.rst, and dumps the new file to the screen for comparison purposes.

2.2.1.1. Common Variables:

Variable Type, Size, Intent Description

iout int, sc, comm The output unit number
intpdp int, sc, comm The number of integers per double precision word
lenfrm int, sc, comm The number of characters in the filename
reclng int, sc, comm The system record length

Note

The bintst program is not part of the binlib.a library. It is included here only to aid you.

2.2.2. Subroutine bintrd (Demonstrates Printing a Dump of File Contents)

*deck,bintrd
subroutine bintrd (pname)
c *** primary function: bin file dump utility
c
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c *** ansys(r) copyright(c) 2000
c *** ansys, inc.
c
c typ=int,dp,log,chr,dcp siz=sc,ar(n) intent=in,out,inout
c
c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c pname (chr,sc,in) - name of binary file which is to
c be dumped to the screen
c
c output arguments:
c none.
c
c common variables:
c iout (int,sc,comm) - output unit number
c intpdp (int,sc,comm) - number of integers per double precision word
c lenfnm (int,sc,comm) - number of characters in the filename
c reclng (int,sc,comm) - system record length
c
c NOTE: bintrd is not part of binlib.a. it is
c included only as an aid to users.
c

Note

The bintrd routine and the bintwr routine described below are not part of binlib.a.This
chapter includes it only to aid you.You can find the source for this routine on the ANSYS distribution
media.

Both subroutines require the following common:

COMMON/BINTCM/ IOUT,INTPDP,LENFNM,RECLNG

Iout is the output unit number.

Intpdp is the number of integers per double precision word.
Lenfnm is the number of characters in the filename.
Reclng is the system record length.

2.2.3. Subroutine bintwr (Demonstrates Copying Binary File Contents)

*deck,bintwr
subroutine bintwr (pname,nname)
c *** primary function: bin file copy utility
c
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c *** ansys(r) copyright(c) 2000
c *** ansys, inc.
c
c typ=int,dp,log,chr,dcp siz=sc,ar(n) intent=in,out,inout

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
62 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
2.2.6. Program rdfull (Demonstrates Reading and Reformatting the .FULL File)

c
c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c pname (chr,sc,in) - name of binary file which is to be copied
c
c output arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c nname (chr,sc,out) - name of new binary file which is a copy
c of pname
c common variables:
c iout (int,sc,comm) - output unit number
c intpdp (int,sc,comm) - number of integers per double precision word
c lenfnm (int,sc,comm) - number of characters in the filename
c reclng (int,sc,comm) - system record length
c
c NOTE: bintwr is not part of binlib.a. it is
c included only as an aid to users.
c

2.2.4. Program wrtsub (Demonstrates Writing an ANSYS Substructure File)

*deck,wrtsub
program wrtsub

c primary function: demonstrates use of binary access routines

c secondary function: write an ANSYS substructure file

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c
c *** copyright(c) 2006 SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
c *** ansys, inc.
c
c *********************************************************************
c * Program to write ANSYS substructure file with usrsub. To be *
c * used as a base for 3rd party companies to create their routines *
c * for writing the file. *
c *********************************************************************

2.2.5. Program rdsubs (Demonstrates Reading a Substructure File)

Subroutine rdsubs demonstrates how you read an ANSYS substructure file.This demonstration program can
handle up to MAXNODE nodes and MAXDOF degrees of freedom.

*deck,rdsubs
program rdsubs
c primary function: demonstrates use of binary access routines
c secondary function: read an ANSYS substructure file

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c
c *** copyright(c) 2006 SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
c *** ansys, inc.
c
c *********************************************************************
c * Reads a substructure file. To be used as base for 3rd party *
c * development of routines for reading ANSYS substructure files. *
c * This demonstration program can handle up to: *
c * MAXNODE Nodes and MAXDOF DOFs *
c *********************************************************************

2.2.6. Program rdfull (Demonstrates Reading and Reformatting the .FULL File)
Program rdfull demonstrates how to read and reformat the .FULL file. ANSYS writes the full file if the
PSOLVE,ELFORM, PSOLVE,ELPREP, PSOLVE,TRIANG sequence is used.You can also use the WRFULL command.

If you want to use the free stiffness and mass matrices, make sure that there are no constraints on your model.

*deck,rdfull
program rdfull
c *** primary function: demonstrates use of binary access routines
c *** secondary function: Read and reformat full file
c
c *** copyright(c) 2006 SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
c *** ansys, inc.
c
c NOTICE - A new assembly process, termed 'symbolic assembly', has
c replaced the old assembly process, termed 'frontal
c assembly', and is now the default assembly process for
c most analyses. This program demonstrates how to read
c and reformat the .FULL file that was created using
c frontal assembly or symbolic assembly. ANSYS writes the
c .FULL file if the PSOLVE,ELFORM
c PSOLVE,ELPREP
c PSOLVE,TRIANG
c sequence is used. ANSYS will also write the .FULL file
c when the sparse, ICCG, or JCG solver is used, as well as
c when most mode extraction methods are used.

c Be sure to set up for modal ANTYPE,2

c and full subspace MODOPT,SUBSP,nmode,0,0, ,OFF
c (nmode is not used - it can be any value

c If the free-free stiffness and mass matrices are desired,

c make sure there are no constraints on the model.

2.2.7. Program ResRdDemo (Demonstrates Reading a Results File)

Program ResRdDemo demonstrates how to read a results file using the results file access routines.The file must
be named test.rst and the file contents are written to the screen.

This file resides in the subdirectory \Program Files\Ansys Inc\V110\ANSYS\custom\misc\<plat-

form> (on Windows systems) or /ansys_inc/v110/ansys/customize/misc (on UNIX systems).

2.2.8. Program ResWrDemo (Demonstrates Writing a Results File)

Program ResWrDemo demonstrates how to write an ANSYS-readable results file.This file resides in the subdir-
ectory \Program Files\Ansys Inc\V110\ANSYS\custom\misc\<platform> (on Windows systems)
or /ansys_inc/v110/ansys/customize/misc (on UNIX systems).

2.3. Results File Access Routines

You can use the low-level routines in described in Section 2.1: Accessing ANSYS Binary Files to retrieve data from
the results file. Alternatively, you can use the routines described in this section that retrieve the data specific to
the format of the results file.These routines are included on the installation CD (compressed); you can install
them on your system by performing a custom installation (as described in the ANSYS Installation and Configuration
Guide for your platform).

These files reside in the subdirectory \Program Files\Ansys Inc\V110\ANSYS\custom\misc\<plat-

form> (on Windows systems) or /ansys_inc/v110/ansys/customize/misc (on UNIX systems). See
Section 2.1.1: Access Routines to Results and Substructure Files for information on compiling and linking these
routines.

2.3.1. Overview of the Routines

For each data record in the results file, routines exist that:

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
64 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
2.3.2. ResRdBegin (Opening the File and Retrieving Global Information)

Read the record index and allocate space for the data.These are named ResRdrecordBegin, where
record is a descriptive name of the record, e.g., ResRdNodeBegin
Read the data itself.These are named ResRdrecord, e.g., ResRdNode
Deallocate space for the data.These are named ResRdrecordEnd, e.g., ResRdNodeEnd

Below is a complete listing of all the routines with the indentation indicating the required nested calling sequence:
function ResRdBegin (Nunit,Lunit,Fname,ncFname,Title,JobName,
subroutine ResRdGeomBegin (MaxType,MaxReal,MaxCsys)
subroutine ResRdTypeBegin (NumType)
function ResRdType (itype,ielc)
subroutine ResRdTypeEnd
subroutine ResRdRealBegin (NumReal,NumPerReal)
function ResRdReal (iReal,Rcon)
subroutine ResRdRealEnd
subroutine ResRdCsysBegin (NumCsys)
function ResRdCsys (iCsys,Csys)
subroutine ResRdCsysEnd
subroutine ResRdNodeBegin
function ResRdNode (iNode,xyzang)
subroutine ResRdNodeEnd
subroutine ResRdElemBegin
function ResRdElem (iElem,nodes,ElemData)
subroutine ResRdElemEnd
subroutine ResRdGeomEnd
function ResRdSolBegin (key,lstep,substep,ncumit,kcmplx,time,
subroutine ResRdDispBegin
function ResRdDisp (node,Disp)
subroutine ResRdDispEnd
subroutine ResRdRforBegin (nRForce)
function ResRdRfor (node,idof,value)
subroutine ResRdRforEnd
subroutine ResRdBCBegin (BCHeader)
subroutine ResRdFixBegin (BCHeader,nFixed)
function ResRdFix (node,idof,value)
subroutine ResRdFixEnd
subroutine ResRdForcBegin (BCHeader,nForces)
function ResRdForc (node,idof,value)
subroutine ResRdForcEnd
subroutine ResRdBCEnd
subroutine ResRdEresBegin
function ResRdEstrBegin (iElem)
function ResRdEstr (iStr,Str)
subroutine ResRdEstrEnd
subroutine ResRdEresEnd
subroutine ResRdSolEnd
subroutine ResRdEnd

These routines are contained in the file ResRd.F. See the demonstration routine ResRdDemo.F on the distri-
bution medium for an example of the usage of these routines.

The memory allocation scheme is described in Memory Management Routines in the Guide to ANSYS User Pro-
grammable Features.

The following sections describe the data-reading routines. See the file ResRd.F and its corresponding include
deck ResRd.inc for listings of the corresponding Begin/End routines.

2.3.2. ResRdBegin (Opening the File and Retrieving Global Information)

*deck,ResRdBegin
function ResRdBegin (Nunit, Lunit, Fname, ncFname, Title, JobName,
x Units, NumDOF, DOF, UserCode,
x MaxNode, NumNode, MaxElem, NumElem,
x MaxResultSet,NumResultSet)
c primary function: Open result file and return global information

c object/library: ResRd

c input arguments:
c Nunit (int,sc,in) - Fortran Unit number for file (ANSYS uses 12)
c Lunit (int,sc,in) - Current print output unit (usually 6 <STDOUT>)
c Fname (ch*(ncFname),sc,in) - The name (with extension) for the file
c ncFname (int,sc,in) - Number of characters in Fname

c output arguments:
c Title (ch*80,ar(2),out) - Title and First subtitle
c JobName (ch*8,sc,out) - Jobname from file
c Units (int,sc,out) - 0, unknown 1, SI 2, CSG
c 3, U.S. Customary - foot
c 4, U.S. Customary - inch
c 6, MPA
c NumDOF (int,sc,out) - Number of DOF per node
c DOF (int,ar(*),out) - The DOFs per node
c UserCode (int,sc,out) - Code for this application
c MaxNode (int,sc,out) - Maximum node number used
c NumNode (int,sc,out) - Number of nodes used
c MaxElem (int,sc,out) - Maximum element number used
c NumElem (int,sc,out) - Number of elements used
c MaxResultSet (int,sc,out) - Maximum number of result sets (usually 1000)
c NumResultSet (int,sc,out) - Number of result sets on file
c ResRdBegin (int,sc,out) - 0, successful other, error in file open

2.3.3. ResRdGeomBegin (Retrieving Global Geometry Information)

*deck,ResRdGeomBegin
subroutine ResRdGeomBegin (MaxType, MaxReal, MaxCsys)
c primary function: Read Geometry Header Record

c object/library: ResRd

c input arguments: none

c output arguments:
c MaxType (int,sc,out) - Maximum element type
c MaxReal (int,sc,out) - Maximum real constant set number
c MaxCsys (int,sc,out) - Maximum coordinate system number

2.3.4. ResRdType (Retrieving Element Types)

*deck,ResRdType
function ResRdType (itype,ielc)
c primary function: Read an element type record

c object/library: ResRd

c input arguments:
c itype (int,sc,on) - Element type number

c output arguments: none

c ielc (int,ar(IELCSZ),out)- Element characteristics
c ResRdType (int,sc,out - number of words read

2.3.5. ResRdReal (Retrieving Real Constants)

*deck,ResRdReal
function ResRdReal (iReal,Rcon)
c primary function: Read real constant record

c object/library: ResRd

c input arguments:
c iReal (int,sc,in) - Real set number

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
66 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
2.3.8. ResRdElem (Retrieving Elements)

c output arguments: none

c Rcon (dp,ar(ResRdReal),out) - Real Constants
c ResRdReal (int,sc,out) - Number of real constants in set

2.3.6. ResRdCsys (Retrieving Coordinate Systems)

*deck,ResRdCsys
function ResRdCsys (iCsys,Csys)
c primary function: Read a coordinate system record

c object/library: ResRd

c input arguments:
c iCsys (int,sc,in) - Coordinate system number

c output arguments:
c Csys (dp,ar(ResRdCsys),out)- Coordinate system description
c ResRdCsys (int,sc,out) - Number of values

c output arguments:

2.3.7. ResRdNode (Retrieving Nodal Coordinates)

*deck,ResRdNode
function ResRdNode (iNode,xyzang)
c primary function: Get a node

c object/library: ResRd

c input arguments:
c iNode (int,sc,in) - node sequence number
c (1 to NumNode)

c output arguments:
c xyzang (dp,ar(6),out) - x,y,z,thxy,thyz,thzx for node
c ResRdNode (int,sc,out) - Node number

2.3.8. ResRdElem (Retrieving Elements)

*deck,ResRdElem
function ResRdElem (iElem, nodes, ElemData)
c primary function: Read an element

c object/library: ResRd

c input arguments:
c iElem (int,sc,in) - The element number

c output arguments:
c ResRdElem(int,sc,out) - Number of nodes
c nodes (int,ar(n),out) - Element nodes
c ElemData (int,ar(10),out) - Element information
c mat - material reference number
c type - element type number
c real - real constant reference number
c secnum - section number
c esys - element coordinate system
c death - death flag
c = 0 - alive
c = 1 - dead
c solidm - solid model reference
c shape - coded shape key
c elnum - element number
c pexcl - P-Method exclude key

2.3.9. ResRdSolBegin (Retrieving Result Set Location)

*deck,ResRdSolBegin
function ResRdSolBegin (key,lstep,substep,ncumit,kcmplx,time,
x Title,DofLab)
c primary function: Read the solution header records

c object/library: ResRd

c input arguments:
c key (int,sc,in) - 1, find by lstep/substep
c 2, find by ncumit
c 3, find by time
c lstep (int,sc,in/out) - Load step number
c substep (int,sc,in/out) - Substep of this load step
c ncumit (int,sc,in/out) - Cumulative iteration number
c kcmplx (int,sc,in) - 0, Real solution 1, Imaginary solution
c time (int,sc,in/out) - Current solution time

c output arguments:
c Title (ch*80,ar(5),out) - Title and 4 subtitles
c DofLab (ch*4,ar(nDOF),out)- Labels for DOFs
c ResRdSolBegin (int,sc,out) - 0, requested solution set found
c 1, not found

2.3.10. ResRdDisp (Retrieving Nodal Solution)

*deck,ResRdDisp
function ResRdDisp (node,Disp)
c primary function: Retrieve a nodal displacement

c object/library: ResRd

c input arguments:
c node (int,sc,in) - Node number

c output arguments: none

c Disp (dp,ar(nDOF),out) - Displacements
c ResRdDisp(int,sc,out) - Number of displacements

2.3.11. ResRdRfor (Retrieving Reaction Solution)

*deck,ResRdRfor
function ResRdRfor (node,idof,value)
c primary function: Retrieve a reaction force

c object/library: ResRd

c input arguments:
c node (int,sc,in) - External node number
c idof (int,sc,in) - Internal dof number

c output arguments:
c value (dp,sc,in) - Value of reaction force
c ResRdRfor (int,sc,out) - Number of returned values (0 or 1)

2.3.12. ResRdFix (Retrieving Applied Nodal Constraints)

*deck,ResRdFix
function ResRdFix (node,idof,value)
c primary function: Retrieve a constraint value

c object/library: ResRd

c input arguments:
c node (int,sc,in) - External node number

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
68 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
2.3.14. ResRdEstr (Retrieving Element Solutions)

c idof (int,sc,in) - Internal dof number

c output arguments:
c value (dp,ar(4),in) - Real,Imag, RealOld,ImagOld
c ResRdFix (int,sc,out) - Number of returned values (0 or 4)

2.3.13. ResRdForc (Retrieving Applied Nodal Loads Solution)

*deck,ResRdForc
function ResRdForc (node,idof,value)
c primary function: Retrieve an applied force value

c object/library: ResRd

c input arguments:
c node (int,sc,in) - External node number
c idof (int,sc,in) - Internal dof number

c output arguments:
c value (dp,ar(4),in) - Real,Imag, RealOld,ImagOld
c ResRdForc (int,sc,out - Number of returned values (0 or 4)

2.3.14. ResRdEstr (Retrieving Element Solutions)

*deck,ResRdEstr
function ResRdEstr (iStr,Str)
c primary function: Get an element's results

c object/library: ResRd

c input arguments:
c iStr (int,sc,in) - element record number (1-25)

c output arguments:
c ResRdEstr (int,sc,out) - Number of element values
c Str (dp,ar(nStr),out) - element values

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 69
Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
70 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Chapter 3: Using CDREAD and CDWRITE
3.1. Using the CDREAD Command
The CDREAD command and its GUI equivalent, Main Menu> Preprocessor> Archive Model> Read, read a file
of model and database information into the ANSYS database.The commands and menu paths listed below
define the input data that the ANSYS program requires to solve a model. If the file you are reading into the
database via CDREAD or Main Menu> Preprocessor> Archive Model> Read does not contain all of the required
input data, you can use these commands or menu paths to define that data in the preprocessor. For detailed
information about the commands, see the Commands Reference.

In the following list, commands or menu paths shown with an asterisk (*) are the minimum requirements for a
solution.

Command Equivalent Menu Path Definition

/PREP7* Main Menu> Preprocessor* Enters the general preprocessor
ET* Main Menu> Preprocessor> Element Type> Defines the element types
Add/Edit/Delete*
MP* Main Menu> Preprocessor> Material Props* Defines the material properties
MPTEMP Main Menu> Preprocessor> Material Props> Defines a table of material tem-
Material Models peratures
MPDATA Main Menu> Preprocessor> Material Props> Defines a table of material
Material Models properties
TB Main Menu> Preprocessor> Material Props> Defines nonlinear material data,
Material Models some element data, or both
R Main Menu> Preprocessor> Real Constants> Defines element real constants
Add/Edit/Delete
LOCAL Utility Menu> WorkPlane> Local Coordinate Defines a local coordinate sys-
Systems> Create Local CS> At Specified Loc tem
N* Main Menu> Preprocessor> Modeling> Cre- Defines a nodal location
ate> Nodes> In Active CS or Main Menu>
Preprocessor> Modeling> Create> Nodes>
On Working Plane
E or EN* Main Menu> Preprocessor> Modeling> Cre- Defines an element. (You must
ate> Elements> Auto Numbered> Thru Nodes set the correct TYPE, MAT, REAL,
or Main Menu> Preprocessor> Modeling> and ESYS pointers before defin-
Create> Elements> User Numbered> Thru ing the element.)
Nodes
ANTYPE Main Menu> Preprocessor> Loads> Analysis Defines the analysis type. See
Type> New Analysis the Commands Reference for
details.
M Main Menu> Preprocessor> Loads> Master Defines master degrees of free-
DOFs> User Selected> Define dom
ACEL Main Menu> Preprocessor> Loads> Define Defines the acceleration vector
Loads> Apply> Structural> Inertia> Gravity
D* Main Menu> Preprocessor> Loads> Define Defines degree of freedom con-
Loads> Apply> constraint straints
F Main Menu> Preprocessor> Loads> Define Defines nodal forces
Loads> Apply> force type> On entity

Command Equivalent Menu Path Definition

SF or SFE Main Menu> Preprocessor> Loads> Define Defines surface loads on ele-
Loads> Apply> surface load type> On ment faces
entity
BF or BFE Main Menu> Preprocessor> Loads> Define Defines body forces on ele-
Loads> Apply> load type> On entity ments

3.1.1. Tips for Reading Files with CDREAD

The following list describes practices to follow when reading files with CDREAD or its menu path equivalent:

If you place the command /NOPR at the beginning of the file and /GOPR at the end of the file, you can
suppress printing of the file and speed up the time to read it.
Use the /COM command to add comments to the file. If the file contains the /NOPR command, /COM
provides status information about what is being read in. For example:
/COM, READING NODES
N,1,.....
,
,

/COM, READING ELEMENTS

EN,1,.....

Group elements with the same attributes (TYPE, REAL, MAT, ESYS). Do not use a separate MAT, REAL,
TYPE, and ESYS command for each element.
Use Utility Menu> File> Change Title or the /TITLE command to add a title to graphics displays and
printouts.
Use Utility Menu> File> Read Input From or the /INPUT command at the Begin level to input the file.

3.2. Using the CDWRITE Command

To export a model from the ANSYS program to another application, use menu path Main Menu> Preprocessor>
Archive Model> Write or the CDWRITE command within the general preprocessor, PREP7.This produces a
coded database file called Jobname.cdb.You specify the jobname using Utility Menu> File> Change Jobname
or the /FILNAM command. If you supply no jobname, the ANSYS program uses the default name "file".

The Jobname.cdb file contains selected geometry (nodes and elements), load items, and other model data in
terms of ANSYS input commands. (For a complete list of data in the file, see the CDWRITE description in the
Commands Reference.) You can convert this information to a format compatible with the program into which
you are importing it.The next few pages describe special considerations and commands you may need to do
this conversion.

Note

Files created by the CDWRITE command have the active coordinate system set to Cartesian (CSYS,
0).

ANSYS may create parameters in the CDWRITE file that start with an underscore (_), usually an _z.
Such parameters are for ANSYS internal use and pass information to the ANSYS GUI.

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
72 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
3.2.1. Customizing Degree of Freedom Labels: the /DFLAB Command

3.2.1. Customizing Degree of Freedom Labels: the /DFLAB Command

The ANSYS program uses a set of default labels for the degrees of freedom.You use these labels when entering
boundary conditions, or ANSYS uses the labels when writing the Jobname.cdb file.

You can change the labels to reflect the degrees of freedom of the other program by issuing the command
/DFLAB. If you are customizing the DOF labels, /DFLAB must be the first command you enter within the ANSYS
program.You may want to include the command in your START.ANSfile.You can use /DFLAB only at the Begin
processing level.

/DFLAB assigns or reassigns the "displacement" and "force" labels in the ANSYS DOF list. For example, degree
of number 1 is predefined to have a displacement label of UX and a force label of FX, but you can assign new
labels to this DOF using by issuing /DFLAB. Changing predefined labels generates a warning message.

The format for the /DFLAB command is:

/DFLAB,NDOF,LabD,LabF

NDOF
ANSYS degree of freedom number (1 to 32)
LabD
Displacement degree of freedom label to be assigned (up to four characters)
LabF
Force label to be assigned (up to four characters)

You can also use /DFLAB to assign labels to spare degree of freedom numbers. Spare displacement and force
labels are from 13 to 18 and from 27 to 32. All other DOF numbers are predefined, as follows:

DOF Number Corresponding Dis- Corresponding Force

placement Label Label
1 UX FX
2 UY FY
3 UZ FZ
4 ROTX MX
5 ROTY MY
6 ROTZ MZ
7 AX CSGX
8 AY CSGY
9 AZ CSGZ
10 VX VFX
11 VY VFY
12 VZ VFZ
19 PRES FLOW
20 TEMP HEAT
21 VOLT AMPS
22 MAG FLUX
23 ENKE NPKE
24 ENDS NPDS
25 EMF CURT
26 CURR VLTG

3.3. Coded Database File Commands

In the coded database file Jobname.CDB, most ANSYS commands have the same format they have elsewhere.
(See the Commands Reference for command-specific information.) However, the format for some commands
differs slightly in the Jobname.CDB file.The format for these commands is described below.

The CDWRITE command has an UNBLOCKED and a BLOCKED option.The UNBLOCKED option will write all data
out in command format. the default BLOCKED option will write certain data items in a fixed format, especially
those which could potentially contain large amounts of data, such as nodal data.

3.3.1. CE Command
The CE command defines the constant term in a constraint equation.The command format in Jobname.CDB
is:
CE,R5.0,Type,LENGTH,NCE,CONST

Type
The type of data to be defined. DEFI is the valid label.
LENGTH
The total number of variable terms in the constraint equation.
NCE
The constraint equation reference number.
CONST
The constant term of the equation.

Another version of the CE command defines the variable terms in a constraint equation.You must issue this
version of the command after the CE command described above.This command repeats until all terms are
defined.

The alternate format for the CE command is:

CE,R5.0,Type,N1,Dlab1,C1,N2,Dlab2,C2

Type
The type of data to be defined. NODE is the valid label.
N1
The node number of the next term.
Dlab1
The DOF label of N1.
C1
The coefficient of N1.
N2
The node number of the next term.
Dlab2
The DOF label of N2.
C2
The coefficient of N2.

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
74 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
3.3.4. EBLOCK Command

3.3.2. CP Command
The CP command defines a coupled node set.You repeat the command until all nodes are defined.The command
format in Jobname.CDB is:
CP,R5.0,LENGTH,NCP,Dlab,N1,N2,N3,N4,N5,N6,N7

LENGTH
The total number of nodes in the coupled set
NCP
The coupled node reference number
Dlab
The degree of freedom label for the set
N1,N2,N3,N4,N5,N6,N7
The next seven node numbers in the coupled set

3.3.3. CMBLOCK Command

The CMBLOCK command defines the entities contained in a node or element component.The command format
in Jobname.CDB is:
CMBLOCK,Cname,Entity,NUMITEMS
Format

Cname
Eight character component name.
Entity
Label identifying the type of component (NODE or ELEMENT).
NUMITEMS
Number of items written.
Format
Data descriptors defining the format. For CMBLOCK this is always (8i10).

The items contained in this component are written at 10 items per line. Additional lines are repeated as needed
until all NumItems are defined. If one of the items is less than zero, then the entities from the item previous to
this one (inclusive) are part of the component.

3.3.4. EBLOCK Command

The EBLOCK command defines a block of elements.The command syntax is:
EBLOCK, NUM_NODES, Solkey
Format

NUM_NODES
The number of nodes to be read in the first line of an element definition.
Solkey
The solid model key.The element is part of a solid model if the keyword SOLID appears here.When Solkey
= SOLID, Field 8 (the element shape flag) may be left at zero, and Field 9 is the number of nodes defining
this element.
Format
Data descriptors defining the format.This must be 19i7.

The format of the element "block" is as follows:

Field 1 - The material number.

Field 2 - The element type number.
Field 3 - The real constant number.
Field 4 - The section ID attribute (beam section) number.
Field 5 - The element coordinate system number.
Field 6 - The birth/death flag.
Field 7 - The solid model reference number.
Field 8 - The element shape flag.
Field 9 - The number of nodes defining this element if Solkey = SOLID; otherwise, Field 9 = 0.
Field 10 - The exclude key (p-elements).
Field 11 - The element number.
Fields 12-18 - The node numbers.The next line will have the additional node numbers if there are more
than eight.

The final line of the block will be a -1 in field 1.

If you are in the GUI, the EBLOCK command must be contained in an externally prepared file and read into ANSYS
(i.e., CDREAD, /INPUT, etc.).

3.3.5. EDCADAPT Command

The EDCADAPT command specifies adaptive meshing control for explicit dynamics analysis.The command
format in Jobname.CDB is:
EDCADAPT,R5.3,FREQ,TOL,OPT,MAXLVL,BTIME,DTIME,LCID,ADPSIZE,ADPASS,IREFLG,ADPENE,ADPTH,MAXEL

FREQ
The time interval between adaptive mesh refinement.
TOL
The adaptive angle tolerance (in degrees).
OPT
The adaptivity option.
MAXLVL
The maximum number of mesh refinement levels.
BTIME
The birth time to begin adaptive meshing.
DTIME
The death time to end adaptive meshing.
LCID
The curve ID defined by EDCURVE
ADPSIZE
The minimum element size to be adapted, based on the element edge length.
ADPASS
The one-pass or two-pass adaptivity option.

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
76 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
3.3.6. EDCGEN Command

IREFLG
The uniform refinement level flag.
ADPENE
Adaptive mesh flag for starting adaptivity when approaching (positive ADPENE) or penetrating (negative
ADPENE) the tooling surface
ADPTH
Absolute shell thickness level below which adaptivity should begin.
MAXEL
The maximum number of elements at which adaptivity will be terminated.

NOTE: This command is also listed in the Commands Reference.The format listed here contians information spe-
cific to the CDREAD/CDWRITE file.

3.3.6. EDCGEN Command

The EDCGEN command is used to define a contact definition for explicit dynamics.The command format in
Jobname.CDB is:
EDCGEN,R5.3,Option,Cont,Targ,Lkey,FS,FD,DC,VC,VDC,V1,V2,V3,V4,BTIME,DTIME,BOXID1,BOXID2

Option
The label identifying the contact behavior.
Cont
The contact surface, identified by component name, part ID, or part assembly ID.
Targ
The target surface, identified by component name, part ID, or part assembly ID.
Lkey
A key identifying the meaning of Cont and Targ (component, part or part assembly).
FS
The static friction coefficient.
FD
The dynamic friction coefficient.
DC
The exponential decay coefficient.
VC
The coefficient of viscous friction.
VDC
The viscous damping coefficient in percent of critical damping.
V1,V2,V3,V4
Additional input for some contact types. See EDCGEN in the Commands Reference for more information.
BTIME
The birth time for which conatct definition will become active.
DTIME
The death time for which conatct definition will become inactive.
BOXID1
Contact volume as defined using EDBOX

BOXID2
Target volume as defined using EDBOX

NOTE: This command is also listed in the Commands Reference.The format listed here contians information spe-
cific to the CDREAD/CDWRITE file.

3.3.7. EDCURVE Command

The EDCURVE command is used to define a curve for an explicit dynamics analysis.The command format in
Jobname.CDB is:
EDCURVE,R5.3,Option,LCID,Length,0.0,Par1,Par2

Option
The EDCURVE command option.The only valid option is ADD.
LCID
The curve ID.
Length
The number of data values for the abcissa array (Par1) and the ordinate array (Par2).
Par1
The abcissa values, repeat Length number of times.
Par2
The ordinate values, repeat Length number of times.

NOTE: This command is also listed in the Commands Reference.The format listed here contians information spe-
cific to the CDREAD/CDWRITE file.

3.3.8. EDDRELAX Command

The EDDRELAX command activates initialization to a prescribed geometry or dynamic relaxation for the explicit
analysis.The command format in Jobname.CDB is:
EDDRELAX,R5.4,Option,NRCYCK,IRELAL,EDTTL,DRTOL,DFFCTR,DRTERM,TSSFDR

Option
EDDRELAX command option.Valid options are ANSYS (relaxation is based on the implicit analysis, see the
EDDRELAX command in the Commands Reference) or DYNA, where the relaxation parameters are controlled
within the LS-DYNA analysis.The following arguments are valid for Option= DYNA only.
NRCYCK
The number of iterations between the convergence checks.
IRELAL
Automatic control based on Papadrakakis not active (0) or active (1).
EDTTL
The convergence tolerance when automatic control is used.
DRTOL
The convergence tolerance.
DFFCTR
The dynamic relaxation factor.
DRTERM
The termination time for dynamic relaxation.

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
78 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
3.3.10. EDLOAD Command

TSSFDR
The scale factor for each computed time step.

NOTE: This command is also listed in the Commands Reference.The format listed here contians information spe-
cific to the CDREAD/CDWRITE file.

3.3.9. EDLCS Command

The EDLCS command is used to define a local coordinate system for explicit dynamics.The command format in
Jobname.CDB is:
EDLCS,R5.3,Option,CID,X1,Y1,Z1,X2,Y2,Z2,X3,Y3,Z3

Option
The EDLCS command option.The only valid option is ADD.
CID
The coordinate system ID.
X1,Y1,Z1,
The X,Y,Z coordinate of a point on the local X-axis.
X2,Y2,Z2,
The X,Y,Z coordinate of a point on the local X-Y plane.
X3,Y3,Z3,
The X,Y,Z coordinate of the local origin.

NOTE: This command is also listed in the Commands Reference.The format listed here contians information spe-
cific to the CDREAD/CDWRITE file.

3.3.10. EDLOAD Command

The EDLOAD command is used to define loading conditions for explicit dynamics.The command format in
Jobname.CDB is:
EDLOAD,R5.3,Option,Lab,KEY,Cname,Length,PHASE,Par1,Par2,LCID,SCALE,BTIME,DTIME

Option
The EDLOAD command option.The only valid option is ADD.
Lab
The load labels.
Key
The coordinate system number defined by EDLCS or the element face number for the pressure loading.
Cname
The name of the existing component or part number to which this load will be applied.
Length
The number of data values for the time array (Par1) and the load array (Par2).
Phase
Phase of the analysis in which the load curve is to be used.
Par1
The time values, with the number of values in the string defined by the Length argument (above).
Par2
The load values, with the number of values in the string defined by the Length argument (above).

LCID
The curve ID, created using the EDCURVE command. If LCID is nonzero, then Length= 1, and Par1 and
Par2 will be equal to 0.
Scale
The Scale Factor applied to the load curve.
Btime
The birth time.
Dtime
The death time.

NOTE: This command is also listed in the Commands Reference.The format listed here contians information spe-
cific to the CDREAD/CDWRITE file.

3.3.11. EDPREAD Command

The EDPREAD command is used to internally write the part information to the Jobname.CDB file for explicit
dynamics. Prior to Release 8.0, the command format in Jobname.CDB is:
EDPREAD,R5.4,Nmat,Npart
Type, Mat, Real, Used

Nmat
The number of materials.
Npart
Number of parts, and also, the number of times to repeat the second Type,Mat,Real,Used input line.
Type
The element type number.
Mat
The material number.
Real
The real constant set number.
Used
The flag indicating if the part is used (1), or not used (0).

For Release 8.0 and beyond, the command format is:

EDPREAD,R8.0,Nmat,Npart,Part ID
Type, Mat, Real, Used

Nmat
The number of materials.
Npart
Number of parts, and also, the number of times to repeat the second Type,Mat,Real,Used input line.
PartID
The part number.
Type
The element type number.
Mat
The material number.

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
80 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
3.3.12. EDWELD Command

Real
The real constant set number.
Used
The flag indicating how many elements use PartID. If USED = 0, PartID is not used.

3.3.12. EDWELD Command

The EDWELD command is used to define a spotweld or a generalized weld for explicit dynamics.

There are two command formats (for spot and generalized welds).The command format for the spotweld appears
in Jobname.CDB as follows:
EDWELD,R5.3,Option,NWELD,N1,N2,SN,SS,EXPN,EXPS

Option
The EDWELD command option.The only valid option is ADD.
NWELD
The spotweld ID number.
N1
The node number of the first node connected by the spotweld.
N2
The node number of the second node connected by the spotweld.
SN
The normal force at the spotweld failure.
SS
The shear force at the spotweld failure.
EXPN
The exponent for spotweld normal force.
EXPS
The exponent for spotweld shear force.

The command format for the generalized weld appears in Jobname.CDB as follows:
EDWELD,R5.3,Option,NWELD,CNAME,,SN,SS,EXPN,EXPS,EPSF,TFAIL,NSW,CID

Option
The EDWELD command option.The only valid option is ADD.
NWELD
The generalized weld ID number.
CNAME
The name of the node component.
SN
The normal force at the weld failure.
SS
The shear force at the weld failure.
EXPN
The exponent for weld normal force.

EXPS
The exponent for weld shear force.
EXPF
The effective plastic strain at ductile failure.
TFAIL
The time of failure of the weld.
NSW
The number of spotwelds for the generalized weld.
CID
The coordinate system ID as defined by the EDLCS command.

NOTE: This command is also listed in the Commands Reference.The format listed here contians information spe-
cific to the CDREAD/CDWRITE file.

3.3.13. EN Command
The EN command is used to define an element . If an element contains more than eight nodes, the EN command
is repeated until all nodes are defined.The command format in Jobname.CDB is:
EN,R5.5,Type,NUMN,I1,I2,I3,I4,I5,I6,I7,I8

The type of data to be defined.Valid labels are ATTR (read in element attributes), and NODE (read in nodes
defining the element).
NUMN
The number of nodes.
I1,I2,I3,I4I5,I6,I7,I8
The integer values to be read:
If Type is ATTR, the integer values are the element attributes. Attributes are in the order:
NUMN,MAT,TYPE,REAL,SECNUM,ESYS,NUMELEM,SOLID,DEATH,EXCLUDE
If Type is NODE, the integer values are the node numbers.

3.3.14. LOCAL Command

The LOCAL command defines a local coordinate system.The command format in Jobname.CDB is:
LOCAL,R5.0,Type,NCSY,CSYTYP,VAL1,VAL2,VAL3

Type
The type of data to be defined. Valid labels are LOC (read in system origin), ANG (read in rotation angles),
and PRM (read in system parameters).
NCSY
The coordinate system reference number.
CSYTYP
The coordinate system type (0, 1, 2, or 3).
VAL1,VAL2,VAL3
Values to be read:
If Type is LOC, values are the system origin in global Cartesian coordinates.
If Type is ANG, values are the rotation angles in degrees.
If Type is PRM, values are the first and second parameters of the system.

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
82 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
3.3.18. N Command

3.3.15. M Command
The M command defines a master degree of freedom.The command format in Jobname.CDB is:
M,R5.0,NODE,Dlab

NODE
The node number
Dlab
The DOF label

3.3.16. MPDATA Command

The MPDATA command defines a material property data table.You repeat the command until all properties are
defined.The command format in Jobname.CDB is:
MPDATA,R5.0,LENGTH,Lab,MAT,STLOC,VAL1,VAL2,VAL3

LENGTH
The total number of temperatures in the table.
Lab
The material property label. See the MP command description in Commands Reference for valid labels.
MAT
The material reference number.
STLOC
The starting location in the table for the next three property values.
VAL1,VAL2,VAL3
Property values assigned to three locations in the table starting at STLOC.

3.3.17. MPTEMP Command

The MPTEMP command defines a temperature table.You repeat the command until all temperature values are
defined.The command format in Jobname.CDB is:
MPTEMP,R5.0,LENGTH,STLOC,TEMP1,TEMP2,TEMP3

LENGTH
The total number of temperatures in the table
STLOC
The starting location in the table for the next three temperature values
TEMP1,TEMP2,TEMP3
Temperatures assigned to three locations in the table starting at STLOC

3.3.18. N Command
If the UNBLOCKED option is used with the CDWRITE command, then the N command defines a node.This is
also the method used for defining nodes in .CDB files before ANSYS 5.4.The command format in Jobname.CDB
is:
N,R5.3,Type,NODE,SOLID,PARM,VAL1,VAL2,VAL3

Type
The type of data to be defined. Valid labels are LOC (read in coordinates) and ANG (read in rotation angles).

NODE
The node number.
SOLID
The solid model reference key. Not present for Type= ANG.
PARM
Line parameter value (0 if not on line). Not present for Type= ANG.
VAL1,VAL2,VAL3
Values to be read:
If Type is LOC, values are the coordinates in the global Cartesian system.
If Type is ANG, values are the rotation angles in degrees.

3.3.19. NBLOCK Command

The NBLOCK command defines a block of nodes.This is the recommended method for inputting nodes into the
ANSYS data base.The command syntax is:
NBLOCK, NUMFIELD, Solkey
Format

NUMFIELD
The number of fields in the blocked format.
Solkey
The solid model key.The node is part of a solid model if the keyword SOLID appears here.
Format
Data descriptors defining the format.This must be (3i8,6e16.9).

The format of the node "block" is as follows:

Field 1 - Node number.

Field 2 - The solid model entity (if any) in which the node exists.
Field 3 - The line location (if the node exists on a line).
Field 4 - 6 - The nodal coordinates.
Field 7 - 9 - The rotation angles.

Only the last nonzero coordinate/rotation is output; any trailing zero values are left blank.

The final line of the block is always an N command using a -1 for the node number.

The following example shows a typical NBLOCK formatted set of node information. Note that this example has
no rotational data. It contains only the first six fields.
NBLOCK,6
(i8,6e16,9)
1 6.21299982 0.625999987 -1.019883480E-07
2 6.14472103 0.625999987 0.156284466
3 6.21271753 0.625999987 1.096193120E-02
.
.
.
151464 0 0 5.85640764 -0.442010075 1.911501959E-02
151465 0 0 5.88715029 -0.442010075 7.201258256E-08
151466 0 0 5.85541868 -0.442010075 7.201258256E-08
N, R5.3,LOC, -1

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
84 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
3.3.22. SECBLOCK Command

If you are in the GUI, the NBLOCK command must be contained in an externally prepared file and read into ANSYS
(i.e., CDREAD, /INPUT, etc.).

3.3.20. R Command
The R command defines a real constant set.You repeat the command until all real constants for this set are
defined.The command format in Jobname.CDB is:
R,R5.0,NSET,Type,STLOC,VAL1,VAL2,VAL3

NSET
The real constant set reference number.
Type
The type of data to be defined. LOC is the valid label.
STLOC
The starting location in the table for the next three constants.
VAL1,VAL2, VAL3
Real constant values assigned to three locations in the table starting at STLOC.

3.3.21. RLBLOCK Command

The RLBLOCK command defines a real constant set.The real constant sets follow each set, starting with Format1
and followed by one or more Format2's, as needed.The command format is:
RLBLOCK,NUMSETS,MAXSET,MAXITEMS,NPERLINE
Format1
Format2

NUMSETS
The number of real constant sets defined
MAXSET
Maximum real constant set number
MAXITEMS
Maximum number of reals in any one set
NPERLINE
Number of reals defined on a line
Format1
Data descriptor defining the format of the first line. For the RLBLOCK command, this is always (2i8,6g16.9).
The first i8 is the set number, the second i8 is the number of values in this set, followed by up to 6 real constant
values.
Format2
Data descriptors defining the format of the subsequent lines (as needed); this is always (7g16.9).

The real constant sets follow, with each set starting with Format1, and followed by one or more Format2's as
needed.

3.3.22. SECBLOCK Command

The SECBLOCK command retrieves all mesh data for a user-defined beam section as a block of data.You repeat
the command for each beam section that you want to read.The command format is:
SECBLOCK
Format1

Format2
Format3

Format1
The First Line section.The first value is the number of nodes, and the second is the number of cells.
Format2
The Cells Section.The first 9 values are the cell connectivity nodes.The 10th (last) value is the material ID
(MAT).
Format3
The Nodes Section.This section contains as many lines as there are nodes. In this example, there are 27 nodes,
so a total of 27 lines would appear in this section. Each node line contains the node's boundary flag, the Y
coordinate of the node, and the Z coordinate of the node. Currently, all node boundary flags appear as 0s
in a cell mesh file. Because all node boundary flags are 0, SECBLOCK ignores them when it reads a cell mesh
file.

Sample User Section Cell Mesh File

Following is a sample excerpt from a custom section mesh file for a section with 27 nodes, 4 cells, and 9 nodes
per cell:

First Line: 27 4

Cells Section: 1 3 11 9 2 6 10 4 5 2
7 9 23 21 8 16 22 14 15 1
9 11 25 23 10 18 24 16 17 1
11 13 27 25 12 20 26 18 19 1

Nodes Section: ...

0 0.0 0.0
0 0.025 0.0
0 0.05 0.0
0 5.0175 0.0
0 19.98 10.00
0 20.00 10.00
...

3.3.23. SFBEAM Command

The SFBEAM command defines a surface load on selected beam elements. Remaining values associated with
this specification are on a new input line with a (4f16.9) format.The command format in Jobname.CDB is:
SFBEAM,ELEM,LKEY,Lab,R5.0,DIOFFST,DJOFFST

ELEM
The element number.
LKEY
The load key associated with these surface loads.
Lab
A label indicating the type of surface load. PRES (for pressure) is the only valid label.
DIOFFST
Offset distance from node I.
DJOFFST
Offset distance from node J.

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
86 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
3.3.24. SFE Command

3.3.24. SFE Command

The SFE command defines a surface load. Values associated with this specification are on a new input line with
a (4f16.9) format.The command format in Jobname.CDB is:
SFE,ELEM,LKEY,Lab,KEY,R5.0

ELEM
The element number.
LKEY
The load key associated with this surface load.
Lab
A label indicating the type of surface load: Valid labels are:
PRES (pressure)
CONV (convection)
HFLU (heat flux)
IMPD (impedance)
SEL (substructure load vector)
SELV (S. E. load vectors)
CHRG (charge density)
KEY
A value key. If it is 1, the values are real (film coefficient if convection). If it is 2, values are imaginary (bulk
temperature if convection).

Source code, with comments, for a program called PLOT33 which plots all of the plots on the coded plot
file.You can link this program with user-supplied Calcomp HCBS software (plot, plots, symbol) or other
software that uses the Calcomp subroutine protocol. For example, Hewlett-Packard's ISPP product, Tek-
tronix's Preview product, and Veratec's Versaplot product use the Calcomp protocol.

To work with other plotter software, you may need to remove the calls to the Calcomp subroutine (plot,
plots, and symbol) and substitute the subroutine calls for the plotter software being used.

Note

Because ANSYS customers use a wide variety of plotters, ANSYS, Inc. can not verify the use of
the PLOT33 program with all plotter types.

A description of the format for the ANSYS neutral graphics file.This listing excludes format information
for z-buffered graphics, but the PLOT33 program does include a section on z-buffered graphics.

4.2. Pixmap Format for Graphic Display Files

The ANSYS graphics display is KPX pixels high by KPX * 1.33 pixels wide.

KPX is the resolution specified by the /GFILE,SIZE command (where SIZE is the pixel resolution) or by choosing
menu path Utility Menu>PlotCtrls>Redirect Plots>To File. Default resolution is 800.

IX1,IY1 is the lower left corner of the z-buffer image.

IX2,IY2 is the upper right corner of the z-buffer image.

The image should be mapped to the hardcopy device accordingly.

The following graphic illustrates the items described above:

Figure 4.1 Display Format for Z-buffered Graphics

(0,KPX)
ANSYS 5.3
DATE
(IX2,IY2) TIME

(IX1,IY1)

(0,0) (KPX*1.33,0)

4.3. Neutral Graphics File Format

The neutral graphics file is an 80-byte, ASCII coded file with fixed length records. It contains plot directives rep-
resenting the image of a display, as formed in ANSYS, encoded onto a host-independent, printable character
set.

Most ANSYS users will not need to know the format of the graphics file. However, in rare cases, you may want
to edit your graphics file or, as a programmer, you may need to know the file format to write a program that
reads it. Although the file is ASCII coded, it can be difficult to interpret.This section gives details about the file
format.

4.3.1. Characters the Graphics File Uses

The host-independent printable character set consists of the ASCII characters listed below:

Numerals 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9
Uppercase alphabetic characters A through Z
The following characters: $ ( ) * + , - . < = >
The space character, " ".

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
90 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
4.3.2. Graphics File Directives

4.3.2. Graphics File Directives

Graphics files contain a set of directives that define various aspects of how ANSYS displays a plot, such as window
coordinates, colors for graphs and test, line dimensions, and so on. Each directive consists of a command char-
acter followed by one or more parameters.

Within a graphics file, one directive directly follows the preceding directive. For example, below is the first line
of a graphics file:
(BBAAA2A0AAAAAAPPPLPO>AP$MEKLKBAJANSYS 5.3$MEKLEFALNOV 15 1996$MEKKOJAI10:01:40

The text of this example line breaks down as follows:

(BBAAA The Start-Plot directive, beginning with com-

mand character. (B, B, A, A, and A are the values
of parameters defining the plot environment.
(Parameters for all plot directives, and their
possible values, are explained later.)
2A The Text-Size directive, which determines the
type size of displayed text strings.The 2 is the
command character, and A represents the size
value.
0AAAAAAPPPLPO The Window directive, which sets the coordin-
ates for the displayed image. 0 is the command
character. AAAAAA represents the first set of
coordinates (the lower left corner of the image),
and PPPLPO represents the second coordinate
set (the right upper corner of the image).
>AP The Text-Color directive, which sets the color of
displayed text. > is the command character. AP
is a parameter value specifying the color.
$MEKLKBAJANSYS 5.3 The first of several Text directives. $ is the com-
mand character, MEKLKB are the coordinates for
the text, AJ is the number of characters in the
string, and ANSYS 5.3 is the text string itself.
$MEKLEFALNOV 15 1996 A second Text directive, defining the position
and length of the string NOV 15 1996.
$MEKKOJAI10:01:40 A third Text directive, defining the position and
length of the string 10:01:40

4.3.2.1. Parameter Types for Graphics File Directives

The descriptions of graphics file directives in the next section include discussions of the parameter or parameters
for each directive.There are five types of parameters:

Parameter Parameter Attributes Valid Parameter Values

Type
Int 1 byte, base 16 (letters A through P) 0 through 15
Long 2 bytes, base 16 (letters A through 0 through 255
P)
Byt3 3 bytes, base 16 (letters A through 0 through 65535
P)

Parameter Parameter Attributes Valid Parameter Values

Type
Xy 6 bytes, base 16 (letters A through 0 through 4095, mapped to coordinate space of -1.0
P) to 1.67
String An array of Nchar characters Characters from the common character set.

4.3.2.2. Directive Descriptions

The next few pages describe each of the graphics file directives. Parameters are always specified in the order
shown below.

Graphics Dir- Command Parameters Parameter

ective Character Types
Start_Plot ( keras - Defines whether the display surface is Int, Int, Int, Int,
cleared prior to the plot (0 = do not clear the Int
surface, 1 = clear it)

kras - Defines whether the display uses raster

mode or vector mode (1 = raster mode, 0 =
vector mode)

kcntr - Defines whether the display uses a con-

tour color map or shading color map (1 = con-
tour, 0 = shading)

kdocu - Defines whether the Docu column is

compressed (1 = do not compress, 0 = compress)

ispare - A spare value

Window 0 x1,y1, x2,y2 (x and y coordinates) Xy, Xy
Area-Color < iclra - Sets the color for the displayed area. (See Long
"Color Specification" below.)
Graph-Color = iclrg - Sets the color for the displayed graph. (See Long
"Color Specification" below.)
Text-Color > iclrt - Sets the color for displayed text. (See Long
"Color Specification" below.)
Text-Size 2 tsize - Defines the size of displayed text (0 = Int
normal, 1 = small)
Line-Type , ltype - Defines the type of lines used in the dis- Int
play (0 = solid, 1 = dashed)
Line-Width 1 lwidth - Defines the width of displayed lines (0 Int
= normal, 1 to 5 = larger line size)
Marker Size 3 size - Defines the size of the node marker (0 = int
the smallest size, 15 = the largest size)
Point * x,y - Defines a point at coordinates x,y Xy
Move . x,y - Moves to coordinates x,y Xy
Draw - x,y - Draws a line to coordinates x,y Xy
Text $ x,y - Sets coordinates for where text will display Xy, Long, String

nchar - Defines the number of displayed charac-

ters

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
92 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
4.3.2. Graphics File Directives

Graphics Dir- Command Parameters Parameter

ective Character Types
string - Defines the text string itself
Normal / inorm - This value, divided by 255, is cos(), where Long
is the viewing direction and the surface normal
of subsequent polygons
Polygon + n - Defines the number of polygon vertices Int, Int, Xy...Xy

kedge - Defines whether the polygon edge is

displayed (0, = do not display edge, 1 = display
it)

xy1,...xyn - Defines coordinates for the polygon

No-Op none no parameters none
End-Plot ) no parameters none
Pixmap Z kpx - Defines the pixel resolution Byt3, Xy, Xy,
Long, Long,
x1,y1 - Sets coordinates for the lower left corner Long, ...
of the z-buffer image

x2,y2 - Sets coordinates for the upper right

corner of the z-buffer image

The following three parameters are run-length

encoded data which repeats until all pixels are
read in, as defined by the window (X2-X1 + 1) *
(Y2-Y1 + 1)

n - Defines the number of pixels in a row

inrm - Sets the normal for pixels

iclr - Sets the color for the pixmap

4.3.2.3. Color Specification

Below is the list of color specifications used by the directives that set colors for areas, graphs, and text. If more
than a single intensity of a color is available, use the value specified by the Normal directive to complete the
selection. Normal of 0 represents the lowest intensity and normal of 255 represents the highest intensity.

Value Color
0 Black
1 Cyan
2 Blue-Magenta
3 Red
4 Cyan-Blue
5 Magenta-Red
6 Green
7 Orange
8 Magenta
9 Yellow-Green

Value Color
10 Blue
11 Green-Cyan
12 Yellow
13 Dark Gray
14 Light Gray
15 White
16
: Reserved for future use
127
128 Blue
: :
Cyan
:
Green
:
Indices 128 through 255 repres-
ent the color spectrum used to
display the Low (Blue) to High
(Red) contour values.
:
Yellow
:
Orange
: :
255 Red

4.4. Decoding a Graphics File: an Example

The following example shows you the following:

The ANSYS command stream used to create a simple graphics plot, shown in Figure 4.2,Example Display
of a Graphics File below
The encoded graphics file that these commands produce
The decoded graphics plot directives

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
94 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
4.4.2. Example Graphics File Contents

Figure 4.2 Example Display of a Graphics File

1 ANSYS 5.3
3 4 NOV 15, 1996
15:57:07
PLOT NO. 1
ELEMENTS
ELEM NUM

ZV =1
DIST=0.55
XF =1.5
YF =0.5
CENTROID HIDDEN

1 2
ANSYS 5.3 Example Graphics File

4.4.1. The Example Command Stream

To create the graphics display shown in Figure 4.2,Example Display of a Graphics File, you would issue the fol-
lowing ANSYS commands:
/PREP7
/TITLE, ANSYS 5.3 Example Graphics File
N,1,1
N,2,2
NGEN,2,2,1,2,1,,1
ET,1,42
E,1,2,4,3
/PNUM,ELEM,1
/PNUM,NODE,1
/SHR,.1
/SHOW,F33
EPLOT
FINISH

4.4.2. Example Graphics File Contents

The commands listed above produce the display shown in Figure 4.2,Example Display of a Graphics File and the
following graphics file:

(BBAAA2A0AAAAAAPPPLPO&#60AA&#62AP$MEKLKBAJANSYS 5.3$MEKLEFALNOV 16 1996$MEK

KOJAI15:57:07$MEKKIMAMPLOT NO. 1$MEKKDAAIELEMENTS$MEKJNEAIELEM NUM2
B0AAAAAALPOLPO&#60AB/PP+EBBBHBBHKOGBBHKOGKOGBBHKOG$FPPFPPAB1$AILAILAB1$L
HCAILAB2$LHCLHCAB4$AILLHCAB32A0AAAAAAPPPLPO.AAAAAA-LPOAAA-LPOLPO-AAAL
PO-AAAAAA>AB$ABLLKBAB1>AP$MEKJBLAGZV =1$MEKILPAJDIST=0.55$MEKIGCAIXF
=1.5$MEKIAGAIYF =0.5$MEKHKKAPCENTROID HIDDEN$ABOABOCA ANSYS 5.3 Ex
ample Graphics File)

The decoded plot directives are:

(BBAAA Start-Plot: /ERASE, raster mode

2A Text-Size: Default
0AAAAAAPPPLPO Window: 0.0 4095,3070
&#60AA Area-Color: Black
&#62AP Text-Color: White
$MEKLKBAJANSYS 5.3 Text: 3146 2977 "ANSYS 5.3"
$MEKLEFALNOV 16 1996 Text: 3146 2885 "NOV 15 1996"
$MEKKOJAI15:57:07 Text: 3146 2793 "15:57:07"
$MEKKIMAMPLOT NO. 1 Text: 3146 2700 "PLOT NO. 1"
$MEKKDAAIELEMENTS Text: 3146 2608 "ELEMENTS"
$MEKJNEAIELEM NUM Text: 3146 2516 "ELEM NUM"
2B Text-Size: Small
0AAAAAALPOLPO Window: 0 0 3070 3070
&#60AB Area-Color: Cyan
/PP Normal: 255
+EBBBHBBHKOGBBHKOGKOGBBHKOG Polygon: 279, 279, 2790, 279 2790, 2790
279, 2790
$FPPFPPAB1 Text: 1535 1535 "1"
$AILAILAB1 Text: 139 139 "1"
$LHCAILAB2 Text: 2930 139 "2"
$LHCLHCAB4 Text: 2930 2930 "4"
$AILLHCAB3 Text: 139 2930 "3"
2A Text-Size: Default
0AAAAAAPPPLPO Window: 0,0 4095,3070
.AAAAAA Move: 0,0
-LPOAAA Draw: 3070,0
-LPOLPO Draw: 3070,3070
-AAALPO Draw: 0,3070
-AAAAAA Draw: 0,0
>AB Text-Color: Cyan
$ABLLKBAB1 Text: 27 2977 "1"
>AP Text Color: White
$MEKJBLAGZV =1 Text: 3146 2331 "ZV =1"
$MEKILPAJDIST=0.55 Text: 3146 2239 "DIST=0.55"
$MEKIGCAIXF=1.5 Text: 3146 2146 "XF =1.5"

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
96 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
4.4.2. Example Graphics File Contents

$MEKIAGAIYF =0.5 Text: 3146 2054 "YF =0.5"

$MEKHKKAPCENTROID Text: 3146 1962 "CENTROID HIDDEN"
HIDDEN

$ABOABOCA ANSYS 5.3 Text: 30 30 "ANSYS 5.3 Example Graphics

Example Graphics File
File"
) End-Plot
No-Op

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 97
Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
98 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Part II, Guide to ANSYS User Programmable
Features
Chapter 5: Using User Programmable Features
(UPFs)
Because the ANSYS program has an open architecture, you can write your own routines or subroutines in C or
FORTRAN and either link them to ANSYS or use them as external commands. In fact, some of the ANSYS features
you see today as "standard" offerings originated as user programmable features (UPFs).You can take advantage
of UPFs if you are licensed for any of the following products:

ANSYS Multiphysics
ANSYS Mechanical
ANSYS Structural
ANSYS PrepPost
ANSYS Academic Associate
ANSYS Academic Research
ANSYS Academic Teaching Advanced
ANSYS Academic Teaching Mechanical

Other versions of the ANSYS program do not support UPFs.

5.1. What Are UPFs?

User programmable features are ANSYS capabilities you can use to write your own routines. Using UPFs, you
can tailor the ANSYS program to your organization's needs. For instance, you may need to define a new material
behavior, a special element, or a modified failure criterion for composites.You can even write your own design
optimization algorithm that calls the entire ANSYS program as a subroutine.

UPFs provide the following capabilities:

To read information into or fetch information from the ANSYS database, you can create subroutines and
either link them into the ANSYS program or use them in the external command feature (see Appendix A:,
Creating External Commands in UNIX for more information about external commands). If you link these
subroutines into ANSYS, you are limited to 10 database access commands. Such commands, created
through either method, operate at all levels of ANSYS operation, including the begin, preprocessor, gen-
eral postprocessor, time-history postprocessor, and solution levels. For more information about accessing
the ANSYS database, see Chapter 7: Accessing the ANSYS Database.
ANSYS provides a set of routines you can use to specify various types of loads, including BF or BFE loads,
pressures, convections, heat fluxes, and charge densities.These routines are described under Section 6.5:
Routines for Customizing Loads.
Another set of UPF routines enables you to define the following material properties: plasticity, creep,
swelling law, viscoplasticity, hyperelasticity, and layered element failure criteria.To see inputs and outputs
for these routines, see Section 6.4: Routines for Customizing Material Behavior.
Several sets of UPFs enable you to define new elements and to adjust the nodal orientation matrix. See
Section 6.1: Creating a New Element for more information.
Another group of UPFs enables you to modify and monitor existing elements. For details, see Section 6.3:
Routines for Modifying and Monitoring Existing Elements.

You can customize UPF userop to create a custom design optimization routine. For more information,
see Section 6.10: Creating Your Own Optimization Routine.
You can call the ANSYS program as a subroutine in a program you have written.To learn how, see Section 6.6:
Running ANSYS as a Subroutine.

5.2. What You Should Know Before Using UPFs

Before you do anything with linked UPFs, contact your on-site ANSYS system support person to get the permissions
needed to access the appropriate ANSYS files.

The UPF subroutines are written in FORTRAN 90; some extensions are used.They contain comments intended
to give you enough detail to develop your own versions of the subroutines.

User routines that can be modified have the word user in the first line of the routine. Other routines and functions
described in this document that do not have user in the first line cannot be modified and must be used as is.

To use UPFs successfully, you need strong working knowledge of the following:

The ANSYS program.

The UPF subroutines themselves. Study the UPF subroutines before customizing them, and make sure
that you fully understand the subroutines, as well as any applicable functions. Unless you review them
carefully, a few UPF subroutines may seem like a maze with many logic paths to consider.You may have
to set special variables correctly in order to run your customized ANSYS program without errors. Even if
you have in-depth knowledge of the ANSYS input and your desired outputs, you still need to ensure that
everything that needs to be done in the UPF subroutines is done properly in your custom version.
FORTRAN 90. Besides knowing how to write FORTRAN 90 subroutines, you must be sure that the level of
the FORTRAN 90 compiler is as least as high as the level mentioned in your ANSYS installation manual.
You also need to know what to do should the computer abort the program due to an arithmetic error, a
file read error, a memory access error, and so on.
The mathematics of the phenomenon you are planning to include.

Important
UPFs are not available or will behave unpredictably in certain data center environments or on some
hardware configurations.You should take special care when using UPFs on parallel systems.You should
never use the /CONFIG command or a config.ans file to activate parallelization on a system with UPFs.
For additional information, consult your ANSYS installation manual or your on-site ANSYS system support
person
Carefully consider whether you wish to use UPFs, especially if you are linking them into ANSYS (rather
than into a shared library for use as external commands). When you add your own routines to ANSYS by
either method, you are creating a customized, site-dependent version of the program. ANSYS, Inc. considers
the use of UPFs a nonstandard use of the program, one that the ANSYS Quality Assurance verification
testing program does not cover.Therefore, you are responsible for verifying that the results produced
are accurate and that your customizations do not adversely affect unchanged areas of the ANSYS program.
Although the flexibility that UPFs offer can be highly attractive, UPF usage is a complicated process that
can introduce errors. Consider what you want your customizations to accomplish.You may be able to
customize ANSYS more easily and safely with macros than with UPFs.

For other guidelines for nonstandard uses of the ANSYS program, see the Advanced Analysis Techniques Guide.

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
102 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
5.6. Developing UPFs: a Suggested Strategy

5.3. Planning Your UPFs

UPFs can range from a simple element output routine for customized output to a complex user optimization.
Before you start programming, ask yourself these questions:

Does the capability you want already exist in the ANSYS program? Remember, a capability may not be
obvious at first, especially to a novice ANSYS user.
Does your proposed subroutine fit into the ANSYS program architecture and specifications? For example,
you can not program a user element that has more than 32 degrees of freedom per node.

Use your experience and judgment to answer these questions. If you need help to do so, consult your ANSYS
Support Distributor. If you can respond "no" to both questions, then the user routine you are planning will be
both useful and feasible.

5.4. Studying the ANSYS User Routines

Your ANSYS distribution medium contains the source codes for all user routines:

If you have a UNIX version of ANSYS, the source code for the UPF routines resides in directory /an-
sys_inc/v110/ansys/customize/user/<platform>.
If you are running the ANSYS program under Windows, the UPF source code resides in directory Program
Files\Ansys Inc\V110\ansys\custom\user\<platform>.

Most of the user routines have at least simple functionality, so print out the routines of interest before you start
programming. All source routines are concatenated onto file user.f or user.for. Delete the routines you
do not want and make appropriate changes to the others.

5.5. Programming in Languages Other than FORTRAN

If you access UPFs by compiling and linking a custom version of ANSYS, the preferred method is to design and
program your custom routine in FORTRAN 90. Although you can use languages other than FORTRAN 90, in each
case FORTRAN 90 must provide the interface to the rest of the ANSYS program. If you do use a language other
than FORTRAN 90, such as the C programming language, your code may require a FORTRAN shell.

You need to take care when calling FORTRAN subroutines from C subroutines.You must use the symbol associated
with the FORTRAN subroutine when invoking the subroutine from a C function.This symbol typically differs
slightly from the FORTRAN subroutine name, and is extremely system dependent.

On many UNIX systems, you build this symbol name by taking the FORTRAN subroutine name, converting it to
lower case, and appending an underscore. For example, the symbol name for the FORTRAN subroutine
HeapInquire would be heapinquire_.You would have to use the symbol heapinquire_ in the invoking C
function to avoid an unsatisfied external reference when the program is linked.

Keep in mind that the instance described above is just an example. Compilers from different vendors may construct
the symbols differently. Please consult the manuals for your specific compiler for information on how to call
FORTRAN subroutines from C functions.

5.6. Developing UPFs: a Suggested Strategy

When developing UPFs by compiling and linking a custom version of ANSYS, you can avoid problems and reduce
debugging time by following a gradual, orderly process. Start with a trivial test.Then, add a few changes at a
time so that if something goes wrong, the error that caused the problem should be isolated and relatively easy
to locate.

The example procedure below illustrates this type of gradual process.The example assumes that you are creating
a new element for the ANSYS program using the method described in Section 6.1.2: Creating a New Element by
Directly Accessing the ANSYS Database.You develop and test it by performing these steps:

1. Get the applicable element subroutines for uel101 from the ANSYS distribution medium. Add a small
change (such as a misspelling in an output heading), then compile and link the subroutines.
2. Using a production version of the ANSYS program, run several analysis problems using LINK8 (and maybe
other elements) to form a base for comparison.
3. Replacing LINK8 with USER101, run the same problem on your custom version of ANSYS.
4. Compare the results from Steps 2 and 3. If they show discrepancies other than the misspelled output
heading, resolve them before you go on to Step 5.
5. Choose the standard ANSYS element that most closely resembles your new custom element, and run
some problems on a production version of ANSYS using that element.
6. Modify the element subroutines to match the element you chose in Step 5.Then, compile and link those
subroutines into a custom version of ANSYS.
7. Again, compare the results from Steps 5 and 6. If they don't match, resolve the discrepancies before
moving on to Step 8.
8. Modify your element subroutines to include the features you want.Then, compile and link the subroutines
into a custom version of ANSYS.
9. Test the changes with a series of increasingly complex problems for which you already know the answers.

5.7. Include Decks

In addition to the subroutines and functions described in this chapter, most of the include decks (files with the
extension .inc) used by ANSYS are on your ANSYS distribution medium.These include decks, also called com-
mons, contain important but relatively small amounts of data.The ANSYS program also handles large amounts
of data using various access routines (GET and PUT), as described elsewhere in this manual.

To insert include decks in a subroutine or function, use the INCLUDE (or an analogous) statement. Do not modify
an include deck under any circumstances.The following table lists some of the more commonly used ANSYS include
files and the definitions they contain:

Include File Description

acelcm.inc Contains accelerations and angular velocities
ansys- Defines general ANSYS parameters.You must include this com-
def.inc mon to retrieve the parameter values of MEM_INTEGER,
MEM_DOUBLE, MEM_COMPLEX, or MEM_REAL.
cmopt.inc Contains optimization variables
echprm.inc Defines parameters for element characteristics
elccmt.inc Defines element characteristics (comments only)
elecom.inc Contains element-specific information
elparm.inc Defines pointers for the element data array
elucom.inc Defines the element degree of freedom pointers
etycom.inc Element type data
impcom.inc Used by all routines and functions in the ANSYS program
outpcm.inc Defines output control information
soptcm.inc Contains solution options and keys

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
104 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
5.9. Compiling and Linking UPFs on UNIX Systems

Include File
Description
stack.inc Defines stack storage.You must include this common in any
routines that access stack space.
stepcm.inc Contains load step information
usvrcm.inc Defines storage of user-defined variables

5.8. Linking User Routines

After you make your changes to the user routines supplied on your ANSYS distribution medium, you can either:

Link your routines into shared libraries (as discussed starting in Appendix A:, Creating External Commands
in UNIX).
Compile and link your custom routines into the ANSYS program itself.This is discussed for UNIX systems
in Section 5.9: Compiling and Linking UPFs on UNIX Systems and for Windows systems in Section 5.10: Com-
piling and Linking UPFs on Windows Systems.You may need superuser or root privileges to run the procedure
that does the linking.

5.9. Compiling and Linking UPFs on UNIX Systems

As mentioned previously, the source files for the user routines reside in subdirectory /ansys_inc/v110/an-
sys/customize/user/<platform>. If you modify any of these subroutines, select the Relink ANSYS option
from ANS_ADMIN utility to link these changes.

When you run a user-linked version of the ANSYS program, the ANSYS output will include the following:
NOTE: This ANSYS version was linked by Licensee

The Relink ANSYS option compiles all FORTRAN files (files ending with .F) and all C files (files ending with .c)
in the current working directory.The procedure then loads all object files (files ending with .o) along with the
default ANSYS objects and libraries in /ansys_inc/v110/ansys/customize/user/<platform> (where
platform is a directory that uniquely identifies the hardware platform version).The new executable file created
will be named ansyscust.e110 and will reside in the current directory.

FORTRAN files are assumed to be FORTRAN 90 (some extensions are allowed), and C files are assumed to be
ANSI C.

When relinking on UNIX systems, you can choose to link a distributed version of ANSYS as well. If you choose to
link a distributed version, the executable (ansyscustdis.e110) must reside in the same directory path on
all systems. However, you need to link it on only one system; you can then copy the executable to the other
systems.You cannot link a distributed version on Windows systems.

The Installation and Configuration Guide lists the compilers you will need to use UPFs.

Creating a Shared Library You can also set up UPFs on some UNIX and Linux systems through a shared library
as an alternative to creating a custom ANSYS executable. Copy the ANSUSERSHARED script from /an-
sys_inc/v110/ansys/customize/user/<platform> into your working directory. All Fortran (*.F)
and C (*.c) files that you want to include in your shared library should also reside in your working directory.To
compile all *.F and *.c routines, issue the following command:
sh ./ANSUSERSHARED

If the compile was successful, you will be asked if a shared file is to be created. Choose Yes to create a shared
library named libansuser.so (or .sl).

To use this library, set the ANS_USER_PATH environment variable to point to the working directory where the
libansuser shared library resides. Use one of the following commands, depending on the UNIX shell you are
using:
setenv ANS_USER_PATH workingdirectory

or
export ANS_USER_PATH=workingdirectory

When you run a user-linked version of the ANSYS program, the ANSYS output will echo the value of
ANS_USER_PATH and will include the following:
NOTE: This ANSYS version was linked by Licensee

To return to the original version of ANSYS, unset the ANS_USER_PATH environment variable.

ANSYS recommends using the ANSUSERSHARED script as a template to try compilers that are not supported
by ANSYS, Inc., such as the GNU compilers.To do so, edit the ANSUSERSHARED script, making changes to the
appropriate platform logic. Note that if you do use compilers other than those listed in the ANSYS Installation
and Configuration Guides, you will need to debug (i.e., find missing libraries, unsatisfied externals, etc.) them
yourself. ANSYS, Inc. does not provide assistance for customers using unsupported compilers or if the resulting
objects are not compatible with the ANSYS executable(s) as distributed.

Note

This shared library method is not available on Windows or IBM platforms.

5.10. Compiling and Linking UPFs on Windows Systems

As mentioned previously, the source files for the user routines reside in subdirectory Program Files\Ansys
Inc\V110\ansys\custom\user\<platform> (where <platform> is a directory that uniquely identifies
the hardware platform version.)

Note

If you intend to modify any of the user routines, make a duplicate copy of the Program
Files\Ansys Inc\V110\ansys\custom\user\<platform> directory to preserve the
original files for later use, if necessary.

If you modify any of these subroutines, select the Relink ANSYS option from the ANS_ADMIN utility to link
these changes into the ANSYS program.This procedure compiles all FORTRAN files (files ending with .F) and
all C files (files ending with .c) in the Program Files\Ansys Inc\V110\ansys\custom\user\<plat-
form> directory.The procedure then loads all object files (files ending with .obj), along with the default ANSYS
objects and libraries.The executable file created will be named ansys.exe and will reside in Program
Files\Ansys Inc\V110\ansys\custom\user\<platform>.

Note

ANS_ADMIN does not exist on Windows 64-bit systems. In order to relink on Itanium systems, you
must open a command prompt window, set your current directory to Program Files\Ansys
Inc\V110\ansys\custom\user\win64, and run ANSCUST.

When relinking on a Windows system, you can choose to link with the small export list (Do you want to link with
the small export list?).

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
106 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
5.11. Activating UPFs

Answer No to link ANSYS with all symbols exported (which may be required by third party interfaces).
The link time will be significantly longer.The ANSYS executable provided on the media is linked using
this option, and ANSYS recommends that you select this option.
Answer Yes to link ANSYS with the minimum amount of symbols needed to be exported for ANSYS to
run. Select this option for the fastest link time.

Caution

When creating a custom ANSYS executable, the executable must be named ansys.exe.This re-
quirement is due to shared library usage.

After relinking the ANSYS executable, the program can be executed by either of the following two methods:

1. To execute the relinked version of the ANSYS program:

Click Start>Programs>ANSYS 11.0> ANSYS Product Launcher
In the launcher, select the Customization/Preferences tab, then browse to the path which contains
the relinked ansys.exe. Select other desired options then pick Run to execute the customized
ansys.exe.
2. To execute the relinked ansys.exe from a Command Prompt window, use one of the following com-
mands.
Interactive:
ansys110 -custom <path> -p <product variable> -g

Batch:
ansys110 -custom <path> -b -p <product variable>-j jobname -i <input file> -o <output file>

where path indicates the full path to the relinked ansys.exe.

Note

Output from a user-linked version will contain the following statement:

This ANSYS version was linked by Licensee

Note

You will need all the compilers specified in the Installation and Configuration Guide to use these
user programmable features.The user programmable features are loaded onto the system only if
you perform a custom installation and choose to install the customization tools.

5.11. Activating UPFs

The ANSYS program activates many UPFs through a specific user action.This can be through a command option
or a user selection. For example, to activate a user element created using the method described in Section 6.1.2:
Creating a New Element by Directly Accessing the ANSYS Database, all you need to do is select it as one of the element
types in a model (using the ET command).You then set the element attribute pointer (TYPE command), and
define elements using the solid modeling or direct generation method.

UPFs that are not activated by the means described above must be activated by either of the following methods:

Issuing the USRCAL command

Choosing menu path Main Menu>Preprocessor>Loads>-Load Step Opts->Other>User Routines or

Main Menu>Solution>-Load Step Opts->Other>User Routines.

To activate or deactivate the routines, issue the command USRCAL,Rnam1, ...Rnam9, where Rnam1 and Rnam9
are the names of specific routines.You can specify up to nine routines with one USRCAL command, or you can
issue multiple USRCAL commands.

Issue the command USRCAL,NONE to deactivate all valid user subroutines.To list the status of the routines, issue
the command USRCAL,STAT.

For a list of the user routines that the USRCAL command (or its equivalent menu paths) affects, see the USRCAL
command description in the Commands Reference.

If you do not activate the UPFs in this manner, standard ANSYS logic will be used by default. For instance, when
you apply a convection load, standard ANSYS logic is the default even if you have a user convection routine
linked in.The user convection routine must be activated by the USRCAL command or its menu equivalent.

5.12. Running Your Custom Executable

You can run a custom executable from the Customization/Preferences tab of the launcher:

Enter the full pathname to the custom executable in the ANSYS Custom Exe field. Do not include the -custom
argument.

When run from the command prompt, if no path is specified after the -custom argument, the ansys110 script
searches the current working directory for the custom ANSYS executable (ansyscust.e110 by default on
UNIX or ansys.exe on Windows). If the custom ANSYS executable resides in a separate directory (or has a
name other than ansyscust.e110 on UNIX), you can specify a different path and filename after the -custom
argument.

Caution

If you are running on a Windows system and you create a custom ANSYS executable, the executable
must be named ansys.exe.This requirement is due to shared library usage.

On UNIX, you can also run your custom executable via command line.
ansys110 -custom /pathname/ansyscust.e110

5.13. Verifying Your Routines

After compiling and linking your new user routine, test and verify it using whatever procedures you think are
adequate. Remember, verifying that your customized version of the ANSYS program works properly is your re-
sponsibility.

Make certain that your custom version of the ANSYS program performs correctly for the combinations of elements,
analysis types, materials, boundary conditions, and so on. that you plan to use. Confirm that the logic you intro-
duced is correct and does not produce any unwanted side effects.

In testing your custom user routines, you also should verify that the changes you have made do not affect
standard, non-customized ANSYS features.To do so, you can compare the results of a set of problems from the
Verification Manual run on the standard version and on the customized version. Input for these problems is also
available on your ANSYS distribution medium.

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
108 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
5.14.2. Debugging Elements and Solutions

Always remember: your last step, a series of steps, or even your concept may be wrong. Proceed in clear steps,
and verify your work as often as possible. Keep intermediate versions of your modified source code on backup
media.

Note

If you contact your site's ANSYS system support person or any ANSYS, Inc. representative about the
performance of a custom version of ANSYS, always tell him or her explicitly that you are using a user
programmable feature. If you feel that an error exists in an unrelated feature of the ANSYS program,
demonstrate the suspected error in an non-customized, production version of the program before
you report the error to an ANSYS. Inc. representative.

5.14. Debugging Commands

To debug errors in your user routines, you can use commands and other features not documented in the Com-
mands Reference. Use these commands only for extremely small models with few solution iterations (otherwise,
they will generate an excessive amount of output). /TRACK and /DEBUG are described in detail below.Two
other useful commands are OUTEQ and /NERR.The command OUTEQ,ON can be used to output results from
all equilibrium iterations.The command /NERR,,,-1 causes errors to be reported as before, but the run continues
anyway, normally terminating with either a) system abort or b) incorrect answers.The /NERR,,,-1 command is
intended for program debugging and may generate erroneous results.You should remove this statement before
generating solutions for production use.

5.14.1. Tracking the Path of Program Logic

The /TRACK command issues a message when the program logic enters and leaves some of the higher level
subroutines. Subroutines TrackBegin and TrackEnd (see Chapter 8: Subroutines for Users' Convenience) set
up the /TRACK command.Then, issue the command using the format below
/TRACK,MonLevel,PrintLevel,SumLevel

MonLevel
The level for timing monitoring.
PrintLevel
The level for enter/exit printout.
SumLevel
The level at which the timing sum is output.

Each of these arguments can be any value between 0 and 9 (default is 0).

You can use the /TRACK command to identify which section of code is causing the program to abort. For example,
to flag up to eight levels of subroutines to determine when the program logic enters and leaves them, you would
issue the command /TRACK,,8.

5.14.2. Debugging Elements and Solutions

The /DEBUG command generates debugging at various points in the output.You can specify one of three formats
for /DEBUG: solution debug format, element debug format, and general debug format.

5.14.2.1. Solution Debug Format

Issue the command using this format:

/DEBUG,-1,F1,F2,F3,F4,F5,F6,F7,F8,F9

F1
1 (provides basic solution control debugging)
F2
1 (provides transient debugging using Newmark constants)

2 (provides transient debugging using velocities and accelerations)

F3
1 (provides element matrix debugging and prints matrix + load vectors, before going into solve)

2 (provides element matrix debugging with load vectors only, before going into solve)

3 (provides element matrix debugging with matrix diagonals and load vectors, before going into solve)
F4
1 (provides auto time stepping debugging)
F5
1 (provides multifield debugging)
F6
1 (provides arc-length debugging)
F7
1 (provides basic Newton-Raphson debugging)

2 (provides Newton-Raphson debugging and prints out-of-balance forces or incremental displacement or

each DOF)

3 (provides Newton-Raphson debugging and prints applied loads and n-r restoring force for each DOF)
F8
1,2 (provides displacement vector debugging with displacement pointers)

2 (provides displacement vector debugging with incremental displacement)

3 (provides displacement vector debugging with contact database)

F9
1 (provides temporary programmer debugging)

5.14.2.2. Element Debug Format

Issue the command using this format:

/DEBUG,-3,G1,G2,G3,G4,G5,G6,G7,G8,G9

G1
1 (provides basic element pass debugging)
G2
1 (provides element displacement and coordinate debugging)
G3
1 (provides element matrix debugging and prints matrix + load vectors, after the element routines)

2 (provides element matrix debugging with load vectors only, after the element routines)

3 (provides element matrix debugging with matrix diagonals and load vectors, after the element routines)

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
110 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
5.15. Other Useful Commands

G4
1 (provides element load information debugging)
G5
1 (provides element real constant debugging)
G6
1 (provides element saved variable debugging)
G7
1 (provides element material property debugging with linear material properties)

2 (provides element material property debugging with nonlinear properties)

G8
1,2 (provides element nonlinear debugging with plasticity)

2 (provides element nonlinear debugging with large deformation)

3 (provides element nonlinear debugging with contact database)

G9
1 (provides temporary programmer debugging)

5.14.2.3. General Debug Format

Issue the command using this format:

/DEBUG,H1,H2,,H4,H5,,,,H9

H1
1 (provides file header record information)

2 (provides input line (character))

3 (provides input line (decoded))

H2
1 (provides wavefront reordering and element checking debugging)

2 (provides meshing debugging)

H4
1 (provides nodal coordinate system transformation debugging)

2 (provides displacement updating debugging)

H5
1 (provides pre-element debugging, element characteristics debugging, and element field load debugging)
H9
-1 (print the progress of the resume (or save) to isolate location of failure)

-99 (resume only the command log information for subsequent LGWRITE command)

5.15. Other Useful Commands

Two other ANSYS commands, NSVR and /UCMD, can help you implement UPFs. (Neither command has an
equivalent GUI path.) Use the NSVR command to define the number of extra variables that need to be saved for
user programmable element options, such as user plasticity.

Issue the /UCMD command to make a user routine into a custom command. For more information, see Section 6.7:
Defining Your Own Commands.

5.16. Generating Output

You can generate output controlled by the /OUTPUT command by using the FORTRAN write statement.The
output unit for this statement is usually called IOTT. IOTT may be defined with the function wrinqr. See the
discussion on the function wrinqr in Chapter 8: Subroutines for Users' Convenience for more details.

5.17. Reading Large Data Files More Rapidly

When files containing ANSYS-related data are large, loading them into the ANSYS program or writing them out
to an external file can be a slow process. For example, consider an ANSYS problem file which contains nearly
462,000 lines, 150,000 of which contain nodal data and 97,383 of them containing data for elements. Because
many of the lines in this file are in command format, the ANSYS program spends a lot of time reading it.

You can shorten the time ANSYS takes to read such files by including two commands in your programs, UPFs,
or macros: EBLOCK and NBLOCK.The NBLOCK command converts nodal data into fixed format data blocks
(which ANSYS can read more quickly than commands).The EBLOCK command places element data into a fixed
format block, one line per element.These commands also compress displacement constraint data to one line
per constraint node. See Chapter 3: Using CDREAD and CDWRITE in the Guide to Interfacing with ANSYS for more
information on the use of these commands.

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
112 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Chapter 6: UPF Routines and Functions
This chapter describes the various routines, functions, and commands that allow you to customize the ANSYS
program for your specific purpose.The first portion of the each routine or function (consisting of comment lines)
is shown in most cases.

User routines that can be modified have the word user in the first line of the routine. For example, the first line
of the userop routine looks like this:
*deck,userop user

User routines that do not have user in the first line cannot be modified and must be used as is.

6.1. Creating a New Element

ANSYS offers two tools for creating a user-defined element:

The user-defined element API

Direct access to the ANSYS database and files

ANSYS recommends the user-defined element API in most cases.The direct-access method is generally for special-
purpose use only, or if you are already using preexisting elements created with this method.

This table highlights the differences between the two methods:

Interface User-defined element API Accessing ANSYS database and files

directly
Description Offers a simpler interface while preserving No special interface. If an element capab-
much of the underlying user-element ility exists for an ANSYS element, it will
capability. An understanding of the data- exist here (with a few exceptions).The lo-
base routines and the file structure is gic necessary for using this interface effect-
rarely necessary to use the interface. ively is more complex.
Relative level of difficulty Medium High
Expected compatibility High Medium
between versions
Element names USER300 USER100 to USER105
Demonstration logic in- 4-node quad and 20-node brick elements MASS21 and LINK8 elements
cluded on the ANSYS distri-
bution media
Typical linear material ac- getMatProp propev
cess routine
New nonlinear material Program in usermat. No special programming has been set up.
properties
Existing nonlinear material All ANSYS standard structural materials Limited capability. Accessible via plastx,
properties are accessible via ElemGetMat. creepx, and swellx.
Non-structural material No special programming has been imple- No special programming has been imple-
properties mented. mented.
Number of different ele- Effectively, no limit. Effectively, no limit.
ment types allowed

Interface User-defined element API Accessing ANSYS database and files

directly
Element characteristic cap- Input the basic 10 element characteristics Input all 140 element characteristics (using
ability (via the USRELEM and USRDOF com- uec100). Approximately 30 are normally
mands). All other characteristics default used, and the rest default unless required
automatically. for special cases.
Applicable routines to be UserElem uec100,uel100, and rarely uex100 and
programmed uep100. Routines uec101 to uec105
are analogous.
Access to database informa- Generally through the interface. Through routines (such as tmpget,prs-
tion get, svgidx, svrget, svpidx,
svrput).
Access to file information Through the interface. Through pointers and routines (such as
eldwrtL, eldwrnL).
Special features Element convergence criteria None.
Cutback control via element
Capabilities not included Control information unavailable for: Material TB labels PLASTIC, NLISO, AHY-
Birth and death PER, HYPER, PRONY, SHIFT, ELASTIC, ANEL,
Superelement stress pass SDAMP, SMA, CAST, EDP, and GURSON.
Initial stress
Section input
Input of fluences
Swelling

Neither method is supported by Distributed ANSYS.

6.1.1. Creating a New Element via the User-Defined Element API

Following is the general process for creating your own element via the user-defined element API.

Step Description Comments

1. Specify the element Issue the ET and TYPE commands.The name of the element must be USER300.
type.
2. Define your new element Issue the USRELEM command. Specify the element characteristics (such as the
according to the spe- number of nodes, number of dimensions, number of real constants etc.).
cified element type.
3. Specify nodal DOFs. Issue the USRDOF command.You can specify a maximum of 10 DOFs per USRDOF
command; to define additional DOFs, issue the command again.

Each node will have the same DOFs. Although you can specify any valid DOFs,
the total number of DOFs for your element cannot exceed 480, and the number
of DOFs for each node cannot exceed 32.
4. Define real constants. If needed.
5. Create finite element Use either of these methods:
models.
Direct generation -- Create elements directly from nodes, using commands
such as E, EGEN, EN, ENGEN, or EMORE. (You can also use the CDREAD
command if the .cdb file is available.) This method is the only way to create
an element with a topology different from that of any standard ANSYS element.

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
114 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
6.1.1. Creating a New Element via the User-Defined Element API

Meshing commands -- This method is available only if your element has the
same topology as that of a standard ANSYS element and you have specified
any standard element shape (USRELEM KeyShape value) except ANYSHAPE.

6. Apply boundary condi- As needed.

tions and loads.
7. Specify solution options. If your element has multi-field DOFs (displacements and temperatures), disable
default solution settings (SOLCONTROL,OFF).
8. Perform postprocessing. Postprocessing occurs normally as with any other element.

Only total strain (or equivalent quantities such as thermal gradient) and stress (or
equivalent quantities such as thermal flux) are saved as regular result quantities.
Other variables are saved as nonsummable miscellaneous variables in the results
file.

Note

Steps 2 and 3 specify data for the ANSYS user-defined element API. All other steps represent standard
ANSYS features.

Recommendations and Restrictions

The following recommendations and restrictions apply to user-defined element USER300:

Verify that your input data for the USRELEM and USRDOF commands are consistent with the values used
in the UserElem.F code. For example, if the number of dimensions (NDIM) specified via the USRELEM
command is 2, do not change the number of dimensions specified in the UserElem.F routine from 2.
A runtime error or incorrect results can occur if the values do not match.
ANSYS may activate default solution settings automatically according to the USER300 element's DOFs,
but the default solution control settings may not be optimal for your element. If any convergence difficulty
occurs, try disabling the default solution settings (SOLCONTROL,OFF).
The USER300 element does not support ANSYS section (SECxxx) commands. For composite beams and
layered shells, you must input element data via real constants and code the UserElem.F routine accord-
ingly.

6.1.1.1. Subroutine UserElem (Writing Your Own Elements)

The UserElem routine provides an interface to ANSYS code above the element level.The routine passes all
data needed to create a user-defined element and returns all data and results from the element to update the
ANSYS database and files.With this API, you can create virtually any element type without having to access ANSYS
database and files directly.Two examples are included in this routine: a 4-node quadrilateral 2-D element, and
20-node brick structural element, both for geometric linear analysis. Key options (KEYOPT settings) switch the
elements.

The following table shows the input and output arguments, and their definition and usage. Some argument
names (such as those pertaining to element matrices and load vectors) are common to structural analyses;
however, you can specify argument values appropriate to analyses in other engineering disciplines.

Argument Input (I) or Out- Definition Purpose How Defined

put (O)
elId I Element number Output information At FE model cre-
ation

matId I Material number Output information At FE model cre-

Call material routines ation
keyMtx I Formulation request Specifying which ANSYS code
matrices and load vectors
to form
lumpm I Mass matrix format: Specifying how to form LUMPM com-
0 = Consistent mass matrix the mass matrix mand
1 = Lumped mass matrix
nDim I Number of dimensions Element coding
USRELEM com-
mand
nNodes I Number of element nodes Element coding USRELEM com-
mand
Nodes I Element node list Output At FE model cre-
Connectivity ation
nIntPnts I Maximum number of element in- Element coding USRELEM com-
tegration points mand
nUsrDof I Number of element DOFs Element coding -- The USRELEM and
DOFs are ordered in the USRDOF com-
way in which they are lis- mands
ted via the USRDOF
command for each node
and repeated for all
nodes
All element matrices --
DOF values and load
vectors must be arranged
in the same way
kEStress I Element stress state Element coding USRELEM com-
Calling material routines mand
if requested
keyAnsMat I Element formulation key: Specifying how to create USRELEM com-
0 -- Write your own material formu- material data mand
lation
1 -- Use standard ANSYS material
routines and call ElemGetMat
routine
keySym I Flag for symmetricity of element Element coding USRELEM com-
matrices ANSYS assembly logic mand
nKeyOpt I Maximum number of element key Element coding ANSYS code
options allowed
Example: If nKeyOpt = 2, only
KEYOPT(1) and KEYOPT(2) are al-
lowed.
KeyOpt I Element key options Branching the user-ele- ET command
KEYOPT(1) = 0~99 ment codes to different
formulations. (This could
be equivalent to 100 x
100 different types of
elements.)

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
116 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
6.1.1. Creating a New Element via the User-Defined Element API

temper I Nodal temperatures at current Temperature depend- BF and BFE com-

time ence and thermal loads mands (if key-
Shape is spe-
cified in the
UserElem
routine)
temperB I Nodal temperatures at the end of Temperature depend- ANSYS code
the last substep ence and thermal loads
tRef I Reference temperature Temperature depend- TREF command
ence and thermal loads
kTherm I Key indicating whether a thermal Element coding ---
load exists:
1 = Calculate the thermal load
0 = No thermal load calculation
nPress I Number of pressure values Element coding USRELEM com-
The size of the press vec- mand
tor At FE model cre-
ation
Press I Pressures at nodes of element fa- Pressure load and pres- SF and SFE com-
cets (available only when key- sure load stiffness mands
Shape is specified via the US-
RELEM command)
The pressure vector is ordered in
the element with the same topo-
logy as that in the standard ele-
ment library. Refer to that element
for details.
kPress I Key indicating whether a pressure Element coding ANSYS code
load exists:
1 = Calculate the pressure load
0 = No pressure load calculation
nReal I Number of real constants Element coding USRELEM com-
mand
RealConst I The list of real constants Element coding R command
Can pass material proper-
ties, section/layer inform-
ation, element material
control, and any element
data
nSaveVars I The number of variables saved in Element coding USRELEM com-
the .esav file for the element The size of saveVars mand
saveVars I/O The data saved in the .esav file Element coding UserElem
ANSYS saves the data after exiting routine
the UserElem routine and re-
trieves it immediately before enter-
ing UserElem again. It should
include kinematic related variables
only when the ANSYS material
routine is called; otherwise, it
should include both kinematic and

material data. History dependent

variables can only be saved/up-
dated when the substep is con-
verged (keyHisUpd = 1).
xRef I Initial coordinates of the element Element coding At FE model cre-
nodes ation
Values in global Cartesian coordin-
ates
xCur I Current (deformed) coordinates Element coding ANSYS code
of element nodes
Values in global Cartesian coordin-
ate system, equal to xRef when
nlgeom = off
TotValDofs I Total values of DOFs (displace- Element coding ANSYS code
ments for structural analysis)
Values in global Cartesian coordin-
ate system
IncValDofs I Increment values of DOFs occur- Element coding ANSYS code
ring at the current substeps
Values in global Cartesian coordin-
ate system
ItrValDofs I Iteration values of DOFs occurring Element coding ANSYS code
at the last iteration
Values in global Cartesian coordin-
ate system
VelValDofs I First time derivatives of DOFs Velocities ANSYS code
AccValDofs I Second time derivatives of DOFs Accelerations ANSYS code
kfstps I Key indicating first time entering Initializing data ANSYS code
the element routine:
1 = First time
0 = Other than first time
nlgeom I Flag indicating whether large dis- Element coding NLGEOM com-
placement/deformation is in effect mand
nrkey I Newton-Raphson algorithm key: Output ---
1 -- Any nonlinear analysis Element coding
0 -- Pure linear analysis
outkey I Key indicating output result type: Element coding ANSYS code
1 -- This is an output call, the sub-
step is converged, and you can
print/save element results
0 -- All other cases
elPrint I Key indicating whether any ele- Element coding ANSYS code
ment output should appear in the OUTPR com-
print file: mand
0 = No
1 = Yes
iott I Output file number The FORTRAN output file ANSYS code
number. All information
written in the specified

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
118 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
6.1.1. Creating a New Element via the User-Defined Element API

file appears in the ANSYS

output file.
keyHisUpd I Key to update history-dependent Element coding ANSYS code
variables:
1 = The substep converged; ready
to update history-dependent
variables (such as equivalent
plastic strain)
0 = Solution not yet converged;
cannot update history-dependent
variables
The following variables are for debug, timing, and convergence-control purposes only. You can usually
ignore them.
ldstep I Current load step number Output ANSYS code
Debug
isubst I Current substep number Output ANSYS code
ieqitr I Current iteration number Output ANSYS code
timval I Current time Output ANSYS code
keyEleErr I/O Formulation error key: Element coding ANSYS code
0 = No error (preset value)
1 = Error occurred in element for-
mulation, possibly due to excess-
ive deformation. (ANSYS will
lessen deformation if possible by
cutback.)
keyEleCnv I/O Element convergence key: Provides manual control ANSYS code
1 = Converged (preset value be- of convergence when
fore calling) you introduce any con-
0 = Not converged straint at the element
level (such as volumetric
constraint for mixed u-P)
End of special-purpose variable group
eStiff I Small-deformation stiffness matrix Solution Requested when
In global Cartesian coordinate keyMtx(1) = 1
system
eMass I Mass matrix Solution Requested when
In global Cartesian coordinate keyMtx(2) = 1
system
eDamp I Damping matrix Solution Requested when
In global Cartesian coordinate keyMtx(3) = 1
system
eSStiff I Stress stiffness matrix Solution Requested when
In global Cartesian coordinate keyMtx(4) = 1
system
fExt O External load vector Solution Requested when
In global Cartesian coordinate keyMtx(5) = 1
system
fInt O Internal nodal force vector Solution Requested when
In global Cartesian coordinate keyMtx(6) = 1
system

elVol O Element volume Output UserElem

routine
elMass O Element mass Output UserElem
routine
elCG O Element centroid coordinates Postprocessing UserElem
In global Cartesian coordinate routine
system
nRsltBsc I Number of basic result data saved Specifying the size of ANSYS code
in result file RsltBsc
RsltBsc O Basic result data saved in ANSYS Postprocessing UserElem
result file routine
This variable is accessible via the
PRESOL and PRNSOL commands
in the standard way and can also
be plotted if you specify a Key-
Shape value via the USRELEM
command.
nRsltVar I The number of result data to be Specifying the size of USRELEM com-
saved in the result file as non- RsltVar mand
summable miscellaneous variables
RsltVar O The result data saved in the result Postprocessing UserElem
file as non-summable miscel- routine
laneous variables
The data is accessible via the
PLESOL command only, but only
one value for an element each
time
nElEng I Number of energies Solution UserElem
Fixed at 3 routine
elEnergy O Element energy vector: Output UserElem
elEnergy(1) -- Strain energy routine
elEnergy(2) -- Plastic energy
elEnergy(3) -- Creep energy

*deck,UserElem user
subroutine UserElem (elId, matId, keyMtx, lumpm, nDim, nNodes,
& Nodes, nIntPnts, nUsrDof, kEStress,
& keyAnsMat, keySym, nKeyOpt, KeyOpt,
& temper, temperB, tRef, kTherm,
& nPress, Press, kPress, nReal, RealConst,
& nSaveVars, saveVars, xRef, xCur,
& TotValDofs, IncValDofs, ItrValDofs,
& VelValDofs, AccValDofs,
& kfstps, nlgeom, nrkey, outkey, elPrint, iott,
& keyHisUpd, ldstep, isubst, ieqitr, timval,
& keyEleErr, keyEleCnv,
& eStiff, eMass, eDamp, eSStiff,
& fExt, fInt, elVol, elMass, elCG,
& nRsltBsc, RsltBsc, nRsltVar, RsltVar,
& nElEng, elEnergy)
&
c*************************************************************************
c
c *** Primary function: General User Element Subroutine
c *** Note:
c This routine is completed with an example, see more details later.

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
120 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
6.1.1. Creating a New Element via the User-Defined Element API

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c
c PROGRAMMER SHOULD NOT CHANGE ANY PURE INPUT ARGUMENTS (marked by ....,in)!
c
c elId (int,sc,in) element number
c matId (int,sc,in) material number of this element
c keyMtx (int,ar(10),in) matrix and load vector form requests
c 0 = not requested, 1 = requested
c see below for more details
c lumpm (int,sc,in) mass matrix format
c = 0 no lumped mass matrix
c = 1 lumped mass matrix
c nDim (int,sc,in) number of dimensions of the problem
c (defined on USRELEM command as NDIM)
c = 2 2D
c = 3 3D
c nNodes (int,sc,in) number of nodes of the element
c (defined on USRELEM command as NNODES)
c Nodes (int,ar(nNodes),in)node list of this element
c nIntPnts (int,sc,in) maximum number of integration points
c (defined on USRELEM command as NINTPNTS)
c nUsrDof (int,sc,in) number of DOFs of this element (matrix and
c load vector size)
c kEStress (int,sc,in) kEStress
c (defined on USRELEM command as KESTRESS)
c keyAnsMat (int,sc,in) key to indicate if ANSYS material
c routine is going to be called
c (defined on USRELEM command as KEYANSMAT)
c = 0, No
c = 1, Yes
c keySym (int,sc,in) key to indicate if element matrices
c is symmetric
c (defined on USRELEM command as KEYSYM)
c = 0, symmetric
c = 1, unsymmetric
c nKeyOpt (int,sc,in) number of element key options able to be
c used in this routine
c KeyOpt (int,ar(nKeyOpt),in) values of element key option defined
c by et or keyopt command for the
c user elements, only the first
c nKeyOpt values are passed in and can
c be used to branch the routine for
c different formulations
c temper (dp,ar(nNodes),in) nodal temperatures at current time
c temperB (dp,ar(nNodes),in) nodal temperatures at the beginning of this
c incremental step (substep)
c tRef (dp,sc,in) reference temperature
c kTherm (int,sc,inout) input: flag for thermal loading
c = 1, Temperatures at nodes are different
c from the reference temperature,
c thermal loading might be needed.
c = 0, Temperatures at nodes are the same
c as the reference temperature,
c thermal loading is not needed.
c output: flag for thermal strains
c nPress (int,sc,in) number of pressure values for this element
c Press (dp,ar(nPress),in) applied elemental face load (pressure)
c kPress (int,sc,in) flag for pressure loading
c = 1, pressure load is applied and
c equivalent nodal forces should be
c calculated
c = 0, no pressure loading
c nReal (int,sc,in) number of real constants
c (defined on USRELEM command as NREAL)
c RealConst (dp,ar(nReal),in) user defined real constants
c nSaveVars (int,sc,in) number of saved variables
c (defined on USRELEM command as NSAVEVARS)
c saveVars (dp,ar(nSaveVars),inout) user saved variables
c xRef (dp,ar(nDim,nNodes),in)
c nodal coordinates in initial configuration
c xCur (dp,ar(nDim,nNodes),in)
c nodal coordinates in current configuration

c TotValDofs (dp,ar(nUsrDof),in) total values of DOFs (displacements)

c from time = 0
c IncValDofs (dp,ar(nUsrDof),in) incremental values of DOFs (displacements)
c for the current step
c ItrValDofs (dp,ar(nUsrDof),in) iterative values of DOFs (displacements)
c for the current iteration
c (normally needed for debug only)
c VelValDofs (dp,ar(nUsrDof),in) first time derivatives of DOFs
c (velocities) (normally not needed)
c AccValDofs (dp,ar(nUsrDof),in) second time derivatives of DOFs
c (accelerations) (normally not needed)
c kfstps (int,sc,in) key for the first iteration of first
c substep of the first load step
c = 1 yes
c = 0 no
c nlgeom (int,sc,in) large deformation key [from nlgeom command]
c = 0 NLGEOM,OFF
c = 1 NLGEOM, ON
c nrkey (int,sc,in) key to indicate a newton-raphson
c (incremental) procedure
c = 0 No
c = 1 Yes
c outkey (int,sc,in) key to indicate if any element output is
c to be placed on the print file or the
c result file
c = 0 No
c = 1 Yes
c elPrint (int,sc,in) key to indicate if any element output is
c to be placed on the print file
c = 0 No
c = 1 Yes
c iott (int,sc,in) print output file unit number
c keyHisUpd (int,sc,in) key to indicate if history-dependent
c variables need to be updated, like
c equivalent plastic strain, back stress
c etc. since the iteration is already
c converged
c = 0 not converged, don't need to update
c history dependent variables
c = 1 yes, converged, need to update
c history dependent variables
c
c --- The following 7 variable group can usually be ignored.
c --- The variables are used for debug, timing, and convergence control.
c ldstep (int,sc,in) current load step number
c isubst (int,sc,in) current substep number
c ieqitr (int,sc,in) current equilibium iteration number
c timval (int,sc,in) current time value
c keyEleErr (int,sc,inout) key to indicate if there is any element
c formulation error, like negative Jacobian.
c The error could be caused by too
c large incremental step, illegal model.
c = 0 no error (preset value before calling)
c = 1 some error happens. ANSYS will
c decide to stop the analysis or cutback
c the substep (bi-section) based on other
c user input and information at higher
c level.
c keyEleCnv (int,sc,inout) key to flag if this element satisfies
c the user defined element convergence
c criterion.
c = 1, yes, the criterion is satisfied
c or don't have any criterion at all
c it is preset value before calling
c = 0, no, the element doesn't satisfy
c element convergence criterion. If
c this is the case, the iteration will
c not converge even when both force
c and displacement converge
c ---- end of 7 variable group -----
c
c requested if

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
122 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
6.1.1. Creating a New Element via the User-Defined Element API

c eStiff(dp,ar(nUsrDof,nUsrDof),inout) stiffness matrix keyMtx(1)=1

c eMass (dp,ar(nUsrDof,nUsrDof),inout) mass matrix keyMtx(2)=1
c eDamp (dp,ar(nUsrDof,nUsrDof),inout) damping matrix keyMtx(3)=1
c eSStiff(dp,ar(nUsrDof,nUsrDof),inout)stress stiffness matrix keyMtx(4)=1
c fExt (dp,ar(nUsrDof),out) applied f vector keyMtx(5)=1
c fInt (dp,ar(nUsrDof),out) internal force vector keyMtx(6)=1

c elVol (dp,sc,out) element volume

c elMass (dp,sc,out) element mass
c elCG (dp,ar(3),out) element centroid coordinates in current
c configuration
c nRsltBsc (dp,sc,in) number of basic elemental results saved in
c result files
c RsltBsc (dp,ar(nRsltBsc),out) basic elemental results
c (see EXPLANATION below)
c nRsltVar (int,sc,in) number of elemental results saved in
c result file as non-summable miscellaneous
c variables
c (defined on USRELEM command as NRSLTVAR)
c RsltVar (dp,ar(nRsltVar),out) variables to saved in result files as
c non-summable miscellaneous variables
c requested when outkey = 1
c
c nElEng (int,sc,in) number of energies (fixed at 3)
c
c elEnergy (dp,ar(nElEng),out) elemental energy
c elEnergy(1), element strain energy
c elEnergy(2), element plastic strain energy
c elEnergy(3), element creep strain energy
c
c EXPLANATION OF RsltBsc
c
c Basic element results are saved and total number of result
c quantities is nRsltBsc, where:
c nRsltBsc = (7+7)* number of corner nodes at one element.
c To process the quantites by post processing properly, the results
c must be in the following order:
c 1.) Stresses: Sx Sy Sz Sxy Syz Sxz Seqv at all corner points,
c followed by:
c 2.) Strains : Ex Ey Ez Exy Eyz Exz Eeqv at all corner points
c where Seqv and Eeqv = equivalent stress and strain respectively
c
c

6.1.1.2. Subroutine ElemGetMat (Calling the ANSYS Standard Structural Material Library)

The ElemGetMat routine is the API to the ANSYS materials. When you issue the USRELEM command after
setting the command's KEYANSMAT argument, the routine accesses the ANSYS standard structural material
library. It allows you to focus on the kinematic portion of element formulation while ANSYS handles the material
part of the formulation. When calling the routine, input the associated material data via the standard method.
There is no need to access this routine, only to call it.

The following table shows the input and output arguments, and their definition and usage.

Argument Input (I) or Out- Definition Purpose How Defined

put (O)
elId I Element number Output At FE model cre-
ation
matId I Material number Output information At FE model cre-
Getting material data ation
nDim I Number of dimensions of element Material calculation At FE model cre-
geometry ation
2 = 2-D element geometry
3 = 3-D element geometry

Specifying the size of the nodal

coordinates
nTens I Number of stress/strain tensor Specifying the data size UserElem
components: routine
4 = 2-D and ordered as x, y, z, xy
6 = 3-D and ordered as x, y, z, xy,
yz, xz
nDirect I Number of direct component of Specifying the data size UserElem
stress/strain tensors routine
nDirect< or = nTens
intPnt I Current integration point number Output UserElem
Data handling routine
xCurIP I Coordinates of current integration Material calculation UserElem
point routine
Values in global Cartesian coordin-
ate system
TemperIP I Integration point temperatures at Evaluating temperature- UserElem
the current time dependent material data routine
TemperIPB I Integration point temperatures at Evaluating temperature- UserElem
the end of the last incremental dependent material data routine
step
IncStrain I Strain components [1] Material calculation UserElem
Incremental strain of the current routine
substep when nlgeom = on
Total strain when nlgeom = off
defG0 I Deformation gradient tensor at Material updating UserElem
the end of previous substep [1] routine
defG I/O Total deformation gradient tensor The component in thick- UserElem
at the current time [1] ness direction is updated routine
by material routines for
plane stress and shell ele-
ments
kTherm I/O Thermal loading key: Thermal load calculation UserElem
routine
0 = No thermal loading
1 = Has thermal loading
cMat O Material Jacobian [1] Forming stiffness Material routine
MatProp O Material data for element formula- Forming mass matrix Material routine
tion Handling transverse shear
Output
Stress O Cauchy stress [1] Forming geometric stiff- Material routine
ness
Calculating internal forces
Strain O Total strain components [1] Output Material routine
StressTh O Total thermal stress components Output Material routine
[1] Calculating thermal load-
ing
StrainTh O Total thermal strain components Output Material routine
[1]

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
124 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
6.1.1. Creating a New Element via the User-Defined Element API

StrainPl O Total plastic strain components Output ---

[1]
StrainCr O Total creep strain components [1] Output ---
StressBk O Back stress components [1] Output ---
StrainSw O Swelling strain Not yet supported ---
EnergyD O Energy density: --- ---
1 = Elastic energy density
2 = Plastic energy density
3 = Creep energy density
MatRotGlb O Rotation matrix Rotation matrix from Used only for
global Cartesian to ro- solid elements
tated element coordinate when nlgeom =
system on

1. All tensor component values in the routine are in the global Cartesian coordinate system for solid elements,
and in the co-rotated element Cartesian coordinate system for link, beam and shell elements.

*deck,ElemGetMat

subroutine ElemGetMat (elId, matId, nDim, nTens, nDirect,

& intPnt, xCurIP, TemperIP,
& TemperIPB, kTherm, IncStrain,
& defG0, defG, CMat, MatProp,
& Stress, Strain, StressTh, StrainTh,
& StrainPl, StrainCr, StressBk, StrainSw,
& EnergyD, MatRotGlb)

c*************************************************************************
c
c *** Primary function: call ANSYS material routines to obtain material
c data for USER300 elements

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c
c input arguments
c ===============
c elId (int,sc) element number
c matId (int,sc) material number of this element
c nDim (int,sc) number of dimensions of the problem
c = 2 2D
c = 3 3D
c nTens (int,sc) number of stress/strain components
c nDirect (int,sc) number of stress/strain direct
c components
c intPnt (int,sc) current integration point number
c xCurIP (dp,ar(3)) coordinates of integration point
c TemperIP (dp,sc) integration point temperatures at
c current time
c TemperIPB (dp,sc) integration point temperatures at
c the end of last incremetal step
c IncStrain (dp,ar(nTens)) strain for the current substep step when
c nlgeom = on
c total strain when nlgeom = off
c defG0 (dp,ar(3x3)) deformation gradient tensor at the end
c of last incremental step
c
c input output arguments input desc / output desc
c ====================== ========== ===========
c defG (dp, ar(3x3)) deformation gradient tensor at current
c time, updated for thichness change in
c plane stress when nlgeom=on
c kTherm (int,sc) flag for thermal loading
c input as:
c = 0 if temp = tref

c = 1 if temp .ne. tref

c gets reset to 0
c if ALPX, ALPY, and ALPZ = 0
c
c output arguments
c ================
c cMat (nTens*nTens) material Jacobian matrix
c MatProp (dp,ar(5)) commonly used materail properties
c MatProp(1),Gxz: shear modulus
c MatProp(2),Gyz: shear modulus
c MatProp(3),Gxy: shear modulus
c MatProp(4), density
c MatProp(5), nuxy
c Stress (dp,ar(nTens)) total stress
c Strain (dp,ar(nTens)) total strain
c StressTh (dp,ar(nTens)) thermal stress
c StrainTh (dp,ar(nTens)) thermal strain
c StrainPl (dp,ar(nTens)) plastic strain
c StrainCr (dp,ar(nTens)) creep strain
c StressBk (dp,ar(nTens)) back stress for kinematic hardening
c StrainSw (dp,sc) isotropic swelling strain
c (swelling capability not available yet)
c EnergyD (dp,ar(3)) energy density
c EnergyD(1) elastic energy density
c EnergyD(2) plastic energy density
c EnergyD(3) creep energy density
c MatRotGlb (dp,ar(3,3)) The rotation matrix from global
c to material coordinate system
************************************************************************
c

6.1.2. Creating a New Element by Directly Accessing the ANSYS Database

The next few pages describe the user routines and supporting subroutines you use to create new elements. Using
these routines, you can create new element types, add them to the ANSYS element library, and use them as
"regular" elements.You can create up to six independent element types (names USER100 - USER105). For
demonstration purposes, example copies of the routines for MASS21, the structural mass element, and LINK8,
the 3-D spar element, are included on the ANSYS distribution medium as uel100 and uel101 respectively.

6.1.2.1. Input and Output Abbreviations

The descriptions of the routines or functions within this chapter describe both the input arguments and output
arguments. Argument information includes the argument's type, size and intent.

Argument type is one of the following:

int - integer
dp - double precision
log - logical
chr - character
dcp - double precision complex
Argument size is one of the following:

sc - scalar variable
ar(n) - array variable of length n
func - functional return value
Argument intent is one of the following:

in - input argument
out - output argument
inout - both an input and an output argument

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
126 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
6.1.2. Creating a New Element by Directly Accessing the ANSYS Database

6.1.2.2. User Routines

Routines uec100 through uec105 describe the element characteristics. Routine elccmt (on the distribution
medium) describes the input for these routines in detail.You can use subroutines uex100 through uex105 to
override default logic. Routines uec100 through uec105 define parameters such as:

2-D or 3-D geometry

Degree of freedom set
Symmetric or unsymmetric matrix
Number of nodes
Number of body loads (for example, temperatures)
Number of surface loads (for example, pressures)
Number of real constants
Number of variables to be saved
Number of rows in element matrices
Linear or nonlinear element.

Routines uel100 through uel105 calculate the element matrices (stiffness, specific heat, and so on), the element
load vector (force, heat flow, and so on), and any element output quantities.The element printout also is generated,
and the variables to be saved are calculated and stored in the results file.

Other user routines available for manipulating element information include the following:

Routines uep100 through uep105 provide printed output of line elements.The general ANSYS postpro-
cessor, POST1, calls the subroutines, or you can call them using uel100 through uel105.
Routine usertr allows access to the nodal transformations.
Routine userac describes some of the data handling.

6.1.2.3. Subroutine uec100 (Defining Characteristics of the usr100 Routine)

*deck,uec100 user
subroutine uec100 (elcdn,ielc,kerr)
c ***** this subroutine defines the characteristics of user100.
c
c *** copyright(c) 2006 SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
c *** ansys, inc.
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c typ=int,dp,log,chr siz=sc,ar(n) intent=in,out,inout
c
c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c ielc (int,ar(IELCSZ),inout) - element characteristics
c
c kerr (int,sc,inout) - error flag up to this point.
c (do not initialize to zero)
c
c output arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c elcdn (chr,sc,out) - name of element
c ielc (int,ar(IELCSZ),inout) - element characteristics
c
c kerr (int,sc,inout) - error flag (set to 1 if error)
c note to programmers: the validity of keyopt values may be checked here
c

6.1.2.3.1. Subroutines uec101 through uec105

The input and output arguments for subroutines uec101, uec102, uec103, uec104, and uec105 is
identical to the uec100 subroutine listed above.

6.1.2.4. Subroutine uex100 (Overriding Element Characteristic Defaults)

*deck,uex100 user
subroutine uex100 (ielc,kerr)
c *** subroutine to override element characteristic defaults ***
c *** hence, this routine is needed only in rare cases.
c
c *** copyright(c) 2006 SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
c *** ansys, inc.
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c *** input and output are the same as for uec100, except that this
c *** logic is called after the defaulting logic is finished.
c *** this defaulting is done in ansys subroutine echdft(not a upf).
c *** as indicated above, this routine is rarely needed, but if it is
c *** desired to see the effect of echdft, you may print out the ielc array
c *** leaving uec100 and print it out again entering this routine.
c
c typ=int,dp,log,chr siz=sc,ar(n) intent=in,out,inout
c
c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c ielc (int,ar(IELCSZ),inout) - element characteristics
c
c kerr (int,sc,inout) - error flag up to this point.
c (do not initialize to zero)
c
c output arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c ielc (int,ar(IELCSZ),inout) - element characteristics
c
c kerr (int,sc,inout) - error flag (set to 1 if error)
c *** standard defaults are taken. the final results are given with
c *** the debug accessed with /debug,,, ,,1
c

6.1.2.4.1. Subroutines uex101 through uex105

The source code for subroutines uex101, uex102, uex103, uex104, and uex105 is identical to the code for
subroutine uex100 listed above.

6.1.2.5. Subroutine uel100 (Computing Element Matrices, Load Vectors, and Results)

*deck,uel100 user
subroutine uel100 (elem,ielc,elmdat,eomask,nodes,locsvrL,kelreq,
x kelfil,nr,xyz,u,kelout,zs,zass,damp,gstif,zsc,zscnr,elvol,elmass,
x center,elener,edindxL,lcerstL)
c --- general lumped mass is demonstrated --------------------------------
c *** primary function:
c 1. compute element matrices, load vectors, and results
c *** secondary functions:
c 2. maintain element solution data

c *** user programmable functions may not be used in parallel processing ***

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c *** copyright(c) 2006 SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.

c *** ansys, inc.

c input arguments:

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
128 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
6.1.2. Creating a New Element by Directly Accessing the ANSYS Database

c elem (int,sc,in) - element label (number)

c ielc (int,ar(IELCSZ),in) - array of element type characteristics
c (IELCSZ = array size, defined in echprm)
c elmdat (int,ar(EL_DIM),in) - array of element data
c eomask (int,sc,in) - bit pattern for element output
c (see outpcm)
c nodes (int,ar(nnod),in) - array of element node numbers
c (nnod = number of nodes; 1 in this case)
c locsvrL (int,sc,in) - location of the saved variables
c on file .esav for this element
c kelreq (int,ar(10),in) - matrix and load vector form requests
c (indices for kelreq are given with output
c arguments below)
c kelfil (int,ar(10),in) - keys indicating incoming matrices and
c load vectors (indices for kelfil are the
c same as given for kelreq with output
c arguments below)
c nr (int,sc,in) - matrix and load vector size
c xyz (dp,ar(6,nnod),in) - nodal coordinates (orig) and rotation angle
c u (dp,ar(nr,5),in) - element nodal solution values

c output arguments:
c kelout (int,ar(10),out) - keys indicating created matrices and
c load vectors (indices for kelout
c are the same as for kelreq below,
c as well as kelin and kelout later)
c zs (dp,ar(nr,nr),inout)- stiffness/conductivity matrix (kelreq(1))
c zass (dp,ar(nr,nr),inout)- mass matrix (kelreq(2))
c damp (dp,ar(nr,nr),inout)- damping/specific heat matrix (kelreq(3))
c gstif (dp,ar(nr,nr),inout)- stress stiffness matrix (kelreq(4))
c zsc (dp,ar(nr),out) - applied f vector (kelreq(5))
c zscnr (dp,ar(nr),out) - n-r restoring f vector (kelreq(6))
c or imaginary f vector (kelreq(7))
c elvol (dp,sc,out) - element volume
c elmass (dp,sc,out) - element mass
c center (dp,ar(3),out) - centroid location
c elener (dp,ar(5),out) - element energies
c edindxL(LONG,ar(25),out) - element result data file indexes
c lcerstL(LONG,sc,inout) - position on result file
c

6.1.2.5.1. Subroutines uel101 through uel105

The input and output arguments for subroutines uel101, uel102, uel103, uel104, and uel105 is
identical to subroutine uel100 listed above.

6.1.2.6. Subroutine uep100 (Printing Output for User Elements in POST1 via PRESOL,ELEM)

*deck,uep100 user
subroutine uep100 (iott,elem,nodes,mat, kept,tem,
x kemn,fluen, kems,force, kens,sig, keel,epel,
x keth,eptho,epswel,epino, kenl,sigepl,sigrat,hpres,epeq,
x kepl,eppl, kecr,epcrp)
c
c *** primary function: produce printed output for user100
c
c *** copyright(c) 2006 SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
c *** ansys, inc.
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c ********** this subroutine is provided for user information *********
c *** user programmable features may not be used in parallel processing ***
c
c input arguments:
c iott (int,sc,in) - output unit number
c elem (int,sc,in) - element number
c nodes (int,ar(2),in) - node numbers
c mat (int,sc,in) - material number
c kept (int,sc,in) - key to print temperatures

c tem (dp,ar(2),in) - nodal temperatures

c kemn (inr,sc,in) - key to print fluences
c fluen (dp,ar(2),in) - neutron fluences
c kems (int,sc,in) - key to print moment forces
c force (int,sc,in) - member force fx
c kens (int,sc,in) - key to print strains
c sig (dp,sc,in) - axial stress
c keel (int,sc,in) - key to print elastic strain
c epel (dp,sc,in) - axial elastic strain
c keth (int,sc,in) - key to print thermal,initial,swelling strai
c eptho (dp,sc,in) - axial thermal strain
c epswel (dp,sc,in) - swelling strain
c epino (dp,sc,in) - initial axial strain
c kenl (int,sc,in) - key set if any nonlinear materials present
c sigepl (dp,sc,in) - stress in stress-strain curve
c sigrat (dp,sc,in) - stress ratio
c hpres (dp,sc,in) - hydrostatic pressure
c epeq (dp,sc,in) - plastic equivalent strain
c kepl (int,sc,in) - key to print plastic strain
c eppl (dp,sc,in) - plastic strain
c kecr (int,sc,in) - key to print creep strain
c epcrp (dp,sc,in) - creep strain
c
c output arguments: none
c

6.1.2.6.1. Subroutines uep101 through uep105

The source code for subroutines uep101, uep102, uep103, uep104, and uep105 is identical to subroutine
uep100 listed above.

6.1.2.7. Subroutine usertr (Adjusting the Nodal Orientation Matrix)

*deck,usertr user
subroutine usertr (node,tr)
c *** primary function: adjust nodal orientation matrix
c secondary function: study nodal orientation matrix
c accessed with ielc(notran) = -100
c
c *** copyright(c) 2006 SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
c *** ansys, inc.
c
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c typ=int,dp,log,chr,dcp siz=sc,ar(n) intent=in,out,inout
c
c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c node (int,sc,in) - node number being acted upon
c tr (dp,ar(32,32),inout) - nodal to global orientation matrix
c
c output arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c tr (dp,ar(32,32),inout) - nodal to global orientation matrix
c
c tr is a matrix that is already defined based on the degrees
c of freedom selected.
c it does not normally need to be changed.
c it may be printed out here to study. its functional size is
c nr by nr, where nr is the number of degrees of freedom in the
c element
c

6.1.2.8. Subroutine userac (Accessing Element Information)

This subroutine is provided for demonstration purposes.

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
130 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
6.2.2. Subroutine svgidx (Fetching the Index for Saved Variables)

*deck,userac user
subroutine userac (elem)
c *** primary function: To demonstrate user access of element information.
c --- Given the element number, all information about the element is avaiable.
c --- Starting with elmdat, one can get the element type, real constant number,
c --- the material number, the element coordinate system number, as well as
c --- the node numbers. Then, one can get more information about any or all
c --- of these things. The below demonstrates getting the element type and
c --- real constants.
c
c *** copyright(c) 2006 SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
c *** ansys, inc.
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c elem (int,sc,in) - element number
c
c output arguments:
c none
c

6.2. Supporting Subroutines for Element Creation

The subroutines described on the next few pages support the user routines used to create new elements (using
the database-access method described in Section 6.1.2: Creating a New Element by Directly Accessing the ANSYS
Database).

6.2.1. Subroutine nminfo (Returning Element Reference Names)

*deck,nminfo
subroutine nminfo (ielc,rname)
c *** primary function: set element reference names
c *** secondary functions: none
c
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c ielc (int,ar(*),inout) - element characteristic vector
c rname (chr,sc,in) - 8 character reference name
c
c output arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c ielc (int,ar(*),inout) - element characteristic vector with
c element name encoded
c

6.2.2. Subroutine svgidx (Fetching the Index for Saved Variables)

*deck,svgidx
subroutine svgidx (locsvr,svindx)
c *** primary function: get the index for saved variables

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c locsvr (LONGINT,sc,in) - pointer to location of index

c output arguments:
c svindx (int,ar(20),out) - the 20 word index of svr variables
c 1,2-starting loc of this eles svr sets
c 3- length of eles svr sets
c 4-11-relative starting loc for each set
c 4-structural svrs
c 5-thermal/electric/fluid svrs

c 6-magnetic svrs
c 7-nonlinear svrs
c 8-plasticity svrs
c 9-creep svrs
c 10-coupled svrs
c 11-user svrs
c 12-initial strain svrs
c 13-section data after FiberSIM conversion
c (shell181 only)
c 14-20 spares

6.2.3. Subroutine svrget (Fetching Saved Variable Data for an Element)

*deck,svrget
subroutine svrget (svindx,nset,nsvr,svr)
c *** primary function: get svr data set for an element

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c svindx (int,ar(20),in) - index for svr for this element (see svgidx)
c nset (int,sc,in) - the set number in this index
c = 1 - structural svrs
c = 2 - thermal/electric/fluid svrs
c = 3 - magnetic svrs
c = 4 - nonlinear svrs
c = 5 - plasticity svrs
c = 6 - creep svrs
c = 7 - coupled svrs
c = 8 - user svrs
c = 9 - initial stress svrs
c (2,42,82,45,92,95 only)
c = 10 - section data after FiberSIM conversion
c (shell181 only)
c = 11-17 - spares (note that the first three
c items in svindx are not available)
c nsvr (int,sc,inout) - number of dp words expected in this set

c output arguments:
c nsvr (int,sc,inout) - number of dp words in this set
c svr (dp,ar(nsvr),in) - data in this set

6.2.4. Subroutine svrput (Writing an Element's Saved Variable Set)

*deck,svrput
subroutine svrput (svindx,nset,leng,svr)
c *** primary function: write out a svr data set for an element

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c svindx (int,ar(20),inout)- the index for svr for this element
c (see svgidx)
c nset (int,sc,in) - the set number in this index (same as svrget)
c = 1 - structural svrs
c = 2 - thermal/electric/fluid svrs
c = 3 - magnetic svrs
c = 4 - nonlinear svrs
c = 5 - plasticity svrs
c = 6 - creep svrs
c = 7 - coupled svrs
c = 8 - user svrs
c = 9 - initial stress svrs
c (2,42,82,45,92,95 only)
c = 10 - section data after FiberSIM conversion
c (shell181 only)
c = 11-17 - spares (note that the first three
c items in svindx are not available)
c leng (int,sc,in) - number of dp words in this set

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
132 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
6.2.6. Subroutine mreuse (Determining Which Element Matrices Can Be Reused)

c svr (dp,ar(leng),in) - data in this set

c output arguments:
c svindx (int,ar(10,2),inout)- updated index

6.2.5. Subroutine svpidx (Writing the Saved Variable Element Index to a File)

*deck,svpidx
subroutine svpidx (locsvr,svindx)
c *** primary function: write the svr element index onto file
c *** secondary functions: update the locsvr pointer to next element

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c locsvr (LONGINT,sc,inout) - pointer to start of svr for element
c svindx (int,ar(10,2),in) - index to svr for this element
c low and high parts of 64 bit address

c output arguments:
c locsvr (LONGINT,sc,inout) - pointer to start of svr for next element

6.2.6. Subroutine mreuse (Determining Which Element Matrices Can Be Reused)

*deck,mreuse
subroutine mreuse (kelrqq,kelfil,elem,ielc,kmasrt,knlmg,kconve,
x kpheno,kprop,nprop,prop,propo,krvro,rvr,rvro,amodo,asymo, kelin)
c *** primary function:
c determine which Matrices can be REUSEd and which must be recomputed
c from iteration to iteration.
c Note: a few special elements have some supplementary logic
c to adjust these results further. No attempt as been made to
c include all such logic in these routines.
c
c Second note: this logic is essentially the same as the old
c sfrm logic. Hopefully, further simplifications and enhancements
c will be made in the future. (Especially in gap elements and in
c multilayer elements)
c the whole idea of kpheno, a holdover from the sfrm routines,
c needs to be looked at and possibly eliminated.
c
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c input arguments:
c kelrqq (int,ar(10),in) - request keys (needed for this analysis)
c kelfil (int,ar(10),in) - keys indicating matrices on the file
c elem (int,sc,in) - element number
c ielc (int,ar(IELCSZ),in) - array of element type characteristics
c kmasrt (int,sc,in) - does the mass matrix have rotational DOF?
c 0 - no 1 - yes(with nlgeom, sfrm1n)
c knlmg (int,sc,in) - nonlinear magnetic curve exists in this
c element
c 0 - no 1 - yes
c kconve (int,sc,in) - key indicating existence of convections
c in this element
c 0,1 - no 2 or more - yes
c must be input as 'i' if not used, as is
c changed in this routine(for analyzer).
c i = 0 must be used in calling routine
c if kpheno = 1.
c kpheno (int,sc,in) - key for type of phenomenon/level of check
c 0 - structural like old sfrm1n,1s,3n,3s,fl
c 1 - thermal like old sfrm1c,1t,2t,3t
c 2 - electrical/magnetic like some of old
c sfrmpo
c 3 - general like old sfrmoo
c kprop (int,sc,in) - key indicating which material properties
c in the prop vector that need to be
c checked (see below)

c nprop (int,sc,in) - number of properties

c prop (dp,ar(nprop),in) - current mat props
c propo (dp,ar(nprop),inout)- previous material properties
c krvro (int,sc,in) -
c = 0 - real constants are used by this element, and the old
c values(rvro) have been saved; or the element does not
c use real constants. Any change of real constants
c causes all matrices to be reformed.
c = 1 - real constants are used by this element and the old
c values(rvro) have been saved. However, any change
c of real constants will cause the run to terminate,
c because the results would be too unpredictable.
c (e.g. gap elements)
c = 2 - element is nonlinear, so do not bother to check
c = 3 - real constants are used by this element, and the old
c values(rvro) have been saved. However, no checking is
c done in this routine because of needed customized logic.
c = 4 - real constants are used by this element, but the old
c values(rvro) have not been saved because it was
c decided not to use this much storage. therefore, no check
c can be made to determine if matrices should be reformed.
c (e.g. 100 layer elements)
c = 5 - real constants are used by this element, but the old
c values(rvro) have not been saved because the real
c constants have no effect on matrix formulation.
c (e.g. acoustic elements)
c rvr (dp,ar(*),in) - current real constants
c rvro (dp,ar(*),inout) - previous real constants
c amodo (dp,sc,inout) - previous value of mode
c asymo (dp,sc,inout) - previous value of isym
c
c output arguments:
c propo (dp,ar(nprop),inout)- current material properties
c rvro (dp,ar(*),inout) - current real constants
c amodo (dp,sc,inout) - current value of mode
c asymo (dp,sc,inout) - current value of isym
c kelin (int,ar(10),out) - keys indicating matrices to form
c

6.2.7. Subroutine subrd (Reading Element Load Data for a Substructure Generation Run)

*deck,subrd
subroutine subrd (iel,key,nd,vect,ka)
c *** primary function: read element load data from file for substructure
c generation run
c *** secondary functions: none

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c iel (int,sc,in) - element number
c key (int,sc,in) - type of load data
c = 1 temperature
c = 2 fluences
c = 3 heat generation rates
c = 4 current densities
c =10 pressures
c =11 film coefficients
c =12 bulk temperatures
c =13 extra displacement shapes
c =14 thermal strains(eptho in el42)
c =15 thermal flux (as in el55)
c =16 initial strains(epino in el01)
c =17 magnetic virtual displacements
c =18 calculated source field(hsn in el96)
c =20 element load vector
c =30 copy - do not scale(tempev in el42)
c first load step only
c nd (int,sc,in) - number of data items

c output arguments:

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
134 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
6.2.10. Subroutine propev (Evaluating a Group of Material Properties)

c vect (dp,ar(nd),out) - array of load data

c ka (int,sc,out) - load activation key
c = 0 no load for this data
c = 1 load is active

6.2.8. Subroutine subwrt (Writing an Element Load Vector to a File for a Substructure Gener-
ation Run)

*deck,subwrt
subroutine subwrt (iel,nvect,key,nd,vect,ref)
c *** primary function: write element load vect to file for substructure
c generation run
c *** secondary functions: none

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c iel (int,sc,in) - element number
c nvect (int,sc,in) - number of load vectors
c (current load step number)
c key (int,sc,in) - type of load vect
c = 1 temperature
c = 2 fluences
c = 3 heat generation rates
c = 4 current densities
c =10 pressures
c =11 film coefficients
c =12 bulk temperatures
c =13 extra displacement shapes
c =14 thermal strains(eptho in el42)
c =15 thermal flux (as in el55)
c =16 initial strains(epino in el01)
c =17 magnetic virtual displacements
c =18 calculated source field(hsn in el96)
c =20 element load vector
c =30 copy - do not scale(tempev in el42)
c nd (int,sc,in) - number of vect items
c vect (dp,ar(nd),in) - array of load data
c ref (dp,sc,in) - reference value for zero load

c output arguments: none

6.2.9. Subroutine rvrget (Fetching Real Constants for an Element)

*deck,rvrget
subroutine rvrget (iel,ireal,ielc,nrvr,rvr)
c *** primary function: get the real constants for an element

c typ=int,dp,log,chr,dcp siz=sc,ar(n),func intent=in,out,inout

c variable (typ,siz,intent) description

c iel (int,sc,in) - element number
c ireal (int,sc,in) - real constant set number
c ielc (int,ar(*),in) - elment type characteristics

c output arguments:
c nrvr (int,sc,out) - number of real variables
c rvr (dp,ar(*),out) - element real constants

6.2.10. Subroutine propev (Evaluating a Group of Material Properties)

*deck,propev
subroutine propev (iel,mtr,lp,tem,prop,n)
c *** primary function: to evaluate a group of material properties

c propev is used to pass two or more material property numbers

c thru the lp array to determine which temperature dependent
c material properties are to be evaluated.
c thus, the 3 prope1 calls:

c call prope1 (elem,mat, 1,tem,e(1))

c call prope1 (elem,mat,10,tem,alpha)
c call prope1 (elem,mat,13,tem,dens)

c should be combined as:

c integer lp(3)
c data lp /1,10,13/
c call propev (elem,mat,lp(1),tem,prop(1),3)

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c iel (int,sc,in) - element number
c mtr (int,sc,in) - material number(input quantity mat, mat comma
c lp (int,ar(n),in) - keys for which specific value is requested
c each group must be in ascending
c order (ex,ey,ez, etc)
c if negative, a required property
c if zero, leave prop term unchanged
c ---- MP command labels --------
c EX = 1, EY = 2, EZ = 3, NUXY= 4, NUYZ= 5, NUXZ= 6, GXY = 7, GYZ = 8,
c GXZ = 9, ALPX=10, ALPY=11, ALPZ=12, DENS=13, MU =14, DAMP=15, KXX =16,
c KYY =17, KZZ =18, RSVX=19, RSVY=20, RSVZ=21, C =22, HF =23, VISC=24,
c EMIS=25, ENTH=26, LSST=27, PRXY=28, PRYZ=29, PRXZ=30, MURX=31, MURY=32,
c MURZ=33, PERX=34, PERY=35, PERZ=36, MGXX=37, MGYY=38, MGZZ=39, EGXX=40,
c EGYY=41, EGZZ=42, SBKX=43, SBKY=44, SBKZ=45, SONC=46, SLIM=47, ELIM=48,
c USR1=49, USR2=50, USR3=51, USR4=51, FLUI=53, ORTH=54, CABL=55, RIGI=56,
c HGLS=57, BM =58, QRAT=59, REFT=60, CTEX=61, CTEY=62, CTEZ=63, THSX=64,
c THSY=65, THSZ=66, DMPR=67, LSSM=68, =69, =79, =71, =72,
c =73, =74, =75, =76, =77, =78, =79, =80
c (see mpinit for uncommented code)
c (see chapter 2 of the elements volume of the user's manual
c for a detailed description))

c tem (dp,sc,in) - temperature at which to evaluate material

c n (int,sc,in) - number of properties to be evaluated.
c (20 maximum)
c If n = 1, use prope1 instead.

c output arguments:
c prop (dp,ar(n),out) - values of material property

6.2.11. Subroutine prope1 (Evaluating One Material Property)

*deck,prope1
subroutine prope1 (iel,mtr,icon,tem,prop1)
c *** primary function: to evaluate one material property
c (if multiple material properties are to
c be evaluated, use propev)
c *** secondary functions: to ensure that certain required props are present

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c iel (int,sc,in) - element number
c mtr (int,sc,in) - material number
c icon (int,sc,in) - key for which specific value is requested
c (negative if property is required)
c ---- MP command labels --------
c EX = 1, EY = 2, EZ = 3, NUXY= 4, NUYZ= 5, NUXZ= 6, GXY = 7, GYZ = 8,
c GXZ = 9, ALPX=10, ALPY=11, ALPZ=12, DENS=13, MU =14, DAMP=15, KXX =16,
c KYY =17, KZZ =18, RSVX=19, RSVY=20, RSVZ=21, C =22, HF =23, VISC=24,
c EMIS=25, ENTH=26, LSST=27, PRXY=28, PRYZ=29, PRXZ=30, MURX=31, MURY=32,
c MURZ=33, PERX=34, PERY=35, PERZ=36, MGXX=37, MGYY=38, MGZZ=39, EGXX=40,

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
136 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
6.2.14. Subroutine plast1 (Updating an Element's Plastic History)

c EGYY=41, EGZZ=42, SBKX=43, SBKY=44, SBKZ=45, SONC=46, SLIM=47, ELIM=48,

c USR1=49, USR2=50, USR3=51, USR4=51, FLUI=53, ORTH=54, CABL=55, RIGI=56,
c HGLS=57, BM =58, QRAT=59, REFT=60, CTEX=61, CTEY=62, CTEZ=63, THSX=64,
c THSY=65, THSZ=66, DMPR=67, LSSM=68, =69, =79, =71, =72,
c =73, =74, =75, =76, =77, =78, =79, =80
c (see mpinit for uncommented code)

c tem (dp,sc,in) - temperature at which to evaluate material

c output arguments:
c prop1 (dp,sc,out) - value of material property

6.2.12. Subroutine pstev1 (Evaluating Material Properties for 1-D Elements)

*deck,pstev1
subroutine pstev1 (elem,matin,tem,prop)
c *** primary function: to evaluate material properites for 1-d elements
c
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c input arguments:
c elem (int,sc,in) - element number (for anserr)
c matin (int,sc,in) - material reference number
c if negative, no required properties
c tem (dp,sc,in) - temperature for evaluation
c
c output arguments:
c prop (dp,ar(5),out) - material properties: ex,nuxy,gxy,alpx,dens
c

6.2.13. Subroutine tbuser (Retrieving User Table Data)

*deck,tbuser user
subroutine tbuser (mat,numitm,tbprop)
c *** primary function: return the tb data for the user table

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c mat (int,sc,in) - material property number
c numitm (int,sc,in) - the number of data items requested

c output arguments:
c tbprop (dp,ar(numitm),out) - array of tb data

6.2.14. Subroutine plast1 (Updating an Element's Plastic History)

*deck,plast1
subroutine plast1 (option,elem,intpt,mat,kstartL,tem,dtem,e,
x ktform,dens,flu,dflu,epel,eppl,statev,usvr,
x epeq,plwork,sigepl,sigrat,et)
c *** primary function: to update the plastic history (for 1 component)
c used by: LINK1, LINK8, BEAM23, BEAM24, and
c SOLID65(reinforcing)
c *** secondary functions: to compute the material tangent matrix if requested

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c dens (dp,sc,in) - material density

c flu (dp,sc,in) - fluence at the end of this substep
c dflu (dp,sc,in) - fluence increment over this substep
c epel (dp,sc,inout) - modified total strain (trial strain)
c eppl (dp,sc,inout) - plastic strain at previous substep
c statev (dp,ar(6),inout) - state variables at previous substep
c usvr (dp,ar(*),inout) - user-defined state variables (for userpl)
c epeq (dp,sc,inout) - effective plastic strain at prev substep
c plwork (dp,sc,inout) - accumulated plastic work at prev substep

c output arguments:
c epel (dp,sc,inout) - elastic strain
c eppl (dp,sc,inout) - updated plastic strain
c statev (dp,ar(6),inout) - updated state variables
c usvr (dp,ar(*),inout) - updated user-defined state variables
c epeq (dp,sc,inout) - updated effective plastic strain
c plwork (dp,sc,inout) - updated accumulated plastic work
c sigepl (dp,sc,out) - stress value on stress-strain curve
c sigrat (dp,sc,out) - ratio of trial stress to yield stress
c et (dp,sc,out) - tangent modulus

c internal variables:
c deppl (dp,sc) - equivalent plastic strain increment

6.2.15. Subroutine plast3 (Updating an Element's Plastic History, 4 or 6 components)

*deck,plast3
subroutine plast3 (option,elem,intpt,mat,kstartL,ncomp,tem,dtem,
x prop,d,ktform,dens,flu,dflu,epel,eppl,statev,usvr,epeq,plwork,
x sigepl,sigrat,dt,kplst,dtt,cmel)
c *** primary function: to update the plastic history (for 4 or 6 components)
c used by: PLANE02, PLANE13, PIPE20, SHELL43, SHELL51, PIPE60,
c SOLID62, SOLID65, SHELL91, SHELL93, SHELL143, SOLID191
c and by way of plast3creep : PLANE42, SOLID45, PLANE82, SOLID92, SOLID95

c *** secondary functions: to compute the material tangent matrix if requested

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c option (int,sc,in) -
plasticity option
c elem (int,sc,in) -
element number (label)
c intpt (int,sc,in) -
element integration point number
c mat (int,sc,in) -
material reference number
c kstartL (intL,sc,in) -
virtual starting address of the data table
c ncomp (int,sc,in) -
number of stress/strain components (4 or 6)
c tem (dp,sc,in) -
temperature at the end of this substep
c dtem (dp,sc,in) -
temperature increment over this substep
c prop (dp,ar(9),in) -
material property array (ex,ey,ez,
c gxy,gyz,gxz, uxy,uyz,uxz)
c d (dp,ar(ncomp,ncomp),in) - elastic stress-strain matrix
c ktform (int,sc,in) - request key for tangent matrix formation
c dens (dp,sc,in) - material density
c flu (dp,sc,in) - fluence at the end of this substep
c dflu (dp,sc,in) - fluence increment over this substep
c epel (dp,ar(ncomp),inout)- modified total strain (trial strain)
c eppl (dp,ar(ncomp),inout)- plastic strain at previous substep
c statev (dp,ar(ncomp,6),inout)- state variables at previous substep
c usvr (dp,ar(*),inout) - user-defined state variables (for pluser)
c epeq (dp,sc,inout) - effective plastic strain at prev substep
c plwork (dp,sc,inout) - accumulated plastic work at prev substep
c kplst (int,sc,in) - plane stress key (form dtt if kplst=1)

c output arguments:
c epel (dp,ar(ncomp),inout)- elastic strain
c eppl (dp,ar(ncomp),inout)- updated plastic strain
c statev (dp,ar(ncomp,6),inout)- updated state variables
c usvr (dp,ar(*),inout) - updated user-defined state variables
c epeq (dp,sc,inout) - updated effective plastic strain
c plwork (dp,sc,inout) - updated accumulated plastic work

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
138 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
6.2.17. Subroutine creep3 (Updating an Element's Creep History, 3-D Elements)

c sigepl (dp,sc,out) - stress value on stress-strain curve

c sigrat (dp,sc,out) - ratio of trial stress to yield stress
c dt (dp,ar(ncomp,ncomp),out)- material modulus modified by dscpar
c dtt (dp,ar(ncomp,ncomp),out)- consistent tangent modulus
c (formed only if kplst=1)

c internal variables:
c deppl (dp,sc) - equivalent plastic strain increment

6.2.16. Subroutine creep1 (Updating an Element's Creep History)

*deck,creep1
subroutine creep1 (option,elem,intpt,mat,kstartL,epel,e,epcrp,
x statev,usvr,tem,dtem,fluen,dflu,sig)
c *** primary function: to update the creep history for 1-d elements
c used by: LINK1, LINK8, BEAM23, BEAM24, and
c SOLID65(reinforcing)

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c option (int,sc,in) - creep option
c elem (int,sc,in) - element number (label)
c intpt (int,sc,in) - element integration point number
c mat (int,sc,in) - material reference number
c kstartL (intL,sc,in) - virtual starting address of the data table
c epel (dp,sc,inout) - elastic strain
c e (dp,sc,in) - elastic modulus
c epcrp (dp,sc,inout) - creep strain at previous substep
c statev (dp,ar(7),inout) - state variables at previous substep
c usvr (dp,ar(*),inout) - user-defined state variables (for usercr)
c tem (dp,sc,in) - temperature at the end of this substep
c dtem (dp,sc,in) - temperature increment over this substep
c fluen (dp,sc,in) - fluence at the end of this substep
c dflu (dp,sc,in) - fluence increment over this substep
c epel (dp,sc,inout) - elastic strain adjusted for creep increment
c sig (dp,sc,inout) - stress (not really used)

c output arguments:
c epcrp (dp,sc,inout) - updated creep strain
c statev (dp,ar(7),inout) - updated state variables
c usvr (dp,ar(*),inout) - updated user-defined state variables
c sig (dp,sc,inout) - stress (recomputed if requested)

6.2.17. Subroutine creep3 (Updating an Element's Creep History, 3-D Elements)

*deck,creep3
subroutine creep3 (option,elem,intpt,mat,kstartL,ncomp,epel,e,
x posn,d,epcrp,statev,usvr,tem,dtem,fluen,dflu,kplst,sig,hsig)
c *** primary function: to update the creep history for 3-d elements
c used by: PLANE02, PLANE13, PIPE20, PLANE42, SHELL43, SOLID45,
c SHELL51, PIPE60, SOLID62, SOLID65, PLANE82, SHELL91,
c SOLID92, SHELL93, SOLID95, SHELL143, SOLID191

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c epcrp (dp,ar(ncomp),inout)- creep strain at previous substep

c statev (dp,ar(ncomp*5+2),inout)- state variables at previous substep
c usvr (dp,ar(*),inout) - user-defined state variables (for usercr)
c tem (dp,sc,in) - temperature at the end of this substep
c dtem (dp,sc,in) - temperature increment over this substep
c fluen (dp,sc,in) - fluence at the end of this substep
c dflu (dp,sc,in) - fluence increment over this substep
c kplst (int,sc,in) - plane stress/plane strain key
c sig (dp,ar(ncomp),inout)- stresses (not used in input)
c hsig (dp,ar(1),inout) - hydrostatic stress (not used in input)

c output arguments:
c epel (dp,ar(ncomp),inout)- elastic strain adjusted for creep increment
c epcrp (dp,ar(ncomp),inout)- updated creep strain
c statev (dp,ar(ncomp*5+2),inout)- updated state variables
c usvr (dp,ar(*),inout) - updated user-defined state variables
c sig (dp,ar(ncomp),inout)- stresses (redefined if c13 > 0)
c hsig (dp,sc,inout) - hydrostatic stress (redefined if c13 > 0)

6.2.18. Subroutine swell1 (Updating an Element's Swelling History)

*deck,swell1
subroutine swell1 (option,elem,intpt,mat,kstartL,epswel,epel,e,
x fluen,dfluen,tem,dtem,usvr)
c *** primary function: to update the swelling history for 1-d elements
c used by: LINK1, LINK8, BEAM23, and BEAM24

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c option (int,sc,in) - swelling option
c elem (int,sc,in) - element number (label)
c intpt (int,sc,in) - element integration point number
c mat (int,sc,in) - material reference number
c kstartL (intL,sc,in) - virtual starting address of the data table
c epswel (dp,sc,inout) - swell strain at previous substep
c epel (dp,sc,inout) - elastic strain
c e (dp,sc,in) - elastic young'S MODULUS
c fluen (dp,sc,in) - fluence at the end of this substep
c dfluen (dp,sc,in) - fluence increment over this substep
c tem (dp,sc,in) - temperature at the end of this substep
c dtem (dp,sc,in) - temperature increment over this substep
c usvr (dp,ar(*),inout) - user-defined state variables (for usersw)

c output arguments:
c epel (dp,sc,inout) - elastic strain adjusted for swelling inc
c epswel (dp,sc,inout) - updated swelling strain
c usvr (dp,ar(*),inout) - updated user-defined state variables

6.2.19. Subroutine swell3 (Updating an Element's Swelling History, 3-D Elements)

*deck,swell3
subroutine swell3 (option,elem,intpt,mat,kstartL,ncomp,epswel,
x epel,e,nuxy,fluen,dfluen,tem,dtem,usvr)
c *** primary function: to update the swelling history for 3-d elements
c used by: PLANE02, PLANE13, PIPE20, PLANE42, SHELL43, SOLID45,
c SHELL51, PIPE60, SOLID62, PLANE82, SHELL91, SOLID92,
c SHELL93, SOLID95, SHELL143, SOLID191

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
140 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
6.2.21. Function nlget (Retrieving Material Nonlinear Property Information)

c epswel (dp,sc,inout) - swell strain at previous substep

c epel (dp,ar(ncomp),inout)- elastic strain
c e (dp,sc,in) - elastic young'S MODULUS
c nuxy (dp,sc,in) - poisson'S RATIO
c fluen (dp,sc,in) - fluence at the end of this substep
c dfluen (dp,sc,in) - fluence increment over this substep
c tem (dp,sc,in) - temperature at the end of this substep
c dtem (dp,sc,in) - temperature increment over this substep
c usvr (dp,ar(*),inout) - user-defined state variables (for usersw)

c output arguments:
c epel (dp,ar(ncomp),inout)- elastic strain adjusted for swelling inc
c epswel (dp,sc,inout) - updated swelling strain
c usvr (dp,ar(*),inout) - updated user-defined state variables

6.2.20. Function elLenPsvrBuf (Determining additional ESAV Record for Plasticity)

*deck,elLenPsvrBuf
function elLenPsvrBuf (mat, plOpt, ncomp)

c************************************************************************

c *** primary function:

c determine additional esave record for plasticity

c input arguments
c ===============
c mat (int,sc,in) - material ID
c plOpt (int,sc,in) - plasticity option
c ncomp (int,sc,in) - number of strain components (1,4, or 6)

c output arguments
c ================
c elLenPsvrBuf (int,sc,out) - number of extra data items saved

c local variables
c ===============

c************************************************************************

6.2.21. Function nlget (Retrieving Material Nonlinear Property Information)

*deck,nlget
function nlget (mat,iprop,prop)
c *** primary function: get a material non-linear property (TB) table.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c mat (int,sc,in) - material number
c iprop (int,sc,in) - property number (tbpnum in tblecm)
c use 13 for tb,user
c use 14 for tb,nl

c output arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c nlget (int,sc,out) - number of property values
c prop (dp,ar(nlget),out) - vector of the property values
c (the first 15(tbhdsz) items are a header,
c given below. The terms are defined in
c tblecm.inc)
c --- terms of the descriptor record:
c header(1) = tbtyp
c header(2) = tbtems
c header(3) = temloc
c header(4) = dprtem

c header(5) = tbrow
c header(6) = tbcol
c header(7) = rowkey
c header(8) = nxtloc
c header(9) = nxttem
c header(10) = temptr
c header(11) = tbpt
c header(12) = tbsiz
c header(13) = tbopt
c header(14) = hypopt
c header(15) = tbnpts

6.2.22. Subroutine usereo (Storing Data in the nmisc Record)

*deck,usereo user
subroutine usereo (elem,iout,nbsvr,bsvr,nnrsvr,nrsvr,npsvr,psvr,
x ncsvr,csvr,nusvr,usvr,nnode,nodes,xyz,vol,leng,time,
x timinc,nutot,utot,maxdat,numdat,udbdat)
c
c *** primary function: to call userou, which allows user to store
c data in nmisc record
c
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c elem (int,sc,in) - element number
c iout (int,sc,in) - output unit number
c nbsvr (int,sc,in) - number of basic element variables
c bsvr (dp,ar(nbsvr),in) - basic element variables
c nnrsvr (int,sc,in) - number of nonlinear element variables
c nrsvr (dp,ar(nnrsvr),in) - nonlinear element variables
c npsvr (int,sc,in) - number of plasticity element variables
c psvr (dp,ar(npsvr),in) - plasticity element variables
c ncsvr (int,sc,in) - number of creep element variables
c csvr (dp,ar(ncsvr),in) - creep element variables
c nusvr (int,sc,in) - number of user-supplied element variables
c usvr (dp,ar(nusvr),in) - user-supplied element variables
c nnode (int,sc,in) - number of nodes
c nodes (int,ar(nnode),in) - node numbers
c xyz (dp,ar(6,nnode),in) - nodal coordinates and rotations (virgin)
c vol (dp,sc,in) - element volume (or area if 2-d)
c leng (dp,sc,in) - element length (beams,spars,etc)
c time (dp,sc,in) - current time
c timinc (dp,sc,in) - current sub step time increment
c nutot (int,sc,in) - length of dof solution vector utot
c utot (dp,ar(nutot),in) - solution vector
c maxdat (int,sc,in) - size of user output array (3 x nnode)
c actually, = ielc(nmnmup)
c
c output arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c numdat (int,sc,out) - number of user output items in array udbdat
c udbdat (dp,ar(maxdat),out) - user output items to be placed at the end
c of the nmisc record
c

6.2.23. Subroutine eldwrtL (Writing Element Data to a File)

*deck,eldwrtL
subroutine eldwrtL (ielem,edtype,lcerstL,edindxL,nval,value)
c *** primary function: output element data to result file.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number
c edtype (int,sc,in) - element data type (see elparm)

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
142 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
6.2.26. Subroutine rottr (Computing the Transformation Matrix)

c lcerstL (LONG,sc,inout) - pointer to results file position

c edindxL (LONG,ar(25),inout)- index to results file data
c nval (int,sc,in) - the total number of values
c if edtype = EDEMS,
c this should -always- be ielc(nmsmis),
c unless there is a variable number, as
c in the layered shell elements.
c value (dp,ar(nval),in) - output values (real)

6.2.24. Subroutine eldwrnL (Writing Element Nonsummable Miscellaneous Data to the Results
File)

*deck,eldwrnL
subroutine eldwrnL (elem,ielc,lcerstL,edindxL,nudb,udbdat,
x nval,value,ndval)
c *** primary function: output element nonsummable miscellaneous data
c to result file
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***

c input arguments:
c elem (int,sc,in) - element number
c ielc (int,ar(IELCSZ),in) - element characteristic vector
c defined in elccmt
c lcerstL (LONG,sc,inout) - pointer to results file position
c edindxL (LONG,ar(25),inout)- index to results file data
c nudb (in,sc,inout) - size of what the user wants to add
c udbdat (dp,ar(*),in) - what the user wants to add
c nval (int,sc,in) - the total number of values to
c be output(does not include nudb)
c this should -always- be ielc(NMNMIS),
c unless there is a variable number, as
c in the layered shell elements.
c value (dp,ar(ndval),in) - output values
c ndval (int,sc,in) - dimension of value - must be no less than
c ielc(NMNMIS) + ielc(NMNMUP)

6.2.25. Subroutine trrot (Computing the Rotation Vector)

*deck,trrot
subroutine trrot (tr,rot)
c *** primary function: get the rotation vector from a transformation matrix
c
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c input arguments:
c tr (dp,ar(3,3),in) - transformation matrix
c
c output arguments:
c rot (dp,ar(3),out) - rotation vector
c

6.2.26. Subroutine rottr (Computing the Transformation Matrix)

*deck,rottr
subroutine rottr (rot,tr)
c primary function: compute transformation matrix from rotation vector *****
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c ref(old): eqn. 20(transposed),rankin and brogan, jpvt,108(1986)165-174.
c ref(new): eqn. (b.4), simo and vu-quoc, cmame, 58 (1986), 79-116
c (removes singularities at pi and 2*pi)
c
c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c rot (dp,ar(4),in) - rotation parameter in radians
c
c output arguments:

c variable (typ,siz,intent) description

c tr (dp,ar(3,3),out) - transformation matrix corresponding to rot

6.2.27. Subroutine xyzup3 (Updating an Element's 3-D Nodal Coordinates)

*deck,xyzup3
subroutine xyzup3 (nnod,u,nr,xyz,nx,xyzup)
c *** primary function: update a 3-d ele nodal coords for large deformation
c
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c input arguments:
c nnod (int,sc,in) - number of nodes
c u (dp,ar(nr),in) - displacement vector
c nr (int,sc,in) - size of the u vector
c xyz (dp,ar(nx,nnod),in) - coordinates to be updated
c nx (int,sc,in) - row size of xy
c
c output arguments:
c xyzup (dp,ar(3,nnod),out) - updated coordinates
c

6.2.28. Subroutine updrot (Updating the Rotation Pseudovector)

*deck,updrot
subroutine updrot (v2,w1)
c primary function: update the rotation pseudovector for 3-d large rotations *****
c
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c The updating of the pseudovector uses the mathematics of quarternions
c (ref: eqn. a5 of J. H. Argyris, CMAME, 32(1982)85-155). The
c pseudovector uses the nomalization proposed by Rankin and Brogan (ref:
c eqn. 15, JPVT, 108(1986)165-174).
c CMAME = Computer Methods in Applied Mechanics and Engineering
c JPVT = Journal of Presssure Vessel Technology (ASME)
c
c variable descriptions:
c input:
c v2 - rotation increment
c w1 - previous rotation pseudovector
c output:
c w1 - updated pseudovector
c
c v1 = cos(v1/2) + 1/2*w1, w1 = 2*sin(v1/2)*e1
c v2 = cos(v2/2) + 1/2*w2, w2 = 2*sin(v2/2)*e2
c v21 = v2*v1 = cos(v21/2) + 1/2*w21 (quarternion multiplication)
c w1 =: v21 (w1 is updated)
c

6.2.29. Subroutine tmpget (Defining Current Temperature Loads)

*deck,tmpget
subroutine tmpget (iel,ielc,nnod,nodes,ref,ndat0,begdat,dat,
x enddat,tlvf)
c primary function: define the current temperature loads
c
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c typ=int,dp,log,chr,dcp siz=sc,ar(n),func intent=in,out,inout
c
c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c iel (int,sc,in) - element number
c ielc (int,ar(IELCSZ),in) - array of element type characteristics
c nnod (int,sc,in) - number of nodes in the nodes array
c nodes (int,ar(nnod),in) - list of nodes
c ref (dp,sc,in) - reference temperature

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
144 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
6.2.31. Subroutine cnvget (Defining Current Convection Loads)

c ndat (int,sc,in) - number of data items to get

c begdat (dp,ar(ndat),in) - data at the beginning of this load step
c
c output arguments:
c dat (dp,ar(ndat),out) - data at this time point
c enddat (dp,ar(ndat),out) - data at end of this load step
c tlvf (int,sc,out) - thermal load vector flag
c Should the thermal load vector be computed
c = 0 - no, temperatures match tref
c = 1 - yes, temperatures do not match tref
c Note, that even if tlvf = 0, temperatures may be used to
c compute temperature-dependent material properties.
c

6.2.30. Subroutine prsget (Defining Current Pressure Loads)

*deck,prsget
subroutine prsget (iel,ielc,nfac,ndat,begdat,dat,enddat,iexist)

c primary function: define the current pressure loads

c See also: PrsRIGet

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c iel (int,sc,in) - element number
c ielc (int,ar(IELCSZ),in) - array of element type characteristics
c nfac (int,sc,in) - number of pressure faces
c ndat (int,sc,in) - number of pressure values
c begdat (dp,ar(ndat),in) - pressure at the beginning of load step

c output arguments:
c dat (dp,ar(ndat),out) - pressures at this iteration
c enddat (dp,ar(ndat),out) - pressure at end of this load step
c iexist (int,sc,out) - flag if pressure exist
c = 0 - no pressure
c = 1 - yes pressure

6.2.31. Subroutine cnvget (Defining Current Convection Loads)

*deck,cnvget
subroutine cnvget (iel,ielc,nr,u,nfac,ndat,beghc,begtb,
x hc,tb,endhc,endtb,iexist)
c primary function: define the current convection loads

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c iel (int,sc,in) - element number
c ielc (int,ar(IELCSZ),in) - array of element type characteristics
c nr (int,sc,in) - dimension of u (temperature) vector
c u (dp,ar(nr),in) - most current temperatures
c nfac (int,sc,in) - number of convection faces
c ndat (int,sc,in) - number of convection values
c beghc (dp,ar(ndat),in) - hcoef at the beginning of load step
c begtb (dp,ar(ndat),in) - tbulk at the beginning of load step

c output arguments:
c hc (dp,ar(ndat),out) - hcoef at this substep
c tb (dp,ar(ndat),out) - tbulk at this substep
c endhc (dp,ar(ndat),in) - hcoef at the end of this load step
c endtb (dp,ar(ndat),in) - tbulk at the end of this load step
c iexist (int,sc,out) - flag if convection exist
c = 0 - no convection
c = 1 - constant convection (with time)
c does not require new element matrix
c = 2 - changing convection (with time)

c or deleted convection
c requires new element matrix

6.2.32. Subroutine hgnget (Defining Current Heat Generation Loads)

*deck,hgnget
subroutine hgnget (iel,ielc,nnod,nodes,ndat,begdat,dat,enddat,
x iexist)
c primary function: define the current heat generation loads
c
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c typ=int,dp,log,chr,dcp siz=sc,ar(n),func intent=in,out,inout
c
c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c iel (int,sc,in) - element number
c ielc (int,ar(IELCSZ),in) - array of element type characteristics
c nnod (int,sc,in) - number of nodes in the nodes array
c nodes (int,ar(nnod),in) - list of nodes
c ndat (int,sc,in) - number of data items to get
c begdat (dp,ar(ndat),in) - data at the beginning of this load step
c
c output arguments:
c dat (dp,ar(ndat),out) - data at this time point
c enddat (dp,ar(ndat),out) - data at end of this load step
c iexist (int,sc,out) - flag if heat generation exist
c = 0 - no heat generation
c = 1 - yes heat generation
c

6.2.33. Subroutine prinst (Computing principal stress and stress intensity)

*deck,prinst
subroutine prinst (s)
c primary function: computes principal stresses and stress intensity
c secondary functions: none
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***

c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c s (dp,ar(11),inout) - stress vector
c s(1)=sx
c s(2)=sy
c s(3)=sz
c s(4)=sigxy
c s(5)=sigyz
c s(6)=sigzx

c
c output arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c s (dp,ar(11),inout) - stress vector
c s(7)=sig1
c s(8)=sig2
c s(9)=sig3
c s(10)=s.i.
c s(11)=sige
c

6.3. Routines for Modifying and Monitoring Existing Elements

The next few pages describe the user routines you use to modify or monitor existing ANSYS elements.These
routines enable you to perform tasks including:

Computing load vectors for frequency domain logic

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
146 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
6.3.1. Subroutine userfd (Computing the Complex Load Vector for Frequency Domain Logic)

Storing element output that users supply

Modifying the orientation of material properties and stresses
Modifying the orientation of material properties and stresses of layers within an element
Performing a user-defined operation on a parameter for the COMBIN7 and COMBIN37 elements
Providing a user-defined initial thickness for SHELL181
Providing a user-defined initial stress for PLANE2, PLANE42, SOLID45, PLANE82, SOLID92, SOLID95, LINK180,
SHELL181, PLANE182, PLANE183, SOLID185, SOLID186, SOLID187, SOLSH190, BEAM188, BEAM189,
SHELL208, and SHELL209
Providing a user-defined fictive temperature relationship for VISCO88 and VISCO89
Providing viscoelastic computation in the stiffness pass for VISCO88 and VISCO89
Modifying SURF151 and SURF152 film coefficients and bulk temperatures based on information from
FLUID116

6.3.1. Subroutine userfd (Computing the Complex Load Vector for Frequency Domain Logic)

*deck,userfd user
subroutine userfd (nr,kcbrm,kpfor,ktrsur,isur,
x cb,do,doext,aread,alenv,denswat,faclen,conac,fluidt,visc,
x watbas,watcur,watwav,xyzup,tr,accel,puvel,u,zass,
x forl,zsc,zsc2,pdyn,holdwv)
c *** primary function: compute complex load vector for frequency domain logic
c for pipe59
c *** secondary functions: none
c -- accessed with keyopt(12) = 2
c
c *** copyright(c) 2006 SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
c *** ansys, inc.
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c input arguments:
c nr (int,sc,in) - matrix size
c kcbrm (int,sc,in) - key for reduced matrices/cable option
c kpfor (int,sc,in) - keyopt for hydrodynamic printout
c ktrsur (int,sc,in) - keyopt for surface treatment(unfinished)
c isur (int,sc,in) - surface flag
c cb (dp,sc,in) - buoyancy coefficient (real constant)
c do (dp,sc,in) - outside diameter of pipe
c doext (dp,sc,in) - outside diameter of insulation
c aread (dp,sc,in) - area of displaced water
c alenv (dp,sc,in) - length of element
c denswat (dp,sc,in) - water density
c faclen (dp,sc,in) - wetted fraction of pipe
c conac (dp,sc,in) - added mass per unit length
c fluidt (dp,sc,in) - fluid temperature
c visc (dp,sc,in) - viscosity
c watbas (dp,ar(*),in - water basic table
c watcur (dp,ar(*),in - water current table
c watwav (dp,ar(*),in - water wave table
c xyzup (dp,ar(3,2),in) - updated coordinates
c tr (dp,ar(3,3),in) - local to global transformation matrix
c accel (dp,ar(3),in) - acceleration vector
c puvel (int,sc,in) - index for velocities in u matrix
c u (dp,ar(nr,5),in - displacements and velocities
c zass (dp,ar(nr,nr),in) - mass matrix
c forl (dp,ar(12),inout) - force vector in element coordinates
c zsc (dp,ar(nr),inout) - real load vector for frequency domain
c zsc2 (dp,ar(nr),inout) - complex load vector for frequency domain
c
c output arguments:
c forl (dp,ar(12),inout) - force vector in element coordinates
c zsc (dp,ar(nr),inout) - real load vector for frequency domain
c zsc2 (dp,ar(nr),inout) - complex load vector for frequency domain

c pdyn (dp,ar(2),out) - dynamic pressure

c holdwv (dp,ar(60),out) - wave information held for printout
c

6.3.2. Subroutine userou (Storing User-Supplied Element Output)

*deck,userou user
subroutine userou (elem,iout,nbsvr,bsvr,nnrsvr,nrsvr,npsvr,psvr,
x ncsvr,csvr,nusvr,usvr,nnode,nodes,xyz,vol,leng,time,
x timinc,nutot,utot,maxdat,numdat,udbdat)
c
c *** primary function: store user supplied element output
c in nmisc record
c
c in order to activate this user programmable feature,
c the user must enter the usrcal command.
c
c
c *** copyright(c) 2006 SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
c *** ansys, inc.
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c this routine is called by almost every element
c the data is stored on the nmisc record.
c warning: other data may be stored between the
c documented data and this data.
c in order to see the actual information on the nmisc
c record, insert the command:
c dblist,elp,elnum1,elnum2,elinc,11
c where elnum1 = the first element
c elnum2 = the last element
c elinc = the element increment number
c after a set command in post1.
c
c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c elem (int,sc,in) - element number
c iout (int,sc,in) - output unit number
c nbsvr (int,sc,in) - number of basic element variables
c bsvr (dp,ar(nbsvr),in) - basic element variables
c nnrsvr (int,sc,in) - number of nonlinear element variables
c nrsvr (dp,ar(nnrsvr),in) - nonlinear element variables
c npsvr (int,sc,in) - number of plasticity element variables
c psvr (dp,ar(npsvr),in) - plasticity element variables
c ncsvr (int,sc,in) - number of creep element variables
c csvr (dp,ar(ncsvr),in) - creep element variables
c nusvr (int,sc,in) - number of user-supplied element variables
c (= nstv on the nsvr command)
c usvr (dp,ar(nusvr),in) - user-supplied element variables
c nnode (int,sc,in) - number of nodes
c nodes (int,ar(nnode),in) - node numbers
c xyz (dp,ar(6,nnode),in) - nodal coordinates and rotations (virgin)
c vol (dp,sc,in) - element volume (or area if 2-d)
c leng (dp,sc,in) - element length (beams,spars,etc)
c time (dp,sc,in) - current time
c timinc (dp,sc,in) - current sub step time increment
c nutot (int,sc,in) - length of dof solution vector utot
c utot (dp,ar(nutot),in) - solution vector
c maxdat (int,sc,in) - size of user output array (3 x nnode)
c
c output arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c numdat (int,sc,out) - number of user output items in array udbdat
c (maximum size of numdat is ielc(NMNMUP)
c which is usually three times the number
c of nodes.
c udbdat (dp,ar(maxdat),out) - user output items to be placed at the end
c of the nmisc record
c

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
148 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
6.3.4. Subroutine usanly (Modifying Orientation of Material Properties and Stresses of Layers)

6.3.3. Subroutine useran (Modifying Orientation of Material Properties)

*deck,useran user
subroutine useran (vn,vref,elem,thick,xyzctr,bsangl)
c user written routine to modify orientation of material properties
c and stresses ***************************
c applicable to: shell43,63,91,93,99, solid46,64,191
c accessed by keyopt
c
c *** copyright(c) 2006 SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
c *** ansys, inc.
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c **** warning *** do not change any arguments other than bsangl.
c if you do, your results are probably wrong.
c
c input(do not change)---
c vn = vector normal to element
c vref = unit vector orienting element, essentially edge i-j
c elem = element number
c thick = total thickness of element at this point (see note below)
c xyzctr = location of element centroid or integration point
c
c output---
c bsangl = output from this subroutine. it represents the angle(s)
c between vref and the desired orientation. it may have
c the default orientation coming in to useran.
c This will be combined with the angles derived from
c the ESYS command.
c use 1 angle for 2-d elements and shells
c use 3 angles for 3-d solids
c

6.3.4. Subroutine usanly (Modifying Orientation of Material Properties and Stresses of Layers)

*deck,usanly user
subroutine usanly (vn,vref,elem,thick,xyzctr,ln,bsangl)
c
c user written routine to modify orientation of material properties
c and stresses of layers within an element **************************
c applicable to shell91,99, and solid46,191
c accessed with keyopt(4)
c
c *** copyright(c) 2006 SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
c *** ansys, inc.
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c **** warning *** do not change any arguments other than bsangl.
c if you do, your results are probably wrong.
c input(do not change)---
c vn = vector normal to element
c vref = unit vector orienting element, essentially edge i-j
c elem = element number
c thick = thickness of layer ln at this point (see note below)
c xyzctr = location of element centroid or integration point
c ln = layer number
c
c output---
c bsangl = output from this subroutine. it represents the angle(s)
c between vref and the desired orientation of the layer.
c it may have the default orientation coming in to useran.
c
c this angle does not affect the angle given in the printout.
c users may want to add their own angle printout in usanly.
c
c also, this angle does not affect the angle shown using the
c layplot or laylist commands
c
c use 1 angle for 2-d elements and shells

c use 3 angles for 3-d solids

c
c the programmer of usanly can base their logic on the location
c of the point in space, or an element attributes, such as thick
c

6.3.5. Subroutine userrc (Performing User Operations on COMBIN7 and COMBIN37 Parameters)

*deck,userrc user
subroutine userrc (elem,ireal,type,nusvr,usvr,parm,parmld,
x c1,c2,c3,c4,fcon)
c primary function: user operation on parameter for combin7 and combin37
c accessed with keyopt(9) = 1
c
c *** copyright(c) 2006 SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
c *** ansys, inc.
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c elem (int,sc,in) - element number
c ireal (int,sc,in) - element real constant number
c type (int,sc,in) - element type number
c nusvr (int,sc,in) - number of user-supplied element variables
c usvr (dp,ar(nusvr),inout) - user-supplied element variables
c parm (dp,sc,in) - current value of the paramater
c parmld (dp,sc,in) - value of the parameter at previous time ste
c c1 (dp,sc,in) - real constant c1
c c2 (dp,sc,in) - real constant c2
c c3 (dp,sc,in) - real constant c3
c c4 (dp,sc,in) - real constant c4
c
c output arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c usvr (dp,ar(nusvr),inout) - user-supplied element variables
c may be sent .rst file with usereo
c fcon (dp,sc,out) - result of calculation
c
c either c1 or c3 must be nonzero for this logic to be accessed,
c

6.3.6. Function userpe (Calculating Rotation Caused by Internal Pressure)

*deck,userpe user
function userpe (prs,rvrp,angle,ex,nuxy)

c primary function: calculate the rotation caused by internal pressure

c on an elbow element
c This function is only called by el18(pipe18)
c if keyopt(5) = 1

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c *** copyright(c) 2006 SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.

c *** ansys, inc.

c typ=int,dp,log,chr,dcp siz=sc,ar(n) intent=in,out,inout

c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c prs (dp,ar(5),in) - pressure vector
c rvrp (dp,ar(11),in) - real constants(see elements manual)
c angle (dp,sc,in) - subtended angle
c ex (dp,sc,in) - Young's modulus
c nuxy (dp,sc,in) - Poisson's ratio

c output arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c userpe (dp,sc,out) - rotation caused by internal pressure on the

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
150 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
6.3.8. Subroutine UTHICK (Getting User-defined Initial Thickness)

c elbow element

6.3.7. Subroutine UElMatx (Accessing Element Matrices and Load Vectors)

*deck,UElMatx user
subroutine UElMatx (elem,nr,ls,zs,zsc,uelm,ielc,nodes,
x ElDofEachNode,elmdat,xyzang,lenu)

c primary function: User routine to access element matrices and load vectors.
c Needs to have USRCAL,UELMATX to be accessed.
c Called after the call to the element routine and
c before the solver.
c May be used to monitor and/or modify the element matrices
c and load vectors.

c *** copyright(c) 2006 SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.

c *** ansys, inc.

c typ=int,dp,log,chr,dcp siz=sc,ar(n) intent=in,out,inout

c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c elem (int,sc,in) - User element number
c nr (int,sc,in) - number of rows in element matrix
c ls (int,ar(nr),in) - Dof Index vector for this element matrix
c zs (dp,ar(nr,nr,4),inout)- K,M,C,SS matrices for this element
c zsc (dp,ar(nr,2),inout) - Element load vector and N-R correction vec
c uelm (dp,ar(nr,5),in) - Nodal displacements for this element
c ielc (int,ar(*),in) - Element type characteristics
c nodes (int,ar(*),in) - Nodes for this element
c ElDofEachNode (int,ar(nr),in) - list of dofs for each node in Global
c elmdat (int,ar(10),in) - Element data for this element
c xyzang (dp,ar(6,*),in) - X,Y,Z,THXY,THYZ,THZX for each element node
c lenu (int,sc,in) - Length of global displacement vector

c output arguments:
c zs (dp,ar(nr,nr,4),inout)- K,M,C,SS matrices for this element
c zsc (dp,ar(nr,2),inout) - Element load vector and N-R correction vec
c WARNING: any CHANGES to these (or any other) arguments will have a direc
c impact on the solution, possibly giving meaningless results. The normal
c usage of this routine is simply monitor what is happening.

6.3.8. Subroutine UTHICK (Getting User-defined Initial Thickness)

*deck,uthick user
SUBROUTINE uthick (elemId, elemType, matId, realId,
$ numDomIntPts, curCoords, thickness)
ccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccc
c
c *** primary function: get the user defined thickness
c
c *** copyright(c) 2006 SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
c *** ansys, inc.
c
c input arguments
c ===============
c Variable (type,sz,i/o) description
c elemId (int,sc,i) element number
c elemType (int,sc,i) element TYPE (181 etc.)
c matId (int,sc,i) material number
c realId (int,sc,i) real constant set number
c numDomIntPts (int,sc,i) number of integration points
c curCoords (dp,ar(3,numDomIntPts),i)
c current coordinates
c
c output arguments
c ================

c thickness (dp,ar(3,numDomIntPts),o)
c thickness at the integration points
c
ccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccc
c
c --- parameters
c

6.3.9. Subroutine USTRESS (Getting User-defined Initial Stress)

*deck,ustress user
SUBROUTINE ustress (elemId, elemType, matId, basis,
$ curIntPt, curLayer, curSecPt,
$ numDirect, numShear, curCoords,
$ tLocation, iniData)
ccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccc
c
c *** primary function: get the user supplied stress state for
c initial stress analysis
c
c *** copyright(c) 2006 SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
c *** ansys, inc.
c
c input arguments
c ===============
c Variable (type,sz,i/o) description
c elemId (int,sc,i) element number
c elemType (int,sc,i) element TYPE (42, 181 etc.)
c matId (int,sc,i) material number
c basis (dp,ar(3,3),i) basis directions (for the element)
c curIntPt (int,sc,i) current Integration point
c curLayer (int,sc,i) current Layer number (for shell
c and layered solids)
c curSecPt (int,sc,i) current point through the thickness in the
c current layer
c numDirect (int,sc,i) number of direct stress comp
c (s_xx,s_yy,s_zz)
c numShear (int,sc,i) number of shear stress comp
c (s_xy,s_yz,s_zx)
c curCoords (dp,ar(3),i) current coordinates
c tLocation (dp,sc,i) normalized thickness location
c (shell elements only)
c -1 = bottom or first sec pt
c +1 = top or last sec pt
c 0 = mid surface
c
c output arguments
c ================
c iniData (dp,ar(numDirect+numShear),o)
c user input stress values
c
ccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccc
c
c --- parameters
c

6.3.10. Subroutine UsrFictive (Providing User-defined Fictive Temperature Relationship)

*deck,UsrFictive user
subroutine UsrFictive (tref,toffst,tem,ftl, veinpt, ftc)
c *** primary function: allow users to write their own
c fictive temperature relationship
c this logic is accessed with c5 = 11 on the tb,evisc table
c *** secondary function: demonstrate the use of a user-written
c fictive temperature relationship
c this routine could also be used to modify the viscoelastic
c data during solution, i.e., to make the viscoelastic
c coefficients themselves time-dependent.
c

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
152 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
6.3.11. Subroutine UsrViscEl (Performs Viscoelastic Computation)

c * notice- this routine contains ansys,inc. confidential information *

c
c *** copyright(c) 2006 SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
c *** ansys, inc.
c
c input arguments:
c variable (type,sze,intent) description
c tref (dp,sc,in) - reference temperature
c toffst (dp,sc,in) - temperature offset from absolute zero
c tem (dp,sc,in) - temperature at the end of this substep
c ftl (dp,sc,in) - previous fictive temperature
c veinpt (dp,ar(95),inout) - table from tb,evisc
c
c output arguments:
c variable (type,sze,intent) description
c veinpt (dp,ar(95),inout) - table from tb,evisc
c ftc (dp,sc,in) - fictive temperature
c

6.3.11. Subroutine UsrViscEl (Performs Viscoelastic Computation)

*deck,UsrViscEl user
subroutine UsrViscEl (veinpt,ncomp,tem,dtem,ex,gxy,eex,egxy,phil,
x zil,g1l,g2l,hsm,hbm,smcm,bmcm,epsl,epst,ftl,dftl,tref,tvc,dvc,
x dsig,rsig,cm,kerr,cml)
c ****** perform visco-elastic computation - stiffness pass
c
c ***** notice- this routine contains ansys, inc. confidential information ****
c
c *** copyright(c) 2006 SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
c *** ansys, inc.
c
c input arguments:
c veinpt (dp,ar(95),in) - viscoelastic input data
c ncomp (int,sc,in) - number of components (4 or 6)
c tem (dp,sc,in) - temperature
c dtem (dp,sc,in) - incremental temperature
c ex (dp,sc,in) - bulk modulus at infinite time
c gxy (dp,sc,in) - shear modulus at infinite time
c smcm (dp,ar(ncomp,ncomp),in) - material matrix for shear modulus
c bmcm (dp,ar(ncomp,ncomp),in) - material matrix for bulk modulus
c epsl (dp,ar(ncomp),in) - strain for previous iteration
c epst (dp,ar(ncomp),in) - total strain for current iteration
c tref (dp,sc,in) - reference temperature
c
c output arguments:
c eex (dp,sc,out) - effective bulk modulus
c egxy (dp,sc,out) - effective shear modulus
c phil (dp,sc,inout) - previous shift factor
c zil (dp,sc,inout) - previous pseudo time
c g1l (dp,ar(ncomp,10),out) - recursive shear relaxation
c g2l (dp,ar(ncomp,10),out) - recursive bulk relaxation
c hsm (dp,ar(10),out) - recursive shear relaxation
c hbm (dp,ar(10),out) - recursive bulk relaxation
c ftl (dp,sc,inout) - previous fictive temperature
c dftl (dp,ar(10),out) - incremental fictive temperature
c tvc (dp,sc,inout) - total volume change
c dvc (dp,sc,out) - incremental volume change
c dsig (dp,ar(ncomp),out) - stress change
c rsig (dp,ar(ncomp),out) - stress relaxation
c cm (dp,ar(ncomp,ncomp),out)- total material matrix
c kerr (int,sc,out) - error key
c
c argument of convenience:
c cml (dp,ar(ncomp,ncomp),none)- no value (used only to avoid simplify
c logic due to variable array sizes)
c
c

6.3.12. Subroutine usrsurf116 (Modifying SURF151 and SURF152 Film Coefficients and Bulk
Temperatures)

*deck,usrsurf116 user
subroutine usrsurf116 (elem,ielc,center,jdim,kaxis,time,nr,u,
x omeg,ndat, temvel,hc,tb,key)
c *** primary function: change element convection surface info
c for surf151 and/or surf152 based on information from fluid116.
c It is called by el151 and el152.
c
c in order to activate this user programmable feature,
c the user must have used fluid116 with keyopt(2) = 1.
c Further, surf151 and/or surf152 must have keyopt(5) = 1
c (include extra node). Finally, for this routine to do anything,
c key(1) and/or key(2) must be reset in this routine to a
c nonzero number. There is no usrcal control over this routine.
c
c *** copyright(c) 2006 SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
c *** ansys, inc.
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c elem (int,sc,in) - element number for operation.
c ielc (int,ar(IELCSZ),in) - array of element type characteristics
c center (dp,ar(3),in) - coordinates of center of surface element
c jdim (int,sc,in) - dimensionality key
c 1 = 2d
c 2 = axisymmetric
c 3 = 3d
c kaxis (int,sc,in) - axis of rotation (keyopt(3) for el152)
c (see getv116 for definition)
c time (dp,sc,in) - time of current substep
c nr (int,sc,in) - number of nodal temperatures
c of the element
c u (dp,ar(nr),in) - vector of most recent values of the
c temperatures
c omeg (dp,sc,in) - spin real constant (may be from table)
c ndat (int,sc,in) - number of data points per element
c hc (dp,ar(ndat),inout) - film coefficients
c (has input values for each corner
c of element)
c tb (dp,ar(ndat),inout) - bulk temperature
c (has input values for each corner
c of element)
c
c output arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c temvel (dp,sc,out) - user defined bulk temperature in excess of
c fluid node temperature
c hc (dp,ar(ndat),inout) - film coefficients
c (defines input values for each corner
c of element)
c tb (dp,ar(ndat),inout) -bulk temperature(includes any modification)
c (defines input values for each corner
c of element)
c key (int,ar(2),out) - key if to use this logic
c key(1) = 0 = no new film coefficient
c key(1) = 1 = define new film coefficient
c key(2) = 0 = no new bulk temperature
c key(2) = 1 = define new bulk temperature
c (if key(2) = 1, the adiabatic wall
c temperature logic is not used).
c
c this routine is called during each substep of each load step.
c it is called for each equilibrium iteration.
c it is called once per element. it is called only during the heat
c flow load vector formulation stage, and not during the heat flow
c evaluation stage.
c the call to get the standard ansys input convection surfaces

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
154 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
6.3.14. Subroutine User116Hf (Computes the film coefficient for FLUID116)

c is made just before entering this routine, so this information is

c available to be modified, if desired.
c
c This routine may be thought of as a specialized version of usercv.
c Indeed, el151 and el152 also call usercv. Either (or both, rarely)
c could be used.
c
c velocity-dependent film coefficients and bulk temperatures can
c be computed by using the velocities and other information from
c fluid116.
c Details of this procedure are:
c -- SURF151 or SURF152 are 'pasted' onto the actual solid model.
c -- flow rate is input to or is computed by FLUID116,
c with KEYOPT(2) = 1
c -- flow rate may be a function of time
c -- the user defines nodes on the FLUID116 network to be the same
c nodes as the 'extra' nodes of SURF151 or SURF152. If more
c than one FLUID116 element is attached to one of these nodes,
c the velocities are averaged.
c -- SURF151 or SURF152 calls this routine, indirectly, to compute
c the film coefficient and bulk temperature. This routine,
c in turn, gets the average velocity at the 'extra' node
c using 'getv116', as shown below. Other quantities brought
c in by getv116 are also averaged.

6.3.13. Subroutine User116Cond (Computes the conductance coefficient for FLUID116)

*deck,User116Cond user
subroutine User116Cond(elem,prop,rvr,aleng,re,fric,uptot,uttot,
x bco)
c primary function: compute bc for conductance coefficient for fluid116

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c
c *** copyright(c) 2006 SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
c *** ansys, inc.

c input arguments:
c elem (int,sc,in) - element number
c prop (dp,ar(4),in) - material property vector
c order is: dens,visc,kxx,c
c rvr (dp,ar(24),in) - real constant vector
c aleng (dp,sc,in) - element length
c re (dp,sc,in) - reynold's number
c fric (dp,sc,in) - friction factor
c uptot (dp,ar(2),in - nodal pressure values from previous iteration
c uttot (dp,ar(4),in - nodal temperature values from prev iteration
c bco (dp,sc,inout) - the conductance coefficient from TB,fcon

c output arguments:
c bco (dp,sc,inout) - the desired conductance coefficient

6.3.14. Subroutine User116Hf (Computes the film coefficient for FLUID116)

*deck,User116Hf user
subroutine User116Hf (elem,prop,rvr,aleng,re,uptot,uttot,hf)
c primary function: compute hf for film coefficient for fluid116

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c
c *** copyright(c) 2006 SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
c *** ansys, inc.

c input arguments:
c elem (int,sc,in) - element number
c prop (dp,ar(4),inout) - material property vector
c order is: dens,visc,kxx,c
c rvr (dp,ar(18),in) - real constant vector
c aleng (dp,sc,in) - element length

c re (dp,sc,in) - reynold's number

c uptot (dp,ar(2),in - nodal pressure values from previous iteration
c uttot (dp,ar(4),in - nodal temperature values from prevs iteration
c hf (dp,sc,inout) - the film coefficient from TB,hflm

c output arguments:
c hf (dp,sc,inout) - the desired film coefficient

6.3.15. Subroutine Us_Surf_Str (Captures surface stresses)

*deck,Us_Surf_Str user
subroutine Us_Surf_Str (elem,face,area,temp,pressure,ep,stress)
c *** primary function: User routine to capture surface stresses
c called by PLANE2, 42, 82 and SOLID45, 92, 95

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c *** copyright(c) 2006 SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
c *** ansys, inc.

c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c elem (int,sc,in) element number
c face (int,sc,in) face number
c area (dp, sc,in) face area (or length)
c temp (dp, sc,in) face temperature
c pressure(dp, sc,in) face pressure
c ep (dp,ar(4),in) face strains
c stress (dp,ar(11),in) face stresses

c output arguments: none

6.3.16. Subroutine usflex (Computes the flexibility factor for PIPE16, PIPE17, PIPE18, and
PIPE60)

*deck,usflex user
subroutine usflex (etype,elem,rvrm,kff,prs,ex, flexi,flexo)
c *** primary function: to (re)compute the flexibility factor
c for pipe16, pipe17, pipe18, and pipe60
c this is accessed by inputting the flexibility factor
c as any negative number.
c *** secondary functions: none
c
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c *** copyright(c) 2006 SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
c *** ansys, inc.
c
c typ=int,dp,log,chr,dcp siz=sc,ar(n) intent=in,out,inout
c
c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c etype (int,sc,in) - pipe element type (16, 17, 18 or 60)
c elem (int,sc,in) - element number
c rvrm (dp,ar(*),in) - real constants
c kff (int,sc,in) - keyopt for flexibility factor
c (not used for pipe16 or pipe17)
c prs (dp,ar(5),in) - pressures
c ex (dp,sc,in) - young's Modulus
c flexi (dp,sc,inout) - effective in-plane flexibility factor
c flexo (dp,sc,inout) - effective out-of-plane flexibility factor
c (not used for pipe16 or pipe17)
c
c output arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c flexi (dp,sc,inout) - effective in-plane flexibility factor
c flexo (dp,sc,inout) - effective out-of-plane flexibility factor
c (not used for pipe16 or pipe17)
c

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
156 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
6.4.1. Subroutine usermat (Writing Your Own Material Models)

6.3.17. Subroutine UsrShift (Calculates pseudotime time increment)

*deck, user
subroutine UsrShift(dxi,dxihalf,timinc,
& temp,dtemp,toffst,propsh,nTerms)
c********************************************************************************
c calculate pseudotime time increment according
c to a user specified shift function
c
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c input arguments:
c timinc (dp,sc,in) - time increment
c temp (dp,sc,in) - current temperature, t_n+1
c dtemp (dp,sc,in) - temperature increment, t_n+1 - t_n
c toffst (dp,sc,in) - temperature offset to absolute zero
c (specified by TOFFST command)
c propsh (dp,ar,in) - Constants for shift function
c (User's input using TB,SHIFT,,,,USER)
c nTerms (int,ar,in) - number of user defined constants
c (specified in TB,SHIFT,,,nTerms,USER)
c output arguments:
c dxi (dp,sc,out) - pseudotime increment
c dxihalf (dp,sc,out) - pseudotime increment over the upper half span
c********************************************************************************

6.4. Routines for Customizing Material Behavior

This section describes the user routines you use to modify or monitor how materials behave.These routines
enable you to perform tasks including:

Writing your own material constitutive models

Writing your own plasticity, creep, or swelling laws
Writing your own hyperelasticity laws
Updating the nonlinear strain history for a user-defined material
Checking material data you have defined
Computing the derivatives of the strain energy density "W" with respect to its invariants
Controlling hygrothermal growth.

Note

If you write a material behavior routine using any of the ANSYS commands MPDATA, MPDELE, TB,
or TBDELE, be aware that these commands interpret the string "_MATL" to mean the current active
material when it appears in their MAT field.The "_MATL" is used in conjunction with the library (LIB)
option of the MPREAD and MPWRITE commands. MPWRITE inserts "_MATL" in lieu of the specified
material number as these commands are written to the material library file.This occurs only when
you use the LIB option. When ANSYS reads a material library file written in this format, it interprets
"_MATL" to mean the currently active material (as defined by the MAT,MAT command). Do not use
the "_MATL" string outside the scope of the MPREAD command.

6.4.1. Subroutine usermat (Writing Your Own Material Models)

This subroutine is applicable to the following elements: LINK180, SHELL181, PLANE182, PLANE183, SOLID185,
SOLID186, SOLID187, SOLSH190, BEAM188, BEAM189, SHELL208, and SHELL209.

*deck,usermat user
subroutine usermat(

& matId, elemId,kDomIntPt, kLayer, kSectPt,

& ldstep,isubst,keycut,
& nDirect,nShear,ncomp,nStatev,nProp,
& Time,dTime,Temp,dTemp,
& stress,ustatev,dsdePl,sedEl,sedPl,epseq,
& Strain,dStrain, epsPl, prop, coords,
& rotateM, defGrad_t, defGrad,
& tsstif, epsZZ,
& var1, var2, var3, var4, var5,
& var6, var7, var8)
c*************************************************************************
c *** primary function ***
c
c user defined material constitutive model
c
c Attention:
c User must define material constitutive law properly
c according to the stress state such as 3D, plain strain
c and axisymmetry, plane stress and 3D/1D beam.
c
c a 3D material constitutive model can use for
c plain strain and axisymmetry cases.
c
c When using shell elements, a plane stress algorithm
c must be use.
c
c gal July, 1999
c
c The following demonstrates a USERMAT subroutine for
c a plasticity model, which is the same as TB, BISO,
c for different stress states.
c See "ANSYS user material subroutine USERMAT" for detailed
c description of how to write a USERMAT routine.
c
c This routine calls four routines,
c usermat3d.F, usermatps.F usermatbm.F and usermat1d.F, w.r.t.
c the corresponding stress states.
c Each routine can be also a usermat routine for the specific
c element.
c
c*************************************************************************
c
c input arguments
c ===============
c matId (int,sc,i) material #
c elemId (int,sc,i) element #
c kDomIntPt (int,sc,i) "k"th domain integration point
c kLayer (int,sc,i) "k"th layer
c kSectPt (int,sc,i) "k"th Section point
c ldstep (int,sc,i) load step number
c isubst (int,sc,i) substep number
c nDirect (int,sc,in) # of direct components
c nShear (int,sc,in) # of shear components
c ncomp (int,sc,in) nDirect + nShear
c nstatev (int,sc,l) Number of state variables
c nProp (int,sc,l) Number of material ocnstants
c
c Temp (dp,sc,in) temperature at beginning of
c time increment
c dTemp (dp,sc,in) temperature increment
c Time (dp,sc,in) time at beginning of increment (t)
c dTime (dp,sc,in) current time increment (dt)
c
c Strain (dp,ar(ncomp),i) Strain at beginning of time increment
c dStrain (dp,ar(ncomp),i) Strain increment
c prop (dp,ar(nprop),i) Material constants defined by TB,USER
c coords (dp,ar(3),i) current coordinates
c rotateM (dp,ar(3,3),i) Rotation matrix for finite deformation update
c Used only in 5.6 and 5.7
c Unit matrix in 6.0 and late version
c defGrad_t(dp,ar(3,3),i) Deformation gradient at time t
c defGrad (dp,ar(3,3),i) Deformation gradient at time t+dt

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
158 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
6.4.1. Subroutine usermat (Writing Your Own Material Models)

c
c input output arguments
c ======================
c stress (dp,ar(nTesn),io) stress
c ustatev (dp,ar(nstatev),io) user state variables
c sedEl (dp,sc,io) elastic work
c sedPl (dp,sc,io) plastic work
c epseq (dp,sc,io) equivalent plastic strain
c tsstif (dp,ar(2),io) transverse shear stiffness
c tsstif(1) - Gxz
c tsstif(2) - Gyz
c tsstif(1) is also used to calculate hourglass
c stiffness, this value must be defined when low
c order element, such as 181, 182, 185 with uniform
c integration is used.
c var? (dp,sc,io) not used, they are reserved arguments
c for further development
c
c output arguments
c ================
c keycut (int,sc,io) loading bisect/cut control
c 0 - no bisect/cut
c 1 - bisect/cut
c (factor will be determined by ANSYS solution control)
c dsdePl (dp,ar(ncomp,ncomp),io) material jacobian matrix
c epsZZ (dp,sc,o) strain epsZZ for plane stress,
c define it when accounting for thickness change
c in shell and plane stress states
c
c*************************************************************************
c
c ncomp 6 for 3D (nshear=3)
c ncomp 4 for plane strain or axisymmetric (nShear = 1)
c ncomp 3 for plane stress (nShear = 1)
c ncomp 3 for 3d beam (nShear = 2)
c ncomp 1 for 1D (nShear = 0)
c
c stresss and strains, plastic strain vectors
c 11, 22, 33, 12, 23, 13 for 3D
c 11, 22, 33, 12 for plane strain or axisymmetry
c 11, 22, 12 for plane stress
c 11, 13, 12 for 3d beam
c 11 for 1D
c
c material jacobian matrix
c 3D
c dsdePl | 1111 1122 1133 1112 1123 1113 |
c dsdePl | 2211 2222 2233 2212 2223 2213 |
c dsdePl | 3311 3322 3333 3312 3323 3313 |
c dsdePl | 1211 1222 1233 1212 1223 1213 |
c dsdePl | 2311 2322 2333 2312 2323 2313 |
c dsdePl | 1311 1322 1333 1312 1323 1313 |
c plane strain or axisymmetric (11, 22, 33, 12)
c dsdePl | 1111 1122 1133 1112 |
c dsdePl | 2211 2222 2233 2212 |
c dsdePl | 3311 3322 3333 3312 |
c dsdePl | 1211 1222 1233 1212 |
c plane stress (11, 22, 12)
c dsdePl | 1111 1122 1112 |
c dsdePl | 2211 2222 2212 |
c dsdePl | 1211 1222 1212 |
c 3d beam (11, 13, 12)
c dsdePl | 1111 1113 1112 |
c dsdePl | 1311 1313 1312 |
c dsdePl | 1211 1213 1212 |
c 1d
c dsdePl | 1111 |
c
c*************************************************************************

6.4.2. Subroutine userpl (Writing Your Own Plasticity Laws)

This subroutine is applicable to the following elements: LINK1, PLANE2, LINK8, PIPE20, BEAM23, BEAM24, PLANE42,
SHELL43, SOLID45, SHELL51, PIPE60, SOLID62, SOLID65, PLANE82, SHELL91, SOLID92, SHELL93, SOLID95.

*deck,userpl user
subroutine userpl (elem,intpt,mat,ncomp,kfirst,kfsteq,e,nu,dens,
x prop,d,ktform,timval,timinc,tem,dtem,toffst,flu,dflu,epel,eppl,
x statev,usvr,epeq,plwork,sigepl,sigrat,depeq,dt)
c
c *** primary function: allow users to write their own plasticity laws.
c this logic is accessed with tb,user.
c the below demonstration logic is the same as using
c tb,bkin, without adaptive descent (nropt,,,off).
c Other plasticity rules may require internal
c iterations and/or the more general definition of
c plasticity theory, discussed in the Theory
c Manual.
c *** secondary function: demonstrate the use of user-written plasticity laws
c in this routine:
c a. update the nonlinear strain history
c b. compute the material tangent matrix if requested
c
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c
c *** ansys(r) copyright(c) 2004
c *** ansys, inc.
c
c input arguments:
c variable (type,sze,intent) description
c
c elem (int,sc,in) - element number (label)
c intpt (int,sc,in) - element integration point number
c mat (int,sc,in) - material reference number
c ncomp (int,sc,in) - no. of stress/strain components (1,4 or 6)
c 1 - x
c 4 - x,y,z,xy
c 6 - x,y,z,xy,yz,xz
c kfirst (int,sc,in) - 1 if first time through, 0 otherwise
c (useful for initializing state variables
c to a non-zero value)
c kfsteq (int,sc,in) - 1 if first equilibrium iteration of a
c substep, 0 otherwise
c
c e (dp,sc,in) - average elastic modulus
c nu (dp,sc,in) - average poisson ratio
c dens (dp,sc,in) - current material density (mass/volume)
c prop - linear material property array
c (dp,ar(9),in) (ex,ey,ez, gxy,gyz,gxz, nuxy,nuyz,nuxz)
c (dp,ar(1),in) if ncomp=1 (ex)
c d (dp,ar(ncomp,ncomp),in)- elastic stress-strain matrix
c ktform (int,sc,in) - request key for tangent matrix formation
c (=1, form tangent .ne.1, do not form)
c
c timval (dp,sc,in) - current time value
c timinc (dp,sc,in) - time increment over this substep
c
c tem (dp,sc,in) - temperature at the end of this substep
c dtem (dp,sc,in) - temperature increment over this substep
c toffst (dp,sc,in) - temperature offset from absolute zero
c flu (dp,sc,in) - fluence at the end of this substep
c dflu (dp,sc,in) - fluence increment over this substep
c
c epel (dp,ar(ncomp),inout)- modified total strain (trial strain)
c epel = eptot - eppl - eptherm - ...
c if a large strain analysis, epel is
c rotation neutralized and is the hencky
c (i.e. log) strain
c eppl (dp,ar(ncomp),inout)- plastic strain from previous substep

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
160 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
6.4.3. Subroutines usercreep and usercr (Defining Viscoplastic/Creep Material Behavior)

c
c statev (dp,ar(ncomp,6),inout)- state variables from previous substep
c usvr (dp,ar(nuval,nintp),inout)- additional state variables from
c previous equilibrium iteration (saved
c if the nsvr command is used)
c
c epeq (dp,sc,inout) - effective plastic strain from prev substep
c plwork (dp,sc,inout) - accumulated plastic work from prev substep
c
c output arguments:
c variable (type,sze,intent) description
c
c epel (dp,ar(ncomp),inout)- elastic strain
c eppl (dp,ar(ncomp),inout)- updated plastic strain
c
c statev (dp,ar(ncomp,6),inout)- updated state variables
c usvr (dp,ar(nuval,nintp),inout)- updated additional state variables
c
c epeq (dp,sc,inout) - updated effective plastic strain
c plwork (dp,sc,inout) - updated accumulated plastic work
c
c sigepl (dp,sc,out) - stress value on stress-strain curve at epeq
c sigrat (dp,sc,out) - ratio of trial stress to yield stress
c depeq (dp,sc,out) - increment in plastic strain (equivalent)
c (used for auto time stepping - time step
c is reduced if it exceeds .05)
c
c dt (dp,ar(ncomp,ncomp),out)- material tangent modulus
c
c fortran parameters (to be defined by the user):
c variable (type) description
c numinp (int) - number of data items in the user-defined
c data table (tbdat commands)
c nuval (int) - number of additional state variables per
c integration point
c nintp (int) - maximum number of integration points of
c an element to be used with this routine
c (14 is the maximum)
c note: nuval x nintp = nstv(on nsvr command); cannot exceed 840!
c
c internal variables:
c variable (type,sze) description
c b (dp,ar(6,6)) - 2nd derivative of the yield function
c c (dp,ar(6,12)) - part of deff
c con (dp,sc) - temporary variable
c deppl (dp,ar(6)) - plastic strain increment
c dfds (dp,ar(6)) - derivative of the yield function (normal)
c dlamb (dp,sc) - plastic multiplier
c ep (dp,ar(6)) - shifted strain
c epshfo (dp,ar(6)) - initial shift strain (center of the yield surf)
c epshft (dp,ar(6)) - shift strain (center of the yield surface)
c et (dp,sc) - tangent modulus (stress/total strain)
c h (dp,sc) - plastic tangent modulus (stress/plastic strain)
c n2 (int,sc) - ncomp squared, ncomp*ncomp
c seqtr (dp,sc) - equivalent (von mises) trial stress
c sigtr (dp,ar(6)) - trial stress
c sigy (dp,sc) - yield stress
c vect (dp,ar(6)) - temporary vector
c

6.4.3. Subroutines usercreep and usercr (Defining Viscoplastic/Creep Material Behavior)

ANSYS provides two subroutines to allow you to specify your own creep equations to define the time-dependent
viscoplastic/creep behavior of materials.The two subroutines are usercreep and usercr. Use the subroutine
usercreep when you issue the TB command with the CREEP option, and with TBOPT = 100. Use the subroutine
usercr when you issue the TB command with the CREEP option, with TBOPT = 0, and data constant C6 = 100.
Subroutine usercreep is incorporated with an implicit time integration algorithm, while subroutine usercr
is incorporated with an explicit time integration algorithm. In general, the implicit time integration algorithm is
more effective for long time periods.The explicit creep algorithm is more effective for short time periods such

as transient analyses with very small time increments, or when the creep behavior of materials is not that signi-
ficant. In the finite deformation analysis, you should interpret the strain variables in the subroutines as logarithmic
strains, and you should interpret the stresses as true stresses.

6.4.3.1. Creep Subroutine usercreep

Use the subroutine usercreep to define viscoplastic/creep behavior of materials when you issue the TB com-
mand with the CREEP option, and with TBOPT = 100.The subroutine will be called at all integration points of
elements for which the material is defined by this command. ANSYS always uses implicit time integration for
this creep option.You can use plasticity options (BISO, MISO, NLISO) to define the plastic behavior of materials.
Creep and plastic strain will be calculated simultaneously when both creep and plasticity are defined for a ma-
terial.Through this subroutine, you can specify a "uniaxial" creep law that will be generalized to the multi-axial
state by the general time-dependent viscoplastic material formulation implemented in ANSYS.You can use and
update internal state variables in the subroutine.The number of state variables has to be defined by TB,STATE.

Please see the TB command description for more information.

*deck,usercreep user
SUBROUTINE usercreep (impflg, ldstep, isubst, matId , elemId,
& kDInPt, kLayer, kSecPt, nstatv, nprop,
& prop , time , dtime , temp , dtemp ,
& toffst, Ustatev, creqv , pres , seqv ,
& delcr , dcrda)
c*************************************************************************
c *** primary function ***
c Define creep laws when creep table options are
c TB,CREEP with TBOPT=100.
c Demonstrate how to implement usercreep subroutine
c
c Creep equation is
c dotcreq := k0 * seqv ^ n * creqv ^ m * exp (-b/T)
c
c seqv is equivalent effective stress (Von-Mises stress)
c creqv is equivalent effective creep strain
c T is the temperature
c k0, m, n, b are materials constants,
c
c This model corresponds to primary creep function TBOPT = 1
c
c gal 10.01.1998
c
c*************************************************************************
c
c input arguments
c ===============
c impflg (in ,sc ,i) Explicit/implicit integration
c flag (currently not used)
c ldstep (in ,sc ,i) Current load step
c isubst (in ,sc ,i) Current sub step
c matId (in ,sc ,i) number of material index
c elemId (in ,sc ,i) Element number
c kDInPt (in ,sc ,i) Material integration point
c kLayer (in ,sc ,i) Layer number
c kSecPt (in ,sc ,i) Section point
c nstatv (in ,sc ,i) Number of state variables
c nprop (in ,sc ,i) size of mat properties array
c
c prop (dp ,ar(*),i) mat properties array
c This array is passed all the creep
c constants defined by command
c TBDATA associated with TB,CREEP
c (do not use prop(13), as it is used
c elsewhere)
c at temperature temp.
c time Current time
c dtime Current time increment

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
162 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
6.4.3. Subroutines usercreep and usercr (Defining Viscoplastic/Creep Material Behavior)

c temp Current temperature

c dtemp Current temperature increment
c toffst (dp, sc, i) temperature offset from absolute zero
c seqv (dp ,sc , i) equivalent effective stress
c creqv (dp ,sc , i) equivalent effective creep strain
c pres (dp ,sc , i) hydrostatic pressure stress, -(Sxx+Syy+Szz)/3
c
c input output arguments input desc / output desc
c ====================== ========== ===========
c Ustatev (dp,ar(*), i/o) user defined iinternal state variables at
c time 't' / 't+dt'.
c This array will be passed in containing the
c values of these variables at start of the
c time increment. They must be updated in this
c subroutine to their values at the end of
c time increment, if any of these internal
c state variables are associated with the
c creep behavior.
c
c output arguments
c ================
c delcr (dp ,sc , o) incremental creep strain
c dcrda (dp,ar(*), o) output array
c dcrda(1) - derivitive of incremental creep
c strain to effective stress
c dcrda(2) - derivitive of incremental creep
c strain to creep strain
c
c local variables
c ===============
c c1,c2,c3,c4 (dp, sc, l) temporary variables as creep constants
c con1 (dp ,sc, l) temporary variable
c t (dp ,sc, l) temporary variable
c
c*************************************************************************
c
c --- parameters
c

6.4.3.2. Creep Subroutine usercr

In contrast to the usercreep subroutine, for the usercr subroutine, you need to specify the creep strain
tensor. A detailed explanation of this subroutine follows.

*deck,usercr user
subroutine usercr (elem,intpt,mat,ncomp,kfirst,kfsteq,e,posn,d,
x proptb,timval,timinc,tem,dtem,toffst,fluen,dfluen,epel,epcrp,
x statev,usvr,delcr)
c
c *** primary function: allow users to write their own creep laws.
c this logic is accessed with c6 = 100
c *** secondary function: demonstrate the use of user-written creep laws
c
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c
c *** copyright(c) 2006 SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
c *** ansys, inc.
c
c input arguments:
c variable (type,sze,intent) description
c
c elem (int,sc,in) - element number (label)
c intpt (int,sc,in) - element integration point number
c mat (int,sc,in) - material reference number
c ncomp (int,sc,in) - no. of stress/strain components (1,4 or 6)
c 1 - x
c 4 - x,y,z,xy
c 6 - x,y,z,xy,yz,xz
c kfirst (int,sc,in) - 1 if first time through, 0 otherwise

c (useful for initializing state variables

c to a non-zero value)
c kfsteq (int,sc,in) - 1 if first equilibrium iteration of a
c substep, 0 otherwise
c
c
c e (dp,sc,in) - elastic young'S MODULUS
c posn (dp,sc,in) - poisson'S RATIO
c d (dp,ar(ncomp,ncomp),in)- elastic stress-strain matrix
c proptb (dp,ar(72),in) - material properties input on tb commands
c (do not use proptb(13), as it is used elsewhere)
c timval (dp,sc,in) - current time value
c timinc (dp,sc,in) - time increment over this substep
c tem (dp,sc,in) - temperature at the end of this substep
c dtem (dp,sc,in) - temperature increment over this substep
c toffst (dp,sc,in) - temperature offset from absolute zero
c fluen (dp,sc,in) - fluence at the end of this substep
c dfluen (dp,sc,in) - fluence increment over this substep
c
c epel (dp,ar(ncomp),inout)- elastic strain
c epcrp (dp,ar(ncomp),inout)- creep strain from previous substep
c statev (dp,ar(ncomp*5+2),inout)- state variables from previous
c (converged) substep. This variable is for
c explicit creep only and refers to a
c different internal variable than that
c defined by TB,stat which is used by
c implicit creep (usercreep) and usermat.
c usvr (dp,ar(nuval,nintp),inout)- additional state variables from
c previous equilibrium iteration (saved
c if the nsvr command is used)
c
c
c output arguments:
c variable (type,sze,intent) description
c
c epel (dp,ar(ncomp),inout)- elastic strain adjusted for creep increment
c epcrp (dp,ar(ncomp),inout)- updated creep strain
c statev (dp,ar(ncomp*5+2),inout)- updated state variables
c usvr (dp,ar(nuval,nintp),inout)- updated additional state variables
c delcr (dp,sc,out) - equivalent creep strain increment (used
c for creep ratio calculation)
c
c fortran parameters (to be defined by the user):
c variable (type) description
c nuval (int) - number of additional state variables per
c integration point
c nintp (int) - maximum number of integration points of
c an element to be used with this routine
c (14 is the maximum)
c note: nuval x nintp = nstv(on nsvr command); cannot exceed 840!
c
c internal variables:
c variable (type,sze) description
c con (dp,sc) - temporary variable
c del (dp,ar(6)) - creep strain increments
c epet (dp,sc) - equivalent elastic strain (before creep)
c ept (dp,ar(6)) - total strain
c eptot (dp,sc) - equivalent total strain, elastic + creep
c sigen (dp,sc) - equivalent stress (before creep)
c temabs (dp,sc) - temperature on the absolute scale
c

6.4.4. Subroutine usersw (Writing Your Own Swelling Laws)

*deck,usersw user
subroutine usersw (option,elem,intpt,mat,proptb,ncomp,epswel,
x epel,e,nuxy,fluen,dfluen,tem,dtem,toffst,timvll,timvnc,usvr)
c
c *** primary function: allow users to write their own swelling laws.
c this logic is accessed with c72 = 10
c *** secondary function: demonstrate the use of user-written swelling laws

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
164 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
6.4.5. Subroutine UserHyper (Writing Your Own Hyperelasticity Laws)

c
c
c *** copyright(c) 2006 SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
c *** ansys, inc.
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c input arguments:
c option (int,sc,in) swelling option
c elem (int,sc,in) element number (label)
c intpt (int,sc,in) element integration point number
c mat (int,sc,in) material reference number
c proptb (dp,ar(*),in) nonlinear material table (tb commands)
c ncomp (int,sc,in) number of strain components (=1, 4, or 6)
c 1 - truss or beam elements
c 4 - 2-d solids and pipe elements
c 6 - 3-d solids and most shells
c epswel (dp,sc,inout) total accumulated swelling strain
c before this substep
c epel (dp,ar(ncomp),inout) elastic strain
c e (dp,sc,in) elastic modulus
c nuxy (dp,sc,in) poisson'S RATIO
c fluen (dp,sc,in) total fluence (bf or bfe commands)
c dfluen (dp,sc,in) increment in fluence for this substep
c tem (dp,sc,in) temperature (bf or bfe commands)
c dtem (dp,sc,in) increment in temperature for this substep
c toffst (dp,sc,in) offset of temperature scale from absolute zero
c (toffst command)
c timvll (dp,sc,in) time at the end of this substep
c timvnc (dp,sc,in) the increment of time this substep
c usvr (dp,ar(*),inout) user-defined state variables(optional)
c
c output arguments:
c epswel (dp,sc,inout) total accumulated swelling strain
c after this substep
c epel (dp,ar(ncomp),inout) elastic strain adjusted
c for swelling increment
c usvr (dp,ar(*),inout) updated user-defined state variables
c

6.4.5. Subroutine UserHyper (Writing Your Own Hyperelasticity Laws)

*deck,UserHyper user
subroutine UserHyper(
& prophy, incomp, nprophy, invar,
& potential, pInvDer)
c************************************************************************
c
c *** Example of user hyperelastic routine
c
c This example uses Arruda hyperelasticity model
c which is the same ANSYS TB,BOYCE
c
c input arguments
c ===============
c prophy (dp,ar(*),i) material property array
c nprophy (int,sc,i) # of material constants
c invar dp,ar(3) invariants
c
c output arguments
c ================
c incomp (log,sc,i) fully incompressible or compressible
c potential dp,sc value of potential
c pInvDer dp,ar(10) der of potential wrt i1,i2,j
c 1 - der of potential wrt i1
c 2 - der of potential wrt i2
c 3 - der of potential wrt i1i1
c 4 - der of potential wrt i1i2
c 5 - der of potential wrt i2i2
c 6 - der of potential wrt i1j
c 7 - der of potential wrt i2j
c 8 - der of potential wrt j

c 9 - der of potential wrt jj

c
c************************************************************************
c
c --- parameters
c

6.4.6. Subroutine uservp (Updating Nonlinear Strain History for Materials)

*deck,uservp user
subroutine uservp (elem,mat,kfirst,kfsteq,g,prop,timval,timinc,
x tem,toffst,delepn,svrn,svri,usvr,epeln,epeli,strn,stri,depdt,
x cee,eta,norm)
c
c *** primary function: update the nonlinear strain history for a
c user-defined material for the viscoxxx elements
c *** secondary functions: compute the material tangent terms
c accessed with tb,user and keyopt(1) = 1
c
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c
c *** copyright(c) 2006 SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
c *** ansys, inc.
c
c input arguments:
c variable (type,sze,intent) description
c
c elem (int,sc,in) - element number (label)
c mat (int,sc,in) - material reference number
c kfirst (int,sc,in) - 1 if first time through, 0 otherwise
c (useful for initializing state variables
c to a non-zero value)
c kfsteq (int,sc,in) - 1 if first equilibrium iteration of a
c substep, 0 otherwise
c
c g (dp,sc,in) - shear modulus
c prop (dp,ar(13),in) - linear material property array
c (ex,ey,ez, gxy,gyz,gxz, nuxy,nuyz,nuxz,
c alpx,alpy,alpz, dens)
c
c timval (dp,sc,in) - current time value
c timinc (dp,sc,in) - time increment over this substep
c
c tem (dp,sc,in) - temperature at the end of this substep
c toffst (dp,sc,in) - temperature offset from absolute zero
c
c delepn (dp,ar(3,3),in) - hencky strain increment over the substep
c
c svrn (dp,sc,in) - state variable from previous substep
c svri (dp,sc,inout) - state variable from previous iteration
c usvr (dp,ar(*),inout) - additional state variables from previous
c iteration (saved if the nsvr command is
c used)
c
c epeln (dp,ar(3,3),in) - elastic strain from previous substep
c epeli (dp,ar(3,3),inout) - elastic strain from previous iteration
c
c strn (dp,ar(3,3),in) - stress from previous substep
c stri (dp,ar(3,3),inout) - stress from previous iteration
c
c depdt (dp,sc,inout) - effective inelastic deformation rate
c (d(deppl)/dt) from previous iteration
c
c output arguments:
c variable (type,sze,intent) description
c
c svri (dp,sc,inout) - updated state variable
c usvr (dp,ar(*),inout) - updated additional state variables
c
c epeli (dp,ar(3,3),inout) - updated elastic strain

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
166 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
6.4.8. Subroutine usermc (Controlling Hygrothermal Growth)

c stri (dp,ar(3,3),inout) - updated stress

c
c depdt (dp,sc,inout) - effective inelastic deformation rate
c
c cee (dp,sc,out) - scalar linearization modulus (see below)
c eta (dp,sc,out) - radial return factor (see below)
c norm (dp,ar(3,3),out) - direction of plastic flow
c
c fortran parameters (to be defined by the author):
c variable (type) description
c numinp (int) - number of data items in the user-defined
c data table (tbdat commands)
c nuval (int) - number of additional state variables per
c integration point
c nintp (int) - maximum number of integration points of
c an element to be used with this routine
c (8 is the maximum)
c note: nuval x nintp cannot exceed 840!
c

6.4.7. Subroutine userck (Checking User-Defined Material Data)

*deck,userck user
subroutine userck (curmat,ntb,tb)
c *** primary function: check the user-defined material data,
c input with the TB,user command.
c *** secondary functions: none
c
c *** copyright(c) 2006 SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
c *** ansys, inc.
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c input arguments:
c curmat (int,sc,in) - current material number
c ntb (int,sc,in) - dimension of tb
c tb (dp,ar(ntb),in) - input table
c
c output arguments:
c none
c

6.4.8. Subroutine usermc (Controlling Hygrothermal Growth)

*deck,usermc user
subroutine usermc (elem,time,msci,dmsci,mscr,mscra)
c *** primary function: user control of hygrothermal growth
c *** secondary functions: none
c presently, called only by shell91
c
c in order to activate this user programmable feature,
c the user must enter the usrcal command.
c
c *** copyright(c) 2006 SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
c *** ansys, inc.
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c input arguments:
c elem (int,sc,in) - element number
c time (dp,sc,in) - time
c msci (dp,sc,in) - moisture content
c dmsci (dp,sc,in) - change of moisture content
c mscr (dp,ar(3),in) - input material properties for growth
c
c output arguments:
c mscra (dp,ar(3),out) - output material properties for growth
c

6.4.9. Subroutine usrfc6 (Defining Custom Failure Criteria)

*deck,usrfc6 user
subroutine usrfc6 (elem,matlay,iott,keyer,tem,elim,slim,
x eps, sig, fc6)
c primary function: user subroutine for defining your own failure criterion
c *** secondary functions: none
c --- accessed with c6 = -1
c *** user programmable functions may not be used in parallel processing ***
c this is currently only available with
c
c *** copyright(c) 2006 SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
c *** ansys, inc.
c
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c elem (int,sc,in) - element number
c elim (dp,ar(9),in) - failure strains at the current temperature
c (tbdata items 1-9)
c slim (dp,ar(12),in) - failure stresses and coupling coefficients
c at the current temperature
c (tbdata items 10-21)
c eps (dp,ar(6),in) - vector of strains
c sig (dp,ar(6),in) - vector of stresses
c tem (dp,sc,in) - temperature at this point in the model
c matlay (int,sc,in) - material number
c iott (int,sc,in) - unit number for writing
c keyer (int,sc,inout) - error flag (0 = ok, 1 = error or routine not defined)
c
c output arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c keyer (int,sc,inout) - error flag (0 = ok, 1 = error or routine not defined)
c fc6 (dp,sc,out) - failure criterion to be processed by solid46,
c shell91, shell99, or solid191
c

6.4.10. Subroutines usrfc1 through usrfc5

The source code for subroutines usrfc1, usrfc2, usrfc3, usrfc4, and usrfc5 is identical to subroutine
usrfc6 shown above.

6.4.11. Subroutine UserVisLaw (Defining Viscosity Laws)

*deck,UserVisLaw user
subroutine UserVisLaw
x (dudx,dudy,dudz,
x dvdx,dvdy,dvdz,
x dwdx,dwdy,dwdz,
x u,v,w,x,y,z,kGeom,
x Vis,Temp,Tref,Pres,Pref,Cf,
x MFrac,DfNSpec,Time,VisNew,toffst)

C Primary function: to provide a user defined viscosity

C relationship in terms of the following:
C pressure, temperature, position, time,
C velocity, & velocity-gradient
C This routine is for use with the FLOTRAN
C elements, Fluid141 and Fluid142 only.
C
C In order to activate this subroutine the user must issue
C FLDA,PROT,VISC,USRV command.
C
C In addition the initial value of viscosity must be specified via
C FLDA,PROP,IVIS,value. This value is not available in this routine.
C
C Optionally the user may specify 4 additional coefficients

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
168 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
6.4.12. Supporting Function egen

C which are available in this routine by the commands:

C FLDA,NOMI,VISC,value1
C FLDA,COF1,VISC,value1
C FLDA,COF2,VISC,value2
C FLDA,COF3,VISC,value3
C
c *** copyright(c) 2006 SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
c *** ansys, inc.
C
C input arguments:
C variable (typ,siz,intent) description
C dudx (dp,sc,in) velocity gradient component
C dudy (dp,sc,in) velocity gradient component
C dudz (dp,sc,in) velocity gradient component
C dvdx (dp,sc,in) velocity gradient component
C dvdy (dp,sc,in) velocity gradient component
C dvdz (dp,sc,in) velocity gradient component
C dwdx (dp,sc,in) velocity gradient component
C dwdy (dp,sc,in) velocity gradient component
C dwdz (dp,sc,in) velocity gradient component
C u (dp,sc,in) velocity component
C v (dp,sc,in) velocity component
C w (dp,sc,in) velocity component
C x (dp,sc,in) position component
C y (dp,sc,in) position component
C z (dp,sc,in) position component
C kGeom (int,sc,in) analysis type
C Vis (dp,sc,in) old viscosity
C Temp (dp,sc,in) absolute temperature
C Tref (dp,sc,in) reference temperature (Absolute also)
C Pres (dp,sc,in) pressure
C Pref (dp,sc,in) reference pressure
C Cf (dp,ar(4),in) input coefficients
C Mfrac (dp,ar(6),in) species mass fractions
C DfNSpec (int,sc,in) defined number of species
C Time (dp,sc,in) time
C toffst (dp,sc,in) Temperature offset for absolute scale.
C output arguments:
C variable (typ,siz,intent) description
C VisNew (dp,sc,out) new viscosity
C

6.4.12. Supporting Function egen

The function egen (kcomp,ep,nuxy) (function) combines kcomp strain components (ep) per:

*deck,egen
function egen (kcomp,ep,posn)
c primary function: combines strain components to give an "overall" strain
c used in creep and plasticity calculations
c secondary functions: none

c formulation of overall value is by:

c ___________________________________________________________________
c /1 2 2 2 1 2 2 2
c \ / -*((ep - ep ) + (ep - ep ) + (ep - ep ) + -*(ep + ep + ep ))
c \/ 2 1 2 2 3 3 1 2 4 5 6
c ------------------------------------------------------------------------
c (1 + posn)

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c typ=int,dp,log,chr,dcp siz=sc,ar(n) intent=in,out,inout

c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c kcomp (int,sc,in) - number of components of strain
c ep (dp,ar(6),in) - the strain components
c posn (dp,sc,in) - poisson's ratio

c output arguments:
c egen (dp,func,out) - the combined strain value
c

6.5. Routines for Customizing Loads

This section describes the user routines you use to modify or monitor existing ANSYS elements.These routines
enable you to perform tasks including:

Setting custom values for scalar fields (temperatures, heat fluxes, etc.)
Changing element pressure information
Changing information about element face convection surfaces
Changing information about element face heat flux surfaces
Changing information about element face charge density surfaces
Changing information about element acceleration/angular velocity.

Activate these routines by issuing the USRCAL command or by choosing an equivalent menu path.

6.5.1. Subroutine usrefl (Changing Scalar Fields to User-Defined Values)

*deck,usrefl user
subroutine usrefl (key,iel,ielc,nnod,nodes,time,defalt,nd,dat)
c *** primary function: change the scalar fields (temperatures, fluences,
c heat generation, etc.) to what user desires.
c *** secondary functions: none
c
c in order to activate this user programmable feature,
c the user must enter the usrcal command.
c
c this routine is called at each substep of each load step
c for which element or nodal temperatures(etc) are used.
c it is called for each equilibrium iteration.
c the call to get the standard ansys input element or nodal values
c is made just before entering this routine.
c
c *** copyright(c) 2006 SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
c *** ansys, inc.
c
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c typ=int,dp,log,chr,dcp siz=sc,ar(n) intent=in,out,inout
c
c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c key (int,sc,in) - type of data desired
c = 1 temperatures
c = 2 fluences
c = 3 heat generation rates
c = 4 moisture contents
c = 5 magnetic virtual displacements
c iel (int,sc,in) - element number
c ielc (int,ar(IELCSZ),in) - array of element type characteristics
c nnod (int,sc,in) - number of nodes
c nodes (int,ar(nnod),in) - list of nodes
c time (dp,sc,in) - time of current substep
c defalt (dp,sc,in) - default value (e.g. tunif)
c nd (int,sc,in) - size of dat array
c dat (dp,ar(nd),inout) - array of data as normally computed by element
c as selected by key
c
c output arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
170 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
6.5.3. Subroutine usercv (Changing Element Face Convection Surface Information)

c dat (dp,ar(nd),inout) - array of data passed back to element

c this data represents values at the end
c of the load step
c
c the input argument dat may be used in one of three ways:
c 1. it may be simply passed thru
c 2. it may be used as a flag(e.g. if dat(1) = -3.0, use
c a certain set of logic)
c 3. it may be completely ignored and instead defined with new logic
c

6.5.2. Subroutine userpr (Changing Element Pressure Information)

*deck,userpr user
subroutine userpr (ielc,elem,time,ndat,dat)
c *** primary function: change element pressure information.

c *** copyright(c) 2006 SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.

c *** ansys, inc.

c in order to activate this user programmable feature,

c the user must enter the 'usrcal,userpr' command.

c this routine is called at each substep of each load step for which
c pressures are used. it is called for each equilibrium iteration.
c it is called once per element.
c the call to get the standard ansys input pressures is made just before
c entering this routine.

c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c ielc (int,ar(IELCSZ),in) - array of element type characteristics
c elem (int,sc,in) - element number for operation.
c time (dp,sc,in) - time of current substep
c ndat (int,sc,in) - number of pressure items for this element
c dat (dp,ar(ndat,2),inout) - the element pressure vector
c (has input values for each corner
c of each face)

c output arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c dat (dp,ar(ndat,2),inout) - the element pressure vector
c (defines input values for each corner
c of each face)
c dat(1:ndat,1) - real pressures
c dat(1:ndat,2) - complex pressures
c (surface elements only)

c the input array dat may be used in one of three ways:

c 1. it may be simply passed thru
c 2. it may be used as a flag(e.g. if dat(1) = -3.0, use
c a certain set of logic)
c 3. it may be completely ignored and instead defined with new logic

6.5.3. Subroutine usercv (Changing Element Face Convection Surface Information)

*deck,usercv user
subroutine usercv (elem,ielc,time,nr,u, ndat,hc,tb)
c *** primary function: change element face convection surface info
c
c *** copyright(c) 2006 SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
c *** ansys, inc.
c
c in order to activate this user programmable feature,
c the user must enter the 'usrcal,usercv' command.
c

c the input arguments hc and tb may be used in one of three ways:

c 1. they may be simply passed thru.
c 2. they may be used as a flag(e.g. if hc(2) = -3.0, use
c a certain set of logic).
c 3. they may be completely ignored.
c and instead redefined with new logic

c this routine is called during each substep of each load step.

c it is called for each equilibrium iteration.
c it is called once per element. it is called only during the heat
c flow load vector formulation stage, and not during the heat flow
c evaluation stage.
c the call to get the standard ansys input convection surfaces
c is made just before entering this routine, so this information is
c available to be modified, if desired.
c
c velocity-dependent film coefficients can be computed by inputting the
c velocity as the input film coefficient or bulk temperature or
c by inputting the velocity as a function of location in space. this
c routine could then compute the effective film coefficient.

c
c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c elem (int,sc,in) - element number for operation.
c ielc (int,ar(IELCSZ),in) - array of element type characteristics
c time (dp,sc,in) - time of current substep
c nr (int,sc,in) - number of nodal temperatures
c of the element
c u (dp,ar(nr),in) - vector of most recent values of the
c temperatures
c ndat (int,sc,in) - number of data points per element
c for example, for solid70, ndat = 24 = 6*4
c where 6 = faces per element
c 4 = corners per face
c hc (dp,ar(ndat),inout) - film coefficients
c (has input values for each corner
c of each face)
c tb (dp,ar(ndat),inout) - bulk temperature
c (has input values for each corner
c of each face)
c
c output arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c hc (dp,ar(ndat),inout) - film coefficients
c (defines input values for each corner
c of each face)
c tb (dp,ar(ndat),inout) - bulk temperature
c (defines input values for each corner
c of each face)
c

6.5.4. Subroutine userfx (Changing Element Face Heat Flux Surface Information)

*deck,userfx user
subroutine userfx (ielc,elem,time,nr,u, ndat,dat)
c *** primary function: change element face heat flux surface info
c
c *** copyright(c) 2006 SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
c *** ansys, inc.
c
c in order to activate this user programmable feature,
c the user must enter the 'usrcal,userfx' command.
c
c this routine is called during each substep of each load step.
c it is called for each equilibrium iteration.
c it is called once per element. it is called only during the heat
c flow load vector formulation stage, and not during the heat flow
c evaluation stage.
c the call to get the standard ansys input heat flux surfaces

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
172 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
6.5.5. Subroutine userch (Changing Element Face Charge Density Surface Information)

c is made just before entering this routine, so this information is

c available to be modified, if desired.
c
c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c ielc (int,ar(IELCSZ),in) -
array of element type characteristics
c elem (int,sc,in) -
element number for operation.
c time (dp,sc,in) -
time of current substep
c nr (int,sc,in) -
number of nodal temperatures
c of the element
c u (dp,ar(nr),in) - vector of most recent values of the
c temperatures
c ndat (int,sc,in) - number of data points per element
c for example, for solid70, ndat = 24 = 6*4
c where 6 = faces per element
c 4 = corners per face
c dat (dp,ar(ndat),inout) - fluxes
c (has input values for each corner
c of each face)

c
c output arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c dat (dp,ar(ndat),inout) - fluxes
c (defines input values for each corner
c of each face)
c

6.5.5. Subroutine userch (Changing Element Face Charge Density Surface Information)

*deck,userch user
subroutine userch (ielc,ielem,time,nr,u, ndat,dat)
c *** primary function: change element face charge density surface info
c
c in order to activate this user programmable feature,
c the user must enter the usrcal command.
c
c this routine is called during each substep of each load step.
c it is called once per element. it is called only during the heat
c flow load vector formulation stage, and not during the heat flow
c evaluation stage.
c the call to get the standard ansys input charge densities of surfaces
c is made just before entering this routine, so this information is
c available to be modified, if desired.
c
c *** copyright(c) 2006 SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
c *** ansys, inc.
c
c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c ielc (int,ar(IELCSZ),in) - array of element type characteristics
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number for operation.
c time (dp,sc,in) - time of current substep
c nr (int,sc,in) - number of nodal temperatures
c of the element
c u (dp,ar(nr),in) - vector of most recent values of the
c temperatures
c ndat (int,sc,in) - number of data points per element
c dat (dp,ar(ndat),inout) - fluxes
c
c output arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c dat (dp,ar(ndat),inout) - fluxes
c
c the input argument dat may be used in one of three ways:
c 1. they may be simply passed thru.
c 2. they may be used as a flag(e.g. if dat(2) = -3.0, use
c a certain set of logic).
c 3. they may be completely ignored.
c and instead redefined with new logic
c

6.6. Running ANSYS as a Subroutine

To call the ANSYS program, use the following:
program ansys

If you are running ANSYS on a UNIX system (but not under Windows), you also can call the ANSYS program as a
subroutine in a program you've written.To do so, use the following:
subroutine ansys

For multiple calls to subroutine ANSYS, you must open and close standard input in the calling routine. (Usually,
input and output are FORTRAN units 5 and 6, respectively.) The calling routine can't use the database access
routines. But, other user programmable features can use the database access routines freely.

There may be times when ANSYS exits abnormally. Check the file.err file to see if ANSYS wrote an exit code
to the file before ending.These error codes may help you to understand the problem ANSYS had:

Table 6.1 ANSYS Exit Codes

Code Explanation Code Explanation
0 Normal Exit 14 XOX Error
1 Stack Error 15 Fatal Error
2 Stack Error 16 Possible Full Disk
3 Stack Error 17 Possible Corrupted or Missing
File
4 Stack Error 18 Possible Corrupted DB File
5 Command Line Argument Error 21 Authorized Code Section
Entered
6 Accounting File Error 25 Unable to Open X11 Server
7 Auth File Verification Error 30 Quit Signal
8 Error in ANSYS or End-of-run 31 Failure to Get Signal
11 User Routine Error >32 System-dependent Error
12 Macro STOP Command

6.7. Defining Your Own Commands

ANSYS, Inc. supplies a set of user routines, named user01 through user10, which you can use to define custom
ANSYS commands.To do so, follow these steps:

1. Insert the code for the functions you want to perform into routine user01 (or user02, etc.).
2. Link the routine into the ANSYS program.
3. Issue the ANSYS command /UCMD to define a name for a custom command that calls and executes your
routine. Use the command format shown below:
/UCMD,Cmd,SRNUM

Cmd
The name for your new command. It can contain any number of characters, but only the first four are signi-
ficant.The name you specify can not conflict with the name of any ANSYS command or the names of any
other commands or macros.

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
174 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
6.7.1. Function user01

SRNUM
The number of the routine your command should call; that is, a value between 01 and 10. For example,
suppose that you create and link in a user routine for a parabolic distribution of pressure, and you name that
routine user01. Issuing the command shown below creates a new command, PARB, that when issued calls
your parabolic pressure distribution routine:
/UCMD,PARB,1

To make these "custom command" routines available in all your ANSYS sessions, include the /UCMD commands
in your start-up file (START.ANS).

You also can use /UCMD to remove a custom command.To do so, simply use a blank value for Cmd, as shown
below:
/UCMD,,1

This command removes the PARB command.To list all user-defined command names, issue the command
/UCMD,STAT.

6.7.1. Function user01

*deck,user01 user
function user01()
c *** primary function: user routine number 01

c *** copyright(c) 2006 SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.

c *** ansys, inc.
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***

c /*******************************************************************\
c | this is a user routine that may be used by users to include their |
c | special coding. accesss to this routine is by the command usr1. |
c | usr1 may be changed by the user using the command /ucmd. the |
c | user may then use this routine to call his/her special routines. |
c | ansys routines to access information in the ansys database may be |
c | found in the "ansys programmer's manual", available from ansys,inc|
c | see user02 for a simple example usage. |
C | routines user03 to user10 are also available. |
C \*******************************************************************/

c input arguments: none

c output arguments:
c user01 (int,sc,out) - result code (should be zero)
c (which is ignored for now)

c **************************************************************
c Functions for accessing data on the command line
c integer function intinfun(iField) - gets an integer from field iField
c double precision function dpinfun(iField) - gets double precision
c character*4 ch4infun(iField) - gets (upper case) 4 characters
c character*8 ch8infun(iField) - gets (mixed case) 8 characters
c character*32 ch32infun(iField) - gets (mixed case) 32 characters
c **************************************************************

external wrinqr
integer wrinqr

integer user01, iott

iott = wrinqr(2)

c * USER'S CODE IS INSERTED HERE *

write (iott,2000)
2000 format (//' ***** CALL TO ANSYS,INC DUMMY USER01 *****'//)

c ***** do not return this result code in a real user routine

user01 = -654321
c ***** instead return a zero *****
c user01 = 0

return
end

6.7.2. Function user02 (Demonstrates Offsetting Selected Nodes)

*deck,user02 user
function user02()
c *** primary function: user routine number 02
c --- This demonstration offsets selected nodes with the command:
c usr2,dx,dy,dz

c *** copyright(c) 2006 SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.

c *** ansys, inc.
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***

c /*******************************************************************\
c | see user01 for additional information on user routines |
c \*******************************************************************/

c input arguments: none

c output arguments:
c user02 (int,sc,out) - result code (should be zero)
c (which is ignored for now)

external TrackBegin, TrackEnd

external wrinqr,ndinqr,ndgxyz,ndpxyz,erhandler, dpinfun
integer wrinqr,ndinqr,ndgxyz
double precision dpinfun

integer user02, iott, maxnp, i ,ksel

double precision xyz(3), offset(3)

#include "ansysdef.inc"

c * start timing check *

call TrackBegin ('user02')

maxnp = ndinqr(0,DB_MAXDEFINED)

c ***** get the desired offsets from the command line *****
offset(1) = dpinfun(2)
offset(2) = dpinfun(3)
offset(3) = dpinfun(4)

do i = 1,maxnp
ksel = ndgxyz (i,xyz(1))
if (ksel .eq. 1) then
xyz(1) = xyz(1) + offset(1)
xyz(2) = xyz(2) + offset(2)
xyz(3) = xyz(3) + offset(3)
call ndpxyz (i,xyz(1))
endif
enddo

c * write to output file *

iott = wrinqr(WR_OUTPUT)

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
176 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
6.7.3. Function user03 (Demonstrates Using ANSYS Memory)

write (iott,2000)
2000 format (/' NODE OFFSET COMPLETE '/)

c * write to GUI window *

call erhandler ('user02',3000,
x 2,'NODE OFFSET COMPLETE',0.0d0,' ')

c * required return value *

user02 = 0

c * end timing check *

call TrackEnd ('user02')
return
end

6.7.3. Function user03 (Demonstrates Using ANSYS Memory)

*deck,user03 user
function user03()
c *** primary function: user routine number 03. Gives example of
c ANSYS Memory usage

c *** copyright(c) 2006 SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.

c *** ansys, inc.
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***

c input arguments: none

c output arguments:
c user03 (int,sc,out) - result code (should be zero)
c (which is ignored for now)

#include "impcom.inc"
#include "ansysdef.inc"

external TrackBegin, TrackEnd

external wrinqr, ndinqr, ndgxyz, ndnext, fAnsMemAlloc,
x fAnsMemFree,erhandler, parreturn, parstatus
integer wrinqr, ndinqr, ndgxyz, ndnext
PTRFTN fAnsMemAlloc

integer user03, iott, i, ksel, numnp, node, istat

double precision xyz(3), xmean, ymean, zmean, stdxyz(3),
x sodx, sody, sodz

c pointers:
pointer (pdXnodeL,Xnode)
pointer (pdYnodeL,Ynode)
pointer (pdZnodeL,Znode)
double precision Xnode(*), Ynode(*), Znode(*)

c * call to start timing *

call TrackBegin ('user03')

c Get nodal xyz locations and calculate standard deviation of

c x coordinates, y coordinates, & z coordinates

c get number of currently selected nodes

numnp = ndinqr(0,DB_NUMSELECTED)

istat = 1
if (numnp .le. 0) go to 999

c allocate memory for x, y, & z coordinates of nodes

pdXnodeL = fAnsMemAlloc(numnp,MEM_DOUBLE,'XCoords ')
pdYnodeL = fAnsMemAlloc(numnp,MEM_DOUBLE,'YCoords ')
pdZnodeL = fAnsMemAlloc(numnp,MEM_DOUBLE,'ZCoords ')

c loop through all selected nodes

i = 1
node = 0
xmean = 0.0d0
ymean = 0.0d0
zmean = 0.0d0

10 node = ndnext(node)

if (node .gt. 0) then

c get xyz coordinates

ksel = ndgxyz(node,xyz(1))

c store this node's xyz coordinates

Xnode(i) = xyz(1)
Ynode(i) = xyz(2)
Znode(i) = xyz(3)

c while we're looping, accumulate sums to calculate means

xmean = xmean + xyz(1)
ymean = ymean + xyz(2)
zmean = zmean + xyz(3)

c increment index
i = i + 1

c loop back up for next selected node

goto 10

endif

c node = 0, at the end of node list

c calculate mean of xyz coordinates

xmean = xmean / numnp
ymean = ymean / numnp
zmean = zmean / numnp

c calculate standard deviation for xyz coordinates

sodx = 0
sody = 0
sodz = 0
do i = 1, numnp
sodx = sodx + (Xnode(i) - xmean)**2
sody = sody + (Ynode(i) - ymean)**2
sodz = sodz + (Znode(i) - zmean)**2
enddo

stdxyz(1) = sqrt(sodx / (numnp-1))

stdxyz(2) = sqrt(sody / (numnp-1))
stdxyz(3) = sqrt(sodz / (numnp-1))

c * write to output file *

iott = wrinqr(WR_OUTPUT)
write (iott,2000) xmean,ymean,zmean,
x stdxyz(1),stdxyz(2),stdxyz(3)
2000 format (/' MEAN FOR X COORDINATES:',G12.5/
x ' MEAN FOR Y COORDINATES:',G12.5/

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
178 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
6.7.4. Function user04

x ' MEAN FOR Z COORDINATES:',G12.5/

x ' STD FOR X COORDINATES:',G12.5/
x ' STD FOR Y COORDINATES:',G12.5/
x ' STD FOR Z COORDINATES:',G12.5)

c * write to GUI window *

call erhandler ('user03',5000,2,
x 'STD FOR X COORDINATES: %G %/
x STD FOR Y COORDINATES: %G %/
x STD FOR Z COORDINATES: %G',stdxyz(1),' ')

c * set _STATUS to 0 for success *

istat = 0

c release dynamically allocated memory

call fAnsMemFree (pdZnodeL)
call fAnsMemFree (pdYnodeL)
call fAnsMemFree (pdXnodeL)

c * required return value *

999 user03 = 0

c * set _RETURN to number of nodes processed *

call parreturn (dble(numnp))

c * set _STATUS for success (0) or no nodes (1) *

call parstatus (istat)

c * call to end timing *

call TrackEnd ('user03')
return
end

6.7.4. Function user04

*deck,user04 user
function user04()
c *** primary function: user routine number 04; demonstrates gettting a
c list of nodes attached to a keypoint, line, or area

c *** copyright(c) 2006 SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.

c *** ansys, inc.
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***

c input arguments: none

c output arguments:
c user04 (int,sc,out) - result code (should be zero)
c (which is ignored for now)

external wrinqr, ndkpnt, ndline, ndarea, ch4infun, intinfun

integer wrinqr, ndkpnt, ndline, ndarea, intinfun
character*4 ch4infun

integer user04, iott, listk(20),listl(20),lista(20),

x i, num,ktype, nkpnts, nlines, nareas
character*4 type, lab2

#include "ansysdef.inc"

iott = wrinqr (WR_OUTPUT)

c --- setup with: /UCMD,GNSME,4

c !gnsme,group,num,type
c ! group = kp, ln, or ar
c ! num = entity number of kp, ln, or ar
c ! type = interior, or all
c

lab2 = ch4infun(2)
write (iott,2010) lab2
2010 format(/' group name (type of entity) = ',a4)

num = intinfun(3)
write (iott,2020) num
2020 format (' entity number =',i4)

if (lab2 .ne. 'KP ' ) then

type = ch4infun(4)
if (type .eq. 'INTE') then
write (iott,2030)
2030 format (' interior nodes only ')
ktype = 0
elseif (type .eq. 'ALL ') then
write (iott,2040)
2040 format (' all (interior and edge/end) nodes ')
ktype = 1
else
write (iott,2050)
2050 format ('Only INTE or ALL are acceptable in last field',
x ' on user-written gnsme command')
endif
endif

if (lab2 .eq. 'KP ' ) then

nkpnts = ndkpnt (num, listk(1))
write (iott,2110) nkpnts
2110 format (' number of nodes on keypoint = ',i4)
write (iott,2115) (listk(i),i=1,nkpnts)
2115 format (' node on keypoint = ',i4)

elseif (lab2 .eq. 'LN ' ) then

nlines = ndline (num,ktype,listl(1))
write (iott,2120) nlines
2120 format (' number of nodes on line = ',i4)
write (iott,2125) (listl(i),i=1,nlines)
2125 format (' list of nodes on line'/(3x,i4))

elseif (lab2 .eq. 'AR ' ) then

nareas = ndarea (num,ktype,lista(1))
write (iott,2130) nareas
2130 format (' number of nodes on area = ',i4)
write (iott,2135) (lista(i),i=1,nareas)
2135 format (' list of nodes on area'/(3x,i4))

else
write (iott,2150)
2150 format (' Only KP, LN, or AR are acceptable on user-written ',
x 'gnsme command')
endif

user04 = 0

return
end

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
180 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
6.8.2. Function GetStackDisp (Getting Current Displacement Values)

6.7.5. Functions user05 through user10

The source code for user routines user05, user06, user07, user08, user09, and user10 is identical to
function user01 shown above.

6.8. Supporting Subroutines

6.8.1. Function GetRForce (Getting Nodal Reaction Force values)

*deck,GetRForce
function GetRForce (Node,Label,Value)
c primary function: Get the K * u - F at a node from the rfsum vector.
c warning: This routine is called after the elements
c are formed, but before solution. Therefore,
c F is from the current iteration, but
c u is from the previous iteration. At convergence,
c this difference will have little effect.
c The computations are done immediately after the
c call to UElMatx.
c Use the RFSUM command to ask for the summation.
c Use *GET,Parm,NODE,num,RF,DOFLAB to access the reaction
c sum from the command line.
c secondary functions: Return pointer for fast access

c object/library: usr

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c Prolog is not CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c Node (int,sc,in) - Node Number (User)
c Label (ch*4,sc,in) - DOF Label (Upper Case)
c 'UX ','UY ','TEMP','VOLT','ROTY', etc

c output arguments:
c GetRForce (int,func,out) - status/pointer
c = 0 - data not valid
c > 0 - Rfsum pointer to data for fast access
c see comments below
c Value (dp,sc,out) - Solution value for Node,Label
c All results are in the nodal coordinate
c system

c example usage:

c external GetRForce
c integer GetRForce, ptr, Node2
c double precision Value
c #include "handlecom.inc" (if Value = Rfsum(ptr) form is to be used)

c ptr = GetRForce (Node2,'UY ',Value)

c later...
c Value = Rfsum(ptr)

6.8.2. Function GetStackDisp (Getting Current Displacement Values)

*deck,GetStackDisp
function GetStackDisp (Node,Label,Value)

c primary function: Get the displacement at a node from the disp vector
c secondary functions: Return pointer for fast access

c object/library: usr

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c Prolog is not CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

c typ=int,dp,log,chr,dcp siz=sc,ar(n) intent=in,out,inout

c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c Node (int,sc,in) - Node Number (User)
c Label (ch*4,sc,in) - DOF Label (Upper Case)
c 'UX ','UY ','TEMP','VOLT','ROTY', etc

c output arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c GetStackDisp (int,sc,out) - status/pointer
c = 0 - data not valid
c > 0 - UDisp pointer to data for fast access
c see comments below
c Value (dp,sc,out) - Solution value for Node,Label

c example usage:

c external GetStackDisp
c#include "handlecom.inc" (only if UDisp(ptr) form is used
c integer GetStackDisp, ptr, Node2
c double precision Value

c ptr = GetStackDisp (Node2,'UY ',Value)

c later...
c Value = UDisp(ptr)

6.8.3. Subroutine ElResultStrt (Getting Load Data from Analysis Results)

*deck,ElResultStrt
subroutine ElResultStrt (Label,Comp,LabAvg,TypeData,nVal,iLoc)
c *** primary function: (post1) Load data for later ElResultGet

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c (prolog is not confidential)

c input arguments:
c Label (ch*4,sc,in) - Result Type
c Comp (ch*4,sc,in) - Result Component (8 char for ESTR)
c LabAvg (ch*4,sc,in) - 'AVG ' or 'NOAV' ('AVG ' default)

c output arguments:
c TypeData (int,sc,out) - Code for data type
c nVal (int,sc,out) - Number of values per point
c If 0, no data
c iLoc (int,sc,out) - Location of Comp in values

6.8.4. Subroutine ElResultGet (Getting Results Values at Selected Points)

*deck,ElResultGet
subroutine ElResultGet (nPoints,ebest,elcord,TypeData,iLoc,
x nVal,result)
c *** primary function: (post1) Get results at selected points

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c (prolog is not confidential)

c input arguments:
c nPoints (int,sc,in) - Number of evaluation points
c *** from ElInterp ***
c ebest (int,ar(nPoints),in) - Element(s) containing points
c elcord (dp,ar(3,nPoints),in) - Element coordinates
c *** from ElResultStrt ***

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
182 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
6.9. Access at the Beginning and End of Various Operations

c TypeData (int,sc,in) - Data type code

c iLoc (int,sc,in) - Start of selected data
c nVal (int,sc,in) - Number of results per point

c output arguments:
c Result (dp,ar(nvar,nPoints),out) - Array of results

6.8.5. Subroutine ElInterp (Finding Element Coordinates)

*deck,ElInterp
subroutine ElInterp (piFEML,nPoints,xyzPoints,tolInsidein,
x tolOutsidein,MoveTol,ebest,elcord)

c primary function: Find element numbers containing xyz points

c secondary functions: Find element coordinates of these points

c object/library: upf

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c (Prolog is not CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION)

c input arguments:
c piFEML (ptr,sc,in) - If non 0, pointer of a FEM Object
c nPoints (int,sc,in) - Number of points to find (do in one group)
c xyzPoints(dp,ar(3,nPoints),in)- XYZ coordinates of each point
c tolInsidein(dp,sc,in) - Tolerance for point inside element
c (0.0d0 defaults to 1.0d-4)
c tolOutsidein(dp,sc,in) - Maximum distance outside to be associated
c with an element (0.0d0 defaults to 0.25)
c MoveTol (dp,sc,in) - Node move tolerance (0.0d0, no move)

c output arguments:
c ebest (int,ar(nPoints),out) - Best element number for each point
c elcord (dp,ar(3,nPoints),out) - Element coordinates of the point

6.9. Access at the Beginning and End of Various Operations

You can access the logic just before an ANSYS run begins or just after a run ends, and at many other intermediate
points, by using the ANSYS routines listed below.These routines can perform actions such as evaluating results
or performing calculations. (None of the routines have input or output arguments.)

Issue the USRCAL command (or use an equivalent menu path) to activate or deactivate these routines.

User Subroutine Is Called

UAnBeg At ANSYS start-up
USolBeg Before solution
ULdBeg Before a load step
USsBeg Before a substep
UItBeg Before an iteration
UItFin After an iteration
USsFin After a substep
ULdFin After a load step
USolFin After solution
UAnFin At the end of an ANSYS run

Subroutines USSBeg,UItBeg,UItFin and USSFin default to reading a command macro file from the current
working directory whose name is subroutine.mac (that is, ussfin.mac is read by USSFin.F). No user
action to relink the ANSYS program is required for the command macro to be read except that the calling sub-

routine must be activated by the USRCAL command.The design of the command reading ability of these sub-
routines is limited to APDL parameter setting commands (*GET, *SET, a = value, etc) and testing for general
ANSYS commands is limited. Commands which are known to work include *DIM, *STATUS. Commands which
require another line (*MSG, *VWRITE) are not allowed. Other commands which are known to not work are the
solution loading commands (D, F, SFE, and so on). If these capabilties are required, the user will need to create
a Fortran subroutine and link this subroutine into ANSYS, as described in Chapter 5: Using User Programmable
Features (UPFs).

While parameter substitution into commands is not permitted, USSBeg, and so on were designed to be used
in conjunction with dynamic tables and parameter substitution from the user subroutine. As an example, consider
an ANSYS table defined as d5 = f(par1), If d5 contains values of displacement as a function of PAR1, then d5 may
be used as a constraint, as
*dim,d5,table,10,1,1,PAR1
d5(1)=0,.1,.25,

/solu
d,5,ux,%d5%

Modify the value of PAR1 in USSBeg.MAC and the constraint on node 5, ux can then be modified in the middle
of a load step.

The following is an example of a valid input that may be read by USSBeg, UItBeg, UItFin and USSFin.
/COM, SAMPLE ussfin.mac
a=5
b=nx(1) ! *get function is ok
*get,c,active,solu,Time,cpu ! *get is ok
*dim,array,,6 ! array parameters are ok
array(1) = 1
array(2) = 2
array(3) = 3
array(4) = 4
array(5) = 5
array(6) = 6
*vleng,3 ! vector operations are ok
*vfun,array(4),copy,array(1)
*stat
*stat,array(1)
array(1)=
nnode = ndinqr(0,14)
*dim,array,,nnode
*vget,array(1),NODE,1,NSEL
*stat,array(1)
array(1)=
/eof

/COM, COMMANDS BELOW THIS LINE ARE KNOWN TO NOT WORK

p,1,6,2000 ! commands DO NOT work

d,1,uy,.1
*msg,note
THIS IS A TEST MESSAGE
*vwrite,array(1)
(/ b = ,f10.4)

6.10. Creating Your Own Optimization Routine

One way to customize the ANSYS program for your site's specific needs is to substitute your own external optim-
ization for the standard ANSYS optimization algorithm.You can do so using either of these methods:

Link a user routine within the ANSYS program.

Run a stand-alone optimization program using the ANSYS optimization "save" file, Jobname.OPT.

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
184 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
6.10.2. Subroutine userop (Defining a Custom Optimization Routine)

This chapter describes both methods.You can find additional information on design optimization techniques
and procedures in the Advanced Analysis Techniques Guide.

6.10.1. Linking a Custom Optimization Program to ANSYS

If you are performing iterative analyses for design optimization, and you wish to use the standard ANSYS optimizer,
you simply choose GUI path Main Menu>Design Opt or issue the ANSYS command /OPT.

However, if you plan to use an optimization routine of your own design, you must do the following:

1. Define parameters for your external optimization routine, using either the OPUSER command or GUI
path Main Menu>Design Opt>Method/Tool. (For more information about OPUSER, see the Commands
Reference.)
2. Either issue the OPTYPE,USER command or choose menu path Main Menu>Design Opt>Method/Tool
and specify User Optimizer.
3. Issue the OPEXE command or choose GUI path Main Menu>Design Opt>Run.

Issuing the OPTYPE,USER command (or its GUI equivalent) instructs the ANSYS program to bypass the standard
ANSYS design optimizer logic and instead execute your custom optimization routine.

The userop routine (below) includes a flow chart showing how a user-defined optimization routine interacts
with the ANSYS program. It also contains a commented example that shows you sample ANSYS command input
for design optimization, done with a user-customized version.

For information about the kopusr variable and the userop routine, see the next section.

6.10.2. Subroutine userop (Defining a Custom Optimization Routine)

Instead of creating your custom design optimization routine from scratch, you can simply tailor the userop
routine available on your ANSYS distribution medium. Defined within this routine are a number of variables to
which you assign the values you want.

Below is a listing of the header information foruserop which includes the inputs and outputs and an example
user optimization:

*deck,userop user
subroutine userop (iott,nterm,maxparm,optvar)
c primary purpose: user-supplied optimization routine
c accessed with optype,user
c other input comes from the opuser command
c
c *** copyright(c) 2006 SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
c *** ansys, inc.
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c****************************************************************************
c *
c incoming arguments: *
c *
c *
c iott = ansys output unit *
c *
c nterm = looping control parameter *
c passed back to routine opterm. this variable should be set *
c as follows: *
c nterm = 0 if optimization looping should stop *
c nterm = 1 if optimization looping should continue *
c *
c maxparm = maximum number of parameters (first dimension on optvar) *

c *
c optvar = optimization variables (see documentation in cmopt.inc) *
c *
c****************************************************************************
c
c *** simplified flowchart of how user optimization interfaces with ansys
c
c ******************
c * *
c * start *
c * *
c ******************
c i
c i
c i
c vvv
c v
c ***********************
c * *
c * analysis file setup *
c * /PREP7 *
c * /SOLUTION *
c * /POST1 *
c * FINISH *
c * *
c ***********************
c i
c i
c i
c i
c vvv
c v
c ****************
c * *
c * /opt module *
c * opt commands *
c * OPEXE *
c * *
c ****************
c i
c i
c i
c i
c vvv
c v
c ******************
c * *
c * ansys analysis *<<<-------------------------------------
c * use setup file * i
c * * i
c ****************** i
c i i
c i i
c i i
c vvv i
c v i
c ********** i
c * * i
c * * yes i
c * kopusr > 0 *-------------------- i
c * * i i
c * * i i
c ********** i i
c i i i
c i i i
c i no i i
c i i i
c i i i
c vvv vvv i
c v v i
c ********************* ********************* i
c * * * * i

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
186 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
6.10.3. Structuring Your Input

c * ansys * * userop * i
c * optimization * * optimization * i
c * * * call userop * i
c ********************* ********************* i
c i i i
c i i i
c i i i
c ---------------------------- i
c i i
c vvv i
c v i
c @@@ i
c **************** @ @ i
c * * yes @ @ i
c * exit *<<<-----@ terminate @ i
c * *(nterm=0) @ looping?@ i
c **************** @ @ i
c @@@ i
c i i
c i no i
c i (nterm=1) i
c vvv i
c v i
c ***************************** i
c * * i
c * move optimization results *----- to new ----->>>i
c * into parameter vector * analysis
c * *
c *****************************
c
c
c *** sample input for user optimization ***
c
c!!!---- minimize y = x1**2 + x2**2
c!!! --- subject to : 1 < x1 < 10
c!!! --- 1 < x2 < 10
c!!! --- g = x1 - x2 > 1
c
c /batch,list ! use batch mode
c x1=5 ! initial value for dv x1
c x2=5 ! initial value for dv x2
c /prep7 ! enter prep
c y = x1*x1 + x2*x2 ! define function y
c g = x1 - x2 ! define function g
c finish ! finish prep
c /opt ! enter opt
c opvar,x1,dv,1,10 ! define 1st dv (range 1 to 10)
c opvar,x2,dv,1,10 ! define 2nd dv (range 1 to 10)
c opvar,y,obj,,,1 ! define objective function (tol = 1)
c opvar,g,sv,1 ! define state variable (lower limit 1)
c optype,user ! opt method is user supplied
c opuser,10,1.1,2.0 ! defime user opt modifiers (max iterations=10)
c opexe ! execute opt
c oplist,all ! list results
c finish

When you finish customizing the userop routine, you relink it using either of the methods described in the In-
stallation and Configuration Guide.You must include the cmopt common block in your routine, to allow it to
pass common data (such as design variables, state variables, and objective function values) to and from the
ANSYS program.

6.10.3. Structuring Your Input

When your userop optimization routine finishes executing, program control returns to the ANSYS design op-
timizer, so that the ANSYS commands on Jobname.LOOP can execute for the next optimization loop.To use
your own customization routine, you should issue the following ANSYS commands (in the order shown):

/OPT
OPTYPE,USER ! ANSYS optimization logic bypassed
OPUSER, ! user-defined optimization to be done
OPVAR ! design and state variables & objective function values defined
.
.
.
OPEXE ! looping begins

6.11. Memory Management Routines

ANSYS provides UPF routines you can use for memory management.

6.11.1. Using the Memory Management Routines

ANSYS uses a dynamic memory manager that overlays the system malloc and free functions and provides a
mechanism for accessing the memory from FORTRAN as well as c and c++. Since the UPF routines are provided
in FORTRAN, we will be discussing the FORTRAN access routines.

You may certainly use the system malloc and free functions or, for FORTRAN, the allocate system function. However,
you may end up competing with ANSYS for memory, and for large problems there may be insufficient system
memory to perform the function.

Dynamic memory is done through Cray-style pointers, where a dynamically allocated array is defined via the
construct
pointer (piArray,Array)
integer Array(*)

and memory space for the array is allocated by assigning the pointer, in this case piArray, to the allocated memory
space:
piArray = fAnsMemAlloc (size,...)

To use the ANSYS memory manager in a UPF, follow these steps:

1. 1. Define the dynamically allocated arrays:

pointer (piArray,Array), (pdData,Data)
integer Array(*)
double precision Data(*)

2. Initialize the pointers as follows:

piArray = PTRFTNNULL
pdData = PTRFTNNULL

3. Allocate space for an array or arrays, as follows:

For integer numbers:

piArray = fAnsMemAlloc(ileng,MEM_INTEGER,C16Label)

For double precision numbers:

pdArray = fAnsMemAlloc(dleng,MEM_DOUBLE,C16Label)

For complex numbers:

pcArray = fAnsMemAlloc(cleng,MEM_COMPLEX,C16Label)

For real numbers:

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
188 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
6.11.3. Subroutine fAnsMemFree (Deallocating Space)

prArray = fAnsMemAlloc(rleng,MEM_REAL,C16Label)

Where the arguments are:

xleng is the desired size of the array
MEM_xxx is the keyword indicating the type of data
C16Label is a character*16 name of the memory block

You must include the ansysdef.inc include file to get the parameter values of MEM_INTEGER,
MEM_DOUBLE, MEM_COMPLEX, and MEM_REAL.

Note

If there is insufficient memory, fAnsMemAlloc returns PTRFTNNULL.

4. Use the arrays.

5. Deallocate the space using the fAnsMemFree subroutine, as follows:
call fAnsMemFree (piArray)

The next two sections provide input and output listings for the memory management routines.

For an example, see Section 6.7.3: Function user03 (Demonstrates Using ANSYS Memory), which appears earlier in
this chapter.

6.11.2. Function fAnsMemAlloc (Allocating Space and Returning a Pointer)

*deck,fAnsMemAlloc
function fAnsMemAlloc (iLen, key, c16Label)

c primary function: Get A Block of Space from mem manager and Return Pointer

c keywords: integer function for mem allocate

c object/library: mem

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c iLen (int,sc,in) - length of the block (in data elements)
c c16Label (chr*16,sc,in) - 16 character name for the Block
c key (int,sc,in) - type of data for this block (see ansysdef)

c output arguments:
c fAnsMemAlloc (PTRFTN,sc,out) - Pointer to this data block -- needs to be
c tied to a local variable in the calling
c routine

6.11.3. Subroutine fAnsMemFree (Deallocating Space)

*deck,fAnsMemFree
subroutine fAnsMemFree (memPtr)
c primary function: Free a Data Block, given a pointer

c keywords: subroutine to free a mem block

c object/library: mem

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ptr (PTRFTN,sc,inout) - pointer for this block

c output arguments:
c ptr (PTRFTN,sc,inout) - pointer will be set to zero

6.12. Parameter Processing Routines

The ANSYS distribution medium contains three routines you can use for parameter processing:pardim,parevl,
and pardef.

6.12.1. Subroutine pardim (Creating a Dimensioned Parameter)

*deck,pardim
subroutine pardim (cName,labl4,nDim,nxyz,cLabels)
c *** primary function: create a dimensioned parameter

c *dim,parm32,type,d1,d2,d3,cName1,cName2,cName3
c *dim,parm32,type,d1,cName1
c *dim,parm32,type,d1,d2,d3,d4,d5,cName1,cName2,cName3,cName4,cName5

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c cName (chr*32,sc,in) - the name of the parameter to create
c labl4 (chr*4,sc,in) - 'TABL' or 'ARRA' or 'CHAR' or 'STRI'
c nDim (int,sc,in) - Dimension of array
c nxyz (int,ar(nDim),in) - the dimensions of the array
c cLabels (chr*32,ar(nDim),in) - Names for the directions in table

c output arguments: none

6.12.2. Function parevl (Finding and Evaluating a Parameter)

*deck,parevl
subroutine parevl (ParName,nDim,subc,lvl,dpValue,chValue,kerr)
c *** primary function: find and evaluate a parameter
c
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c input arguments:
c ParName (chr*(PARMSIZE),sc,in) - the name of the parameter
c (must be upper case, left justified)
c nDim (int,sc,in) - the number of subscripts (0,scaler)
c subc (dp,ar(*),in) - values for the subscripts (if any)
c lvl (int,sc,in) - 0,1 no error output 2, report error
c -1, set kerr flag with no anserr call
c
c output arguments:
c dpValue (dp,sc,out) - the value of the parameter (may be a
c packed character*8
c chValue (ch*128,sc,out) - character output
c kerr (int,sc,out) - error flag (0,ok -1,output is packed
c 0=ok, 1=error, 2=error but TINY is used
c -2, output is string in chValue
c
c

6.12.3. Subroutine pardef (Adding a Parameter)

*deck,pardef
subroutine pardef (label,ctype,nval,subc,valuein,kerr,string)
c *** primary function: add a parameter to parameter list
c
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
190 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
6.12.3. Subroutine pardef (Adding a Parameter)

c
c input arguments:
c label (chr*(PARMSIZE),sc,in) - name of parameter
c label is a character variable that
c contains the name of the parameter that
c is to be defined. (Length = PARMSIZE characters)
c
c ctype (int,sc,in) - 0, dp 1,character 2,string
c ctype is an integer key which describes
c the type of data that the parameter data
c holds. This would also indicate the
c contents of "value" (arg 5).
c 0=double precision data
c 1=character data packed in value
c 2=character data in string
c
c nval (int,sc,in) - number of subscripts
c nval is the number of subscripts that the
c "label" (arg 1) contains.
c 1=single dimensioned variable (ex. x(10))
c 2=double dimensioned variable (ex. y(10,3))
c 3=triple dimensioned variable (ex. z(10,3,2))
c -1=delete this parameter from the internal
c tables.
c
c subc (dp,ar(*),in) - values of subscripts
c subc is a double precision vector that
c contains the subscripts of "label" (arg 1).
c There should be enough values defined to
c match "nval" (arg 3). For example if "x"
c was dimensioned as "x(10,3,2)" and you wanted
c to set "x(5,1,1)=123.0", then "nval" (arg 3)
c should be set to 3, and "subc" should be set
c to 5.0, 1.0, 1.0, and "value" (arg 5) should
c be 123.0. Another example is if "y" was
c dimensioned to as "y(20,20)" and you were
c setting "y(5,8)=987", then "nval" (arg 3) should
c be set to 2 and "subc" should be set to 5.0,
c 8.0, 0.0, and "value" (arg 5) should be 987.0.
c
c Remember subroutine "pardef" is only storing
c a data value of "label" or "label(x,y,z)". The
c proper dimensions were set by a "*dim" command.
c
c Please note that although the values of "subc"
c should be double precision, subroutine "pardef"
c uses the intrinsic "nint" (nearest integer)
c function to get and use the integer equivalent.
c
c You should also note the "nval" (arg 3) and
c "subc" (arg 4) must fall within the range that was
c set with a "*dim" or "*set" command or an error
c will occur.
c
c valuein(dp,sc,in) - the value for this parameter
c (should be a packed character*8 if
c ctype=1. To pack a char into a dp
c variable use "call chtodp(ch8,dp)".
c To unpack a dp variable into a char
c use "call dptoch(dp,ch8)" )
c Value is the data value that is to be stored for
c "label" (arg 1). If "ctype=1" (arg 2) then this
c value would be a "packed character" data from the
c "chtodp" Ansys function.
c
c output arguments:
c kerr (int,sc,out) - error flag (0=ok, 1=error)
c kerr is an integer error flag that is
c returned to the calling subroutine. Any
c non zero number would indicate an error
c was detected in subroutine "pardef"
c

6.13. Miscellaneous Useful Functions

The ANSYS program has several miscellaneous functions you may find useful for working with UPFs:

The erhandler routine displays output messages (notes, warnings, and errors).
The RunCommand function lets you issue an ANSYS command from within a user routine.
The GetStackDisp routine retrieves current displacement values.
The /UNDO command writes an "undo" file at critical points as a user routine executes.
The/HOLD command allows you to synchronize multiple tasks in ANSYS.
The /TRACK command enables you to do program tracing and timing.

For further descriptions of erhandler and /TRACK, see Chapter 8: Subroutines for Users' Convenience. For details
about the GetStackDisp function, see Section 6.8.2:Function GetStackDisp (Getting Current Displacement Values).

6.13.1. Using Function RunCommand

This function enables you to execute an ANSYS command from within a user routine. Inputs and outputs for
RunCommand are as follows:

*deck,RunCommand
function RunCommand (nChar,command)

c primary function: Execute an ansys command

c object/library: upf

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c nChar (int,sc,in) - Length of the command string (8 min)
c command (ch*(nChar),sc,in) - A character string containing a
c valid ANSYS command

c output arguments:
c RunCommand (int,sc,out) - An internally defined value, ignore

6.13.2. Using the /UNDO Command

The "undo" file you create by issuing the /UNDO command is similar to the File.DB file created when you issue
the SAVE command.The /UNDO command format is:
/UNDO,Action

Action

ON, to write the undo file

OFF, to prevent the undo file from being written
PROMPT, to have ANSYS ask permission before writing the file
STATUS, to restore the file as it existed after executing the last command issued before the /UNDO command.

6.13.3. Using the /HOLD command

Issue the /HOLD command to synchronize tasks in ANSYS.The ANSYS program can synchronize tasks at the end
of each results file set.
/HOLD,Filename,TimeInterval,Timeout

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
192 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
6.13.3. Using the /HOLD command

Filename
The eight-character name of a message file. If the named file exists, the ANSYS program reads a command
from the file and then deletes the file.
TimeInterval
The length of time, in seconds, that ANSYS waits before trying to read the message file again.
Timeout
The maximum length of time, in seconds, that ANSYS can wait between attempts to read the file.

You can use the database access routines with any of the user-programmable features. For example, you can
create your own ANSYS commands and use them to execute database access routines (or have a database access
routine call a user-defined command).

7.1. Inputs and Outputs for Database Access Routines

The descriptions of the database access routines or functions within this chapter describe both the input arguments
and output arguments. Argument information includes the argument's type, size and intent.

Argument type is one of the following:

int - integer
dp - double precision
log - logical
chr - character
dcp - double precision complex
Argument size is one of the following:

sc - scalar variable
ar(n) - array variable of length n
func - functional return value
Argument intent is one of the following:

in - input argument
out - output argument
inout - both an input and an output argument

7.2. Types of Database Access Routines

The rest of this chapter describes the functions and subroutines available for accessing information in the ANSYS
database.The function and subroutine descriptions are grouped into sets: nodal information functions, element
attribute information functions, and so on.

7.3. Routines for Selecting and Retrieving Nodes and Elements

7.3.1. ndnext Function (Getting the Next Node Number)

*deck,ndnext
function ndnext (next)
c *** primary function: get the number of the next selected node

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c next (int,sc,in) - the last node number used
c = 0 - use for initial value

c output arguments:
c ndnext (int,func,out) - the next selected node number
c = 0 - no more nodes

7.3.2. ndprev Function (Getting the Number of the Previous Selected Node)

*deck,ndprev
function ndprev (next)
c *** primary function: get the number of the previous selected node
c
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c typ=int,dp,log,chr,dcp siz=sc,ar(n),func intent=in,out,inout
c
c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c next (int,sc,in) - the next node number used
c = 0 - use for initial value
c
c output arguments:
c ndprev (int,func,out) - the previous selected node number
c = 0 - no more nodes
c

7.3.3. ndnxdf Function (Getting the Number of the Next Defined Node)

*deck,ndnxdf
function ndnxdf (next)
c *** primary function: get the number of the next defined node
c
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c typ=int,dp,log,chr,dcp siz=sc,ar(n),func intent=in,out,inout
c
c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c next (int,sc,in) - the last node number used
c = 0 - use for initial value
c
c output arguments:
c ndnxdf (int,func,out) - the next defined node number
c = 0 - no more nodes
c
c

7.3.4. ndsel Function (Selecting, Unselecting, Deleting, or Inverting a Node)

*deck,ndsel
subroutine ndsel (ndmi,ksel)
c *** primary function: to select, unselect, delete, or invert a node.
c *** secondary functions: none.
c
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c typ=int,dp,log,chr,dcp siz=sc,ar(n),func intent=in,out,inout
c
c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c ndmi (int,sc,in) - node number
c = 0 - all nodes
c < 0 - do not delete CPs and CEQNs
c (merge/offset/compress)
c ksel (int,sc,in) - type of operation to be performed.
c ksel = 0 - delete node.
c = 1 - select node.
c =-1 - unselect node.
c = 2 - invert select status of node.
c
c output arguments:
c none.
c

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
196 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
7.3.8. elsel Subroutine (Selecting, Unselecting, Deleting, or Inverting an Element)

7.3.5. elnext Function (Getting the Number of the Next Element)

*deck,elnext
function elnext (next)
c *** primary function: get the number of the next selected element

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c next (int,sc,in) - the last element number used
c = 0 - use for initial value

c output arguments:
c elnext (int,func,out) - the next selected element
c = 0 - no more elements

7.3.6. elprev Function (Getting the Number of the Previous Selected Element)

*deck,elprev
function elprev (prev)
c *** primary function: get the number of the previous selected element
c
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c typ=int,dp,log,chr,dcp siz=sc,ar(n),func intent=in,out,inout
c
c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c prev (int,sc,in) - the last element used
c = 0 - use for initial value
c
c output arguments:
c elprev (int,func,out) - the previous selected element
c = 0 - no more elements
c

7.3.7. elnxdf Function (Getting the Number of the Next Defined Element)

*deck,elnxdf
function elnxdf (next)
c *** primary function: get the number of the next defined element
c
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c typ=int,dp,log,chr,dcp siz=sc,ar(n),func intent=in,out,inout
c
c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c next (int,sc,in) - the last element used
c = 0 - use for initial value
c
c output arguments:
c elnxdf (int,func,out) - the next defined element
c = 0 - no more elements
c

7.3.8. elsel Subroutine (Selecting, Unselecting, Deleting, or Inverting an Element)

*deck,elsel
subroutine elsel (ielei,ksel)
c *** primary function: to select, unselect, delete, or invert an element.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:

c ielei (int,sc,in) - element number

c = 0 - all elements
c ksel (int,sc,in) - type of operation to be performed.
c = 0 - delete element.
c = 1 - select element.
c =-1 - unselect element.
c = 2 - invert select status for element

c output arguments: none

7.4. Node Information Routines

7.4.1. ndinqr Function (Getting Information About a Node)

The primary function of ndinqr is getting information about a node.You can also use this function to set the
current node pointer to this node.

*deck,ndinqr
function ndinqr (node,key)
c *** primary function: get information about a node.
c *** secondary functions: set current node pointer to this node.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c node (int,sc,in) - node number
c Should be 0 for key=11, DB_NUMDEFINED,
c DB_NUMSELECTED, DB_MAXDEFINED, and
c DB_MAXRECLENG
c key (dp,sc,in) - key as to information needed about
c the node.
c = DB_SELECTED - return select status:
c ndinqr = 0 - node is undefined.
c =-1 - node is unselected.
c = 1 - node is selected.
c = DB_NUMDEFINED - return number of defined nodes
c = DB_NUMSELECTED - return number of selected nodes
c = DB_MAXDEFINED - return highest node number defined
c = DB_MAXRECLENG - return maximum record length (dp words)
c = 2, return length (dp words)
c = 3,
c = 4, pointer to first data word
c = 11, return void percent (integer)
c = 17, pointer to start of index
c = -1,
c = -2, superelement flag
c = -3, master dof bit pattern
c = -4, active dof bit pattern
c = -5, solid model attachment
c = -6, pack nodal line parametric value
c = -7, constraint bit pattern
c = -8, force bit pattern
c = -9, body force bit pattern
c = -10, internal node flag
c = -11, orientation node flag =1 is =0 isnot
c = -11, contact node flag <0
c = -12, constraint bit pattern (for DSYM)
c = -13, if dof constraint written to file.k (for LSDYNA only)
c = -14, nodal coordinate system number (set by NROTATE)
c =-101, pointer to node data record
c =-102, pointer to angle record
c =-103,
c =-104, pointer to attached couplings
c =-105, pointer to attacted constraint equations
c =-106, pointer to nodal stresses
c =-107, pointer to specified disp'S
c =-108, pointer to specified forces
c =-109, pointer to x/y/z record

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
198 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
7.4.4. ndgall Function (Getting the XYZ/Rotation Coordinates Vector for a Node)

c =-110,
c =-111,
c =-112, pointer to nodal temperatures
c =-113, pointer to nodal heat generations
c =-114,
c =-115, pointer to calculated displacements
c =-116,

c output arguments:
c ndinqr (int,func,out) - the returned value of ndinqr is based on
c setting of key.

7.4.2. getnod Function (Getting a Nodal Point)

*deck,getnod
subroutine getnod (node,v,kerr,kcrot)
c *** primary function: get a nodal point

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c node (int,sc,in) - node number
c kerr (int,sc,inout) - message flag
c = 0 - print no message if node is unselected
c or undefined
c = 1 - print message if node is undefined
c = 2 - print message if node is undefined
c or unselected
c kcrot (int,sc,in) - output coordinates in this coordinate system.
c if kcrot is negative, output theta and
c phi coordinates in radians

c output arguments:
c v (dp,ar(6),out) - Coordinates (first 3 values) and rotation
c angles (last 3 values)
c kerr (int,sc,inout) - select status
c = 0 - node is selected
c = 1 - node is not defined
c =-1 - node is unselected

7.4.3. putnod Function (Storing a Node)

*deck,putnod
subroutine putnod (node,vctn,kcrot)
c *** primary function: store a node
c *** secondary functions: display node if in immediate mode.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c node (int,sc,in) - node number
c vctn (dp,ar(6),in) - array of 3 nodal coordinates and
c 3 nodal rotation angles.
c kcrot (int,sc,in) - local coordinate system in which the nodal
c coordinates and angles are defined

c output arguments: none.

7.4.4. ndgall Function (Getting the XYZ/Rotation Coordinates Vector for a Node)

*deck,ndgall
function ndgall (node,xyz)
c *** primary function: get x,y,z,rotx,roty,rotz vector for a node.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c node (int,sc,in) - node number for operation.

c output arguments:
c ndgall (int,sc,out) - status of node.
c 0=node is undefined.
c -1=node is unselected.
c 1=node is selected.
c xyz (dp,ar(6),out) - vector containing x,y,z,rotx,roty,rotz

7.4.5. ndspgt Subroutine (Getting the Nodal Solution for a Node of an Element)

*deck,ndspgt
subroutine ndspgt (node,dofs,ndof,nrot,xyzang,nuvect,unode)
c *** primary function: get the nodal solution for a node of an element

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c node (int,sc,in) - The node number
c dofs (int,ar(DOFBITLENG),in) - The dofs to retrieve for the node.
c dof = degree of freedom
c The dofs array should be zeroed out,
c except for the needed parts.
c dofs is a bit pattern with true bits
c representing the GLOBAL Dof set desired.
c That is, dofs(1) is used for UX to SP06,
c and dofs(2) is used for TBOT to TTOP.
c See ECHPRM for details. For example,
c dofs(1) = UX + TEMP
c dofs(2) = TE3
c TTOP is a special case. If you want
c TTOP alone, use:
c dofs(2) = ibset(0,TTOP)
c If TBOT and TTOP are desired, you must use:
c dofs(2) = TBOT
c dofs(2) = ibset(dofs(2),TTOP)
c ndof (int,sc,in) - The number of node dofs (1, 2 or 3).
c nrot (int,sc,in) - Key to rotate dofs from nodal to global
c coordinate systems.
c if 0, none. if 2, 2-d. if 3, 3-d
c if > 0, dof set must include and only
c include all terms of the vector (e.g.
c UX,UY,UZ, or AX,AY,AZ).
c xyzang (dp,ar(6),in) - The xyz virgin node coordinates
c (including angles). Not used if
c nrot = 0 or ndof < 2.
c nuvect (int,sc,in) - Number of vectors to retrieve. Can vary
c between 1 and 5. Normally 1 is what is
c wanted. Other vectors include previous
c values and/or velocities. See elucom for
c all possibilites. Contents are analysis
c type dependent.

c output arguments:
c unode (dp,ar(ndof,nuvect),out) - Element nodal solution vectors in
c the global coordinate system.

7.5. Element Attribute Routines

7.5.1. elmiqr Function (Getting Information About an Element)

*deck,elmiqr
function elmiqr (ielem,key)
c *** primary function: get information about an element.

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
200 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
7.5.2. elmget Function (Getting an Element's Attributes and Nodes)

c *** secondary functions: set current element pointer to this element.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number
c should be zero for key=11, DB_NUMDEFINED,
c DB_NUMSELECTED, or DB_MAXDEFINED
c key (int,sc,in) - information flag.
c = DB_SELECTED - return select status: (1)
c elmiqr = 0 - element is undefined.
c =-1 - element is unselected.
c = 1 - element is selected.
c = DB_NUMDEFINED - return number of defined elements (12)
c = DB_NUMSELECTED - return number of selected elements (13)
c = DB_MAXDEFINED - return maximum element number used (14)
c = DB_MAXRECLENG - return maximum record length (15)
c (int words)
c = 2 - return length (int words)
c = 3 - return layer number
c (for cross reference files return number of entities)
c = 4 - return address of first data word
c = 5 - return length (in record type units)
c = 6 - return compressed record number.
c = 11 - return void percent (integer)
c = 16 - return location of next record
c (this increments the next record count)
c = 17 - pointer to start of index
c = 18 - return type of file.
c elmiqr = 0 - integer
c = 1 - double precision
c = 2 - real
c = 3 - complex
c = 4 - character*8
c = 7 - index
c = 19 - return virtual type of file.
c elmiqr = 0 - fixed length (4.4 form)
c = 1 - indexed variable length (layer data)
c = 2 - xref data tables
c = 3 - bitmap data (for 32 data item packed records)
c = 4 - data tables (three dimensional arrays)
c = -1 - material number etc. (see elmcmx)
c =-101 - pointer to element integers etc.
c (see elmcmx with elmilg and 1 instead of -101)
c

c output arguments:
c elmiqr (int,sc,out) - the returned value of elmiqr is based on
c setting of key.
c
c

7.5.2. elmget Function (Getting an Element's Attributes and Nodes)

*deck,elmget
function elmget (ielem,elmdat,nodes)
c *** primary function: get element attributes and nodes.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number

c output arguments:
c elmget (int,func,out) - status of element.
c = 0 - element undefined
c < 0 - number of nodes on unselected
c element
c > 0 - number of nodes on selected element
c elmdat (int,ar(EL_DIM),in) - element attributes.
c elmdat(EL_MAT) - material number

c (EL_TYPE) - element type

c (EL_REAL) - real constant number
c (EL_SECT) - section number
c (EL_CSYS) - coordinate system number
c (EL_DEAD) - death flag (bit 0)
c if clear - alive
c if set - dead
c (EL_SOLID) - solid model reference
c (EL_SHAPE) - 100*shape + specific shape
c (EL_OBJOPTIONS) - reserved
c (EL_PEXCLUDE) - p element include flag
c (bit 0)
c if clear - include
c (element may need to have its p-level increased)
c if set - exclude
c (element does not need to have its p-level increased)
c EL_PEXCLUDE is also used for the LSDYNA part number (trh 9/05)

c nodes (int,ar(*),out) - node numbers for element.

c
c

7.5.3. elmput Subroutine (Storing an Element)

*deck,elmput
subroutine elmput (ielem,elmdat,nnod,nodes)
c *** primary function: store element attributes and node numbers.
c *** secondary functions: set current element pointer to this element.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c *** NOTICE - The user is also responsible for defining the centroid for the
c element using the elmpct subroutine. Calling the elmput
c subroutine will NULL the element centroid previously defined.

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number
c elmdat (int,ar(EL_DIM),in) - element attributes.
c elmdat(EL_MAT) - material number
c (EL_TYPE) - element type
c (EL_REAL) - real constant number
c (EL_SECT) - section number
c (EL_CSYS) - coordinate system number
c (EL_DEAD) - death flag (bit 0)
c if clear - alive
c if set - dead
c (EL_SOLID) - solid model reference
c (EL_SHAPE) - 100*shape + specific shape
c (EL_OBJOPTIONS) - reserved
c (EL_PEXCLUDE) - p element include flag
c (bit 0)
c if clear - include
c if set - exclude
c For LSDYNA, it means part ID
c in reqular ANSYS, it is never part ID
c nnod (int,sc,in) - number of nodes for this element.
c nodes (int,ar(*),in) - node numbers for this element.

c output arguments: none.

7.5.4. etyiqr Function (Getting a Data Item About an Element Type)

*deck,etyiqr
function etyiqr (itype,key)
c *** primary function: get information about an element type.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
202 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
7.5.7. echrtr Subroutine (Getting Information About Element Characteristics)

c input arguments:
c itype (int,sc,in) - element type number
c Should be 0 for key=11, DB_NUMDEFINED,
c DB_NUMSELECTED, DB_MAXDEFINED, and
c DB_MAXRECLENG
c key (int,sc,in) - information flag.
c = DB_SELECTED - return select status:
c etyiqr = 0 - element type is undefined.
c =-1 - element type is unselected.
c = 1 - element type is selected.
c = DB_NUMDEFINED - return number of defined element types
c = DB_NUMSELECTED - return number of selected element types
c = DB_MAXDEFINED - return highest element type number defined
c = DB_MAXRECLENG - return maximum record length (int words)
c = -n, return element characteristic n from etycom for element
c type itype.
c n is correlated to the parameter names in echprm.
c see elccmt for definitions of element characteristics.
c note- this will not overwrite the current setting of
c etycom.

c output arguments:
c etyiqr (int,func,out) - the returned value of etyiqr is based on
c setting of key.

7.5.5. etyget Function (Getting Information About an Element Type)

*deck,etyget
function etyget (itype,ielx)
c *** primary function: get element type data.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c itype (int,sc,in) - element type number

c output arguments:
c etyget (int,func,out) - status of element type.
c = 0 - element type is undefined.
c < 0 - number of data items on unselected
c element type.
c > 0 - number of data items on selected
c element type.
c ielx (int,ar(*),out) - element type data. see elccmt for
c description of data.

7.5.6. etyput Subroutine (Storing Element Type Data)

*deck,etyput
subroutine etyput (itype,n,ielx)
c *** primary function: store element type data.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c itype (int,sc,in) - element type number for operation.
c n (int,sc,in) - length of data vector to store.
c ielx (int,ar(*),in) - element type data. see elccmt for
c description.

c output arguments: none

7.5.7. echrtr Subroutine (Getting Information About Element Characteristics)

*deck

subroutine echrtr (iott,elcdn,ielc,kerr)

c primary function: collect all element characteristics based on
c ityp,jtyp, and keyopts

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c
c typ=int,dp,log,chr,dcp siz=sc,ar(n),func intent=in,out,inout
c
c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c iott (int,sc,in) - printout file
c ielc (int,ar(IELCSZ),inout) - input element characteristics
c in positions 1 to 20.
c (itype, jstif, keyopts, etc.)
c
c output arguments:
c elcdn (chr,sc,out) - element descriptive name as character
c string
c ielc (int,ar(IELCSZ),inout) - input element characteristics
c in positions 21 to 150.
c (kdim, ishap, idegen, etc.)
c see elccmt for a full list
c kerr (int,sc,out) - error flag
c = 0 - no errors
c = 1 - errors

7.5.8. etysel Subroutine (Selecting, Unselecting, Deleting, or Inverting an Element Type)

*deck,etysel
subroutine etysel (itypi,ksel)
c *** primary function: to select, unselect, delete, or invert an
c element type.
c *** secondary functions: none.
c
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c typ=int,dp,log,chr,dcp siz=sc,ar(n),func intent=in,out,inout
c
c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c itypi (int,sc,in) - element type number
c = 0 - all element types
c ksel (int,sc,in) - type of operation to be performed.
c = 0 - delete element type.
c = 1 - select element type.
c =-1 - unselect element type.
c = 2 - invert element type.
c
c output arguments:
c none.
c

7.5.9. mpinqr Function (Getting Information About a Material Property)

*deck,mpinqr
function mpinqr (mat,iprop,key)
c *** primary function: get information about a material property.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c mat (int,sc,in) - material number
c should be 0 for key=11,
c DB_NUMDEFINED(12),
c DB_MAXDEFINED(14), and
c DB_MAXRECLENG(15)

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
204 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
7.5.10. mpget Function (Getting a Material Property Table)

c iprop (int,sc,in) - property reference number:

c if iprop = 0, test for existence of any material property with this
c material number (with key = DB_SELECTED(1))
c
c ---- MP command labels --------
c EX = 1, EY = 2, EZ = 3, NUXY= 4, NUYZ= 5, NUXZ= 6, GXY = 7, GYZ = 8
c GXZ = 9, ALPX=10, ALPY=11, ALPZ=12, DENS=13, MU =14, DAMP=15, KXX =16
c KYY =17, KZZ =18, RSVX=19, RSVY=20, RSVZ=21, C =22, HF =23, VISC=24
c EMIS=25, ENTH=26, LSST=27, PRXY=28, PRYZ=29, PRXZ=30, MURX=31, MURY=32
c MURZ=33, PERX=34, PERY=35, PERZ=36, MGXX=37, MGYY=38, MGZZ=39, EGXX=40
c EGYY=41, EGZZ=42, SBKX=43, SBKY=44, SBKZ=45, SONC=46, SLIM=47, ELIM=48
c USR1=49, USR2=50, USR3=51, USR4=51, FLUI=53, ORTH=54, CABL=55, RIGI=56
c HGLS=57, BM =58, QRAT=59, REFT=60, CTEX=61, CTEY=62, CTEZ=63, THSX=64,
c THSY=65, THSZ=66, DMPR=67, LSSM=68, =69, =79, =71, =72,
c =73, =74, =75, =76, =77, =78, =79, =80
c
c (see mpinit for uncommented code and for TB command information)

c key (int,sc,in) - key as to the information needed

c about material property.
c = DB_SELECTED(1)- return select status:
c mpinqr = 0 - material prop is undefined.
c = 1 - material prop is selected.
c = DB_NUMDEFINED(12) - number of defined material properties
c = DB_MAXDEFINED(14) - highest material property number defined
c = DB_MAXRECLENG(15) - maximum record length (dp words)
c = 2 - return length (dp words)
c = 3 - return number of temp. values
c = 11 - return void percent (integer)

c output arguments:
c mpinqr (int,func,out) - returned value of mpinqr is based on
c setting of key.

7.5.10. mpget Function (Getting a Material Property Table)

*deck,mpget
function mpget (mat,iprop,temp,prop)
c *** primary function: get a material property table.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c typ=int,dp,log,chr,dcp siz=sc,ar(n),func intent=in,out,inout

c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c mat (int,sc,in) - material number
c iprop (int,sc,in) - property reference number:
c ---- MP command labels --------
c EX = 1, EY = 2, EZ = 3, NUXY= 4, NUYZ= 5, NUXZ= 6, GXY = 7, GYZ = 8
c GXZ = 9, ALPX=10, ALPY=11, ALPZ=12, DENS=13, MU =14, DAMP=15, KXX =16
c KYY =17, KZZ =18, RSVX=19, RSVY=20, RSVZ=21, C =22, HF =23, VISC=24
c EMIS=25, ENTH=26, LSST=27, PRXY=28, PRYZ=29, PRXZ=30, MURX=31, MURY=32
c MURZ=33, PERX=34, PERY=35, PERZ=36, MGXX=37, MGYY=38, MGZZ=39, EGXX=40
c EGYY=41, EGZZ=42, SBKX=43, SBKY=44, SBKZ=45, SONC=46, SLIM=47, ELIM=48
c USR1=49, USR2=50, USR3=51, USR4=51, FLUI=53, ORTH=54, CABL=55, RIGI=56
c HGLS=57, BM =58, QRAT=59, REFT=60, CTEX=61, CTEY=62, CTEZ=63, THSX=64,
c THSY=65, THSZ=66, DMPR=67, LSSM=68, =69, =79, =71, =72,
c =73, =74, =75, =76, =77, =78, =79, =80
c
c (see mpinit for uncommented code and TB command information)

c output arguments:
c mpget (int,func,out) - number of temperature values
c temp (dp,ar(mpget),out) - vector of the temperature values
c prop (dp,ar(mpget),out) - vector of the property values

7.5.11. mpput Subroutine (Storing a Material Property Table)

*deck,mpput
subroutine mpput (mat,iprop,ntab,temp,prop)
c *** primary function: store material property tables.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c mat (int,sc,in) - material number.
c iprop (int,sc,in) - property reference number:
c ---- MP command labels --------
c EX = 1, EY = 2, EZ = 3, NUXY= 4, NUYZ= 5, NUXZ= 6, GXY = 7, GYZ = 8
c GXZ = 9, ALPX=10, ALPY=11, ALPZ=12, DENS=13, MU =14, DAMP=15, KXX =16
c KYY =17, KZZ =18, RSVX=19, RSVY=20, RSVZ=21, C =22, HF =23, VISC=24
c EMIS=25, ENTH=26, LSST=27, PRXY=28, PRYZ=29, PRXZ=30, MURX=31, MURY=32
c MURZ=33, PERX=34, PERY=35, PERZ=36, MGXX=37, MGYY=38, MGZZ=39, EGXX=40
c EGYY=41, EGZZ=42, SBKX=43, SBKY=44, SBKZ=45, SONC=46, SLIM=47, ELIM=48
c USR1=49, USR2=50, USR3=51, USR4=51, FLUI=53, ORTH=54, CABL=55, RIGI=56
c HGLS=57, BM =58, QRAT=59, REFT=60, CTEX=61, CTEY=62, CTEZ=63, THSX=64,
c THSY=65, THSZ=66, DMPR=67, LSSM=68, =69, =79, =71, =72,
c =73, =74, =75, =76, =77, =78, =79, =80
c
c (see mpinit for uncommented code and TB command information)

c ntab (int,sc,in) - number of entries in the table

c (1 to 100)
c tem (dp,ar(ntab),in) - temperature vector (ascending)
c prp (dp,ar(ntab),in) - property vector

c output arguments:
c none.

7.5.12. mpdel Subroutine (Deleting a Material Property Table)

*deck,mpdel
subroutine mpdel (mat,iprop)
c *** primary function: delete material property tables.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c mat (int,sc,in) - material number.
c iprop (int,sc,in) - property reference number:
c (0 = all properties)
c ---- MP command labels --------
c EX = 1, EY = 2, EZ = 3, NUXY= 4, NUYZ= 5, NUXZ= 6, GXY = 7, GYZ = 8
c GXZ = 9, ALPX=10, ALPY=11, ALPZ=12, DENS=13, MU =14, DAMP=15, KXX =16
c KYY =17, KZZ =18, RSVX=19, RSVY=20, RSVZ=21, C =22, HF =23, VISC=24
c EMIS=25, ENTH=26, LSST=27, PRXY=28, PRYZ=29, PRXZ=30, MURX=31, MURY=32
c MURZ=33, PERX=34, PERY=35, PERZ=36, MGXX=37, MGYY=38, MGZZ=39, EGXX=40
c EGYY=41, EGZZ=42, SBKX=43, SBKY=44, SBKZ=45, SONC=46, SLIM=47, ELIM=48
c USR1=49, USR2=50, USR3=51, USR4=51, FLUI=53, ORTH=54, CABL=55, RIGI=56
c HGLS=57, BM =58, QRAT=59, REFT=60, CTEX=61, CTEY=62, CTEZ=63, THSX=64,
c THSY=65, THSZ=66, DMPR=67, LSSM=68, =69, =79, =71, =72,
c =73, =74, =75, =76, =77, =78, =79, =80
c
c (see mpinit for uncommented code and for TB command information)

c output arguments: none.

7.5.13. rlinqr Function (Getting Information About a Real Constant Set)

*deck,rlinqr
function rlinqr (nreal,key)
c *** primary function: get information about a real constant set

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
206 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
7.5.15. rlsel Subroutine (Selecting or Deleting a Real Constant Set)

c *** secondary functions: none

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c typ=int,dp,log,chr,dcp siz=sc,ar(n),func intent=in,out,inout

c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c nreal (int,sc,in) - real constant table number
c should be 0 for key=11, DB_NUMDEFINED,
c DB_NUMSELECTED, DB_MAXDEFINED, and
c DB_MAXRECLENG
c key (int,sc,in) - information flag.
c = 5 - return number of values stored for nreal
c = DB_SELECTED - return select status
c rlinqr = 0 - real constant table is undefined.
c =-1 - real constant table is unselected.
c = 1 - real constant table is selected
c = DB_NUMDEFINED - return number of defined real constant tables
c = DB_NUMSELECTED - return number of selected real constant tables
c = DB_MAXDEFINED - return highest real constant table defined
c = DB_MAXRECLENG - return maximum record length (dp words)

c output arguments:
c rlinqr (int,func,out) - the returned value of rlinqr is based on
c setting of key.
c

7.5.14. rlget Function (Getting Real Constant Data)

*deck,rlget
function rlget (nreal,rtable)
c *** primary function: get real constant data

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c nreal (int,sc,in) - real constant table number

c output arguments:
c rlget (int,func,out) - number of real constant data obtained
c rtable (dp,ar(*),out) - real constant data obtained

7.5.15. rlsel Subroutine (Selecting or Deleting a Real Constant Set)

*deck,rlsel
subroutine rlsel (nreai,ksel)
c *** primary function: select or delete a real constant set
c *** secondary functions: none
c
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c typ=int,dp,log,chr,dcp siz=sc,ar(n),func intent=in,out,inout
c
c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c nreai (int,sc,in) - real constant table
c = 0 - all real constant tables
c ksel (int,sc,in) - type of operation to be performed.
c = 0 - delete real constant table.
c = 1 - select real constant table.
c =-1 - unselect real constant table.
c = 2 - invert real constant table.
c
c output arguments:
c none
c

7.5.16. csyiqr Function (Getting Information About a Coordinate System)

*deck,csyiqr
function csyiqr (ncsy,key)
c *** primary function: get information about a coordinate system

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ncsy (int,sc,in) - coordinate system reference number
c should be zero for key= DB_NUMDEFINED
c or DB_MAXDEFINED
c key (int,sc,in) - information flag.
c = DB_SELECTED - return status:
c csyiqr = 0 - coordinate system is not defined
c -1 - coordinate system is not selected
c 1 - coordinate system is selected
c = DB_NUMDEFINED - number of defined coordinate systems
c = DB_MAXDEFINED - maximum coordinate system reference
c number used.

c output arguments:
c csyiqr (int,func,out) - the returned value of csyiqr is based on
c setting of key.

7.5.17. csyget Function (Getting a Coordinate System)

*deck,csyget
function csyget (ncsy,csydpx,csyinx)
c *** primary function: get a coordinate system
c *** secondary functions: none

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c NOTE: As a time-saving device, this routine will not fetch the coordinate
c system data from the database (an expensive operation)
c if ncsy = csyinx(4), as this would indicate that the data is current.
c If you wish to force this routine to fetch coordinate system data (in
c the case of loading a local array, for example), you MUST set
c ncsy != csyinx(4) before function call.

c typ=int,dp,log,chr,dcp siz=sc,ar(n),func intent=in,out,inout

c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description csycom name
c ncsy (int,sc,in) - coordinate system number
c csyinx(4) (int,sc,inout) - coordinate system number csyact

c output arguments:
c csydpx (dp,ar(18),out)
c csydpx(1-9) - transformation matrix
c (10-12) - origin (XC, YC, ZC)
c (13-14) - coordinate system parameters cparm
c cparm2
c (15) - spare
c (16-18) - defining angles
c csyinx (int,ar(6),out)
c csyinx(1-2) - theta, phi singularity keys
c (3) - coordinate system type icdsys
c (csyinx(4) is inout) (4) - coordinate system number csyact
c (5) - spare
c (6) - spare
c csyget (int,func,out) - status of coordinate system
c = 0 - coordinate system exists
c = 1 - coordinate system doesn't exist

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
208 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
7.6.1. cpinqr Function (Getting Information About a Coupled Set)

7.5.18. csyput Subroutine (Storing a Coordinate System)

*deck,csyput
subroutine csyput (ncsy,csydpx,csyinx)
c *** primary function: store a coordinate system

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ncsy (int,sc,in) - coordinate system number
c csydpx (dp,ar(18),out)
c csydpx(1-9) - transformation matrix
c (10-12) - origin (XC, YC, ZC)
c (13-14) - coordinate system parameters cparm
c cparm2
c (15) - spare
c (16-18) - defining angles
c csyinx (int,ar(6),out)
c csyinx(1-2) - theta, phi singularity keys
c (3) - coordinate system type icdsys
c (4) - coordinate system number csyact
c (5) - spare
c (6) - spare

c output arguments: none

7.5.19. csydel Subroutine (Deleting a Coordinate System)

*deck,csydel
subroutine csydel (ncsy)
c *** primary function: delete a coordinate system
c *** secondary functions: none
c
c typ=int,dp,log,chr,dcp siz=sc,ar(n),func intent=in,out,inout
c
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c ncsy (int,sc,in) - coordinate system number
c
c output arguments:
c none
c

7.5.20. userac Subroutine (Demonstrates Use of Element Attribute Routines)

See Section 6.1.2.8: Subroutine userac (Accessing Element Information) for an example that demonstrates how to
use the userac subroutine to extract information about an element type and element real constants from the
ANSYS database.You can find this subroutine on your ANSYS distribution media.

7.6. Coupling and Constraint Routines

7.6.1. cpinqr Function (Getting Information About a Coupled Set)

*deck,cpinqr
function cpinqr (nce,key)
c *** primary function: get information about a coupled set
c *** secondary functions: none
c
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c typ=int,dp,log,chr,dcp siz=sc,ar(n),func intent=in,out,inout

c
c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c nce (int,sc,in) - coupled set number
c key (int,sc,in) - inquiry key:
c should be zero for key=11, DB_NUMDEFINED,
c DB_NUMSELECTED, DB_MAXDEFINED, and
c DB_MAXRECLENG
c = DB_SELECTED - return select status
c cpinqr = 1 - coupled set is selected
c = 0 - coupled set in undefined
c =-1 - coupled set in unseleted
c = DB_NUMDEFINED - return number of defined coupled sets
c = DB_NUMSELECTED - return number of selected coupled sets
c = DB_MAXDEFINED - return the number of the highest numbered
c coupled set
c = DB_MAXRECLENG - return length of largest coupled set record
c (max record length)
c = 2 - return length (data units)
c = 3 - return layer number
c = 4 - return address of first data word
c = 11 - return void percent (integer)
c = 16 - return location of next record
c = -1 - return master node for this eqn (this is
c currently only used by solution DB object)
c
c output arguments:
c cpinqr (int,func,out) - the returned value of cpinqr is based on
c setting of key
c

7.6.2. cpget Function (Getting a Coupled Set)

*deck,cpget
function cpget (ncp,ieqn)
c *** primary function: get a coupled set

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ncp (int,sc,in) - coupled set number
c
c output arguments:
c cpget (int,func,out) - number of nodes in list
c ieqn (int,ar(cpget+2),out) - coupled set info:
c ieqn(1:cpget) - list of coupled nodes
c ieqn(cpget+1) - set degree of freedom
c ieqn(cpget+2) - number of nodes in list
c (copy of return value)

7.6.3. cpput Subroutine (Storing a Coupled Set)

*deck,cpput
subroutine cpput (ncp,n,ieqn)
c *** primary function: store a coupling set

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ncp (int,sc,in) - coupled set number
c n (int,sc,in) - number of nodes in coupled set
c ieqn (int,ar(n+2),in) - info for storage
c ieqn(1:n) - list of coupled nodes
c ieqn(n+1) - degree of freedom label for set
c (ieqn(n+2) is inout) ieqn(n+2) - number of nodes in coupled set
c (copy of n)

c output arguments:

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
210 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
7.6.6. ceget Function (Getting an Constraint Equation)

c ieqn(n+2) (int,sc,inout) - number of nodes in coupled set

c (another copy of n)

7.6.4. cpsel Subroutine (Selecting or Deleting a Coupled Set)

*deck,cpsel
subroutine cpsel (ncpi,ksel)
c *** primary function: select or delete a coupled set
c *** secondary functions: none
c
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c typ=int,dp,log,chr,dcp siz=sc,ar(n),func intent=in,out,inout
c
c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c ncpi (int,sc,in) - coupled set number
c ksel (int,sc,in) - select/delete flag
c = 0 - delete coupled set
c = 1 - select coupled set
c output arguments:
c none
c

7.6.5. ceinqr Function (Getting Information About a Constraint Equation Set)

*deck,ceinqr
function ceinqr (nce,key)
c *** primary function: get information about a constraint equation set

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c nce (int,sc,in) - constraint equation number
c key (int,sc,in) - inquiry key:
c should be zero for key=11, DB_NUMDEFINED,
c DB_NUMSELECTED, DB_MAXDEFINED, and
c DB_MAXRECLENG
c = DB_SELECTED - return select status
c ceinqr = 1 - equation is selected
c = 0 - equation is undefined
c =-1 - equation is unselected
c = DB_NUMDEFINED - return number of defined contraint equations
c = DB_NUMSELECTED - return number of selected contraint equations
c = DB_MAXDEFINED - return number of highest numbered constraint
c equation defined
c = DB_MAXRECLENG - return length of longest contraint equation set
c (max record length)
c = 2 - return length (data units)
c = 3 - return layer number
c = 4 - address of first data word
c = 11 - return void percent (integer)
c = 16 - return location of next record
c = -1 - return master dof for this eqn

c output arguments:
c ceinqr (int,func,out) - the returned value of ceinqr is based on
c setting of key

7.6.6. ceget Function (Getting an Constraint Equation)

*deck,ceget
function ceget (nce,ieqn,deqn)
c *** primary function: get a constraint equation

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c nce (int,sc,in) - constraint equation number

c output arguments:
c ceget (int,func,out) - number of dof in equation
c ieqn (int,ar(ceget+1),out) - integer info
c ieqn(1:ceget) - list of node*32+dof
c ieqn(ceget+1) - number of dof in equation
c (copy of return value)
c - negative means internal CE
c deqn (dp,ar(ceget+1),out) - dp info
c deqn(1:ceget) - list of coefficients
c deqn(ceget+1) - constant term

7.6.7. ceput Subroutine (Storing a Constraint Equation)

*deck,ceput
subroutine ceput (nce,n,ieqn,deqn)
c *** primary function: store a constraint equation

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c nce (int,sc,in) - constraint equation set number
c n (int,sc,in) - number of degrees of freedom in set
c ieqn (int,ar(n+1),in) - integer info
c ieqn(1:n) - node*32+dof for each dof in set
c ieqn(n+1) - number of dof in set (copy of n above)
c - negative means internal CE
c deqn (dp,ar(n+1),in) - dp info
c deqn(1:n) - coefficients of each dof in set
c deqn(n+1) - constant term
c
c output arguments: none

7.6.8. cesel Subroutine (Deleting or Selecting a Constraint Equation)

*deck,cesel
subroutine cesel (ncei,ksel)
c *** primary function: select or delete a constraint equation

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ncei (int,sc,in) - constraint equation number
c ksel (int,sc,in) - select/delete flag
c = 0 - delete equation
c = 1 - select equation

c output arguments: none

7.7. Nodal Loading Routines

7.7.1. disiqr Function (Getting a Information About Constraints)

*deck,disiqr
function disiqr (node,key)
c *** primary function: get information about constraints

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c node (int,sc,in) - node number for inquire.
c key (int,sc,in) - key as to the information needed

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
212 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
7.7.4. disdel Subroutine (Deleting a Constraint at a Node)

c = 1 - return constraint mask

c = DB_MAXDEFINED,
c DB_NUMDEFINED - return number of nodal constraints
c NOTE: both DB_MAXDEFINED and
c DB_NUMDEFINED produce the same
c functionality

c output arguments:
c disiqr (int,func,out) - the returned value of disiqr is based on
c setting of key.

7.7.2. disget Function (Getting a Constraint from the Database)

*deck,disget
function disget (inode,idf,value)
c *** primary function: get a constraint from the data base (in raw form)

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c inode (int,sc,in) - node number (negative value for no
c partabeval)
c idf (int,sc,in) - reference number for the DOF: (1-32)
c UX = 1, UY = 2, UZ = 3, ROTX= 4, ROTY= 5, ROTZ= 6, AX = 7, AY = 8
c AZ = 9, VX =10, VY =11, VZ =12
c PRES=19, TEMP=20, VOLT=21, MAG =22, ENKE=23, ENDS=24
c EMF =25, CURR=26 SP01=27, SP02=28, SP03=29, SP04=30, SP05=31, SP06=32
c (missing entries are spares)

c output arguments:
c disget (int,func,out) - status of constraint.
c = 0 - no constraint on this node
c for this DOF
c = 4 - this node has a constraint
c defined for this DOF
c = -4 - this node has a pseudo-support
c defined for this DOF
c value (dp,ar(4),out) - constraint values
c value(1-2) - (real,imag) values of present settings
c value(3-4) - (real,imag) values of previous settings

7.7.3. disput Subroutine (Storing a Constraint at a Node)

*deck,disput
subroutine disput (node,idf,value)
c *** primary function: store a constraint at a node.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c node (int,sc,in) - node number
c idf (int,sc,in) - reference number of DOF: (1-32)
c UX = 1, UY = 2, UZ = 3, ROTX= 4, ROTY= 5, ROTZ= 6, AX = 7, AY = 8
c AZ = 9, VX =10, VY =11, VZ =12
c PRES=19, TEMP=20, VOLT=21, MAG =22, ENKE=23, ENDS=24
c EMF =25, CURR=26 (missing entries are spares)

c value (dp,ar(2),in) - (real,imag) values for constraint

c output arguments: none.

7.7.4. disdel Subroutine (Deleting a Constraint at a Node)

*deck,disdel
subroutine disdel (node,idf)

c *** primary function: delete a constraint at a node

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c node (int,sc,in) - node number.
c idf (int,sc,in) - reference number of DOF: (1-32)
c UX = 1, UY = 2, UZ = 3, ROTX= 4, ROTY= 5, ROTZ= 6, AX = 7, AY = 8
c AZ = 9, VX =10, VY =11, VZ =12
c PRES=19, TEMP=20, VOLT=21, MAG =22, ENKE=23, ENDS=24
c EMF =25, CURR=26 (missing entries are spares)

c output arguments: none.

7.7.5. foriqr Function (Getting Information About Nodal Loads)

*deck,foriqr
function foriqr (node,key)
c *** primary function: get information about nodal loads.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c node (int,sc,in) - number of node being inquired about.
c should be 0 for key=DB_MAXDEFINED or
c DB_NUMDEFINED
c key (dp,sc,in) - key as to information needed
c = 1 - return force mask for node
c = DB_MAXDEFINED,
c DB_NUMDEFINED - return number of nodal loadings
c in model
c NOTE: both DB_MAXDEFINED and DB_NUMDEFINED
c produce the same functionality

c output arguments:
c foriqr (int,func,out) - the returned value of foriqr is based on
c setting of key.

7.7.6. forget Function (Getting a Constraint from the Database)

*deck,forget
function forget (inode,idf,value)
c *** primary function: get a force from the data base (in raw form)

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c inode (int,sc,in) - node number (negative value for no
c partabeval)
c idf (int,sc,in) - reference number for the DOF: (1-32)
c (see echprm.inc)

c output arguments:
c forget (int,func,out) - status of constraint.
c = 0 - no loading on this node for this DOF
c = 4 - this node has a loading for this DOF
c value (dp,ar(4),out)
c value(1-2) - (real,imag) values of present settings
c value(3-4) - (real,imag) values of previous settings

7.7.7. forput Subroutine (Storing a Nodal Load at a Node)

*deck,forput
subroutine forput (node,idf,value)
c *** primary function: store a nodal load at a node

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
214 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
7.7.9. ntpiqr Function (Getting Information About a Nodal Temperature)

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c node (int,sc,in) - node number
c idf (int,sc,in) - reference number for the DOF: (1-32)
c FX = 1, FY = 2, FZ = 3, MX = 4, MY = 5, MZ = 6, CSGX= 7, CSGY= 8
c CSGZ= 9, VFX =10, VFY =11, VFZ =12
c FLOW=19, HEAT=20, AMPS=21, FLUX=22, NPKE=23, NPDS=24
c CURT=25, VLTG=26 (missing entries are spares)

c value (dp,ar(2),in) - (real,imag) values of force

c output arguments: none.

7.7.8. fordel Subroutine (Deleting a Nodal Load at a Node)

*deck,fordel
subroutine fordel (node,idf)
c *** primary function: delete a nodal load at a node
c *** secondary functions: none.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c typ=int,dp,log,chr,dcp siz=sc,ar(n),func intent=in,out,inout

c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c node (int,sc,in) - node number
c idf (int,sc,in) - reference number for the DOF: (1-32)
c FX = 1, FY = 2, FZ = 3, MX = 4, MY = 5, MZ = 6, CSGX= 7, CSGY= 8
c CSGZ= 9, VFX =10, VFY =11, VFZ =12
c FLOW=19, HEAT=20, AMPS=21, FLUX=22, NPKE=23, NPDS=24
c CURT=25, VLTG=26 (missing entries are spares)

c output arguments:
c none.

7.7.9. ntpiqr Function (Getting Information About a Nodal Temperature)

*deck,ntpiqr
function ntpiqr (node,key)
c *** primary function: get information about a nodal temperature

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c typ=int,dp,log,chr,dcp siz=sc,ar(n),func intent=in,out,inout

c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c node (int,sc,in) - node number
c should be zero for key=2
c key (int,sc,in) - key for operation
c = 1 - return temperature status
c ntpiqr = 0 - node has no temperature
c constraint defined
c = 1 - node has a temperature
c constraint defined
c = 2 - return total number of nodal
c temperatures defined in model

c output arguments:
c ndinqr (int,func,out) - the returned value of ndinqr is based on
c setting of key.

7.7.10. ntpget Function (Getting a Specified Nodal Temperature)

*deck,ntpget
function ntpget (node,tmp)
c *** primary function: get specified nodal heat generation (in raw form)

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c node (int,sc,in) - node number

c output arguments:
c ntpget (int,func,out) - heat generation status of node.
c = 0 - nodal heat generation undefined
c = 1 - nodal heat generation is defined
c tmp (dp,ar(2),out) - the nodal heat generation (new,old).

7.7.11. ntpput Subroutine (Storing a Nodal Temperature)

*deck,ntpput
subroutine ntpput (node,temp)
c *** primary function: store nodal temperature.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c node (int,sc,in) - node number
c temp (dp ,sc,in) - nodal temperature

c output arguments: none.

7.7.12. ntpdel Subroutine (Deleting a Nodal Temperature)

*deck,ntpdel
subroutine ntpdel (node)
c *** primary function: delete node temperatures.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c
c typ=int,dp,log,chr,dcp siz=sc,ar(n),func intent=in,out,inout
c
c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c node (int,sc,in) - node number
c
c output arguments:
c none.

7.7.13. nhgiqr Function (Getting Information About Nodal Heat Generations)

*deck,nhgiqr
function nhgiqr (node,key)
c *** primary function: get information about nodal heat generations

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c typ=int,dp,log,chr,dcp siz=sc,ar(n),func intent=in,out,inout

c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c node (int,sc,in) - node number
c should be 0 for key=2
c key (int,sc,in) - key for operation

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
216 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
7.7.17. nfuiqr Function (Getting Information About Nodal Fluences)

c = 1 - return whether node has a heat generation rate

c defined
c nhgiqr = 0 - no heat generation defined for node
c = 1 - heat generation is defined for node
c = 2 - return total number of nodal heat generation
c rates defined in model

c output arguments:
c nhgiqr (int,func,out) - the returned value of nhgiqr is based on
c setting of key.

7.7.14. nhgget Function (Getting a Nodal Heat Generation)

*deck,nhgget
function nhgget (node,hg)
c *** primary function: get specified nodal heat generation (in raw form)

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c typ=int,dp,log,chr,dcp siz=sc,ar(n),func intent=in,out,inout

c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c node (int,sc,in) - node number

c output arguments:
c nhgget (int,func,out) - heat generation status of node.
c = 0 - nodal heat generation undefined
c = 1 - nodal heat generation is defined
c hg (dp,ar(2),out) - the nodal heat generation (new,old).

7.7.15. nhgput Subroutine (Storing Nodal Heat Generation)

*deck,nhgput
subroutine nhgput (node,hg)
c *** primary function: store nodal heat generation.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c node (int,sc,in) - node number
c hg (dp ,sc,in) - nodal heat generation

c output arguments: none.

7.7.16. nhgdel Subroutine (Deleting a Nodal Heat Generation)

*deck,nhgdel
subroutine nhgdel (node)
c *** primary function: delete nodal heat generations.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c
c typ=int,dp,log,chr,dcp siz=sc,ar(n),func intent=in,out,inout
c
c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c node (int,sc,in) - node number

c output arguments:
c none.

7.7.17. nfuiqr Function (Getting Information About Nodal Fluences)

*deck,nfuiqr
function nfuiqr (node,key)

c *** primary function: get information about nodal fluences

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c typ=int,dp,log,chr,dcp siz=sc,ar(n),func intent=in,out,inout

c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c node (int,sc,in) - node number
c should be zero for key=2
c key (int,sc,in) - key for operation
c = 1 - return status:
c nfuiqr = 0 - node does not have a fluence constraint
c = 1 - node has a fluence constraint
c = 2 - return total number of nodal fluences defined on
c model

c output arguments:
c nfuiqr (int,func,out) - the returned value of nfuiqr is based on
c setting of key.

7.7.18. nfuget Function (Getting a Nodal Fluence)

*deck,nfuget
function nfuget (node,fluen)
c *** primary function: get specified nodal fluence.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c node (int,sc,in) - node number

c output arguments:
c nfuget (int,func,out) - fluence status of node.
c = 0 - node has no fluence constraint
c = 1 - node has a fluence constaint
c fluen (dp ,ar(2),out) - the nodal fluences (new,old).

7.7.19. nfuput Subroutine (Storing a Nodal Fluence)

*deck,nfuput
subroutine nfuput (node,fluen)
c *** primary function: store nodal fluence.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c node (int,sc,in) - node number
c fluen (dp ,sc,in) - nodal fluence

c output arguments: none.

7.7.20. nfudel Subroutine (Deleting a Nodal Fluence)

*deck,nfudel
subroutine nfudel (node)
c *** primary function: delete node fluences.
c
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c typ=int,dp,log,chr,dcp siz=sc,ar(n),func intent=in,out,inout
c
c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c node (int,sc,in) - node number
c
c output arguments:

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
218 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
7.7.24. ndcdel Subroutine (Deleting a Nodal Current Density)

c none.
c

7.7.21. ndciqr Function (Getting Information About Nodal Current Densities)

*deck,ndciqr
function ndciqr (node,key)
c *** primary function: get information about nodel current densities

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c typ=int,dp,log,chr,dcp siz=sc,ar(n),func intent=in,out,inout

c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c node (int,sc,in) - node number
c should be zero for key=2
c key (int,sc,in) - key for operation
c = 1 - return nodal current status:
c ndciqr = 0 - no current density defined for this node
c = 1 - node has a current density defined
c = 2 - total number of nodal current densities defined
c on model

c output arguments:
c ndciqr (int,func,out) - the returned value of ndciqr is based on
c setting of key.

7.7.22. ndcget Function (Getting a Nodal Current Density)

*deck,ndcget
function ndcget (node,currd)
c *** primary function: get specified nodal current density.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c node (int,sc,in) - node number

c output arguments:
c ndcget (int,func,out) - current density status of node.
c = 0 - node has no current density defined
c = 1 - node has a current density defined
c currd (dp,ar(4,2),out) - the node current density (new,old).

7.7.23. ndcput Subroutine (Storing a Nodal Current Density)

*deck,ndcput
subroutine ndcput (node,currd)
c *** primary function: store nodal current density.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c node (int,sc,in) - node number
c currd (dp ,ar(4),in) - nodal current densities

c output arguments: none.

7.7.24. ndcdel Subroutine (Deleting a Nodal Current Density)

*deck,ndcdel
subroutine ndcdel (node)
c *** primary function: delete nodal current densities

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c
c typ=int,dp,log,chr,dcp siz=sc,ar(n),func intent=in,out,inout
c
c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c node (int,sc,in) - node number
c
c output arguments:
c none.

7.7.25. nvdiqr Function (Getting Information About Nodal Magnetic Virtual Displacements)

*deck,nvdiqr
function nvdiqr (node,key)
c *** primary function: get information about nodal mag virtual disps

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c typ=int,dp,log,chr,dcp siz=sc,ar(n),func intent=in,out,inout

c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c node (int,sc,in) - node number
c should be zero for key=2
c key (int,sc,in) - key for operation
c = 1 - return magnetic virtual displacement status
c nvdiqr = 0 - no mag. virt. disps defined for this node
c = 1 - node has mag. virt. disps defined
c = 2 - return total number of nodal magnetic virtual
c displacements defined on model

c output arguments
c nvdiqr (int,func,out) - the returned value of nvdiqr is based on
c setting of key.

7.7.26. nvdget Function (Getting a Nodal Magnetic Virtual Displacement)

*deck,nvdget
function nvdget (node,virtd)
c *** primary function: get specified nodal magnetic virtual displacement

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c node (int,sc,in) - node number

c output arguments:
c nvdget (int,func,out) - virtual disp status of node.
c = 0 - node has no magnetic virtual
c displacement
c = 1 - node has a magnetic virtual
c displacement
c virtd (dp ,sc,out) - the nodal virtual displacement value

7.7.27. nvdput Subroutine (Storing a Nodal Virtual Displacement)

*deck,nvdput
subroutine nvdput (node,virtd)
c *** primary function: store nodal virtual displacement

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c node (int,sc,in) - node number
c virtd (dp ,sc,in) - nodal virtual displacement

c output arguments: none.

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
220 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
7.8.2. eprget Function (Getting an Element Face Pressure)

7.7.28. nvddel Subroutine (Deleting a Nodal Virtual Displacement)

*deck,nvddel
subroutine nvddel (node)
c *** primary function: delete nodal virtual displacements.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c
c typ=int,dp,log,chr,dcp siz=sc,ar(n),func intent=in,out,inout
c
c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c node (int,sc,in) - node number
c
c output arguments:
c none.

7.8. Element Loading Routines

7.8.1. epriqr Function (Getting Information About Element Pressure/Convection)

*deck,epriqr
function epriqr (ielem,iface,key)
c *** primary function: get information about element pressure/convection

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number
c should be zero for key=DB_NUMDEFINED or
c DB_MAXRECLENG
c iface (int,sc,in) - face number for inquire (0-6)
c face number is needed for key=5. for
c other values of key, iface has different
c meaning (see below)
c key (int,sc,in) - key as to the information needed
c = 1 - return pressure mask for element
c = 5 - return number of pressures for this
c element face
c = DB_NUMDEFINED,
c = DB_MAXDEFINED - return value is based on setting of iface
c NOTE: both DB_NUMDEFINED and
c DB_MAXDEFINED produce the same
c functionality
c iface = 0 - return number of surface loads defined
c = 1-6 - return number of pressure loads
c defined for this element.
c NOTE: only 1-6 is valid, but this
c routine simply checks that iface is in
c the range. The actual value of iface
c does not matter in this case.
c = DB_MAXRECLENG - return the maximum number of element
c pressures on any element (max record
c length)

c output arguments:
c epriqr (int,func,out) - the returned value of epriqr is based on
c setting of key.

7.8.2. eprget Function (Getting an Element Face Pressure)

*deck,eprget
function eprget (elem,iface,value)
c *** primary function: get an element face pressure

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c elem (int,sc,in) - element number (negative value for
c no partabeval)
c iface (int,sc,in) - face number (1-6)

c output arguments:
c eprget (int,func,out) - status of element.
c =-1 - element has no pressures
c = 0 - this element face has no pressures
c > 0 - number of values defined
c value (dp ,ar(*),out) - the element pressures (real,imag) at each
c face

7.8.3. eprput Subroutine (Storing an Element Face Pressure)

*deck,eprput
subroutine eprput (ielem,iface,nval,value)
c *** primary function: store an element face pressure.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number for operation.
c iface (int,sc,in) - face number (1-6)
c nval (int,sc,in) - number of values to put
c value (dp ,ar(nval),in) - the element pressures (real,imag) at each
c face

c output arguments: none.

7.8.4. eprdel Subroutine (Deleting an Element Pressure/Convection)

*deck,eprdel
subroutine eprdel (ielem,iface)
c *** primary function: delete a pressure/convection on an element

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number
c iface (int,sc,in) - face number
c = 0 - delete all pressures on this
c element
c = 1-6 - delete pressure on this face

c output arguments: none.

7.8.5. ecviqr Function (Getting Information About Element Convections)

*deck,ecviqr
function ecviqr (ielem,iface,key)
c *** primary function: get information about element convections

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number for inquire
c should be zero for key=DB_NUMDEFINED or
c DB_MAXRECLENG
c iface (int,sc,in) - face number for inquire (0-6)
c face number is needed for key=5. for
c other values of key, iface has different
c meaning (see below)
c key (int,sc,in) - key as to the information needed
c = 1 - return convection mask for element
c = 5 - return number of convections for this
c element face
c = DB_NUMDEFINED,

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
222 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
7.8.7. ecvput Subroutine (Storing an Element Face Convection)

c = DB_MAXDEFINED - return value is based on setting of iface

c NOTE: both DB_NUMDEFINED and
c DB_MAXDEFINED produce the same
c functionality
c iface = 0 - return number of surface loads
c defined (rec length)
c = 1-6 - return number of convection loads
c defined for this element.
c NOTE: only 1-6 is valid, but this
c routine simply checks that iface is in
c the range. The actual value of iface
c does not matter in this case.
c = DB_MAXRECLENG - return the maximum number of convections
c on any element (max rec length)

c output arguments:
c ecviqr (int,func,out) - the returned value of ecviqr is based on
c setting of key.

7.8.6. ecvget Function (Getting an Element Face Convection)

*deck,ecvget
function ecvget (elem,iface,value)
c *** primary function: get an element face convection (in raw form)

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c elem (int,sc,in) - element number
c iface (int,sc,in) - face number (1-6)

c output arguments:
c ecvget (int,func,out) - status of element.
c =-1 - element has no convections/heat
c fluxes
c = 0 - this element face has no
c convections/heat fluxes
c > 0 - number of values defined
c value (dp ,ar(*),out) - the element convections

c NOTE: Two values at each node of an

c element face: if loading is a convection,
c the first first value is the film
c coefficient and the second value is the
c bulk temperature. If loading is a heat
c flux, the first value is the heat flux,
c and the second value is a large number
c (2**100)

7.8.7. ecvput Subroutine (Storing an Element Face Convection)

*deck,ecvput
subroutine ecvput (ielem,iface,nval,value)
c *** primary function: store an element face convection.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c typ=int,dp,log,chr,dcp siz=sc,ar(n),func intent=in,out,inout

c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number
c iface (int,sc,in) - face number (1-6)
c nval (int,sc,in) - number of values to put
c value (dp ,ar(nval),in) - the element convections.
c NOTE: Two values at each node of an
c element face: if loading is a convection,
c the first first value is the film
c coefficient and the second value is the

c bulk temperature. If loading is a heat

c flux, the first value is the heat flux,
c and the second value is a large number
c (2**100)
c output arguments:
c none.

7.8.8. ecvdel Subroutine (Deleting a Convection on an Element)

*deck,ecvdel
subroutine ecvdel (ielem,iface)
c *** primary function: delete a convection on an element

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c typ=int,dp,log,chr,dcp siz=sc,ar(n),func intent=in,out,inout

c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number.
c iface (int,sc,in) - face number
c = 0 - delete all convections on this
c element
c = 1-6 - delete convections on this face

c output arguments:
c none.

7.8.9. etpiqr Function (Getting Information About Element Temperatures)

*deck,etpiqr
function etpiqr (ielem,key)
c *** primary function: get information about element temperatures.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number
c Should be 0 for key=11, DB_NUMDEFINED,
c DB_MAXDEFINED, and DB_MAXRECLENG
c key (int,sc,in) - information flag.
c = DB_SELECTED - return status:
c etpiqr = 0 - element has no temperatures
c = 1 - element has temperatures defined
c = DB_NUMDEFINED - return number of temperatures defined for
c this element (rec length)
c = DB_MAXDEFINED - return number of temperatures defined in
c model
c = DB_MAXRECLENG - return maximum number of temperatures
c defined for any element (max rec length)
c = 2 - return length (dp words)
c = 3 - return layer number (for cross reference files return
c number of entities)
c = 4 - return address of first data word
c = 5 - return length (dp words)
c = 6 - return compressed record number.
c = 11 - return void percent (integer)
c = 16 - return location of next record (this increments the
c next record count)
c = 18 - return type of file.
c etpiqr = 0 - integer
c = 1 - double precision
c = 2 - real
c = 3 - complex
c = 4 - character*8
c = 7 - index
c = 19 - return virtual type of file.
c etpiqr = 0 - fixed length (4.4 form)
c = 1 - indexed variable length

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
224 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
7.8.12. etpdel Subroutine (Deleting an Element Temperature)

c (layer data)
c = 2 - xref data tables
c = 3 - bitmap data (for 32 data item packed
c records)
c = 4 - data tables (three dimensional arrays)

c output arguments:
c etpiqr (int,func,out) - the returned value of etpiqr is based on
c setting of key.

7.8.10. etpget Function (Getting an Element Temperature)

*deck,etpget
function etpget (ielem,tem)
c *** primary function: get element temperatures (in raw form)

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number

c output arguments:
c etpget (int,func,out) - status of element.
c = 0 - this element has no element
c temperatures
c > 0 - number of element temperatures
c retrieved
c tem (dp,ar(n,2),out) - the element temperatures (new,old).

c NOTE THAT TEM MUST DOUBLE THE NUMBER OF DESIRED

c TEMPERATURES IN THE CALLING ROUTINE!

c NOTE: If a value is not defined (i.e.,

c defaults to TUNIF), value will be a
c very small number (2**-100)

7.8.11. etpput Subroutine (Storing an Element Temperature)

*deck,etpput
subroutine etpput (ielem,n,temp)
c *** primary function: store element temperatures.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number
c n (int,sc,in) - number of element temperature values
c temp (dp ,ar(n),in) - element temperatures.

c output arguments: none.

c NOTE: If a value is not defined (i.e.,
c defaults to TUNIF), a very small
c number should be used (2**-100)

7.8.12. etpdel Subroutine (Deleting an Element Temperature)

*deck,etpdel
subroutine etpdel (ielem)
c *** primary function: delete element temperatures.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number

c output arguments: none.

7.8.13. ehgiqr Function (Getting Information About Element Heat Generation)

*deck,ehgiqr
function ehgiqr (ielem,key)
c *** primary function: get information about element heat generations.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number
c should be 0 for key=11, DB_NUMDEFINED,
c DB_MAXDEFINED, and DB_MAXRECLENG
c key (int,sc,in) - information flag.
c = DB_SELECTED - return status:
c ehgiqr = 0 - heat generation is undefined
c = 1 - heat generation is defined
c = DB_NUMDEFINED - return number of defined heat generations
c in model
c = DB_MAXRECLENG - return maximum number of heat generations
c on any element (max rec length)
c = 2 - return length (dp words)
c = 3 - return layer number (for cross reference files return
c number of entities)
c = 4 - return address of first data word
c = 5 - return length (record type units)
c = 6 - return compressed record number.
c = 11 - return void percent (integer)
c = 16 - return location of next record (this increments the
c next record count)
c = 18 - return type of file.
c ehgiqr = 0 - integer
c = 1 - double precision
c = 2 - real
c = 3 - complex
c = 4 - character*8
c = 7 - index
c = 19 - return virtual type of file.
c ehgiqr = 0 - fixed length (4.4 form)
c = 1 - indexed variable length
c (layer data)
c = 2 - xref data tables
c = 3 - bitmap data (for 32 data
c item packed records)
c = 4 - data tables (three
c dimensional arrays)

c output arguments:
c ehgiqr (int,func,out) - the returned value of ehgiqr is based on
c setting of key.

7.8.14. ehgget Function (Getting an Element Heat Generation)

*deck,ehgget
function ehgget (ielem,qgen)
c *** primary function: get element heat generations (in raw form)

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number

c output arguments:
c ehgget (int,func,out) - status of element.
c = 0 - heat generations undefined for this
c element
c > 0 - number of heat generations defined
c qgen (dp ,ar(*),out) - the element heat generations.

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
226 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
7.8.17. efuiqr Function (Getting Information About Element Fluences)

c NOTE: If a value is not defined, it will

c be a very small number (2**-100)

7.8.15. ehgput Subroutine (Storing an Element Heat Generation)

*deck,ehgput
subroutine ehgput (ielem,n,qgen)
c *** primary function: store element heat generations

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number
c n (int,sc,in) - number of element heat generation values
c qgen (dp ,ar(n),in) - element heat generations

c output arguments: none

c NOTE: If a value is not defined, a very
c small number should be used (2**-100)

7.8.16. ehgdel Subroutine (Deleting an Element Heat Generation)

*deck,ehgdel
subroutine ehgdel (ielem)
c *** primary function: delete element heat generations.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c typ=int,dp,log,chr,dcp siz=sc,ar(n),func intent=in,out,inout

c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number

c output arguments:
c none

7.8.17. efuiqr Function (Getting Information About Element Fluences)

*deck,efuiqr
function efuiqr (ielem,key)
c *** primary function: get information about element fluences

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number or zero (see below)
c key (int,sc,in) - key as to the information needed
c = 1 or DB_MAXRECLENG - return element fluences info
c for ielem > 0 - return number of fluences for this
c element (record length)
c = 0 - return maximum number of fluences
c defined for any element
c (max rec length)
c = DB_NUMDEFINED,
c = DB_MAXDEFINED - return number of defined fluences
c in model
c NOTE: both DB_NUMDEFINED and DB_MAXDEFINED
c produce the same functionality

c output arguments:
c efuiqr (int,func,out) - the returned value of efuiqr is based on
c setting of key

7.8.18. efuget Function (Getting an Element Fluence)

*deck,efuget
function efuget (ielem,value)
c *** primary function: get element fluences.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number

c output arguments:
c efuget (int,func,out) - status of element.
c = 0 - element has no fluences defined
c > 0 - number of element fluences defined
c value (dp,ar(*),out) - element fluences.

c NOTE: If a value is not defined, it will

c be a very small number (2**-100)

7.8.19. efuput Subroutine (Storing an Element Fluence)

*deck,efuput
subroutine efuput (ielem,n,value)
c *** primary function: store element fluences

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number
c n (int,sc,in) - the number of values to store
c value (dp,ar(n),in) - element fluences.

c output arguments: none

c NOTE: If a value is not defined, a very

c small number should be used (2**-100)

7.8.20. efudel Subroutine (Deleting an Element Fluence)

*deck,efudel
subroutine efudel (ielem)
c *** primary function: delete element fluences

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c variable (typ,siz,intent) description

c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number

c output arguments: none

7.8.21. edciqr Function (Getting Information About Element Current Densities)

*deck,edciqr
function edciqr (ielem,key)
c *** primary function: get information about element current densities

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number or zero (see below)
c key (int,sc,in) - key as to the information needed
c = 1 or DB_MAXRECLENG - return element densities info
c for ielem > 0 - number of current densities for this
c element (rec length)
c = 0 - maximum number of current densities

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
228 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
7.8.24. edcdel Subroutine (Deleting an Element Current Density)

c defined for any element

c (max rec length)
c = DB_NUMDEFINED,
c = DB_MAXDEFINED - return total number of current densities
c defined in model
c NOTE: both DB_NUMDEFINED and DB_MAXDEFINED
c produce the same functionality

c output arguments:
c edciqr (int,func,out) - the returned value of edciqr is based on
c setting of key

7.8.22. edcget Function (Getting Element Current Densities)

*deck,edcget
function edcget (ielem,value)
c *** primary function: get element current densities

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c typ=int,dp,log,chr,dcp siz=sc,ar(n),func intent=in,out,inout

c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number

c output arguments:

c = 0 - element has no current densities

c defined
c > 0 - number of element current
c densities defined
c value (dp,ar(*),out) - element current densities

c NOTE: If a value is not defined, it will

c be a very small number (2**-100)

7.8.23. edcput Subroutine (Storing an Element Current Density)

*deck,edcput
subroutine edcput (ielem,n,value)
c *** primary function: store element current densities

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number
c n (int,sc,in) - the number of current densities to store
c value (dp,ar(n),in) - element current densities

c output arguments:
c none
c NOTE: If a value is not defined, a very
c small number should be used (2**-100)

7.8.24. edcdel Subroutine (Deleting an Element Current Density)

*deck,edcdel
subroutine edcdel (ielem)
c *** primary function: delete element current densities

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number

c output arguments: none

7.8.25. evdiqr Function (Getting Information About Element Virtual Displacements)

*deck,evdiqr
function evdiqr (ielem,key)
c *** primary function: get information about element virt disps

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number or zero (see below)
c key (int,sc,in) - key as to the information needed
c = 1 or DB_MAXRECLENG - return element virt disps info
c for ielem > 0 - number of virt disps defined for this
c element (rec length)
c = 0 - maximum number of virt disps defined
c for any element (max rec length)
c = DB_NUMDEFINED,
c = DB_MAXDEFINED - return total number of virt disps defined
c in model
c NOTE: both DB_NUMDEFINED and DB_MAXDEFINED
c produce the same functionality

c output arguments:
c evdiqr (int,func,out) - the returned value of evdiqr is based on
c setting of key

7.8.26. evdget Function (Getting an Element Virtual Displacement)

*deck,evdget
function evdget (ielem,value)
c *** primary function: get element virtual displacements

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number
c
c output arguments:
c evdget (int,func,out) - status of element.
c = 0 - no virt disps defined for this
c element
c > 0 - number of element virtual
c displacements
c value (dp,ar(*),out) - element virtual displacements
c
c NOTE: If a value is not defined, it will
c be a very small number (2**-100)

7.8.27. evdput Subroutine (Storing an Element Virtual Displacement)

*deck,evdput
subroutine evdput (ielem,n,value)
c *** primary function: store element virtual displacements

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number
c n (int,sc,in) - the total number of values
c value (dp,ar(n),in) - element virtual displacments

c output arguments: none

c NOTE: If a value is not defined, a very
c small number should be used (2**-100)

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
230 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
7.8.30. eimput Subroutine (Storing an Element Impedance)

7.8.28. eimiqr Function (Getting Information About Element Impedances)

*deck,eimiqr
function eimiqr (ielem,iface,key)
c *** primary function: get information about element impedences

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number for inquire.
c should be zero for key=DB_NUMDEFINED,
c DB_MAXDEFINED or DB_MAXRECLENG
c iface (int,sc,in) - face number for inquire (0-6)
c face number is needed for key=5. for
c other values of key, iface has different
c meaning (see below)
c key (int,sc,in) - key as to the information needed
c = 1 - return impedence mask for element
c = 5 - return number of impedences for this
c element face
c = DB_NUMDEFINED,
c = DB_MAXDEFINED - return value is based on setting of iface
c NOTE: both DB_NUMDEFINED and
c DB_MAXDEFINED produce the same
c functionality
c iface = 0 - return number of surface loads defined
c in model
c = 1-6 - return number of pressure loads
c defined for this element. (rec length)
c NOTE: only 1-6 is valid, but this
c routine simply checks that iface is in
c the range. The actual value of iface
c does not matter in this case.
c = DB_MAXRECLENG - return the maximum number of element
c impedences defined for any element
c (max rec length)

c output arguments:
c eimiqr (int,func,out) - the returned value of eimiqr is based on
c setting of key.

7.8.29. eimget Function (Getting an Element Face Impedance)

*deck,eimget
function eimget (ielem,iface,value)
c *** primary function: get an element face impedance

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number
c iface (int,sc,in) - face number (1-6)

c output arguments:
c eimget (int,func,out) - status of element.
c =-1 - element has no impedances
c = 0 - this element face has no impedances
c > 0 - number of values defined
c value (dp ,ar(*),out) - the element impedances (real,imag)

7.8.30. eimput Subroutine (Storing an Element Impedance)

*deck,eimput
subroutine eimput (ielem,iface,nval,value)
c *** primary function: store an element face impedance.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number
c iface (int,sc,in) - face number (1-6)
c nval (int,sc,in) - number of values to put
c value (dp ,ar(nval),in) - the element impedances (real,imag)

c output arguments: none

7.8.31. eimdel Subroutine (Deleting an Element Impedance)

*deck,eimdel
subroutine eimdel (ielem,iface)
c *** primary function: delete an impedance on a element

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number
c iface (int,sc,in) - face number
c = 0 - delete all impedances on this
c element
c = 1-6 - delete impedance on this face

c output arguments: none

7.8.32. esfiqr Function (Getting Information About Element Surface Stress Data)

*deck,esfiqr
function esfiqr (ielem,key)
c *** primary function: get information about element surface stress data

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number (or zero, see below)
c key (int,sc,in) - key as to the information needed
c = 1 - return info about surface stress
c ielem > 0 - return number of surface stresses on this
c element (rec length)
c = 0 - return maximum number of surface stresses
c on any element (max rec length)
c = DB_NUMDEFINED - return the number of surface stresses
c defined in model

c output arguments:
c esfiqr (int,func,out) - the returned value of esfiqr is based on
c setting of key

7.8.33. esfget Function (Getting Element Surface Stress Data)

*deck,esfget
function esfget (ielem,value)
c *** primary function: get element surface stress data.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number

c output arguments:
c esfget (int,func,out) - status of element.
c = 0 - element undefined
c > 0 - number of values returned
c value (dp,ar(*),out) - element surface stress data.

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
232 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
7.8.37. efsget function (Getting Element Face Flagged Surfaces)

7.8.34. esfput Subroutine (Storing Element Surface Stress Data)

*deck,esfput
subroutine esfput (ielem,nval,value)
c *** primary function: store surface stresses for an element.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number
c nval (int,sc,in) - the total number of values
c (19 * number of stress faces)
c There is a max of 2 stress faces
c value (dp,ar(nval),in) - the values

c output arguments: none

7.8.35. esfdel Subroutine (Deleting an Element's Surface Stress Data)

*deck,esfdel
subroutine esfdel (ielem)
c *** primary function: delete element surface stress data

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number
c = 0 - delete for all defined elements

c output arguments: none.

7.8.36. efsdel Subroutine (Deleting a Flagged Surface on an Element)

*deck,efsdel
subroutine efsdel (ielem,iface)
c *** primary function: delete a flagged surface on an element

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number
c iface (int,sc,in) - face number
c = 0 - all flagged surfaces
c = 1-6 - this flagged surface

c output arguments: none.

7.8.37. efsget function (Getting Element Face Flagged Surfaces)

*deck,efsget
function efsget (ielem,iface,value)
c *** primary function: get element face flagged surfaces

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number
c iface (int,sc,in) - face number (1-6)

c output arguments:
c efsget (int,func,out) - status of element.
c =-1 - no values for this element
c = 0 - zero flagged surfaces defined
c > 0 - number of values defined
c value (dp ,ar(*),out) - the element flagged surfaces

7.8.38. efsiqr function (Getting Information About Flagged Surfaces)

*deck,efsiqr
function efsiqr (ielem,iface,key)
c *** primary function: get information about flagged surfaces

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number for inquire.
c should be zero for key=DB_NUMDEFINED,
c DB_MAXDEFINED or DB_MAXRECLENG
c iface (int,sc,in) - face number for inquire (0-6)
c face number is needed for key=5. for
c other values of key, iface has different
c meaning (see below)
c key (int,sc,in) - key as to the information needed
c = 1 - return flagged surfaces mask for element
c = 5 - return number of flagged surfaces for this
c element face
c = DB_NUMDEFINED,
c = DB_MAXDEFINED - return value is based on setting of iface
c NOTE: both DB_NUMDEFINED and
c DB_MAXDEFINED produce the same
c functionality
c iface = 0 - return total number of pressures,
c convections, etc defined in model
c = 1-6 - return number of flagged surfaces
c defined for this element. (rec length)
c NOTE: only 1-6 is valid, but this
c routine simply checks that iface is in
c the range. The actual value of iface
c does not matter in this case.
c = DB_MAXRECLENG - return maximum number of flagged surfaces
c for any element (max rec length)

c output arguments:
c efsiqr (int,func,out) - the returned value of efsiqr is based on
c setting of key.

7.8.39. efsput Subroutine (Storing an Element Face Flagged Surface)

*deck,efsput
subroutine efsput (ielem,iface,nval,value)
c *** primary function: store an element face flagged surface.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number
c iface (int,sc,in) - face number (1-6)
c nval (int,sc,in) - number of values to put
c value (dp ,ar(nval),in) - the element flagged surface values

c output arguments: none.

7.9. Results Information Routines

7.9.1. dspiqr Function (Getting Information About Nodal Results)

*deck,dspiqr
function dspiqr (node,key)
c *** primary function: get information about nodal results

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
234 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
7.9.4. dspdel Subroutine (Deleting a Result at a Node)

c node (int,sc,in) - node number

c > 0 - return result mask at this node
c = 0 - return number of calculated
c displacements in model
c key (int,sc,in) - key as to the information needed
c At this time, key should always = 1

c output arguments:
c dspiqr (int,func,out) - the returned value of dspiqr is based on
c setting of key

7.9.2. dspget Function (Getting a Nodal Result from the Database)

*deck,dspget
function dspget (node,ndf,idf,value)
c *** primary function: get a nodal result from the data base

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c typ=int,dp,log,chr,dcp siz=sc,ar(n),func intent=in,out,inout

c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c node (int,sc,in) - node number
c ndf (int,sc,in) - number of results requested
c idf (int,ary(ndf),in) - reference number for the DOF: (1-32)
c UX = 1, UY = 2, UZ = 3, ROTX= 4, ROTY= 5, ROTZ= 6, AX = 7, AY = 8
c AZ = 9, VX =10, VY =11, VZ =12
c PRES=19, TEMP=20, VOLT=21, MAG =22, ENKE=23, ENDS=24
c EMF =25, CURR=26 SP01=27, SP02=28, SP03=29, SP04=30, SP05=31, SP06=32
c (missing entries are spares)

c output arguments:
c dspget (int,func,out) - number of actual results
c value (dp,ar(ndf),out) - result values

7.9.3. dspput Subroutine (Storing a Constraint at a Node)

*deck,dspput
subroutine dspput (node,ndf,idf,value)
c *** primary function: store a result at a node.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c node (int,sc,in) - node number
c ndf (int,sc,in) - number of results to be stored
c idf (int,ary(ndf),in) - reference number for the DOF: (1-32)
c value (dp,ar(ndf),in) - displacement values

c output arguments: none

7.9.4. dspdel Subroutine (Deleting a Result at a Node)

*deck,dspdel
subroutine dspdel (node,ndf,idf)
c *** primary function: delete a result at a node

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c node (int,sc,in) - node number. (0 to delete DOF at all
c nodes)
c ndf (int,sc,in) - number of DOFs to delete (0 to delete
c all DOFs)
c idf (int,ar(*),in) - reference number for the DOF: (1-32)
c UX = 1, UY = 2, UZ = 3, ROTX= 4, ROTY= 5, ROTZ= 6, AX = 7, AY = 8
c AZ = 9, VX =10, VY =11, VZ =12

c PRES=19, TEMP=20, VOLT=21, MAG =22, ENKE=23, ENDS=24

c EMF =25, CURR=26 (missing entries are spares)

c output arguments: none

7.9.5. emsiqr Function (Getting Information About an Element's Miscellaneous Summable

Data)

*deck,emsiqr
function emsiqr (ielem,key)
c *** primary function: get information about element misc summable data

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number (or zero, see below)
c key (int,sc,in) - key as to the information needed
c = 1 - return info about misc summed data records
c ielem > 0 - return number of misc summed
c data items for this element
c (record length)
c = 0 - return maximum number of misc
c summed data items on any
c element (max record length)
c = DB_NUMDEFINED - return total number of misc summed data
c items defined in model

c output arguments:
c emsiqr (int,func,out) - the returned value of emsiqr is based on
c setting of key

7.9.6. emsget Function (Getting an Element's Miscellaneous Summable Data)

*deck,emsget
function emsget (ielem,value)
c *** primary function: get element misc summable data.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number

c output arguments:
c emsget (int,func,out) - status of element.
c = 0 - element is undefined
c > 0 - number of data items returned
c value (dp,ar(*),out) - element misc summed data.

c NOTE: the contents of this record is element

c dependent. See SMISC on ETABLE command

7.9.7. emsput Subroutine (Storing an Element's Miscellaneous Summable Data)

*deck,emsput
subroutine emsput (ielem,nval,value)
c *** primary function: store misc. summable data for an element.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number
c nval (int,sc,in) - number of values to be stored
c value (dp,ar(nval),in) - the misc summed data values

c output arguements: none

c NOTE: the contents of this record is element
c dependent. See SMISC on ETABLE command

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
236 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
7.9.11. enfput Subroutine (Storing an Element's Nodal Forces)

7.9.8. emsdel Subroutine (Deleting an Element's Miscellaneous Summable Data)

*deck,emsdel
subroutine emsdel (ielem)
c *** primary function: delete element misc summable data

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number
c = 0 - delete data for all defined elements

c output arguments: none

7.9.9. enfiqr Function (Getting Information About Element Nodal Forces)

*deck,enfiqr
function enfiqr (ielem,key)
c *** primary function: get information about element nodal forces

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number (or zero, see below)
c key (int,sc,in) - key as to the information needed
c = 1 - return info about element nodal forces
c ielem > 0 - return number of element nodal
c forces for this element
c (record length)
c = 0 - return maximum number of element
c nodal forces on any element
c (max record length)
c = DB_NUMDEFINED - return total number of element nodal
c forces defined in model

c output arguments:
c enfiqr (int,func,out) - the returned value of enfiqr is based on
c setting of key

7.9.10. enfget Function (Getting an Element's Nodal Forces)

*deck,enfget
function enfget (ielem,value)
c *** primary function: get element nodal forces.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number

c output arguments:
c enfget (int,func,out) - status of element.
c = 0 - element has no nodal forces
c > 0 - number of nodal forces returned
c value (dp,ar(*),out) - element nodal forces

7.9.11. enfput Subroutine (Storing an Element's Nodal Forces)

*deck,enfput
subroutine enfput (ielem,nval,value)
c *** primary function: store nodal force results at an element.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number

c nval (int,sc,in) - the total number of values

c NOTE: There may be a maximum of 3 sets of
c nodal forces in the record: static
c forces, inertia forces, and damping forces
c value (dp,ar(nval),in) - nodal force results

c output arguments: none

7.9.12. enfdel Subroutine (Deleting an Element's Nodal Forces)

*deck,enfdel
subroutine enfdel (ielem)
c *** primary function: delete element nodal forces data

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number
c = 0 - delete for all defined elements

c output arguments: none

7.9.13. ensiqr Function (Getting Information About an Element's Nodal Stresses)

*deck,ensiqr
function ensiqr (ielem,key)
c *** primary function: get information about element nodal stresses

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number (or zero, see below)
c key (int,sc,in) - key as to the information needed
c = 1 - return info about element nodal stresses
c ielem > 0 - return number of element nodal
c stresses for this element
c (record length)
c = 0 - return maximum number of element
c nodal stresses on any element
c (max record length)
c = DB_NUMDEFINED - return total number of element
c nodal stresses defined in model

c output arguments:
c ensiqr (int,func,out) - the returned value of ensiqr is based on
c setting of key

7.9.14. ensget Function (Getting an Element's Nodal Stresses)

*deck,ensget
function ensget (ielem,value)
c *** primary function: get element nodal stresses.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number

c output arguments:
c ensget (int,func,out) - status of element.
c = 0 - element undefined
c > 0 - number of nodal stresses
c returned
c value (dp,ar(*),out) - element nodal stresses

c NOTE: Stresses at each corner node in the order

c X, Y, Z, XY, YZ, XZ, S1, S2, S3, SI, SE
c For solid elements, stresses at each

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
238 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
7.9.15. ensput Subroutine (Storing Nodal Stresses at an Element)

c corner node
c For shell elements, stresses at each
c corner node (first top durface, then
c bottom)
c For layered elements (w/KEYOPT(8)=0),
c stresses for "first" layer at each
c corner node (first at the bottom
c surface of the bottom layer, then the
c top surface of the top layer).
c Stresses for "second" layer at each
c corner node (first the bottom surface,
c then the top surface for the layer with
c the largest failure criteria).
c The second layer is not present if
c failure criteria were not used or are
c not appropriate
c For layered elements (w/KEYOPT(8)=1),
c stresses for each layer at each corner
c node (first at the bottom surface, then
c the top surface)
c For beam elements, the contents of this
c record is element depenent. See LS
c item of ETABLE command.

7.9.15. ensput Subroutine (Storing Nodal Stresses at an Element)

*deck,ensput
subroutine ensput (ielem,nval,value)
c *** primary function: store nodal stresses at an element.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number
c nval (int,sc,in) - the total number of values
c (6*nnod*nface)
c value (dp,ar(nval),in) - the stress values

c output arguments: none

c NOTE: Stresses at each corner node in the order

c X, Y, Z, XY, YZ, XZ, S1, S2, S3, SI, SE
c For solid elements, stresses at each
c corner node
c For shell elements, stresses at each
c corner node (first top durface, then
c bottom)
c For layered elements (w/KEYOPT(8)=0),
c stresses for "first" layer at each
c corner node (first at the bottom
c surface of the bottom layer, then the
c top surface of the top layer).
c Stresses for "second" layer at each
c corner node (first the bottom surface,
c then the top surface for the layer with
c the largest failure criteria).
c The second layer is not present if
c failure criteria were not used or are
c not appropriate
c For layered elements (w/KEYOPT(8)=1),
c stresses for each layer at each corner
c node (first at the bottom surface, then
c the top surface)
c For beam elements, the contents of this
c record is element depenent. See LS
c item of ETABLE command.

7.9.16. ensdel Subroutine (Deleting an Element's Nodal Stresses)

*deck,ensdel
subroutine ensdel (ielem)
c *** primary function: delete element nodal stresses

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number
c = 0 - delete for all defined elements

c output arguments: none.

7.9.17. engiqr Function (Getting Information About an Element's Energies)

*deck,engiqr
function engiqr (ielem,key)
c *** primary function: get information about element energies

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number (or zero, see below)
c key (int,sc,in) - key as to the information needed
c = 1 - return info about element energies
c ielem > 0 - return number of element energies on
c this element (rec length)
c = 0 - return maximum number of element
c energies on any element
c (max rec length)
c = DB_NUMDEFINED - return the number of element energies
c defined in model

c output arguments:
c engiqr (int,func,out) - the returned value of engiqr is based on
c setting of key

7.9.18. engget Function (Getting an Element's Energies)

*deck,engget
function engget (ielem,value)
c *** primary function: get element energies.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number

c output arguments:
c engget (int,func,out) - status of element.
c = 0 - element undefined
c = 11 - energies returned
c value (dp,ar(6),out)
c value(1) = volume of element
c (2) = strain energy
c (3) = dissipation energy
c (4) = kinetic energy
c (5) = plastic energy
c (6) = creep energy
c (7) = stabilization energy
c (8) = spares
c (9) = thermal energy
c (10-11) = spares

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
240 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
7.9.21. egriqr Function (Getting Information About an Element's Nodal Gradients)

7.9.19. engput Subroutine (Storing an Element's Energies and Volume)

*deck,engput
subroutine engput (ielem,nval,value)
c *** primary function: store volume and energies for an element.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number
c nval (int,sc,in) - the total number of values to be stored
c Must be 11!
c value (dp,ar(6),in) - volume and energies
c value(1) = volume of element
c (2) = strain energy
c (3) = dissipation energy
c (4) = kinetic energy
c (5) = plastic energy
c (6) = creep energy
c (7) = stabilization energy
c (8) = spares
c (9) = thermal energy
c (10-11) = spares

c output arguments: none

7.9.20. engdel Subroutine (Deleting an Element's Energies)

*deck,engdel
subroutine engdel (ielem)
c *** primary function: delete element energies

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number
c = 0 - delete for all defined elements

c output arguments: none.

7.9.21. egriqr Function (Getting Information About an Element's Nodal Gradients)

*deck,egriqr
function egriqr (ielem,key)
c *** primary function: get information about element nodal gradients

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number (or zero, see below)
c key (int,sc,in) - key as to the information needed
c = 1 - return info about nodal gradients
c for ielem > 0 - return number of nodal gradients on
c this element (record length)
c = 0 - return maximum number of nodal
c gradients on any element
c (maximum record length)
c = DB_NUMDEFINED - return the number of nodal gradients defined
c in model

c output arguments:
c egriqr (int,func,out) - the returned value of egriqr is based on
c setting of key

7.9.22. egrget Function (Getting an Element's Nodal Gradients)

*deck,egrget
function egrget (ielem,value)
c *** primary function: get element nodal gradients.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number

c output arguments:
c egrget (int,func,out) - status of element.
c = 0 - element undefined
c > 0 - number of nodal gradients
c returned
c value (dp,ar(*),out) - element nodal gradients

c Note: If a coupled field, a set of

c gradients are stored in the following
c order (as available): fluid, thermal,
c electric, magnetic

7.9.23. egrput Subroutine (Storing an Element's Nodal Gradients)

*deck,egrput
subroutine egrput (ielem,nval,value)
c *** primary function: store nodal gradients at an element.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number
c nval (int,sc,in) - the total number of values
c (ndir*nnod*nscalr)
c value (dp,ar(nval),in) - the gradient values

c Note: If a coupled field, a set of

c gradients are stored in the following
c order (as appropriate): fluid, thermal,
c electric, magnetic
c output arguments: none

7.9.24. egrdel Subroutine (Deleting an Element's Nodal Gradients)

*deck,egrdel
subroutine egrdel (ielem)
c *** primary function: delete element nodal gradients

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number
c = 0 - delete for all defined elements

c output arguments: none.

7.9.25. eeliqr Function (Getting Information About an Element's Nodal Elastic Strains)

*deck,eeliqr
function eeliqr (ielem,key)
c *** primary function: get information about element nodal elastic strains

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
242 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
7.9.27. eelput Subroutine (Storing an Element's Nodal Elastic Strains)

c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number (or zero, see below)

c key (int,sc,in) - key as to the information needed
c = 1 - return info about elastic strains
c ielem > 0 - return number of nodal elasic strains
c on this element (rec length)
c = 0 - return maximum number of nodal elastic
c strains on any element
c (max rec length)
c = DB_NUMDEFINED - return the number of nodal elastic strains
c defined in model

c output arguments:
c eeliqr (int,func,out) - the returned value of eeliqr is based on
c setting of key

7.9.26. eelget Function (Getting an Element's Nodal Elastic Strains)

*deck,eelget
function eelget (ielem,value)
c *** primary function: get element nodal elastic strains.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number

c output arguments:
c eelget (int,func,out) - status of element.
c = 0 - element undefined
c > 0 - number of nodal elastic strains
c returned
c value (dp,ar(*),out) - element nodal elastic strains

c NOTE: Strains at each corner node in the order

c X, Y, Z, XY, YZ, XZ
c For solid elements, strains at each
c corner node
c For shell elements, strains at each
c corner node (first top durface, then
c bottom)
c For layered elements (w/KEYOPT(8)=0),
c strains for "first" layer at each
c corner node (first at the bottom
c surface of the bottom layer, then the
c top surface of the top layer).
c Strains for "second" layer at each
c corner node (first the bottom surface,
c then the top surface for the layer with
c the largest failure criteria).
c The second layer is not present if
c failure criteria were not used or are
c not appropriate
c For layered elements (w/KEYOPT(8)=1),
c strains for each layer at each corner
c node (first at the bottom surface, then
c the top surface)
c For beam elements, the contents of this
c record is element depenent. See LEPEL
c item of ETABLE command.

7.9.27. eelput Subroutine (Storing an Element's Nodal Elastic Strains)

*deck,eelput
subroutine eelput (ielem,nval,value)
c *** primary function: store nodal elastic strains at an element.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number
c nval (int,sc,in) - the total number of values
c (6*nnod*nface)
c value (dp,ar(nval),in) - nval strain values

c output arguments: none

c NOTE: Strains at each corner node in the order

7.9.28. eeldel Subroutine (Deleting an Element's Nodal Elastic Strains)

*deck,eeldel
subroutine eeldel (ielem)
c *** primary function: delete element elastic strains

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number
c = 0 - delete for all defined elements

c output arguments: none.

7.9.29. epliqr Function (Getting Information About an Element's Nodal Plastic Strains)

*deck,epliqr
function epliqr (ielem,key)
c *** primary function: get information about element nodal plastic strains

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number (or zero, see below)
c key (int,sc,in) - key as to the information needed
c = 1 - return info about plastic strains
c ielem > 0 - return number of nodal plastic strains
c on this element
c (record length)
c = 0 - return maximum number of nodal plastic
c strains on any element
c (max record length)
c = DB_NUMDEFINED - return the number of nodal plastic strains
c defined in model

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
244 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
7.9.31. eplput Subroutine (Storing an Element's Nodal Plastic Strains)

c output arguments:
c epliqr (int,func,out) - the returned value of epliqr is based on
c setting of key

7.9.30. eplget Function (Getting an Element's Nodal Plastic Strains)

*deck,eplget
function eplget (ielem,value)
c *** primary function: get element nodal plastic strains.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number

c output arguments:
c eplget (int,func,out) - status of element.
c = 0 - element undefined
c > 0 - number of nodal plastic strains
c returned
c value (dp,ar(*),out) - element nodal plastic strains

c NOTE: Strains at each corner node in the order

7.9.31. eplput Subroutine (Storing an Element's Nodal Plastic Strains)

*deck,eplput
subroutine eplput (ielem,nval,value)
c *** primary function: store nodal plastic strains at a element.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number
c nval (int,sc,in) - the total number of values
c (6*nnod*nface)
c value (dp,ar(nval),in) - the strain values

c output arguments: none

c NOTE: Strains at each corner node in the order
c X, Y, Z, XY, YZ, XZ
c For solid elements, strains at each
c corner node

c For shell elements, strains at each

c corner node (first top durface, then
c bottom)
c For layered elements (w/KEYOPT(8)=0),
c strains for "first" layer at each
c corner node (first at the bottom
c surface of the bottom layer, then the
c top surface of the top layer).
c Strains for "second" layer at each
c corner node (first the bottom surface,
c then the top surface for the layer with
c the largest failure criteria).
c The second layer is not present if
c failure criteria were not used or are
c not appropriate
c For layered elements (w/KEYOPT(8)=1),
c strains for each layer at each corner
c node (first at the bottom surface, then
c the top surface)
c For beam elements, the contents of this
c record is element depenent. See LEPPL
c item of ETABLE command.

7.9.32. epldel Subroutine (Deleting an Element's Nodal Plastic Strains)

*deck,epldel
subroutine epldel (ielem)
c *** primary function: delete element plastic strains

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number
c = 0 - delete for all defined elements

c output arguments: none.

7.9.33. ecriqr Function (Getting Information About an Element's Nodal Creep Strains)

*deck,ecriqr
function ecriqr (ielem,key)
c *** primary function: get information about element nodal creep strains

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number (or zero, see below)
c key (int,sc,in) - key as to the information needed
c = 1 - return info about creep strains
c ielem > 0 - return number of nodal creep strains
c on this element
c (record length)
c = 0 - return maximum number of nodal creep
c strains on any element
c (max record length)
c = DB_NUMDEFINED - return the number of nodal creep strains
c defined in model

c output arguments:
c ecriqr (int,func,out) - the returned value of ecriqr is based on
c setting of key

7.9.34. ecrget Function (Getting an Element's Nodal Creep Strains)

*deck,ecrget
function ecrget (ielem,value)
c *** primary function: get element nodal creep strains.

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
246 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
7.9.35. ecrput Subroutine (Storing an Element's Nodal Creep Strains)

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number

c output arguments:
c ecrget (int,func,out) - status of element.
c = 0 - element undefined
c > 0 - number of nodal creep strains
c returned
c value (dp,ar(*),out) - element nodal creep strains

c NOTE: Strains at each corner node in the order

7.9.35. ecrput Subroutine (Storing an Element's Nodal Creep Strains)

*deck,ecrput
subroutine ecrput (ielem,nval,value)
c *** primary function: store nodal creep strains at an element.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number
c nval (int,sc,in) - the total number of values
c (6*nnod*nface)
c value (dp,ar(nval),in) - the strain values

c output arguments: none

c NOTE: Strains at each corner node in the order
c X, Y, Z, XY, YZ, XZ
c For solid elements, strains at each
c corner node
c For shell elements, strains at each
c corner node (first top durface, then
c bottom)
c For layered elements (w/KEYOPT(8)=0),
c strains for "first" layer at each
c corner node (first at the bottom
c surface of the bottom layer, then the
c top surface of the top layer).
c Strains for "second" layer at each
c corner node (first the bottom surface,
c then the top surface for the layer with
c the largest failure criteria).
c The second layer is not present if

c failure criteria were not used or are

c not appropriate
c For layered elements (w/KEYOPT(8)=1),
c strains for each layer at each corner
c node (first at the bottom surface, then
c the top surface)
c For beam elements, the contents of this
c record is element depenent. See LEPCR
c item of ETABLE command.

7.9.36. ecrdel Subroutine (Deleting an Element's Nodal Creep Strains)

*deck,ecrdel
subroutine ecrdel (ielem)
c *** primary function: delete element creep strains

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number
c = 0 - delete for all defined elements

c output arguments: none.

7.9.37. ethiqr Function (Getting Information About an Element's Nodal Thermal Strains)

*deck,ethiqr
function ethiqr (ielem,key)
c *** primary function: get information about element nodal thermal strains

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number (or zero, see below)
c key (int,sc,in) - key as to the information needed
c = 1 - return info about thermal strains
c ielem > 0 - return number of nodal thermal strains
c on this element
c (record length)
c = 0 - return maximum number of nodal thermal
c strains on any element
c (max record length)
c = DB_NUMDEFINED - return the number of nodal thermal strains
c defined in model

c output arguments:
c ethiqr (int,sc,out) - the returned value of ethiqr is based on
c setting of key

7.9.38. ethget Function (Getting an Element's Nodal Thermal Stresses)

*deck,ethget
function ethget (ielem,value)
c *** primary function: get element nodal thermal strains.
c also the volumetric swelling strain
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number

c output arguments:
c ethget (int,func,out) - status of element.
c = 0 - element undefined
c > 0 - number of nodal thermal strains
c returned
c value (dp,ar(*),out) - element nodal thermal strains

c NOTE: Strains at each corner node in the order

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
248 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
7.9.39. ethput Subroutine (Storing an Element's Nodal Thermal Stresses)

c X, Y, Z, XY, YZ, XZ, epswel

c For solid elements, strains at each
c corner node
c For shell elements, strains at each
c corner node (first top durface, then
c bottom)
c For layered elements (w/KEYOPT(8)=0),
c strains for "first" layer at each
c corner node (first at the bottom
c surface of the bottom layer, then the
c top surface of the top layer).
c Strains for "second" layer at each
c corner node (first the bottom surface,
c then the top surface for the layer with
c the largest failure criteria).
c The second layer is not present if
c failure criteria were not used or are
c not appropriate
c For layered elements (w/KEYOPT(8)=1),
c strains for each layer at each corner
c node (first at the bottom surface, then
c the top surface)
c For beam elements, the contents of this
c record is element depenent. See LEPTH
c item of ETABLE command.

7.9.39. ethput Subroutine (Storing an Element's Nodal Thermal Stresses)

*deck,ethput
subroutine ethput (ielem,nval,value)
c *** primary function: store nodal thermal strains at an element.
c also the volumetric swelling strain

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number
c nval (int,sc,in) - the total number of values
c (6*nnod*nface)
c value (dp,ar(nval),in) - the strain values

c output arguments: none

c NOTE: Strains at each corner node in the order
c X, Y, Z, XY, YZ, XZ, epswel
c For solid elements, strains at each
c corner node
c For shell elements, strains at each
c corner node (first top durface, then
c bottom)
c For layered elements (w/KEYOPT(8)=0),
c strains for "first" layer at each
c corner node (first at the bottom
c surface of the bottom layer, then the
c top surface of the top layer).
c Strains for "second" layer at each
c corner node (first the bottom surface,
c then the top surface for the layer with
c the largest failure criteria).
c The second layer is not present if
c failure criteria were not used or are
c not appropriate
c For layered elements (w/KEYOPT(8)=1),
c strains for each layer at each corner
c node (first at the bottom surface, then
c the top surface)
c For beam elements, the contents of this
c record is element depenent. See LEPTH
c item of ETABLE command.

7.9.40. ethdel Subroutine (Deleting an Element's Thermal, Initial, and Swelling Strains)

*deck,ethdel
subroutine ethdel (ielem)
c *** primary function: delete element thermal, initial, and
c swelling strains

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number
c = 0 - delete for all defined elements

c output arguments: none.

7.9.41. euliqr Function (Getting Information About an Element's Euler Angles)

*deck,euliqr
function euliqr (ielem,key)
c *** primary function: get information about element euler angles

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number (or zero, see below)
c key (int,sc,in) - key as to the information needed
c = 1 - return info about element euler angles
c ielem > 0 - return number of euler angles on this
c element
c (record length)
c = 0 - return maximum number of euler angles
c on any element
c (max record length)
c = DB_NUMDEFINED - return the number of element euler angles
c defined in model

c output arguments:
c euliqr (int,func,out) - the returned value of euliqr is based on
c setting of key

7.9.42. eulget Function (Getting an Element's Nodal Euler Angles)

*deck,eulget
function eulget (ielem,value)
c *** primary function: get element nodal euler angles.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number

c output arguments:
c eulget (int,func,out) - status of element.
c = 0 - element undefined
c > 0 - number of euler angle values
c returned
c value (dp,ar(*),out) - element euler angles

c NOTE: For lower-ordered elements, rotations

c at centroid
c For higher-ordered elements, rotations
c at each corner node
c For layered shells, rotations at each
c corner node, plus layer rotation angle
c for each layer (real constant THETA)
c For layered solids, rotation angles at
c centroid, plus layer rotation angle
c for each layer (real constant THETA)

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
250 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
7.9.45. efxiqr Function (Getting Information About Element Fluxes)

7.9.43. eulput Subroutine (Storing an Element's Euler Angles)

*deck,eulput
subroutine eulput (ielem,nval,value)
c *** primary function: store nodal euler angles for an element.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number
c nval (int,sc,in) - the total number of values
c (3 * number of display nodes)
c value (dp,ar(nval),in) - the euler angle values

c output arguments: none

c NOTE: For lower-ordered elements, rotations
c at centroid
c For higher-ordered elements, rotations
c at each corner node
c For layered shells, rotations at each
c corner node, plus layer rotation angle
c for each layer (real constant THETA)
c For layered solids, rotation angles at
c centroid, plus layer rotation angle
c for each layer (real constant THETA)

7.9.44. euldel Subroutine (Deleting an Element's Euler Angles)

*deck,euldel
subroutine euldel (ielem)
c *** primary function: delete element euler angles

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number
c = 0 - delete for all defined elements

c output arguments: none.

7.9.45. efxiqr Function (Getting Information About Element Fluxes)

*deck,efxiqr
function efxiqr (ielem,key)
c *** primary function: get information about element fluxes

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number (or zero, see below)
c key (int,sc,in) - key as to the information needed
c = 1 - return info about element fluxes
c ielem > 0 - return number of fluxes on this
c element
c (record length)
c = 0 - return maximum number of fluxes
c on any element
c (max record length)
c = DB_NUMDEFINED - return the number of element fluxes defined
c in model

c output arguments:
c efxiqr (int,func,out) - the returned value of efxiqr is based on
c setting of key

7.9.46. efxget Function (Getting an Element Flux)

*deck,efxget
function efxget (ielem,value)
c *** primary function: get element nodal fluxes.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number

c output arguments:
c efxget (int,func,out) - status of element.
c = 0 - element undefined
c > 0 - number of nodal fluxes returned
c value (dp,ar(*),out) - element nodal fluxes

c Note: If a coupled field, a set of fluxes is

c stored in the following order (as
c available): fluid, thermal,
c electric, magnetic

7.9.47. efxput Subroutine (Storing an Element's Fluxes)

*deck,efxput
subroutine efxput (ielem,nval,value)
c *** primary function: store nodal fluxes at an element.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number
c nval (int,sc,in) - the total number of values
c (ndir*nnod*nscalr)
c value (dp,ar(nval),in) - the flux values

c output arguments: none

c Note: If a coupled field, a set of fluxes is
c stored in the following order (as
c available): fluid, thermal,
c electric, magnetic

7.9.48. efxdel Subroutine (Deleting Element Fluxes)

*deck,efxdel
subroutine efxdel (ielem)
c *** primary function: delete element nodal fluxes

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number
c = 0 - delete for all defined elements

c output arguments: none.

7.9.49. elfiqr Function (Getting Information About Element Local Forces)

*deck,elfiqr
function elfiqr (ielem,key)
c *** primary function: get information about elem local forces

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number (or zero, see below)

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
252 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
7.9.52. elfdel Subroutine (Deleting Element Local Forces)

c key (int,sc,in) - key as to the information needed

c = 1 - return info about element local forces
c ielem > 0 - return number of local forces on this
c element
c (record length)
c = 0 - return maximum number of local forces
c on any element
c (max record length)
c = DB_NUMDEFINED - return the number of element local forces
c defined in model

c output arguments:
c elfiqr (int,func,out) - the returned value of elfiqr is based on
c setting of key

7.9.50. elfget Function (Getting an Element Local Force)

*deck,elfget
function elfget (ielem,value)
c *** primary function: get element local nodal forces.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number

c output arguments:
c elfget (int,func,out) - status of element.
c = 0 - element has no local nodal forces
c > 0 - number of nodal forces returned
c value (dp,ar(*),out) - element local nodal forces.

7.9.51. elfput Subroutine (Storing an Element's Local Forces)

*deck,elfput
subroutine elfput (ielem,nval,value)
c *** primary function: store element local nodal forces.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number
c nval (int,sc,in) - the total number of values
c NOTE: There may be a maximum of 3 sets of
c nodal forces in the record: static
c forces, inertia forces, and damping forces
c value (dp,ar(nval),in) - element local nodal forces

c output arguments: none

7.9.52. elfdel Subroutine (Deleting Element Local Forces)

*deck,elfdel
subroutine elfdel (ielem)
c *** primary function: delete element local forces

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number
c = 0 - delete for all defined elements

c output arguments: none.

7.9.53. emniqr Function (Getting Information About Element Miscellaneous Non-summable

Data)

*deck,emniqr
function emniqr (ielem,key)
c *** primary function: get information about element misc non-summable
c data

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number (or zero, see below)
c key (int,sc,in) - key as to the information needed
c = 1 - return info about element misc non-summed data
c ielem > 0 - return number of data items on this
c element
c (record length)
c = 0 - return maximum number of data items
c on any element
c (max record length)
c = DB_NUMDEFINED - return the number of element misc non-summed
c data items defined in model

c output arguments:
c emniqr (int,func,out) - the returned value of emniqr is based on
c setting of key

7.9.54. emnget Function (Getting an Element's Miscellaneous Non-summable Data)

*deck,emnget
function emnget (ielem,value)
c *** primary function: get misc non-summable data.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number

c output arguments:
c emnget (int,func,out) - status of element.
c = 0 - no non-summed misc data at this
c element
c > 0 - number of data items returned
c value (dp,ar(*),out) - element misc non-summed data.

c NOTE: the contents of this record is element

c dependent. See NMISC on ETABLE command

7.9.55. emnput Subroutine (Storing an Element's Miscellaneous Non-summable Data)

*deck,emnput
subroutine emnput (ielem,nval,value)
c *** primary function: store misc. non-summable data for an element.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number
c nval (int,sc,in) - the total number of values
c value (dp,ar(nval),in) - the misc. non-summed data items

c output arguments: none

c NOTE: the contents of this record is element
c dependent. See NMISC on ETABLE command

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
254 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
7.9.59. ecdput Subroutine (Storing an Element's Current Densities)

7.9.56. emndel Subroutine (Deleting an Element's Miscellaneous Non-summable Data)

*deck,emndel
subroutine emndel (ielem)
c *** primary function: delete element misc non-summable data

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number
c = 0 - delete for all defined elements

c output arguments: none.

7.9.57. ecdiqr Function (Getting Information About Element Current Densities)

*deck,ecdiqr
function ecdiqr (ielem,key)
c *** primary function: get information about element current densities

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number (or zero, see below)
c key (int,sc,in) - key as to the information needed
c = 1 - return info about element current densities
c ielem > 0 - return number of current densities on
c this element
c (record length)
c = 0 - return maximum number of current
c densities on any element
c (max record length)
c = DB_NUMDEFINED - return the number of element current
c densities defined in model

c output arguments:
c ecdiqr (int,func,out) - the returned value of ecdiqr is based on
c setting of key

7.9.58. ecdget Function (Getting an Element Current Density)

*deck,ecdget
function ecdget (ielem,value)
c *** primary function: get calculated element current densities.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number

c output arguments:
c ecdget (int,func,out) - status of element.
c = 0 - element has no current densities
c > 0 - number of calculated element
c current densities
c value (dp,ar(*),out) - calculated element current densities.

c NOTE: current densities are in the order

c X, Y, Z

7.9.59. ecdput Subroutine (Storing an Element's Current Densities)

*deck,ecdput
subroutine ecdput (ielem,nval,value)
c *** primary function: store calculated element current densities

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number
c nval (int,sc,in) - the total number of values
c value (dp,ar(nval),in) - calculated element current densities.

c output arguments: none

c NOTE: current densities are in the order
c X, Y, Z

7.9.60. ecddel Subroutine (Deleting Element Current Densities)

*deck,ecddel
subroutine ecddel (ielem)
c *** primary function: delete element current densities

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number
c = 0 - delete for all defined elements

c output arguments: none.

7.9.61. enliqr Function (Getting Information About Element Nonlinear Tables)

*deck,enliqr
function enliqr (ielem,key)
c *** primary function: get information about element nonlinear tables

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number (or zero, see below)
c key (int,sc,in) - key as to the information needed
c = 1 - return info about element nonlinear tables
c ielem > 0 - return number of nonlinear tables for
c this element
c (record length)
c = 0 - return maximum number of nonlinear
c tables for any element
c (max record length)
c = DB_NUMDEFINED - return the number of element nonlinear
c tables defined in model

c output arguments:
c enliqr (int,func,out) - the returned value of enliqr is based on
c setting of key

7.9.62. enlget Function (Getting Element Nonlinear Tables)

*deck,enlget
function enlget (ielem,value)
c *** primary function: get element nonlinear tables.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number

c output arguments:
c enlget (int,func,out) - status of element.
c = 0 - nonlinear tables undefined
c > 0 - number of nonlinear tables defined
c value (dp ,ar(n),out) - the element nonlinear tables.

c NOTE: Nonlinear data at each node are in the

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
256 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
7.9.65. ehciqr Function (Getting Information About Calculated Element Heat Generations)

c order SEPL, SRAT, HPRES, EPEQ, PSV,

c PLWK, and 4 spares
c For beam elements, the contents and
c number of information is element
c dependent. See NLIN on ETABLE
c command

7.9.63. enlput Subroutine (Storing an Element's Nonlinear Tables)

*deck,enlput
subroutine enlput (ielem,n,temp)
c *** primary function: store element nonlinear tables

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number
c n (int,sc,in) - number of element nonlinear table values
c temp (dp ,ar(6),in) - element nonlinear table,etc.

c output arguments: none.

c NOTE: Nonlinear data at each node are in the
c order SEPL, SRAT, HPRES, EPEQ, PSV,
c PLWK, and 4 spares
c For beam elements, the contents and
c number of information is element
c dependent. See NLIN on ETABLE
c command

7.9.64. enldel Subroutine (Deleting Element Nonlinear Tables)

*deck,enldel
subroutine enldel (ielem)
c *** primary function: delete element nonlinear tables

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number
c = 0 - delete for all defined elements

c output arguments: none.

7.9.65. ehciqr Function (Getting Information About Calculated Element Heat Generations)

*deck,ehciqr
function ehciqr (ielem,key)
c *** primary function: get information about calculated elem heat generations

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number (or zero, see below)
c key (int,sc,in) - key as to the information needed
c = 1 - return info about calculated element heat gens
c for ielem > 0 - return number of heat gens for
c this element
c (record length)
c = 0 - return maximum number of heat gens
c for any element
c (max record length)
c = DB_NUMDEFINED - return the number of calculated element heat
c generations defined in model

c output arguments:
c ehciqr (int,func,out) - the returned value of ehciqr is based on
c setting of key

7.9.66. ehcget Function (Getting a Calculated Element Heat Generation)

*deck,ehcget
function ehcget (ielem,value)
c *** primary function: get calculated element heat generations.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number

c output arguments:
c ehcget (int,func,out) - status of element.
c = 0 - element undefined
c > 0 - number of calculated element
c heat generations
c value (dp,ar(*),out) - calculated element heat generations.

7.9.67. ehcput Subroutine (Storing an Element's Calculated Heat Generations)

*deck,ehcput
subroutine ehcput (ielem,nval,value)
c *** primary function: store calculated element heat generations

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number
c nval (int,sc,in) - the total number of values
c value (dp,ar(nval),in) - calculated element heat generations.

c output arguments: none

7.9.68. ehcdel Subroutine (Deleting Element Calculated Heat Generations)

*deck,ehcdel
subroutine ehcdel (ielem)
c *** primary function: delete calculated element heat generations

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c ielem (int,sc,in) - element number
c = 0 - delete for all defined elements

c output arguments: none.

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
258 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Chapter 8: Subroutines for Users' Convenience
This chapter describes ANSYS routines available to you for use in programming. Using these routines isn't required,
but may make your life easier.These routines include a set of general routines that perform utility-type functions,
a set of routines supporting vector functions, a set of routines supporting matrix functions, and routines supporting
message processing options.

8.1. Input and Output Abbreviations

The descriptions of inputs and outputs for the routines discussed in this chapter use the following abbreviations:

Argument type is one of the following:

int - integer
dp - double precision
log - logical
chr - character
dcp - double precision complex
Argument size is one of the following:

sc - scalar variable
ar(n) - array variable of length n
func - functional return value
Argument intent is one of the following:

in - input argument
out - output argument
inout - both an input and an output argument

8.2. General Subroutines

8.2.1. dptoch Subroutine (Retrieve Eight Characters From a Double Precision Variable)

*deck,dptoch
subroutine dptoch (dp8,ch8)
c *** primary function: retreive 8 characters from a dp variable

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c !!! NOTICE to progammers: this routine does not convert from a !!!
c !!! machine-independent format! Use dpexttoch if this dp word !!!
c !!! came from a common or non-char database record !!!

c input arguments:
c dp8 (dp,sc,in) - dp variable containing characters

c output arguments:
c ch8 (ch*8,sc,out) - characters retreived from the dp word

8.2.2. wrinqr Function (Obtain Information About Output)

*deck,wrinqr
function wrinqr (key)
c *** primary function: obtain information about output

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c --- caution: the following variables are "saved/resumed".

c --- key=WR_COLINTER thru WR_SUPCOLMAX in "wrinqr/wrinfo"
c --- (data for "/fmt,/page,/header" commands).
c --- note that the whole common cannot be "saved/resumed". cwa

c typ=int,dp,log,chr,dcp siz=sc,ar(n),func intent=in,out,inout

c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description wrcom name
c key (int,sc,in)
c = WR_PRINT - print flag (kprint) prtkey
c wrinqr = 0 - no output
c = 1 - print
c = WR_OUTPUT - current output unit number (iott) outfil
c = WR_MASTEROUT - master output file frstot
c = WR_COLINTER - interactive columns per page intcol
c = WR_COLBATCH - batch columns per page batcol
c = WR_LINEINTER - interactive lines per page intlin
c = WR_LINEBATCH - batch lines per page batlin
c = WR_CHARITEM - characters per output item chrper
c = WR_CHARDECIMAL - characters past decimal chrdec
c = WR_CHARINTEGER - characters in leading integer chrint
c = WR_CHARTYPE - chrtyp
c wrinqr = 1 - using E format in output
c = 2 - using F format in output
c = 3 - using G format in output
c = WR_SUPTITLE - tlabel supress key keyhed
c = WR_SUPSUBTITLE - subtitle supress key keytit
c = WR_SUPLSITER - ls,iter id supress key keyid
c = WR_NOTELINE - note line supress key keynot
c = WR_SUPCOLHEADER - column header supress key keylab
c = WR_SUPCOLMAX - column maximum supress key keysum
c = WR_LISTOPT - ListOpt from /output command ListOpt

c output arguments:
c wrinqr (int,func,out) - the value corresponding to key

8.2.3. erinqr Subroutine (Obtaining Information from the Errors Common)

*deck,erinqr
function erinqr (key)
c *** primary function: obtain information from errors common
c
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c input arguments:
c key (int,sc,in) - item to be returned
c 1=keyerr, 2=errfil, 3=numnot, 4=numwrn,
c 5=numerr, 6=numfat, 7=maxmsg, 8=lvlerr,
c 9=mxpcmd, 10=nercmd, 11=nertim,12=nomore,
c 13=eropen,14=ikserr, 15=kystat,16=mxr4r5,
c 17=mshkey, 19=opterr,20=flowrn,
c 21=errhpi,22=noreport,23=pdserr,24=mxpcmdw
c 25=kystop,26=icloads, 27=ifkey
c
c ---- below definitions copied from errcom 7/92 for user information
c
c *** key number= ..........................
c (see ansysdef for parameter definitions) |
c \/
c
co keyerr - master error flag (ER_ERRORFLAG)
co errfil - errors file unit number (ER_ERRORFILE)
co numnot - total number of notes displayed (ER_NUMNOTE)
co numwrn - total number of warnings displayed (ER_NUMWARNING)
co numerr - total number of errors displayed (ER_NUMERROR)
co numfat - total number of fatals displayed (ER_NUMFATAL)
co maxmsg - max allowed number of displayed messages before abort(ER_MAXMESSAGE)
co lvlerr - used basicly in solution (from cnvr command.) (ER_ERRORLEVEL)
co -1=do not set keyerr for notes/errors/warnings.

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
260 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
8.2.4.TrackBegin Subroutine (Beginning Tracking for a Subroutine Call)

co -2=same as -1 but do not display message either.

co mxpcmd - maximum number of messages allowed per command (ER_MAXCOMMAND)
co nercmd - number of messages displayed for any one command (ER_NUMCOMMAND)
co nertim - key as to how message cleared from u/i pop-up (ER_UICLEAR)
co (as per rsg/pft 5/1/92 - only for "info" calls
co -1=message is timed before removal
co 0=message needs pick or keyboard before removal
co 1=message stays up untill replaced by another message
co nomore display any more messages (ER_NOMOREMSG)
co 0=display messages
co 1=display discontinue message and stop displaying
co eropen - 0=errors file is closed (ER_FILEOPEN)
co 1=errors file is opened
co ikserr - 0=if interactive do not set keyerr (ER_INTERERROR)
c - 1=if interactive set keyerr (used by mesher and tessalation)
co kystat - flag to bypass keyopt tests in the elcxx routines (ER_KEYOPTTEST)
c associated with status/panel info inquiries.
c 0=do not bypass keyopt tests
c 1=perform all keyopt tests
c also flag to bypass setting of _STATUS upon resume
co mxr4r5 - mixed rev4-rev5 input logic (*do,*if,*go,*if-go) (ER_MIXEDREV)
c (used in chkmix called from rdmac)
c 1=rev5 found (*do,*fi-then-*endif)
c 2=rev4 found (*go,:xxx,*if,....,:xxx)
c 3=warning printed. do not issue any more.
co mshkey - cpu intensive meshing etc. this will cause (ER_MESHING)
c "nertim (11)" to be set to -1 for "notes", 1 for "warnings",
c and 0 for "errors". checking of this key is done in "anserr".
c 0=not meshing or cpu intensive
c 1=yes, meshing or cpu intensive
co syerro - systop error code. read by anserr if set. (18)
co opterr - 0=no error in main ansys during opt looping (ER_OPTLOOPING)
c 1=an error has happened in main ansys during opt looping
co flowrn - flag used by "floqa" as to list floqa.ans (20)
c 0=list "floqa.ans"
c 1="floqa.ans" has been listed. do not list again.
co noreport- used in GUI for turning off errors due to strsub calls (22)
c 0=process errors as usual
c 1=do NOT report errors
co pdserr - 0=no error in main ansys during pds looping (ER_PDSLOOPING)
c 1=an error has happened in main ansys during pds looping
co mxpcmdw- number of messages written to file.err for any one (24)
co command
c 0=write all errors to file.err
c 1=only write displayed errors to file.err
co icloads - key to forbid the iclist command from listing solution (26)
c data instead of the input data.
c 0=iclist is OK
c 1=do not permit iclist
co ifkey - key on whether or not to abort during /input on error (27)
c 0=do not abort
c 1=abort
c
co espare - spare integer variables
c
c --- end of information from errcom
c
c output arguments:
c erinqr (int,sc,out) - value corresponding to key
c
c

8.2.4. TrackBegin Subroutine (Beginning Tracking for a Subroutine Call)

*deck,TrackBegin
subroutine TrackBegin (sub32)

c *****function: mark beginning of track ansys call

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c sub32 (char*(*),sc,in) - name of subroutine being entered and left
c (32 characters max)

c output arguments: none

8.2.5. TrackEnd Subroutine (Ending Tracking for a Subroutine Call)

*deck,TrackEnd
subroutine TrackEnd (sub32)

c *****function: mark end of track ansys call

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c sub32 (char*(*),sc,in) - name of subroutine being left
c (32 characters max)

c output arguments: none

8.2.6. erhandler Subroutine (Displaying ANSYS Errors)

*deck,erhandler
subroutine erhandler (filein,msgid,msglvl,lngstrng,dperr,cherr)

c *** primary function: Display ANSYS error messages

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c filein (ch*40,sc,in) - Filename used for character portion of
c message ID (this is the file name of the
c file which contains the source for this
c routine)
c
c if 'ErrorMessageProbe', then error was
c generated on another processor (distributed
c ANSYS). In that case, dperr contains the
c message already made ASCII and expanded
c
c msgid (int,sc,in) - Numeric portion of the message ID
c 1 - 9999, unique for each erhandler
c call in the FILE. Recommend using
c a sequence, similar to format conventions,
c i.e., 5000, 5010, 5020
c if filein='ErrorMessageProbe', this is the
c CPU # that originally generated the error
c msglvl (int,sc,in) - level of error (same as lngerr)
c 0=no label (used for u/i pop-ups)
c -1=no label (used for u/i pop-ups) timed
c as a note message
c 1=note, 2=warning, 3=error, 4=fatal
c -3=error w/tech supp note
c -4=fatal w/tech supp note
c (see lngerr.F for text of tech supp note)
c lngstrng (ch*(*),sc,in) - error message to display. use keywords
c of %i %g %c %/ for formating (same as
c lngerr)
c dperr (dp,ar(*),in) - vector of data to display. contains both
c integer and double precision data.
c (same as lngerr)
c if filein='ErrorMessageProbe', dperr
c contains the unpacked message and lngstrng
c and cherr are ignored
c cherr (ch*(*),ar(*),in) - vector of character data to display
c max length of character data is 32
c characters

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
262 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
8.2.8. tranx3 Subroutine (Processing Geometry for 3-D Line Elements)

8.2.7. intrp Subroutine (Doing Single Interpolation)

*deck,intrp
subroutine intrp (klog,kppx,kstpz,xval,ax,ay,yval,nmax,kyoff)
c *** primary function: **** subroutine for single interpolation ****
c (if double interpolation is needed, see intrpt)
c
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c typ=int,dp,log,chr,dcp siz=sc,ar(n),func intent=in,out,inout
c
c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c klog (int,sc,in) - interpolation type
c = 0 - use linear interpolation
c = 1 - use log-log interpolation
c -- note: there is no option yet for
c lin-log or log-lin
c kppx (int,sc,in) - X value end of table signal
c = 0 - a repeated x-value will signal the end
c of the table
c = 1 - a repeated x-value will not signal the
c end of the table
c (only known use = c evaluation)
c kstpz (int,sc,in) - Y value end of table signal
c = 0 - a yval of zero will not signal the end
c of the table (e.g. stress fitting)
c = 1 - a yval of zero will signal the end of
c the table (in general, material
c properties (exception: alpx))
c
c NOTE: the end of the table will be signaled thru
c either of the above conditions, or more
c commonly, that nmax values have been processed,
c or that the present x table entry is less than
c the previous one (ax(i) .lt. ax(i-1)).
c evaluations done after the end of the table are
c evaluated as if they were at the end of the
c table. similarly, evaluations done before the
c beginning of the table are done as if they were
c done at the beginning of the table.
c
c xval (dp,sc,in) - value of x with which to go into the table
c ax (dp,ar(*),in) - table of x values, in ascending order
c ay (dp,ar(*),in) - table of y values
c nmax (int,sc,in) - maximum table size allowed
c
c output arguments:
c yval (dp,sc,out) - value of y which comes back from the table
c kyoff (int,sc,out) - xval status flag
c = 0 - xval in x range
c = 1 - xval less than minimum x
c = 2 - xval greater than maximum x
c

8.2.8. tranx3 Subroutine (Processing Geometry for 3-D Line Elements)

*deck,tranx3
subroutine tranx3 (nnod,xyz,nx,tr)
c *** primary function: geometric processor for 3-d line elements
c with or without a 3rd node
c
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c input arguments:
c nnod (int,sc,in) - number of nodes (2 or 3)
c xyz (dp,ar(nx,*),in) - coordinates (x,y,z down)
c nx (int,sc,in) - row dimension of xyz array
c

c output arguments:
c tr (dp,ar(3,3),in) - transformation matrix
c

8.2.9. systop Subroutine (Stopping an ANSYS Program Run)

*deck,systop
subroutine systop (icode)
c *** primary function: stop an ansys run
c *** secondary functions: pass an error code to the system
c
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c input arguments:
c icode (int,sc,in) - stop error code (0<icode<127)
c 0 - normal exit
c 1 - stack overflow error
c 2 - stack level overflow
c 3 - stack pop below zero
c 4 - names do not match in stkpxp
c 5 - command line argument error
c 6 - unused (was: accounting file error)
c 7 - licensing failure
c 8 - indicated error or end-of-run
c 11 - error in user routine
c 12 - macro stop command
c 13 - job already running
c 14 - untrapped xox error
c 15 - anserr fatal error
c 16 - possible full disk
c 17 - possible corrupted or missing file
c 18 - Error in VM routines (corrupt db?)
c 21 - unauthorized code section entered
c 25 - unable to open x11 server
c 30 - quit signal
c 31 - failure to get signal in max time
c (syhold)
c >32 - system dependent error
c 35 - fatal error on another process
c (distributed ANSYS)
c
c output arguments: none

8.3. Vector Functions

8.3.1. vdot Function (Computing the Dot Product of Two Vectors)

*deck,vdot
function vdot (v1,v2,n)
c *** primary function: compute dot product of vectors v1 and v2

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c v1 (dp,ar(n),in) - vector v1
c v2 (dp,ar(n),in) - vector v2
c n (int,sc,in) - length of vectors v1 and v2

c output arguments:
c vdot (dp,sc,out) - dot product of v1 and v2
c

8.3.2. vsum Function (Summing Vector Components)

*deck,vsum
function vsum (va,n)
c *** primary function: sum the components of a vector

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
264 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
8.3.7. vzero Subroutine (Initializing a Vector to Zero)

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c va (dp,ar(n),in) - vector va
c n (int,sc,in) - length of vector va

c output arguments:
c vsum (dp,sc,out) - vector sum

8.3.3. vmax Function (Retrieving the Maximum Vector Value at a Given Location)

*deck,vmax
function vmax (v,n,locmax)
c *** primary function: return the max value and location in a vector

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c v (dp,ar(n),in) - vector v
c n (int,sc,in) - length of vector v

c output arguments:
c locmax (int,sc,out) - location of max value in vector v
c vmax (dp,sc,out) - max value in vector v

8.3.4. lastv Function (Retrieving the Position of the Last Nonzero Term in a Double Precision
Vector)

*deck,lastv
function lastv (v,n)
c ********* find position of last non-zero term in a d.p. vector *********

8.3.5. izero Function (Setting an Integer Vector to Zero)

*deck,izero
subroutine izero (ivect,n)
c ********** set an integer vector to zero **********
c

8.3.6. imove Function (Assigning Equal Values to Two Integer Vectors)

*deck,imove
subroutine imove (i1,i2,n)
c ********** move a vector from one to another **********
c

8.3.7. vzero Subroutine (Initializing a Vector to Zero)

*deck,vzero
subroutine vzero (v,n)
c *** primary function: initialize a vector to zero

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c v (dp,ar(n),inout) - vector to be zeroed out
c n (int,sc,in) - number of words to zero out

c output arguments:
c v (dp,ar(n),inout) - zeroed vector
c

8.3.8. vmove Subroutine (Moving One Vector into Another)

*deck,vmove
subroutine vmove (v1,v2,n)
c *** primary function: copy a vector into another vector
c
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c *** Note: This function can have unpredictable results if v1 and v2
c reference the same array and overlap.
c
c input arguments:
c v1 (dp,ar(*),in) - vector v1
c n (int,sc,in) - length of vectors v1, v2
c
c output arguments:
c v2 (dp,ar(*),out) - vector v2
c
c

8.3.9. vimove Subroutine (Moving One Vector into Another Incrementally)

*deck,vimove
subroutine vimove (v1,inc1,v2,inc2,n)
c *** primary function: move one vector into another
c
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c input arguments:
c v1 (dp,ar(inc1,n),in) - vector v1
c inc1 (int,sc,in) - increment on vector v1
c inc2 (int,sc,in) - increment on vector v2
c n (int,sc,in) - number of items to be moved
c
c output arguments:
c v2 (dp,ar(inc2,n),in) - vector v2
c

8.3.10. vinit Subroutine (Assigning a Scalar Constant to a Vector)

*deck,vinit
subroutine vinit (v,n,const)
c *** primary function: initialize a vector to a constant

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c n (int,sc,in) - length of vector v
c const (dp,sc,in) - constant to set vector v to

c output arguments:
c v (dp,ar(n),out) - vector v
c

8.3.11. viinit Subroutine (Assigning a Scalar Constant to a Vector Incrementally)

*deck,viinit
subroutine viinit (v,inc,n,const)
c *** primary function: set the components of vector v to const by increments
c
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c input arguments:
c inc (int,sc,in) - increment (first dimension) of vector v
c n (int,sc,in) - length (second dimension) of vector v
c const (dp,sc,in) - constant to set components of vector v to

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
266 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
8.3.16. vamb1 Subroutine (Subtracting One Vector from Another)

c
c output arguments:
c v (dp,ar(inc,n),out) - vector v
c

8.3.12. vapb Subroutine (Setting a Vector to Sum of Two Vectors)

*deck,vapb
subroutine vapb (a,b,c,n)
c *** primary function: add vector a to vector b to get vector c

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c a (dp,ar(n),in) - a vector
c b (dp,ar(n),in) - b vector
c n (int,sc,in) - length of vectors a,b,c

c output arguments:
c c (dp,ar(n),out) - c vector
c

8.3.13. vapb1 Subroutine (Combining Two Vectors in One)

*deck,vapb1
subroutine vapb1 (a,b,n)
c *** primary function: add vector b to vector a,
c and store in vector a

8.3.14. vapcb1 Subroutine (Multiplying a Vector to a Constant)

*deck,vapcb1
subroutine vapcb1 (a,b,n,const)
c *** primary function: multiply vector b to constant, add to vector a,
c and store in vector a

8.3.15. vamb Subroutine (Gets a Third Vector by Subtracting One Vector from Another)

*deck,vamb
subroutine vamb (a,b,c,n)
c *** primary function: subtract vector b from vector a to get vector c

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c a (dp,ar(n),in) - vector a
c b (dp,ar(n),in) - vector b
c n (int,sc,in) - length of vectors a,b,c

c output arguments:
c c (dp,ar(n),out) - vector c
c

8.3.16. vamb1 Subroutine (Subtracting One Vector from Another)

*deck,vamb1
subroutine vamb1 (a,b,n)
c *** primary function: subtract vector b from vector a and save in vector a

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c a (dp,ar(n),inout) - a vector
c b (dp,ar(n),in) - b vector
c n (int,sc,in) - length of vectors a,b

c output arguments:
c a (dp,ar(n),inout) - a vector
c

8.3.17. vmult Subroutine (Multiplying a Vector by a Constant)

*deck,vmult
subroutine vmult (v1,v2,n,const)
c *** primary function: multiply a vector by a constant

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c v1 (dp,ar(n),in) - vector v1
c n (int,sc,in) - length of vectors v1, v2
c const (dp,sc,in) - constant to multiply v1

c output arguments:
c v2 (dp,ar(n),out) - vector v2

8.3.18. vmult1 Subroutine (Multiplying a Vector by a Constant)

*deck,vmult1
subroutine vmult1 (v1,n,const)
c *** primary function: multiply a vector by a constant

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c v1 (dp,ar(n),inout) - vector v1
c n (int,sc,in) - length of vector n
c const (dp,sc,in) - constant to multiply v1

c output arguments:
c v1 (dp,ar(n),inout) - vector v1
c

8.3.19. vcross Subroutine (Defining a Vector via a Cross Product)

*deck,vcross
subroutine vcross (a,b,c)

c primary function: calculate c = a x b

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c typ=int,dp,log,chr,dcp siz=sc,ar(n) intent=in,out,inout

c input arguments:
c a (dp,ar(3),in) - first vector to be cross-multiplied
c b (dp,ar(3),in) - second vector to be cross-multiplied

c output arguments:
c c (dp,ar(3),out) - resulting vector
c
c

8.3.20. vnorme Subroutine (Normalizing a Three-Component Vector)

*deck,vnorme
subroutine vnorme (iel,v)
c primary function: normalize a vector to unit length
c this routine is to be called only from the elements. it is only
c for a three component vector(i.e. processing geometry).
c this routine also differs from vnorm in that an error message is called

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
268 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
8.3.23. ndpxyz Subroutine (Storing X,Y,Z for a Node)

c if the vector length is zero.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c iel (int,sc,inout) - element number
c v (dp,ar(3),inout) - vector to be normalized

c output arguments:
c iel (int,sc,inout) - if 0, vector has zero length
c v (dp,ar(3),inout) - normalized vector

8.3.21. vnorm Subroutine (Normalizing a Vector to Unit Length)

*deck,vnorm
subroutine vnorm (v,n)
c *** primary function: normalize a vector to unit length

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c v (dp,ar(n),inout) - vector v
c n (int,sc,inout) - dimension length of vector v

c output arguments:
c v (dp,ar(n),inout) - normalized vector v
c n (int,sc,inout) - n = 0 if error in operation

8.3.22. ndgxyz Function (Getting the X,Y,Z Vector for a Node)

*deck,ndgxyz
function ndgxyz (node,xyz)
c *** primary function: get x,y,z vector for a node.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c node (int,sc,in) - node number for operation.

c output arguments:
c ndgxyz (int,sc,out) - status of node.
c 0=node is undefined.
c -1=node is unselected.
c 1=node is selected.
c xyz (dp,ar(3),out) - vector containing x,y,z

8.3.23. ndpxyz Subroutine (Storing X,Y,Z for a Node)

*deck,ndpxyz
subroutine ndpxyz (node,xyz)
c *** primary function: store x,y,z vector for a node.

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c node (int,sc,in) - node number for operation.
c xyz (dp,ar(3),in) - vector containing x,y,z
c (vector should be in global system)

c output arguments: none

8.4. Matrix Subroutines

8.4.1. maxv Subroutine (Multiplying a Vector by a Matrix)

*deck,maxv
subroutine maxv (a,v,w, nr,nc)
c *** primary function: multiply a matrix by a vector

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c a (dp,ar(nr,*),in) - matrix a
c v (dp,ar(*),in) - vector v
c nr (int,sc,in) - number of rows in matrix a
c nc (int,sc,in) - number of columns to multiply in matrix a

c output arguments:
c w (dp,ar(*),out) - product vector w
c

8.4.2. maxv1 Subroutine (Multiplying a Vector by a Matrix)

*deck,maxv1
subroutine maxv1 (a,v, nr,nc)
c *** primary function: multiply a vector by a matrix

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c a (dp,ar(nr,nc),in) - matrix a
c v (dp,ar(nc),inout) - vector v
c nr (int,sc,in) - number of rows in matrix a
c *** nr limited to 60 ***
c nc (int,sc,in) - number of columns to multiply in matrix a

c output arguments:
c v (dp,ar(nr),inout) - product, stored in vector v

8.4.3. matxv Subroutine (Multiplying a Vector by a Full Transposed Matrix)

*deck,matxv
subroutine matxv (a,v,w, nr,nc)
c *** primary function: multiply vector by full transposed matrix

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c a (dp,ar(nr,*),in) - matrix a (first dimension must = nr)
c v (dp,ar(nv),in) - vector v (nv must be greater or equal
c to nr)
c nr (int,sc,in) - first dimension and number of active
c rows of the untransposed matrix a
c (also the number of active rows
c of vector v)
c nc (int,sc,in) - number of columns of the untransposed
c matrix a
c (also the number of computed items
c in the product vector w)
c if negative, accumulate

c output arguments:
c w (dp,ar(na,*),out) - product vector w
c

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
270 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
8.4.6. maat Subroutine (Changing a Matrix Value via Addition, Multiplication, and Transposition)

8.4.4. matxv1 Subroutine (Multiplying a Vector by a Full Transposed Matrix)

*deck,matxv1
subroutine matxv1 (a,v, nr,nc)
c *** primary function: multiply vector by full transposed matrix

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c a (dp,ar(nr,*),in) - matrix a
c v (dp,ar(nr),inout) - vector v
c nr (int,sc,in) - number of rows in matrix (un-transposed)
c nc (int,sc,in) - number of columns in matrix (un-transposed)
c *** nc limited to 60 ***

c output arguments:
c v (dp,ar(nc),inout) - product, stored in vector v
c

8.4.5. matxb Subroutine (Transposing a matrix)

*deck,matxb
subroutine matxb (a,b,c, na,nb,nc, n1,n2,n3)
c *** primary function: (a)t * (b) = (c) t means transpose

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c a (dp,ar(na,*),in) - matrix a
c b (dp,ar(nb,*),in) - matrix b
c na (int,sc,in) - number of rows in matrix a
c nb (int,sc,in) - number of rows in matrix b
c nc (int,sc,in) - number of rows in matrix c
c n1 (int,sc,in) - number of rows in matrix c to fill
c n2 (int,sc,in) - number of columns in matrix c to fill
c n3 (int,sc,in) - number of columns in matrix a and
c number of rows of matrix b
c to work with (the two need
c to be the same for the inner product)
c if n3 is negative, accumulate results in c

c output arguments:
c c (dp,ar(nc,*),out) - product matrix c
c

8.4.6. maat Subroutine (Changing a Matrix Value via Addition, Multiplication, and Transpos-
ition)

*deck,maat
subroutine maat(a,c, nc,n, con)
c primary function: does con*a*at and sums the result onto c (a is a vector)

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c typ=int,dp,log,chr,dcp siz=sc,ar(n) intent=in,out,inout

c input arguments:
c a (dp,ar(*),in) - vector to be multiplied by itself to
c generate an nxn square matrix
c (a by a-transposed)
c c (dp,ar(nc,*),inout) - matrix to be accumulated onto
c nc (int,sc,in) - number of rows in the c matrix
c n (int,sc,in) - size of square matrix
c con (dp,sc,in) - multiplier on above square matrix

c output arguments:
c c (dp,ar(nc,*),inout) - matrix to be accumulated onto

c only the lower triangular matrix is done

c Note: this routine is usually followed by matsym,

c to do the complete matrix
c

8.4.7. matsym Subroutine (Filling the Upper Triangle from the Lower Triangle)

*deck,matsym
subroutine matsym (a,nd,n)
c primary function: fill upper triangle from lower triangle

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c typ=int,dp,log,chr,dcp siz=sc,ar(n) intent=in,out,inout

c input arguments:
c a (dp,ar(nd,*),inout) - matrix to have its lower triangular part
c copied to its upper triangular part
c nd (int,sc,in) - number of rows of the a matrix
c n (int,sc,in) - size of matrix to be processed

c output arguments:
c a (dp,ar(nd,*),inout) - matrix that has its lower triangular part
c copied to its upper triangular part
c

8.4.8. mctac Subroutine (Transposing a symmetric matrix)

*deck,mctac
subroutine mctac (a,na,c,nc,nold,nnew)
c **** function: do a = c(transpose) * a * c , where a is symmetric **

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c a (dp,ar(na,na),inout) matrix to be pre and post multiplied
c (part operated on must be
c square(nold x nold) and symmetric)
c na (int,sc,in) first dimension of the a matrix
c c (dp,ar(nc,nnew),in) matrix to pre and post multiply a by
c (part used may be rectangular(nold x nnew))
c nc (int,sc,in) first dimension of the c matrix
c nold (int,sc,in) size of part of 'A' matrix that is
c to be processed(input size). maximum = 64
c nnew (int,sc,in) size of part of 'A' matrix that
c results from this operation(output size).
c maximum = 64

c output arguments:
c a (dp,ar(na,na),inout) resulting matrix
c (still square(nnew x nnew) and symmetric).

8.4.9. tran Subroutine (Transposing a matrix)

*deck,tran
subroutine tran (zs,tr,nz,ntr,nrow,irot)
c primary function: perform tr-transpose * zs * tr ************

c * Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information *

c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c zs (dp,ar(nz,nz),inout) - matrix to be transformed
c tr (dp,ar(ntr,ntr),in) - transformation matrix
c nz (int,sc,in) - dimensioned size of zs matrix
c ntr (int,sc,in) - dimensioned size of tr matrix

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
272 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
8.4.10. symeqn Subroutine (Solving Simultaneous Linear Equations)

c nrow (int,sc,in) - number of rows of zs matrix to transform

c irot (int,sc,in) - block size to transform(size of tr matrix)

c output arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c zs (dp,ar(nz,nz),inout) - transformed matrix

8.4.10. symeqn Subroutine (Solving Simultaneous Linear Equations)

*deck,symeqn
function symeqn (a,nd,n,nc,defFlag)
c
c primary function: solve a set of simultaneous linear equations
c
c secondary functions: invert a matrix
c
c NOTE: this routine assumes that the matrix to be solved or
c inverted is positive or negative definite. This routine
c also assumes that the diagonals are all non-zero. If
c this assumption is not true, use isimeq.F.
c
c *** Notice - This file contains ANSYS Confidential information ***
c
c input arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c a (dp,ar(nd,*),inout) - matrix to be solved or inverted
c second dimension must be at least:
c n + abs(nc)
c nd (int,sc,in) - first dimension of the a matrix
c n (int,sc,in) - number of equations
c nc (int,sc,in) - number of additional columns.
c if nc = +n or -n, invert n x n matrix and
c put result in the n+1 to 2xn columns.
c if nc is 0 or negative, nc will be reset to
c n and then symeqn will set up identity
c matrix after the input matrix, where the
c result of the inversion will be put.
c if nc is positive and less than n, do a
c partial inversion. see example 1 below.
c defFlag (int,sc,in) - flag indicating that incoming matrix MUST be:
c -1 - negative definite
c 0 - positive or negative definite
c 1 - positive definite
c
c output arguments:
c variable (typ,siz,intent) description
c symeqn (in,sc,out) - 0 - non-singular matrix
c 1 - singular matrix
c 2 - near-singular matrix
c a (dp,ar(nd,*),inout) - results or inverted matrix.
c starts in column n+1.
c note: original information is destroyed.
c
c example 1: Solve three simultaneous linear equations:
c i = symeqn (a(1,1),3,3,1)
c calling routine has a dimensioned as a(3,4)
c each equation has its 3 coefficents in the first 3 columns,
c and the constant term is in the fourth column.
c solution is in fourth column.
c
c example 2: Invert a 3x3 matrix:
c i = symeqn (a(1,1),3,3,-3)
c calling routine has a dimensioned as a(3,6)
c input matrix was input in first 3 columns
c output matrix in ouput in last 3 columns

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 273
Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
274 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Appendix A. Creating External Commands in
UNIX
External commands allow you to add your own customized extensions to ANSYS without relinking the program.
You can create custom routines in C that access any of the ANSYS API functions, link them into shared libraries
using the supplied utilities, and execute the routines via the "external command" feature within ANSYS. In addition,
ANSYS provides special commands that list all available external commands and allow you to reset all currently
referenced external commands.

External command capability is supported on all UNIX platforms. Refer to your installation guide for currently
supported compilers; the following instructions assume the presence of compatible compilers and linkers.

A.1. Tasks in Creating an External Command

To create a functional external command, you will need to complete the following general steps:

Create compilable source code.

Create a shared library.This is facilitated by the gen_share utility and your system's make capability.
Create an external table file (ans_ext.tbl), listing the various shared libraries, functions, and the related
command.
Set an environment variable pointing to the directory that holds the external table file.

The following sections detail each of these tasks.

A.1.1. Creating Compatible Code

You can create your functions using any of the API functions described in //ansys_inc/v110/ansys/cus-
tom/include/cAnsInterface.h, cAnsQuery.h, and cAnsPick.h.The following code segment
demonstrates, at a minimal level, how to create functions that can be used as an entry point into a custom coded
shared library.

The most important point in the following example it that the C program interface is an integer function that
has one argument (a char pointer).
#include "cAnsInterface.h"
#include "CAnsQuery.h"
/*
-------------------------- Function Description ---------------------
extfnc
int extfnc(uecmd)
char *uecmd;

Purpose:
Demonstrate C API entry function for an external command.

Parameters:
Input
-----------------------------
uecmd
The ANSYS external command string.

Output
-----------------------------

Return Value:
The return value is ignored by the calling function;

------------------------- End Function Description ------------------

*/
int extfnc(char* uecmd)
{
/* Note: uecmd is the entire command given to invoke this function */
char* cmdsend = {"/COM, COMMAND SENT FROM EXTERNAL COMMAND"};
char* querystr = {"NODE,,NUM,MAX"};
char strrtn[32];
int i, itype;
double dblrtn;

/* Send a simple command to be executed */

i = cAnsSendCommand(cmdsend);

/* Perform a simple query */

i = cAnsGetValue(querystr,dblrtn,strrtn,itype);

/* Display the value retrieved */

cAnsPrintf("Max Node Number = %g\n",dblrtn);

return (i);

A.1.2. Creating a Shared Library

Once you have written the source code for your functions, you can create a Makefile (using the gen_share utility)
to build a shared library.The utility creates the Makefile in the current directory.The Makefile incorporates all
the interdependencies of the C source files it encounters in that current directory.The gen_share utility is meant
to setup the basic build.The user may need to make modifications to the Makefile depending on the situation.

The gen_share utility has the following syntax:

gen_share [-h] [-64] shared_object_name

where

-h
Produces command help.
-64
Configures the Makefile to use the -mips4 option for IRIX64 .
shared_object_name
Is the name that will be given to the shared library.

As gen_share is executing, you may see one or more "No match" messages.This is normal.The script is
searching for .c, .f, and .F file types in the current directory and returns this message if it cannot locate any
files matching one of those types.

To create a shared library called mylibrary.so, you would issue the following command:
% gen_share mylibrary.so

The utility will produce a Makefile in the current directory.You will be able to generate the shared library by is-
suing the following command:
make

For example, to create the shared library for mylibrary.so, you would issue the following command:
% make

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
276 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
A.1.3. Creating an External Table File

You will then find the specified shared library file in the current directory.You may also see warnings from the
make process, and you may need to modify the Makefile or your source code.

A.1.3. Creating an External Table File

The external table file (ans_ext.tbl) can reside in any directory (but you must specify that directory in the
ANSYS_EXTERNAL_PATH environment variable).The file contains an entry for each shared library function you
wish to allow ANSYS to access.There is no limit to the number of entries.The file entries have the following
format:

/shared/library/path/library.so ~cm_name function_name

where

/shared/library/path/library.so

Is the path to the directory that contains the shared library file. (Remotely mounted file systems are not recom-
mended.)

~cm_name

Is the command used to invoke the function within ANSYS.The command name must begin with a tilde (~) and
each command name must be unique within the first four characters.The command name must be eight char-
acters or less, including the tilde (~).

function_name

Is the name of the function that is referenced by the specified command name. (This must be unique within the
first four characters if multiple external commands are specified.)

For example, the following entry references the /home/mydir/mylibs/myobject.so shared library and
the myobject_ function. It specifies ~myobj as the related command:
/home/mydir/mylibs/myobject.so ~myobj myobject_

ANSYS also makes use of external commands, and places its own shared libraries and the associated external
table file in the /ansys_inc/v110/ansys/lib/<platform> directory (where <platform> is the directory
specific to your computing platform, such as /sgi64 or /hppa8000-64).

ANSYS loads external commands in the following order:

ANSYS first checks the ans_ext.tbl file in the /ansys_inc/v110/ansys/lib/<platform>

directory and loads any external commands referenced there.
ANSYS then loads external commands referenced by the external table file in the directory designated
with the ANSYS_EXTERNAL_PATH environment variable (see section Section A.2.4: Setting the ANSYS_EX-
TERNAL_PATH Environment Variable).

If you designate a command name that has the same first four characters as a command listed in the /an-
sys_inc/v110/ansys/lib/<platform>/ans_ext.tbl file, you will not be able to access your command.
Therefore, it is a good practice to check the ANSYS external table file to make sure you have no external command
name conflicts.Do not modify the /ansys_inc/v110/ansys/lib/<platform>/ans_ext.tbl file.You
can also use the ~DEBUG command to verify that no external command name conflicts exist.

Note

The shared library must be consistent with the computer type and OS level on which ANSYS will be
executed.

A.1.4. Setting the ANSYS_EXTERNAL_PATH Environment Variable

Before launching ANSYS, you must first set the ANSYS_EXTERNAL_PATH to point to the directory containing
the external table file. (For convenience, if you distribute your new functionality to other users they should set
their .login or .cshrc files so that it is persistent from session to session.) For example, the following sets
the environment variable to point to the /home/mydir directory.
setenv ANSYS_EXTERNAL_PATH /home/mydir

A.1.5. Using External Commands

To call an external command, enter it as you would any other ANSYS command.You can also call external com-
mands through either an APDL macro or UIDL script.

Note

Avoid recursive external commands; that is, avoid situations where an external command calls an-
other external command.

A.1.6. Checking External Command Status

Command Library Function Accessed?

*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-
~excmd /home/mydir/mycode/mycommand.so excmd YES

In this example, the output lists the command, the related shared library, the function, and if the command has
been accessed.

A.1.7. Resetting External Commands

You can

Close all shared libraries

Free memory associated with external commands

by issuing the ~RESET command.The command issues the following message to confirm that the reset operation
was complete.
~RESET was processed: The external command buffers have been cleared.

Note

The /CLEAR command also closes/resets all external command shared libraries.

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
278 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Appendix B. Creating External Commands in
Windows
This section describes the steps required to create external commands on Windows platforms.

B.1. Tasks in Creating an External Command

To create a functional external command, you will need to complete the following general steps:

Create compatible C source code.

Create an external definition file (projname.def).
Create a new project in Microsoft Developer Studio.
Create a shared library.
Create an external table file (ans_ext.tbl), listing the various shared libraries, each function and the
related command.
Set the ANSYS_EXTERNAL_PATH environment variable

The following sections detail each of these tasks.

B.1.1. Creating Compatible Code

You can create your functions using any of the API functions described in Program Files\Ansys
Inc\V110\custom\include\cAnsysInterface.h, cAnsQuery.h, and cAnspick.h.You can then
execute these functions via the external command feature within ANSYS. In addition, ANSYS provides special
commands that list all available external commands and allow you to reset all currently referenced external
commands.The following code segment demonstrates, at a minimal level, how to create functions that can be
used as an entry point into a custom coded shared library.

The most important point in the following example is:

The C program interface is an integer function that has one argument (a char pointer).
#include <windows.h>
#include "cAnsInterface.h"
#include "CAnsQuery.h"

/*
------------------------------ Function Description -----------------------
extfnc
int extfnc(uecmd)
char *uecmd;

Purpose:

Demonstrate C API entry function for an external command.

Parameters:

Input
-----------------------------
uecmd
The ANSYS external command string.

Output
-----------------------------

Return Value:
The return value is ignored by the calling function;

----------------------------- End Function Description --------------------

/* Send a simple command to be executed */

i = cAnsSendCommand(cmdsend);

/* Perform a simple query */

i = cAnsGetValue(querystr,dblrtn,strrtn,itype);

/* Display the value retrieved */

cAnsPrintf("Max Node Number = %g\n",dblrtn);

return (i);

B.1.2. Creating a New Project

To build and link your code, you will first need to create a project in the Microsoft Developer Studio.

After launching Developer Studio, press Ctrl+N (or choose New from the FILE menu). In the New window,
click on the Projects tab. Select Win 32 Dynamic-Link Library, and specify your project name and directory.
In the Workspace frame, click on the File View tab. Right click on the sub category projname files and
press F or select Add Files to Project). Choose your source and definition files, ansys.lib, cAnsIn-
terface.h and any other necessary header files.The import library file ansys.lib is in /an-
sys110/lib and the header file cAnsysInterface.h is in /ansys110/extra/custom/include.

B.1.3. Creating an External Definition File

For each external command, you must declare it in the external definition file.The naming convention for this
file is the name of your project with the .def extension; it must be located in your project directory.This file
consists of the word EXPORTS on the first line, and the name(s) of the functions to be exported on each successive
line. For the example function above:
EXPORTS

extfunc

B.1.4. Creating a Shared Library

Once all of the necessary files have been incorporated into your project, simply compile (Ctrl+F7) and build
(F7) the project. In your project directory, Developer Studio will create a Debug directory and will place the library
in that directory (projname.dll).

B.1.5. Creating an External Table File

The external table file (ans_ext.tbl) can reside in any directory (but you must specify that directory in the
ANSYS_EXTERNAL_PATH environment variable).The file contains an entry for each shared library function you
wish ANSYS to access.There is no limit to the number of entries.The file entries have the following format:

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
280 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
B.1.7. Using External Commands

C:\shared\library\path\projname.dll ~cm_name function_name

where:

C:\shared\library\path\projname.dll is the path to the directory that contains the shared library
file. (Remotely mounted file systems are not recommended.)

~cm_name Is the command used to invoke the function within ANSYS.The command name must begin with a
tilde (~) and the first four characters of each command name must be unique.

function_name Is the name of the function that is referenced by the specified command name. (This must
be unique within the first four characters if multiple external commands are specified.)

For example, the following entry references the C:\home\mydir\mylibs\myobject.dll shared library
and the myobject function, and specifies ~myobj as the related command:
C:\home\mydir\mylibs\myobject.dll ~myobj myobject

ANSYS also makes use of external commands, and places its own shared libraries and the associated external
table file in the C:\Program Files\Ansys Inc\V110\lib\platform directory (where platform is the
directory specific to your computing platform, such as \Intel). ANSYS loads external commands in the following
order:

ANSYS first checks the ans_ext.tbl file in the C:\Program Files\Ansys

Inc\V110\lib\platform directory and loads any external commands referenced there.
ANSYS then loads external commands referenced by the external table file in the directory designated
with the ANSYS_EXTERNAL_PATH environment variable (see Section B.1.6: Setting the ANSYS_EXTERN-
AL_PATH Environment Variable).

If you designate a command name that has the same first four characters as a command listed in the C:\Program
Files\Ansys Inc\V110\lib\platform file, you will not be able to access your command.Therefore, it
is a good practice to check the ANSYS external table file to make sure you have no external command name
conflicts. Do not modify the C:\Program Files\Ansys Inc\V110\lib\platform\ans_ext.tbl
file.You can also use the ~DEBUG command to verify that no external command name conflicts exist.

Note

The shared library must be consistent with the computer type and OS level on which ANSYS will be
executed.

B.1.6. Setting the ANSYS_EXTERNAL_PATH Environment Variable

Before launching ANSYS, you must first set the ANSYS_EXTERNAL_PATH to point to the directory containing
the external table file. In Windows NT, the environment variables are in System Properties, which can be accessed
through the Control Panel. For example, the following string sets the environment variable to point to the
C:\home\mydir directory.
set ANSYS_EXTERNAL_PATH=C:\home\mydir

B.1.7. Using External Commands

To call an external command, enter it as you would any other ANSYS command in the ANSYS command window.
You can also call external commands through either an APDL macro or UIDL routine.

Note

Avoid recursive external commands; that is, avoid situations where an external command calls an-
other external command.

B.1.8. Checking External Command Status

You can check what shared libraries are currently accessible by entering the ~DEBUG command in the command
input window.The following figure shows an example of ~DEBUG command output.
External Command Mappings:
Command Library Function Accessed?
*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-
~excmd /home/mydir/mycode/mycommand.so excmd YES

Note that the output lists the command, the related shared library, the function, and whether or not the command
has been accessed.

B.1.9. Resetting External Commands

You can

Close all shared libraries

Free memory associated with external commands

by issuing the ~RESET command.This command issues the following message to confirm that the reset operation
is complete.
~RESET was processed: The external command buffers have been cleared.

Note

The /CLEAR command also closes/resets all external command shared libraries.

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
282 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
binrd8 subroutine, 59
Index binset function, 57
bintfo subroutine, 57
Symbols bintrd subroutine, 62
3-D line elements, 263 bintst program, 61
3-D nodal coordinates, 144 bintwr subroutine, 62
binwrt8 subroutine, 59
, 160 Buffered binary I/O systems
initializing, 55
A Buffered file
Abbreviations reading data from, 59
file access routines, 55 writing data to, 59
acelcm.inc file, 104
activating UPFs, 107 C
ANSYS C, 101, 103
customized version of, 105 FORTRAN shell for, 103
executing command from a user routine, 192 .c extension, 105
linking calculating
optimization program to, 185 rotation caused by internal pressure, 150
UPFs to, 105 Calculating
parameters, 104 dot product of two vectors, 264
running as a subroutine, 174 sum of vector components, 264
standard file header, 57 CDREAD
start-up using the command, 71
accessing program logic at, 183 CDWRITE
stopping, 264 using the command, 72
tailoring with UPFs, 101 CE, 74
UPFs for, 101 ceget, 211
ansyscust file, 106 ceinqr, 211
ansysdef.inc file, 104 ceput, 212
arc-length debugging, 109 cesel, 212
auto time stepping debugging, 109 Character string
/AUX2 command, 55 converting to integer string, 60
AUX2 process, 55 Characters retrieved from a double precision variable,
259
B CMBLOCK, 75
basic element pass debugging, 110 cmopt common block, 185
Beam cross sections cmopt.inc file, 104
reading, 85 cnvget subroutine, 145
Binary files /COM, 72
accessing, 53 COMBIN7 and COMBIN37 parameters, 150
characteristics of, 54 commands
closing or deleting a blocked binary file, 60 creating, 174
Converting Two Integers into a Pointer, 61 common blocks, 104
copying contents, 62 cmopt, 185
opening a blocked binary file, 57 component entities
viewing contents, 55 defining, 75
binclo subroutine, 60 constitutive material models
binhed subroutine, 58 creating, 157
binini subroutine, 55 Constraint equation
biniqr function, 56 defining constant term in, 74
binlib library, 53 Constraint equations

deleting or selecting, 212 decks, 104

getting , 211 Degree of freedom labels
getting information about, 211 customizing, 73
storing, 212 Demonstration routines, 61
Constraints /DFLAB, 73
deleting at a node, 213 disdel, 213
getting from the database, 213214 disget, 212213
getting information, 212 displacement and coordinate debugging, 110
storing at a node, 213, 235 displacement values, 181
Contact displacement vector debugging, 109
defining, 77 disput, 213
convection loads DOF pointers, 104
defining, 145 Double precision vectors, 265
converting nodal data to fixed format data blocks, 112 dptoch subroutine, 259
Coordinate system dspdel, 235
deleting a coordinate system, 209 dspget, 235
getting a coordinate system, 208 dspiqr, 234
getting information about a coordinate system, 208 dspput, 235
storing a coordinate system, 209
Coordinate Systems E
defining, 79 ecddel, 256
Coupled nodes ecdget, 255
defining, 75 ecdiqr, 255
Coupled set ecdput, 255
getting a coupled set, 210 echprm.inc file, 104
getting information about, 209 echrtr, 203
selecting or deleting, 211 ecrdel, 248
storing a coupled set, 210 ecrget, 246
Coupling and constraint routines, 209 ecriqr, 246
CP, 75 ecrput, 247
cpget, 210 ecvdel, 224
cpinqr, 209 ecvget, 223
cpput, 210 ecviqr, 222
cpsel, 211 ecvput, 223
creep1 subroutine, 139 EDCADAPT, 76
creep3 subroutine, 139 edcdel, 229
csydel, 209 EDCGEN, 77
csyget, 208 edcget, 229
csyiqr, 208 edciqr, 228
csyput, 209 edcput, 229
CURVE EDCURVE, 78
defining, 78 EDDRELAX, 78
custom failure criteria, 168 EDLCS, 79
custom optimization routine, 185 EDLOAD, 79
EDPREAD, 80
D EDWELD, 81
Database access routines, 195 eeldel, 244
Database and mode information eelget, 243
reading into ANSYS, 71 eeliqr, 242
debugging eelput, 243
elements, 110 efsdel, 233
solutions, 109 efsget, 233

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
284 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Index

efsiqr, 234 getting information about, 228

efsput, 234 storing, 229
efudel, 228 element data
efuget, 228 converting to fixed format blocks, 112
efuiqr, 227 writing to a file, 142
efuput, 228 Element energy
efxdel, 252 deleting, 241
efxget, 252 getting, 240
efxiqr, 251 getting information about, 240
efxput, 252 storing, 241
egen function, 169 Element euler angle
egrdel, 242 deleting, 251
egrget, 242 getting, 250
egriqr, 241 storing, 251
egrput, 242 Element euler angles
ehcdel, 258 getting information about, 250
ehcget, 258 Element face flagged surface
ehciqr, 257 deleting, 233
ehcput, 258 getting, 233
ehgdel, 227 getting information about, 234
ehgget, 226 storing, 234
ehgiqr, 226 Element face impedance
ehgput, 227 getting, 231
eimdel, 232 Element face pressure
eimget, 231 getting, 221
eimiqr, 231 storing, 222
eimput, 231 Element fluence
elccmt subroutine, 127 deleting, 228
elccmt.inc file, 104 getting, 228
eldwrnL subroutine, 143 getting information about, 227
eldwrtL subroutine, 142 storing, 228
elecom.inc file, 104 Element fluxes
element array data pointers, 104 deleting, 252
Element Attribute Routines, 200 getting information about, 251
Element calculated heat generation storing, 252
deleting, 258 Element Fluxes
getting, 258 getting, 252
getting information about, 257 Element heat generation
storing, 258 deleting, 227
Element convection getting, 226
deleting, 224 getting information about, 226
getting, 223 storing, 227
getting information about, 222 Element impedance
storing, 223 deleting, 232
Element current densities getting information about, 231
deleting, 256 storing, 231
getting, 255 Element loading routines, 221
getting information about, 255 Element local force
storing, 255 deleting, 253
Element current density getting, 253
deleting, 229 storing, 253
getting, 229 Element local forces

getting information about, 252 getting, 256

element matrices, 128 getting information about, 256
accessing, 151 storing, 257
reusing, 133 Element pressure/convection
Element miscellaneous non-summable data deleting, 222
deleting, 255 getting informatin about, 221
getting, 254 Element surface stress data
getting information about, 254 deleting, 233
storing, 254 getting, 232
Element miscellaneous summable data getting information about, 232
deleting, 237 storing, 233
getting, 236 Element temperature
getting information about, 236 deleting, 225
storing, 236 getting, 225
Element nodal creep strain getting information about, 224
deleting, 248 storing, 225
getting, 246 Element thermal, initial, and swelling strain
getting information about, 246 deleting, 250
storing, 247 Element virtual displacement
Element nodal elastic strain getting, 230
deleting, 244 getting information about, 230
getting, 243 storing, 230
getting information about, 242 Elements
storing, 243 defining, 82
Element nodal force example of element attribute routines, 209
getting, 237 getting information about an element, 200
getting information about, 237 getting information about an element type,202203
storing, 237 getting information about element characteristics,
Element nodal forces 203
deleting, 238 getting the number of the next defined element,197
Element nodal gradients getting the number of the next element, 197
deleting, 242 getting the number of the previous selected element,
getting, 242 197
getting information about, 241 routines for selecting and retrieving, 195
storing, 242 selecting, unselecting, deleting, or inverting an ele-
Element nodal plastic strain ment, 197
deleting, 246 selecting, unselecting, deleting, or inverting an ele-
getting, 245 ment type, 204
getting information about, 244 storing an element, 202
storing, 245 storing element type data, 203
Element nodal stress elements, 101
deleting, 240 accessing information, 130
getting, 238 changing face
getting information about, 238 charge density surface information, 173
storing, 239 convection surface information, 171
Element nodal thermal strain heat flux surface information, 172
getting information about, 248 changing pressure information, 171
Element nodal thermal stress debugging, 110
getting, 248 evaluating material properties, 135
storing, 249 finding coordinates, 183
Element nonlinear tables load vectors, 135
deleting, 257 matrix debugging, 110

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
286 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Index

modifying, 146 emsiqr, 236

orientation of material properties and stress of emsput, 236
layers, 149 EN, 82
monitoring, 146 enfdel, 238
non-summable miscellaneous data enfget, 237
writing to results file, 143 enfiqr, 237
overriding characteristic defaults, 128 enfput, 237
parameters, 104 engdel, 241
returning reference names, 131 engget, 240
rotation vectors engiqr, 240
computing, 143 engput, 241
rotational pseudovector enldel, 257
updating, 144 enlget, 256
storing enliqr, 256
user-supplied output, 148 enlput, 257
subroutines, 103 ensdel, 240
for element characteristics, 127 ensget, 238
for element creation, 131 ensiqr, 238
transformation matrix ensput, 239
computing, 143 epldel, 246
types, 126 eplget, 245
updating epliqr, 244
3-D nodal coordinates, 144 eplput, 245
creep history, 139 eprdel, 222
plastic history, 137 eprget, 221
swelling history, 140 epriqr, 221
updating rotational pseudovector, 144 eprput, 222
user-defined: creating, 113 erhandler subroutine, 262
writing saved variable set, 132 erinqr subroutine, 260
ElemGetMat subroutine, 123 Errors
elfdel, 253 displaying, 262
elfget, 253 obtaining information, 260
elfiqr, 252 esfdel, 233
elfput, 253 esfget, 232
ElInterp subroutine, 183 esfiqr, 232
elLenPsvrBuf function, 141 esfput, 233
elmiqr, 200 ethdel, 250
elmput, 202 ethget, 248
elnext, 197 ethiqr, 248
elnxdf, 197 ethput, 249
elparm.inc file, 104 etpdel, 225
elprev, 197 etpget, 225
ElResultGet subroutine, 182 etpiqr, 224
ElResultStrt subroutine, 182 etpput, 225
elsel, 197 etycom.inc file, 104
elucom.inc file, 104 etyget, 203
emndel, 255 etyiqr, 202
emnget, 254 etyput, 203
emniqr, 254 etysel, 204
emnput, 254 euldel, 251
emsdel, 237 eulget, 250
emsget, 236 euliqr, 250

eulput, 251 z-buffered graphics, 89

evaluating material properties for 1-D elements, 137
evdget, 230 H
evdiqr, 230 heat generation
evdput, 230 defining loads, 146
exinc4 subroutine, 60 hgnget subroutine, 146
/HOLD command, 192
F hygrothermal growth, 167
.F extension, 105 hyperelastic material models
faces creating, 165
convection surface information, 171
fAnsMemAlloc function, 188 I
fAnsMemFree subroutine, 188 I/O systems, 55
File access routines imove function, 265
abbreviations, 55 impcom.inc file, 104
file headers, 111 files
File printing .inc, 104
adding comments to a file, 72 .inc extension, 104
suppressing comments, 72 include files, 104
File status inexc4 subroutine, 60
retrieving, 55 Initializing paging space, 57
Files /INPUT, 72
ansyscust, 106 Integer string
binary converting to character string, 60
accessing, 53 Interpolation, 263
characteristics of, 54 intrp subroutine, 263
files, 105106 izero function, 265
START.ANS, 174
/FILNAM, 72 J
fordel, 215 Jobname.cdb
forget, 214 defining, 80
foriqr, 214
forput, 214 L
FORTRAN, 101103
large data files, 112
Full transposed matrix, 270
largeIntGet subroutine, 61
functions
lastv function, 265
miscellaneous, 192
Libraries, 53
Functions
linking UPFs to ANSYS, 101, 105
vector, 264
load data
getting from analysis results, 182
G reading for a substructure generation run, 134
Geometry load steps
relaxing, 78 accessing program logic, 183
getnod, 199 containing information about, 104
GetRForce function, 181 load vectors, 128
GetStackDisp function, 181 accessing, 151
/GFILE, 89 Loads
/GOPRINT, 72 defining, 79
Graphics files loads, 101
modifying, 89 computing complex load vector, 147
neutral graphics file format, 90 convection, 145
pixmap fromat for graphic display files , 89 customizing, 170

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
288 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Index

debugging, 110 mpdel, 206

heat generation, 146 mpget, 205
pressure, 145 mpinqr, 204
temperature, 144 mpput, 206
LOCAL, 82 MPTEMP, 83
Local coordinate system mreuse subroutine, 133
defining, 82 multifield debugging, 109

M N
M, 83 N, 83
maat subroutine, 271 ndcdel, 219
Master degree of freedom ndcget, 219
defining, 83 ndciqr, 219
material properties, 101 ndcput, 219
checking user-defined data, 167 ndgall, 199
customizing, 157 ndgxyz function, 269
debugging, 110 ndinqr, 198
modifying orientation of, 149 ndnext, 195
nonlinear information, 141 ndnxdf, 196
updating nonlinear strain history for, 166 ndprev, 196
Material properties ndpxyz subroutine, 269
deleting a material property table, 206 ndsel, 196
getting a material property table, 205 ndspgt, 200
getting information about a material property, 204 Neutral graphics file
storing a material property table, 206 character set used in, 90
Material property data table color specification for, 93
defining, 83 decoding , 94
matrix examples of , 94
debugging, 109 format, 90
Matrix general format of, 90
changing a matrix value, 271 plot directives , 91
filling upper triangle from lower triangle, 272 Area-Color, 92
multiplying a vector by, 270 Draw, 92
multiplying a vector by full transposed, 270 End-Plot, 93
subroutines, 270 Graph-Color , 92
transposing, 271 Line-Type, 92
transposing symmetric, 272 Line-Width, 92
matsym subroutine, 272 Marker Size, 92
matxb subroutine, 271 Move, 92
matxv subroutine, 270 No-Opt , 93
matxv1 subroutine, 271 Normal , 93
maxv subroutine, 270 parameter types for directives , 91
maxv1 subroutine, 270 Pixmap, 93
mctac subroutine, 272 Point, 92
memory management routines, 188 Polygon , 93
Meshing Start_Plot, 92
defining, 76 Text , 92
meshing debugging, 111 Text-Color, 92
miscellaneous functions, 192 Text-Size, 92
monitoring elements, 146 Window, 92
Moving one vector into another, 266 Newton-Raphson debugging, 109
MPDATA, 83 nfudel, 218

nfuget F, 218 deleting, 221

nfuiqr, 217 storing, 220
nfuput, 218 Node information routines, 198
nhgdel, 217 Nodes
nhgget, 217 defining, 83
nhgiqr, 216 getting a nodal point, 199
nhgput, 217 getting information about a node, 198
nlget function, 141 getting the next node number, 195
nminfo subroutine, 131 getting the nodal solution for a node of an element,
nmisc record 200
storing data in, 142 getting the number of the next defined node, 196
nodal coordinate system transformation debugging, getting the number of the previous selected node,
111 196
Nodal current density getting the xyz/rotation coordinates vector for a
deleting, 219 node, 199
getting, 219 getting XYZ vector for, 269
getting information about, 219 routines for selecting and retrieving, 195
storing, 219 selecting, unselecting, deleting, or inverting a node,
nodal data conversion to fixed format data blocks, 112 196
Nodal fluence storing a node, 199
deleting, 218 storing XYZ vector for, 269
Nodal fluences nonlinear debugging, 110
getting, 218 nonlinear strain history for materials, 166
getting information about, 217 /NOPRINT, 72
storing, 218 ntpdel, 216
Nodal heat generation ntpget, 216
deleting, 217 ntpiqr, 215
getting, 217 ntpput, 216
getting information, 216 nvddel, 221
storing, 217 nvdget, 220
Nodal load nvdiqr, 220
deleting at a node, 215 nvdput, 220
storing at a node, 214
Nodal loading routines, 212 O
Nodal loads .o extension, 105
getting information about, 214 .obj extension, 106
Nodal magnetic virtual displacement object files, 105106
getting, 220 optimization program
getting information about, 220 creating, 184
nodal orientation matrix linking to ANSYS, 185
adjusting, 130 optimization variables, 104
nodal reaction force values optimizing ANSYS file reads, 112
getting, 181 orientation of material properties, 149
Nodal results outpcm.inc file, 104
getting from the database, 235 output
getting information about, 234 generating, 112
Nodal temperature Output
deleting, 216 obtaining information about, 259
getting, 216 output control, 104
getting information about, 215
storing, 216 P
Nodal virtual displacement parallel processing and UPFs, 102

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
290 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Index

Parameters ResRdBegin function, 65

retrieving system-dependent parameters, 56 ResRdCsys function, 67
parameters ResRdDemo, 64
adding, 190 ResRdDisp function, 68
ANSYS, 104 ResRdElem function, 67
creating a dimensioned parameter, 190 ResRdEstr function, 69
defining in subroutines, 127 ResRdFix function, 68
element characteristics, 104 ResRdForc function, 69
finding and evaluating, 190 ResRdGeomBegin function, 66
performing user operations on COMBIN7 and COM- ResRdNode function, 67
BIN37, 150 ResRdReal function, 66
routines to process, 190 ResRdRfor function, 68
pardef subroutine, 190 ResRdSolBeginl function, 68
pardim subroutine, 190 ResRdType function, 66
plast1 subroutine, 137 restrictions on UPF creation, 101
plast3 subroutine, 138 Results
plasticity laws deleting at a node, 235
creating, 160 Results file
pointers to element data array, 104 opening the file and retrieving global information,
POST1 postprocessor, 127 65
pressure loads retrieving applied nodal constraints, 68
defining, 145 retrieving applied nodal loads solution, 69
printer output, 129 retrieving coordinate systems, 67
Printing file contents, 62 retrieving element solutions, 69
program logic retrieving element types, 66
accessing, 183 retrieving elements, 67
tracking, 109 retrieving geometry information, 66
programmer debugging, 109 retrieving nodal coordinates, 67
programming UPFs, 103 retrieving nodal solution, 68
prope1 subroutine, 136 retrieving reaction solution, 68
propev subroutine, 135 retrieving real constants, 66
prsget subroutine, 145 retrieving result set location, 68
pstev1 subroutine, 137 Results files
putnod, 199 retrieving information from, 64
Results information routines, 234
R results values
R, 85 getting at selected points, 182
rdfull, 63 ResWrDemo, 64
rdsubs subroutine, 63 Retrieving
Reading a results file, 64 maximum vector value for a location, 265
Reading an ANSYS substructure file, 63 position of last nonzero term in a vector, 265
Reading and reformatting the .FULL file, 63 reusing element matrices, 133
reading large data files rapidly, 112 RLBLOCK, 85
Real constant set rlget, 207
defining, 85 rlinqr, 206
real constants rlsel, 207
debugging, 110 rottr subroutine, 143
fetching, 135 RunCommand function, 192
Real constants rvrget subroutine, 135
getting information about a real constant set, 206
getting real constant data, 207 S
selecting or deleting a real constant set, 207 saved variables

debugging, 110 T
fetching, 132 table data
Scalar constants retrieving, 137
assigning to vectors, 266 tbuser subroutine, 137
scalar fields to user-defined values, 170 temperature loads
SECBLOCK, 85 defining, 144
SFBEAM, 86 Temperature table
SFE, 87 defining, 83
Simultaneous linear equations, 273 /TITLE, 72
solution control debugging, 109 tmpget subroutine, 144
solutions TrackBegin subroutine, 109, 261
accessing program logic, 183 TrackEnd subroutine, 109, 262
debugging, 109 tran subroutine, 272
soptcm.inc file, 104 transient debugging, 109
source files, 105 Transposing a matrix, 271
stack storage definition, 104 tranx3 subroutine, 263
stack.inc file, 104 trrot subroutine, 143
Standard ANSYS file header, 5758
START.ANS file, 174 U
stepcm.inc file, 104
UAnBeg subroutine, 183
Stopping ANSYS, 264
UAnFin subroutine, 183
storing
uec100 routine, 127
user-supplied element output, 148
uec100 subroutine, 127
subrd subroutine, 134
uel100 subroutine, 127128
Subroutines
uel101 subroutine, 103
accessing results files, 64
UElMatx subroutine, 151
matrix, 270
uep100 subroutine, 127, 129
tracking calls to, 261
uex100 subroutine, 127128
subroutines
UItBeg subroutine, 183
for elements, 103
UItFin subroutine, 183
for memory management, 188
ULdBeg subroutine, 183
for processing parameters, 190
ULdFin subroutine, 183
running ANSYS as, 174
/UNDO command, 192
supporting for user-created elements, 131
UNIX systems
supporting user-defined commands, 181
compiling and linking UPFs on, 105
subwrt subroutine, 135
FORTRAN programming on, 103
Surface load
UPFs (see user programmable functions (UPFs))
defining, 87
usanly subroutine, 149
defining as beams, 86
user programmable features (UPFs), 101
svgidx subroutine, 131
activating, 107
svpidx subroutine, 133
and loads, 101
svrget subroutine, 132
and material properties, 101
svrput subroutine, 132
before you begin using, 102
swell1 subroutine, 140
capabilities of, 101
swell3 subroutine, 140
compiling and linking
swelling laws, 164
on UNIX systems, 105
symeqn subroutine, 273
on Windows systems, 106
sysiqr function, 55
considerations for using, 102
system dependencies, 103
debugging, 109
systop subroutine, 264
definition of, 101
development strategy, 103
include files, 104

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
292 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Index

linking subroutines to user routines, 105 USsFin subroutine, 183

planning, 103 USTRESS subroutine, 152
running your executable, 108 usvrcm.inc file, 104
understanding, 103 UTHICK subroutine, 151
verifying your routines, 108
user subroutines V
for creating new elements, 113, 126 vamb subroutine, 267
User subroutines, 127 vamb1 subroutine, 267
user-defined commands, 174 vapb subroutine, 267
making available to all ANSYS sessions, 174 vapb1 subroutine, 267
user-defined elements, 113 vapcb1 subroutine, 267
User-defined variable storage, 104 variables
user-programmable features defining additional, 111
user-defined elements, 113 fetching the index for saved, 131
user01 command, 174175 optimization, 104
user02 command, 176 writing saved element index, 133
user03 command, 177 Variables
USER300 user-defined element, 114 retrieving characters from, 259
userac, 209 vcross subroutine, 268
userac subroutine, 127, 130 vdot function, 264
useran subroutine, 149 Vector functions, 264
userch subroutine, 173 Vectors
userck subroutine, 167 assigning equal values to two vectors, 265
usercr subroutine, 161 assigning scalar constants to, 266
usercreep subroutine, 161 assigning scalar constants to incrementally, 266
usercv subroutine, 171 combining two in one, 267
UserElem subroutine, 115 defining by a cross product, 268
usereo subroutine, 142 getting the difference of two, 267
userfd subroutine, 147 getting XYZ vector for a node, 269
userfx subroutine, 172 initializing to zero, 265
UserHyper subroutine, 165 moving one into another, 266
usermat subroutine, 157 moving one into another incrementally, 266
usermc subroutine, 167 multiplying a matrix by, 270
userop subroutine, 101, 185 multiplying by a full transposed matrix, 271
userou subroutine, 148 multiplying one by a constant, 268
userpe function, 150 multiplying to a constant, 267
userpl subroutine, 160 normalizing a three-component vector, 268
userpr subroutine, 171 normalizing to unit length, 269
userrc subroutine, 150 setting integer vector to zero, 265
usersw subroutine, 164 setting one to be the sum of two vectors, 267
usertr subroutine, 127, 130 storing XYZ vector for a node, 269
UserVisLaw subroutine, 168 subtracting one from another, 267
uservp subroutine, 166 velocity information, 104
USolBeg subroutine, 183 viinit subroutine, 266
USolFin subroutine, 183 vimove subroutine, 266
USRCAL command, 170, 183 vinit subroutine, 266
usrefl subroutine, 170 viscoplastic/creep material behavior, 161
usrfc6 subroutine, 168 viscosity laws
UsrFictive subroutine, 152 defining, 168
usrsurf116 subroutine, 154 vmax function, 265
UsrViscEl subroutine, 153 vmove subroutine, 266
USsBeg subroutine, 183 vmult subroutine, 268

vmult1 subroutine, 268

vnorm subroutine, 269
vnorme subroutine, 268
vsum function, 264
vzero subroutine, 265

W
wavefront reordering debugging, 111
Weld
defining, 81
Windows systems
compiling and linking UPFs on, 106
wrinqr function, 259
Writing an ANSYS substructure file, 63
wrtsub subroutine, 63

X
xyzup3 subroutine, 144

Z
Z-buffered graphics, 89

Programmer's Manual for ANSYS . ANSYS Release 11.0 . 002328 . SAS IP, Inc. All rights reserved.
294 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.

ACP Users Guide
No ratings yet
ACP Users Guide
586 pages
ANSYS Mechanical APDL Programmers Reference
No ratings yet
ANSYS Mechanical APDL Programmers Reference
398 pages
Programer's Manual For ANSYS
No ratings yet
Programer's Manual For ANSYS
0 pages
ANSYS Mechanical APDL Programmer's Manual - Release 14 PDF
No ratings yet
ANSYS Mechanical APDL Programmer's Manual - Release 14 PDF
350 pages
ANSYS Mechanical APDL Programmers Reference
100% (1)
ANSYS Mechanical APDL Programmers Reference
388 pages
Ans Prog
No ratings yet
Ans Prog
380 pages
ANSYS Mechanical APDL Programmers Reference
No ratings yet
ANSYS Mechanical APDL Programmers Reference
396 pages
ANSYS CFX Introduction
No ratings yet
ANSYS CFX Introduction
70 pages
ANSYS CFX Introduction
No ratings yet
ANSYS CFX Introduction
68 pages
Ansys Scripting Manual
100% (1)
Ansys Scripting Manual
388 pages
wb2 121 PDF
No ratings yet
wb2 121 PDF
388 pages
Ptec-Icem CFD 14.5 Manual
No ratings yet
Ptec-Icem CFD 14.5 Manual
646 pages
ANSYS Inc. Known Issues and Limitations
No ratings yet
ANSYS Inc. Known Issues and Limitations
34 pages
ANSYS CFX Introduction 14.5
No ratings yet
ANSYS CFX Introduction 14.5
70 pages
Ansys CFX - Reference Guide
No ratings yet
Ansys CFX - Reference Guide
324 pages
Ansys CFX Introduction
No ratings yet
Ansys CFX Introduction
74 pages
ANSYS CFX Introduction
No ratings yet
ANSYS CFX Introduction
68 pages
Engineering Data Users Guide
No ratings yet
Engineering Data Users Guide
90 pages
ANSYS CFX Introduction
No ratings yet
ANSYS CFX Introduction
68 pages
ANSYS 12 Operation
No ratings yet
ANSYS 12 Operation
102 pages
ACP Users Guide
No ratings yet
ACP Users Guide
622 pages
ANSYS CFX Introduction
No ratings yet
ANSYS CFX Introduction
68 pages
ANSYS Inc. Known Issues and Limitations
No ratings yet
ANSYS Inc. Known Issues and Limitations
30 pages
ACP Users Guide
No ratings yet
ACP Users Guide
614 pages
Continue
No ratings yet
Continue
14 pages
ANSYS CFX Introduction 18.2
No ratings yet
ANSYS CFX Introduction 18.2
72 pages
CFX Ref
No ratings yet
CFX Ref
322 pages
ANSYS Inc. Known Issues and Limitations
No ratings yet
ANSYS Inc. Known Issues and Limitations
36 pages
ANSYS CFX Reference Guide
No ratings yet
ANSYS CFX Reference Guide
432 pages
Ansys CFX Ref Guide
No ratings yet
Ansys CFX Ref Guide
396 pages
ANSYS CFX Reference Guide
No ratings yet
ANSYS CFX Reference Guide
414 pages
ANSYS ACT Developers Guide PDF
0% (1)
ANSYS ACT Developers Guide PDF
410 pages
ANSYS ACT Developers Guide PDF
No ratings yet
ANSYS ACT Developers Guide PDF
410 pages
CFX Intr
No ratings yet
CFX Intr
0 pages
ANSYS Inc. Installation Guides
No ratings yet
ANSYS Inc. Installation Guides
268 pages
ANSYS ACT Developers Guide
100% (1)
ANSYS ACT Developers Guide
330 pages
Ansys Inc. Known Issues and Limitations
No ratings yet
Ansys Inc. Known Issues and Limitations
44 pages
Engineering Data Users Guide
No ratings yet
Engineering Data Users Guide
88 pages
Engineering Data Users Guide
No ratings yet
Engineering Data Users Guide
86 pages
Ansys WorkBench Engineering Data
No ratings yet
Ansys WorkBench Engineering Data
34 pages
Engineering Data Users Guide
No ratings yet
Engineering Data Users Guide
84 pages
ANSYS Composite PrepPost Users Guide
No ratings yet
ANSYS Composite PrepPost Users Guide
450 pages
CFX Tutorials
No ratings yet
CFX Tutorials
578 pages
Tutoriale Ansys 1f
No ratings yet
Tutoriale Ansys 1f
578 pages
ACP Users Guide
No ratings yet
ACP Users Guide
574 pages
ANSYS CFX Reference Guide 18.2
No ratings yet
ANSYS CFX Reference Guide 18.2
416 pages
ANSYS, Inc. Known Issues and Limitations
No ratings yet
ANSYS, Inc. Known Issues and Limitations
28 pages
Ansys Fluent Text Command List
No ratings yet
Ansys Fluent Text Command List
604 pages
Ansys Commands
No ratings yet
Ansys Commands
1,928 pages
Software Patterns Made Easy
From Everand
Software Patterns Made Easy
Justice Nanhou
No ratings yet
Mastering Python Advanced Concepts and Practical Applications
From Everand
Mastering Python Advanced Concepts and Practical Applications
Aissa Younes
No ratings yet
Micropolis Data Storage Primer: Micropolis Handbooks
From Everand
Micropolis Data Storage Primer: Micropolis Handbooks
Micropolis Handbooks
No ratings yet
Blog Smarter, Not Harder: SEO, Blogging, and AI Strategies to Skyrocket Your Traffic
From Everand
Blog Smarter, Not Harder: SEO, Blogging, and AI Strategies to Skyrocket Your Traffic
Jay Nans
No ratings yet
Gray Hat Hacking the Ethical Hacker's
From Everand
Gray Hat Hacking the Ethical Hacker's
Çağatay Şanlı
5/5 (1)
Switch to Linux – 15 Important Tips: First Edition
From Everand
Switch to Linux – 15 Important Tips: First Edition
Michael Basler
No ratings yet
Basics of OAuth Securely Connecting Your Applications
From Everand
Basics of OAuth Securely Connecting Your Applications
A. Scholtens
No ratings yet
Cloud Computing : Beginners And Intermediate User Guide
From Everand
Cloud Computing : Beginners And Intermediate User Guide
David comer
No ratings yet
Cybersecurity for Executives: A Guide to Protecting Your Business
From Everand
Cybersecurity for Executives: A Guide to Protecting Your Business
Matthew C. Smith
No ratings yet
Unlocking Statistics for the Social Sciences
From Everand
Unlocking Statistics for the Social Sciences
Norma Sinclair
No ratings yet
Guidelines for Pressure Relief and Effluent Handling Systems
From Everand
Guidelines for Pressure Relief and Effluent Handling Systems
CCPS (Center for Chemical Process Safety)
No ratings yet
Prof. A. Meher Prasad
No ratings yet
Prof. A. Meher Prasad
101 pages
EU-METALIC Application Guide
No ratings yet
EU-METALIC Application Guide
15 pages
Seismic Performance of Hollow Bridge Columns: Aci Structural Journal Technical Paper
No ratings yet
Seismic Performance of Hollow Bridge Columns: Aci Structural Journal Technical Paper
12 pages
P 081 Shing 2001-10 PDF
No ratings yet
P 081 Shing 2001-10 PDF
14 pages
APDL Commands
No ratings yet
APDL Commands
49 pages
Three Ansys Tables
No ratings yet
Three Ansys Tables
2 pages
APDL Commands
No ratings yet
APDL Commands
49 pages